Carsen Joenk | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/authors/carsen-joenk/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Thu, 01 Jun 2023 19:55:33 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.1.1 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 Carsen Joenk | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/authors/carsen-joenk/ 32 32 A graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors: From practical tools to personalized accessories https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-gift-guide-for-grads-outdoor-gifts/ Tue, 25 May 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=366540
A lineup of the best grad gifts for those who love the outdoors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We’ve compiled a gift guide for grads who can’t wait to get off campus and lose themselves (figuratively) in the great outdoors.

The post A graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors: From practical tools to personalized accessories appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best grad gifts for those who love the outdoors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for campers Graduation gift guide with the best camping hammock Wise Owl Outfitters Hammock
SEE IT

A durable option that doesn’t hurt the bank.

Best for hikers Two pair of socks in a grey color with written letters under them. Smartwool Hiking Crew Socks
SEE IT

These socks are made of Merino wool, which will keep your feet warm and dry.

Best solar generator Best Solar Generators Jackery Portable Power Station Explorer 300
SEE IT

Power small appliances while camping.

It feels safe to assume that—after spending the better part of many years cooped up inside classrooms, libraries, cafeterias, and/or dorm rooms—any grad is ready for a change of scenery, especially grads who love the actual outdoors. Once all their schoolwork is done, grades have been entered, and degrees are in hand, these grads will surely feel it’s time some exploits braving the elements, and you can help by giving graduation gifts for outdoor lovers that travel well. Wherever their love for the outdoors takes them, we have you covered with the best graduation gift guide for well-accessorized adventurers.

Best for campers: Wise Owl Outfitters Hammock  

Wise Owl Outfitters

SEE IT

If your favorite grad is equipped with just about everything they need to make it through a backcountry trip, get them camping gifts to introduce even more relaxation and fun to their next outdoor escape. A camping hammock is a perfect way to sit back, take a nap, read a book, or drink a calming beverage outdoors. This is the best hammock from Wise Owl and weighs under 2 pounds, including the hanging straps, so it’s perfect for campers who prioritize portability. When packed down, it’s about the size of a grapefruit, so your grad should be able to easily carry it with them or keep it stashed away in their car. Each hammock comes with tree straps and carabiners for easy setup, with no need for any additional equipment. It comes in over 10 colors so that you can choose their favorite. It’s 9 feet long and 4.5 feet wide, with a 400-pound weight limit, which should be suitable for just about any user. You can even grab a two-person hammock (weighing only 5 ounces more) if they tend to go camping with a partner or friend.

Best for grad parties in the backyard or backcountry: Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

No graduation gift guide would be complete without some great speakers. If your recent grad is always on the go—heading out for day hikes, camping trips, beach hangouts, long bike rides, and more—you can’t go wrong gifting them a portable Bluetooth speaker. No matter where they are or what they are doing, a smartphone and a compact speaker will provide the perfect soundtrack for any outdoor activity. The Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3 is an excellent option, weighing under 1 pound and equipped with a flexible handle that can easily attach to a backpack, bike basket, or belt loop. It’s only 4 inches tall, but the small, compact design doesn’t mean you sacrifice anything when it comes to sound. The portable speaker can reach up to 87 decibels (equivalent to standing next to a loud blender or vacuum) and produces full 360-degree sound coverage. This powerful Bluetooth speaker can also withstand the elements and is one of our favorite waterproof speakers for a good reason; it has an IP67 rating, which means it can survive being dropped into a body of water up to a meter deep for half an hour, plus it’s dirt/dust-resistant. In addition, the battery lasts a full 13 hours, so your grad can jam outside all day long. And, if they want to be a party-goer and a party-thrower, you can up the energy with a portable party speaker.

Best for hikers: Smartwool Hiking Crew Socks  

Smartwool

SEE IT

A hiker is only as good as their socks are strong, so give a grad who loves to ramble amongst the rocks a pair that will last. While socks may seem like a simple gift, a quality pair or two is one of those hiking gifts that can go a long way. You’ll be taking care of an essential need any avid hiker has and investing in their overall outdoor experiences. Take it from us: nothing ruins a hike faster than angry blisters and constant friction. Smartwool hiking socks come in various colors and sizes, both men’s and women’s. From a tried and true brand, these socks are designed for rugged day hikes and moderate backpacking. An elasticized arch brace provides extra support, medium cushioning absorbs impact, and a flat-toe seam keeps things comfortable. Made from Merino wool and nylon, these socks will keep their feet warm even during cold winter hikes. If your loved one likes to embark on a variety of adventures, you can check out Smartwool’s other socks specifically designed for activities like running, cycling, skiing, and more. There’s a reason we listed them as our favorite wool socks.

Best for interval training to interviews: Garmin epix Pro and Garmin fēnix 7 Pro

Garmin

SEE IT

Whether your grad is thinking more about the backcountry or the boardroom, they could use a smartwatch that helps them get where they need to be when they need to be there. And when it comes to multi-band GPS smartwatches, Garmin makes the best adventure accessories out there. Endurance athletes to purposeful wanderers can benefit from the rugged, sensor-embedded case, metrics-rich displays, and accurate navigation resources found in Garmin’s newest Pro editions of the company’s multisport timepieces—available in multiple sizes and colors with different types of scratch-resistant/solar-charging glass.

Best for your grad’s new apartment: Fuzzy Ink Wilderness Print

Fuzzy Ink

SEE IT

The perfect grad gifts for outdoor lovers aren’t always the ones they’ll bring on their adventures—they can be ones they’ll appreciate before and after an excursion. A woodsy print or poster is a great present for a graduate who needs a little help decorating their new apartment. At this point, they might have all the gear they need, but what they probably don’t have are elegant pieces that express their personality but also provide a sense of maturity for an adult abode. This print from Fuzzy Ink is an artistic way for your grad to stay inspired. It measures 18 inches by 24 inches and is printed on coated paper with a matte finish, so they won’t have any trouble finding a great spot to display it. This print quietly depicts the beauty and awe that many outdoor enthusiasts find so mesmerizing about being in nature. From the crackling campfire to the expansive display of fir trees, this piece will surely bring joy to a grad who longs to roam around the forest.

Best for outdoor athletes: CamelBak Octane Dart Hydration Pack

CamelBak

SEE IT

Any outdoor lover knows how important it is to stay hydrated. Whether hiking, cycling, or running, drinking water is key to preventing heat stroke, dehydration, fatigue, and other issues. Of course, a water bottle is the first thing we think of when it comes to H2O on the go; however, bottles can be bulky and cumbersome. So, if you want to get your grad a great outdoor gift that prioritizes function and efficiency, we recommend a CamelBak Hydration Pack. This multisport hydration backpack can hold 50 ounces of water and easily straps to your back with a long drinking tube and trap management to make hydrating hands-free. All they need to do is bite down and suck to get as much water as necessary—no need to stop during a long run or bike ride to grab a water bottle. The 3D vent mesh provides lightweight comfort and airflow, while front harness pockets can hold snacks, sunscreen, and other essentials. Reflectivity strips are added for extra safety during early morning or nighttime exercise. Your grad will be able to get a run in anytime, anywhere, and stay hydrated all the while. If you’re looking for more options, consider our list of the best hydration packs.

Best personalized gift: Engraved Compass

Etsy

SEE IT

A personalized gift is always a good idea, especially when you’re celebrating a significant achievement. Giving a gift designed specifically for them—something special that only they will have—will let your grad know how much you care for and support them. If you want to give a personalized gift suited for the outdoors, check out these engraved compasses. You can choose from existing mountainscapes or upload your own favorite photos and illustrations to be perfectly recreated on the compass’s cover. Practically any part of the compass can include etching, so you won’t have to choose between a picture or a message. You can even ask for your own handwriting to be impressed on the metal so your graduate can take a piece of you with them no matter where they travel.

A useful graduation gift for the outdoors: Victorinox Swiss Army One-Hand Trekker Knife

Victorinox

SEE IT

Outdoor enthusiasts know that it’s essential to prioritize gear that is lightweight, portable, and multipurpose. You will rarely find a seasoned camper lugging around a toolbox, though the need for various utensils and instruments is frequent. From quick repairs to food preparation, a survival tool or multipurpose knife is a helpful gift for anyone who spends a lot of time outside (they can also be pretty practical for indoor use). A Swiss Army knife is practical, classic, and cool. A household name when it comes to compact knives, the Trekker lives up to the hype. Its attached tools include a wood saw, large blade, 3-millimeter and 5-millimeter screwdrivers, wire stripper, can opener, tweezers, toothpick, and more. It’s one of those camping gifts that offer pretty much everything you need to make it through the trek without any issues. A knife like this is a thoughtful graduation gift that they are guaranteed to use for years to come.

Best thoughtful: Paddywax Candles Parks Collection

Paddywax Candles

SEE IT

A candle is a fantastic gift for any graduate, signifying new beginnings and ordaining their adult apartment, or childhood bedroom, with sophisticated, balanced scents to keep them calm as they figure out their next steps. We’re a fan of scented gifts in general. But if your recent grad pines for the outdoors but doesn’t have time to travel just yet, a candle that brings nature to them is even more highly recommended. Paddywax has created a National Park Service-inspired collection that features the complex aromas of our country’s natural wonders. “Yellowstone” has hints of sagebrush and fir, the “Great Smoky Mountains” features Maplewood and moss, “Acadia” has seagrass and driftwood, while the “Grand Canyon” smells like cactus flowers and fern. Each candle is 11 ounces and has a burn time between 50 and 60 hours. When they’ve used up every drop of wax the candle has to offer, grads can upcycle the jars and repurpose them as plant pots, beauty tool holders, catch-alls, and more. Best of all, Paddywax donates a minimum of $25,000 per year to the National Parks Foundation, so your gift will not only go to your graduate but support the beautiful natural landmarks they love so much.

Best for day trips: YETI Packable Lunch Bag

YETI

SEE IT

There is only one thing better than a day outdoors, and that is a day outdoors with snacks. Whether they plan on packing a lunch for a mountaintop picnic or bringing a few celebratory drinks to a grad party on the beach, beverages, and munchies are a must-have for your graduate’s next outside hang. A cooler is the best way to keep their tasty treats fresh all day long, so they never have to worry about their food heating up in the sun while they hike or swim. This YETI lunch bag is the perfect gift for grads to take food outside or pack a tasty lunch for their new job. Available in two sizes, a standard box or larger bag, and a variety of colorways, this pack uses Coldcell Flex insulation” technology and a “thermosnap” closure to keep food at the correct temperature, hot or cold. The adjustable grid means you can set the size by simply closing the top hook into any one of the available hoops. That way, the lunch bag can easily fit under a desk or be stuffed with snacks and drinks using all of its available 15.75 inches. This bag will pair well with just about any outdoor excursion, so your grad will be able to pack all the necessities and then some.

Best wearable: Outdoor Life Tee

540Brands

SEE IT

If you want to get sweet, versatile graduation gifts guaranteed to make them smile, go with cute graphic tees like this one from Outdoor Life. Available in both men’s and women’s sizes, the “Go Play Outside” slogan is a fun way for you to tell everyone you see where your priorities lie. Made from 100-percent cotton and available in five colorways, this T-shirt will complement any hunter, angler, hiker, camper, surfer, sailor—just about any outdoor enthusiast you could think of. The soft material makes these tees particularly great for lounging around a campfire, though we recommend sizing up for maximum coziness—your grad will thank you.

Best for dirty hiking clothes: STNKY Bag Pro Wash Bag

STNKY

SEE IT

STNKY’s Bag Pro Wash Bag is the simple gift our adventurous grad didn’t know they needed. The zip-up laundry bag can hold all of their dirty clothes during multi-day camping and hiking trips to prevent unwanted odors and bacteria from getting onto their clean ones. When it’s time to wash their clothes, the STNKY bag can be unzipped and turned inside out, at which point the clothes will fall into the washing machine without being touched. The bag itself is also machine washable, which is a nice bonus. Anyone who struggles to stay organized and sanitary during their next outdoor trip will love this gift.

Best portable firepit: Colsen Tabletop Portable Fire Pit

Colsen

SEE IT

Sometimes setting up a big outdoor fire pit isn’t feasible or reasonable, but that doesn’t mean giving up s’mores for the night. Colsen’s Tabletop Portable Fire Pit runs on the company’s odorless liquid fuel, can be set up and ignited within a few minutes, and produces flame up to one foot tall for roughly 45 minutes. This is the ideal gift for someone who’s into glamping or wants a fire pit they can use indoors and out at any point during the year. The fact that you don’t need firewood to ignite it is particularly important because rainy weather can make dry fuel hard to find. And if you happen to have a grad living somewhere with a sizeable backyard/patio, you can give them a tasteful taste of the campfire life at home with a Solo Stove Bonfire firepit.

Best firestarter: Pull Start Firestarter

Pull Start Fire

SEE IT

On the other hand, if you’re shopping for someone who spends days upon days out in the woods, they’re going to need Pull Start Firestarter. The fire starter is literally ignited by pulling a string built into its small box. Smoke will begin to billow from the box, indicating that the fire starter will be fully ignited within three seconds. It lasts up to 30 minutes once fully ignited. Beyond the convenience of not having to strike a match, keeping a pack of these around can be helpful during an emergency. It’s very difficult to light wet wood with a match, but prolonged exposure to a fire starter can do the trick. Whether they’re trying to save time or their own life, your grad will appreciate having a three-pack of Pull Start Firestarter in their pack.

Best hard cooler: RTIC Ultra-Light 55 Quart Hard Cooler

RTIC

SEE IT

No campsite or boat is complete without a cooler that can reliably keep foods and beverages cold for hours—or days—at a time. If you’re shopping for a grad who’s planning a big summer trip, there’s a good chance Ultra-Light 55 Quart Hard Cooler is the perfect gift. The high-capacity cooler has three inches of insulation to maintain a consistent temperature inside, but it was engineered to be nearly a third lighter than the competition. This means it’ll be easier to carry when filled with ice, food, and dozens of cans. A cooler is one of the few gifts that may actually last your grad a lifetime, so it’s important to make the right choice. If you know they tend to pack extra light, RTIC also offers a 32-Quart model of this same cooler. Want more options? Check out more of the best coolers for camping.

Best for post-trail drinks: Hydro Flask 25 oz Ceramic Reusable Wine Bottle

Hydro Flask

SEE IT

Enjoying a bottle of wine on a mountain sounds like a dream—but wine bottles and hiking don’t exactly mix. Give your grad the gift of sneaky boozing with this ceramic reusable wine bottle from Hydro Flask, which fits one 750 mL bottle of wine. It’s dishwasher-safe for easy cleaning and BPA-free for peace of mind. TempShield double-wall vacuum insulation keeps whites chilled and reds at room temp, and a ceramic-lined interior prevents flavor transfer. Although it’s advertised for wine, we think it’s also perfect for any spirit: Our favorite nature-inspired aqua vitae is Tin Cup Whiskey, cut with water from the Rocky Mountains and named after the tin cups miners used to drink. Need a more traditionally shaped option? Check out our favorite insulated water bottles.

Best unbreakable glasses: Silipint Silicone Pint Glasses

Silipint

SEE IT

We’ve included the Silipint in our best camping gifts guide, but we think it makes a great gift especially for someone who may be too transient for real drinkware. These shatterproof “glasses” are made of 100% food-grade silicone, meaning you don’t have to deal with dangerous broken glass. Plus, they’re a fun, bright way to reduce the amount of plastic your grad may use between graduation and their very first job.

Best for ski lodge lounging: Chaco Ramble Puff Ankle Boot

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Chaco is known for its rugged and arch-supporting sandals, but we think their covered shoe offerings deserve some praise. The Ramble Puff Ankle Boot feels like a down parka for your feet, and they’re perfect for throwing on after a day of skiing or hiking. And, water-resistant rip-stop nylon means they’re not just indoor shoes—they can hold up in the great outdoors. If you’re looking for something that slips on, the Ramble Puff also comes in a clog style just as comfy and dreamy as its boot brethren. Our staff writer lives in both the clog and boot for women—don’t ask her to pick her favorite. Speaking of puffy stuff …

Best for camp comfort: Therm-a-Rest Honcho Poncho Down

ThermaRest

SEE IT

We all know the importance of having appropriate layers for hiking—but what if you want to stay warm without having to wear the same jacket you’ve worn all day. The Honcho Poncho from Therm-a-Rest (also makers of excellent sleeping pads) combines the lightweight, warm properties of 650-Fill Nikwax Hydrophobic Down with a water-resistant 100% recycled polyester shell for a wearable sleeping bag. You can wear it around the campsite or campfire or lay it out in your tent and use it as a blanket. Its front pocket doubles as a stuff sack to make it easy to stow away back into your pack (or to use it as a lite pillow).

Best for camp chefs: Opinel Nomad Camping Kitchen Utensil Kit

Opinel

SEE IT

These knives are great for a grad who trying to step up their outdoor cooking game. The kit comes with a serrated folding knife, a folding corkscrew knife, a pocket peeler, a beechwood cutting board, and a microfiber cleaning cloth that doubles as a travel pouch. A Virobloc safety ring is attached to all knives/peelers to make it safer to open and transport the kit. Your grad never has to struggle to cut a piece of campfire-cook beef or a hunk of crusty bread again.

Best hiking boot: Vasque Breeze Waterproof Hiking Boot

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Your grad deserves a new pair of hiking boots for successfully climbing the mountain that is college. This one from Vasque is comfortable—our assistant managing editor (his ankles and dog shown above) says, “Lightweight, breathable, and comfortable to … boot … the Vasque Breeze immediately impressed me by requiring zero break-in, then continued to impress me with its stability and traction.” This means grads can climb the highly-graded mountain of post-grad life and worry more about their rent than getting blisters. They’re waterproof and made of sustainable, durable materials for years and years of adventures.

Best headlamp: BioLite 800 Pro

BioLite

SEE IT

Grad gifts are all about shiny new things, and this new headlamp from BioLite should excite your night crawler. It packs 800 powerful, bright Lumens to illuminate any dark trails … or the way to the bathroom at night. Your grad will get 150 hours of power on low; seven hours on high; and 8 hours on reserve. It recharges using a micro USB port, and includes a Constant Mode for full illumination without auto-dimming. Plus, 3D SlimFit tech gives you bounceless, slipless, and near-weightless wear. Being comfortable and able to see where you’re stepping? Sounds like a win.

Best solar generator: Jackery Portable Power Station Explorer 300

Jackery

SEE IT

Jackery topped our list of the best solar generators, and we love the company’s small-but-mighty portable power station that can be charged by a wall outlet, car outlet, and the sun (!!!). The solar panel isn’t included, but you can get this bundle that solves the lack of solar panel upon purchase. It’s easy to carry at 7.1 pounds and can charge up to six devices while your grad is on outdoor adventures. Your grad may go outdoors to unplug, but you’ll get peace of mind that their phone or other powered essentials won’t die out in the wilderness.

Things to consider when picking gifts for folks who love the outdoors

From lite hiking gifts to entertaining accessories to full-on camping gifts, you can help recent graduates prepare for whatever their next exploration entails. Or, for graduates moving to a new city or starting a new job and unsure they’ll get out much in those early post-grad days, give graduation gifts that remind them of what they love, from naturally scented candles to beautiful nature prints. The key is determining their favorite outdoor activities, skills, comfort level, and existing accouterments, allowing you to match the grad with the gift.

Final thoughts on the best graduation gifts for outdoors enthusiasts

We hope this graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors has filled you with ideas and inspiration for the perfect present. Whether you’re celebrating a trekking champion, kayaking aficionado, or dedicated camper, you’ll find grad gifts for outdoor lovers that fit their specific interests. After all, a graduation gift, whether it’s hiking gifts or camping gifts, or apartment decor, is about celebrating their accomplishments and encouraging them to follow their dreams while holding onto their passions. 


PopSci wants to help you find the most useful shopping recommendations for the best gifts regardless of occasion or preoccupation. Searching for more unique gifts? Check out our additional expert gift guides, including Best Gifts for Travelers, Sustainable Gifts, Gifts to Turn Any Kitchen Into a Café, New Gear for those New Year New You Resolutions, and Science Toys for Kids.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post A graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors: From practical tools to personalized accessories appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best bone-conduction headphones in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-bone-conduction-headphones/ Mon, 23 Aug 2021 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=389546
A lineup of bone conduction headphones
Amanda Reed

Bone-conduction headphones let you approach audio and activity with open ears and an open mind.

The post The best bone-conduction headphones in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of bone conduction headphones
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A pair of grey SHOKZ bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background. Shokz OpenRun
SEE IT

Impressive battery life, water resistance, and reliable connectivity make these the best pair of bone-conduction headphones around.

Best for kids A pair of pink bone conduction headphones with a unicorn pattern on a blue and white background N/0 Kids Bone Conduction Headphones
SEE IT

Give your kids a pair of headphones that will provide safe entertainment while they stay active.

Best waterproof A pair of blue bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background Shokz OpenSwim
SEE IT

A pair of open-ear headphones that’s waterproof, the OpenSwim suit doing laps in the pool swimmingly.

If you’ve got a bone to pick with the way traditional audio devices disconnect you from the world, there is another option: bone-conduction headphones. Headphones, in general, can play many valuable roles, no (or some) bones about it: they let you jam out to music, dive into podcasts, or dial into phone calls while blocking out environmental noise. This can help you concentrate on tasks, but there are some circumstances when being cut off from what’s around you isn’t optimal. The best bone-conduction headphones let you enjoy all your favorite listening experiences with your ear canal exposed so that you can drive, walk, run, bike, swim, etc.—all while remaining completely aware of your surroundings.

How we chose the best bone-conduction headphones

Bone-conduction headphones are still a relatively new product, but—after consulting academic articles, peer recommendations, real-world user impressions, and our own first-hand tests—we have identified certain models that stand out. Following extensive research, we selected pairs that address the specific needs of athletics, work environments, and age. We chose units that were easy to use, incorporated the features we love about traditional headphones, and prioritized sound quality.

The best bone-conduction headphones: Reviews & Recommendations

Sitting right outside the ear on the jaw, bone-conduction headphones are a different physical and acoustic experience than most people are used to. But different can be good. Here are our picks for the best bone-conduction headphones to help keep you in the hear and now.

Best overall: Shokz OpenRun

SHOKZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Shokz is dedicated to producing top-tier bone-conducting headphones, and the OpenRun is the company’s most advanced model, employing eight-generation technology to boost sound quality.

Specs

  • Frequency response: 20Hz-20KHz
  • Battery life: 8 hours
  • Charge time: 2 hours
  • Water resistance: IP67
  • Microphone: Dual noise-canceling

Pros

  • Good sound quality
  • Impressive battery life
  • Sweat-resistant for intense exercise

Cons

  • Hard to replace charging cable
  • Audio quality can’t hold up against traditional headphones
  • Buttons are close together

Without a doubt, Shokz has cornered the bone-conduction headphone market. The company produces thoughtfully engineered, top-quality products, creating an audio experience to complement the activities you enjoy. The OpenRun (formerly the AfterShokz Aeropex) is an excellent pair of bone-conduction headphones overall. Available in four colors and two band sizes, the OpenRun fits gently, yet securely, around the back of the head, looping around the ears and resting against the temples. The headphones employ patented eight-generation bone-conduction technology, are equipped with Bluetooth 5.0 SBC, and feature PremiumPitch 2.0+ signal processing, which prevents bleed, minimizes distortion, and produces a more dynamic bass with minimal vibrations. The battery lasts eight hours, and each pair comes with two magnetic USB charging cables, which can provide a full charge in just two hours. A dual noise-canceling mic will let you make clear calls, and included earplugs can help you tune things out when the time is right. An IP67 rating means this pair can withstand dirt, dust, sweat, and rain, while a built-in moisture detector will let you know when it’s getting wet. However, while the OpenRun is water-resistant, it’s not designed to be fully submerged in the pool.

Best waterproof: Shokz OpenSwim

SHOKZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The OpenSwim have an IP68 rating, which means they can be fully submerged in water for up to two hours; you can swim with them without making terrible sacrifices regarding audio quality.

Specs:

  • Frequency response: 20Hz-20KHz 
  • Battery life: 8 hours
  • Charge time: 2 hours
  • Water resistance: IP68
  • Microphone: None

Pros

  • Waterproof
  • Ample storage for songs and audiobooks
  • Comfortably fits under swim cap

Cons

  • Single-purpose headphones
  • No Bluetooth connection
  • Limited color options

The Shokz OpenSwim is specifically designed to deliver your favorite music, audiobooks, and podcasts while swimming. These headphones have an IP68 rating, fit comfortably under a swim cap, and can be submerged in 2 meters of water for up to two hours at a time. While these headphones are not Bluetooth compatible, they can store up to 1,200 songs (4 GB) of various file types, including MP3, WAV, AAC, and FLAC. The OpenSwim headphones feature the same command controls and PremiumPitch 2.0 technology as other Shokz open-ear headphones, so while you won’t be able to stream, you can listen to your favorites with solid, satisfying sound quality. They even come with a noseclip.

Best for calls: Shokz OpenComm

SHOKZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A DSP noise-canceling microphone means the OpenComm headphones are able to isolate your voice while talking, drowning out any surrounding din but keeping you in tune with your environment.

Specs

  • Frequency response: 20Hz-20KHz
  • Battery life: 16 hours of talk time // 8 hours of listening
  • Charge time: 1 hour
  • Water resistance: IP55
  • Microphone: DSP noise-canceling boom microphone

Pros

  • Comfortable for long wear
  • Extended battery life for long phone calls
  • Boom microphone enhances call quality

Cons

  • Shape is hard to store
  • Some sound bleed might limit private conversations
  • IP55 rating could be better

The OpenComm headphones prioritize clear communication using an adjustable DSP boom microphone that suppresses background noise and highlights your voice when positioned near your mouth. Though the person on the other end of the line won’t pick up on your environment’s sounds, the open-ear headphones will ensure you can hear the person talking on the phone and the one right in front of you. The OpenComm system also lets you bypass your car’s choppy stereo if you have to make a call on the road, without cutting yourself off from the sound of traffic. You can also stay on the call when you’re at a job site or keep connected during a busy commute, all without losing situational awareness. You can get up to 16 hours of talk time or 8 hours of listening, and with Quick Charge, you’ll get a replenished two hours of battery life in just five minutes.

Best for multitasking: HAYLOU PurFree Bone Conduction Headphones

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These waterproof, sweatproof headphones will hold up as you pump iron or just rearrange your living room.

Specs

  • Frequency response: Unknown
  • Battery life: 8 hours
  • Charge time: 10-minute quick charge
  • Water resistance: IP67
  • Microphone: Built-in wireless

Pros

  • IP67 rated
  • High sound quality
  • Long battery life

Cons

  • Proprietary charger

Using your sweaty hands to remove your headphones because someone is asking to use the treadmill is common in the gym. So is taking your earbuds out or headphones off repeatedly while roommates/family/friends try to talk to you as you get chores done. Keep your headphones on while keeping your ears open with these sport-friendly HAYLOU PurFree Bone Conduction Headphones. They are IP67 rated, meaning sweat and water won’t get in the way of completing your reps—whether that’s lifting weights or emptying the washer. An eight-hour battery life gives you all-day tunes power, and 10-minute quick charging gives you two hours of power. The sound quality is superb compared to other bone-conduction headphones, with deep bass and a solid range of highs and lows thanks to a strong Bluetooth 5.2 connection. A noise-canceling microphone means you can take calls without the background bleeding into your conversation. However, a proprietary charger means you’ll be tuneless if you lose power on the go, so prep before you step.

Best for kids: N/0 Kids Bone Conduction Headphones

N/0

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These headphones include a volume limit of 85 decibels, and the open-ear design means your child will always be able to hear the world around them and when you call for them.

Specs

  • Frequency response: Unknown
  • Battery life: 8 hours
  • Charge time: 1-hour quick charge
  • Water resistance: IP54
  • Microphone: Built-in wireless

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Volume limiter keeps kids’ hearing safe
  • Adjustable band can grow with your child

Cons

  • Soundbeaming technology is difficult to grasp
  • Susceptible to water damage
  • No noise cancellation means they’re not great for travel

These open-ear headphones aren’t exactly the same as bone-conduction headphones, but the form factor and effect are similar. With soundbeaming speakers resting outside the ear on the cheekbones, these headphones ensure your active child can stay alert to their surroundings even when listening to their favorite songs. With an adjustable band suitable for children ages 4 to 15 and a volume limit of 85 decibels, these headphones go above and beyond to address any concerns you might have for their awareness or hearing. They are equipped with Bluetooth 5.0, 8 hours of battery, and an automatic sensor to control playback. An IP54 rating means you won’t have to worry about a few spills or drops in the dirt. Whether they’re skateboarding, biking, or just running around the backyard, your kids can enjoy music and mobility safely.

Best budget: Guudsound Bone Conduction Headphones

Guudsound

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If bone conduction is new to you, you might not be ready to shell out $100 or more. The Guudsound headphones produce satisfying sound quality and suitable specs in a great intro pair.

Specs

  • Frequency response: Unknown
  • Battery life: 6-10 hours
  • Charge time: 2 hours
  • Water resistance: IP54
  • Microphone: Built-in wireless

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Useful, responsive multifunction button
  • Sound quality is good for the price point

Cons

  • Flimsy build
  • Sound quality could be improved
  • Battery life is just okay

If you want to try out bone conduction but are not ready to invest in a high-end pair, this cheap model from Guudsound might be right for you. Available for less than $40, they are equipped with Bluetooth 5.0, a built-in microphone, multifunction buttons, and an adjustable band for comfort. The battery can last up to 10 hours, and a 15-minute quick charge provides one hour of playback. Each pair comes with a USB charging cable and a pair of earplugs so you can create custom noise cancellation.

What to consider when buying the best bone-conduction headphones

If your mom always warns you not to listen to your headphones while walking home at night, or you need to hear the traffic behind you as you pedal to work, try out the best bone-conduction headphones. To determine which pair will work best for your needs, you’ll want to consider where and when you’ll be using them the most. You’ll also want to make sure you understand how they work, especially if this is your first pair of bone-conduction headphones.

First of all, what is bone conduction, and how does it work?

Bone-conduction headphones allow you to experience audio sans any direct interaction with your ear canal or eardrum. While this may sound like some new-fangled, tech-heavy sorcery, there is evidence that bone conduction has been around for centuries. It is rumored that Beethoven relied on bone conduction to compose music after losing his hearing by attaching a metal rod to his piano and biting down on it as he played. But how does it work? 

Typically, sound waves travel through the air and are funneled through the ear canal to the eardrums, where they are then decoded into vibrations and sent to the inner ear (or cochlea), which is connected to the auditory nerve. When the vibrations hit the inner ear fluid, tiny hair cells start to convulse, creating electrical pulses that travel up the auditory nerve to the brain. This process is called air conduction. Bone conduction completely avoids the eardrum and relies on a transducer—like headphones, or a metal conductor’s rod in Beethoven’s case—to convert sound waves into vibrations and send those through the facial bones to be received by the inner ear. Essentially, the vibrations received by the cochlea are the same no matter which way you receive them; they are simply sent via a different pathway. 

This concept has even been used in reverse. The Sony WF-1000XM4 earphones include a bone-conduction sensor that picks up the vibrations from your voice during calls to help enable clearer speech without picking up ambient sound.

Who should use bone-conduction headphones?

Medically, the best bone-conduction headphones benefit those experiencing conductive hearing loss, a condition that directly affects the transmission of sound through the eardrums. Conductive hearing loss is just one way the auditory system can be disrupted, so bone-conduction headphones won’t work for everyone with hearing difficulties. 

Bone-conduction headphones are also helpful for those who need to maintain situational awareness while they enjoy their music. These headphones provide an additional layer of safety for bikers, hikers, drivers—essentially anyone who needs to be aware of their surroundings. Active in dense urban environments? Bone conduction makes for great running headphones. Bone-conduction headphones are also particularly great for swimmers. Air conduction is heavily suppressed when we are underwater, but the vibrations created by bone conduction can still be transmitted, which means a pair of bone-conduction headphones with an Ingress Protection rating of IP68 (a.k.a. waterproof) can keep you connected to your workout playlist lap after lap. 

Now, bone conduction won’t make your entire face shake, rattle, and roll, so you don’t need to worry about experiencing discomfort while you listen. In fact, many report that these headphones are secure, comfortable, and easy to wear. However, if you are sensitive to pressure, there is a chance that you may experience dizziness or headaches after a long stretch of listening.

How’s the sound quality?

If you’re an audiophile searching for your next pair of headphones, chances are bone conduction isn’t going to be what you’re looking for. That being said, the overall audio quality of these headsets can certainly get you through a tough training session or walk to work. At high volumes, audio can start to distort or get crunchy and an expansive mix isn’t really possible. However, with a quality model, you will still get to experience impactful bass; you’ll feel the vibrations instead of highly pressurized waves from over-ear cans. 

Just remember that even the best bone-conduction headphones aren’t meant to fit or even necessarily sound like traditional headphones or earbuds. If you haven’t used bone-conduction headphones before, you might feel inclined to turn up the volume as loud as it can go in an attempt to recreate that natural, passive noise cancellation that every other type of headphone relies on. Remember that nothing is blocking your ear canal, which means that you will purposefully be able to hear your surroundings clearly; maxing out the volume won’t affect that, but it could lead to hearing loss down the road.

Can bone-conduction headphones use Bluetooth?

Yes, there are wireless bone-conduction headphones that use Bluetooth 4.2 and higher to connect to smart devices such as cellphones and computers. Set up and pairing is no different with Bluetooth bone-conduction headphones than connecting any other type of Bluetooth headphones, and some may even have onboard controls like play, pause, and skip for your streaming services. Other models are more like a portable MP3 player, with the ability to store hours of songs internally that you can then play through without any wires involved. Remember the iPod shuffle? That’s what you’ll be getting—an excellent option for folks who want to jam out to a curated playlist while they focus on working out or a walk about the town.

Can you take phone calls with bone-conduction headphones?

Yes, some bone-conduction headphones are equipped with a microphone so you can answer calls on the go. While the headphones themselves can’t employ any passive or active noise cancellation to enhance your listening experience, some models can use technology to make calls crisp and clear. The headphones with mic use various means to minimize outside sound—like wind, traffic, etc.—ensuring that the person you’re talking to can hear you without interruption. Just remember that bone-conduction headphones are subject to more sound bleed than traditional units, so you’ll want to be conscientious about volume when it comes to private calls.

FAQs

Q: How much do bone-conduction headphones cost?

Generally, the best bone-conduction headphones cost between $80 and $150. It’s important to go with a quality pair to ensure you’re investing in a safe and well-designed model. Though the history of bone-conduction technology is long, its application to commercial headphones is relatively new, which means you’ll have the most success with an established brand, like Shokz.

Q: Can bone-conduction headphones cause hearing loss?

Any long-term exposure to loud noise can cause damage potentially leading to hearing loss; this includes listening to music at loud volumes with any headphones. At this time, there is no evidence to support the claim that bone-conduction headphones put you at significantly more risk for hearing loss than any other headphone type, including earbuds and over-the-ear models. It’s important to remember that bone-conduction headphones will not block out surrounding noise, so you should not try to block out additional sound by turning the volume up too loud.

Q: Can you wear glasses with AfterShokz?

Yes, you can wear your glasses while using Shokz headphones. The company recommends putting the headphones on first and then sliding your glasses into place for a more secure fit. They can also be worn underneath a helmet, and the waterproof model can be worn with a swim cap covering the tips of your ears.

Q: Do bone-conduction headphones sound good?

They say beauty is in the eye of the beholder, and the same goes for bone-conduction headphones. Imagine you’re holding a phone speaker up to your ear—that’s what it’s like to wear a pair of bone-conduction headphones. Will they perform the same as headphones with active noise cancellation? No. If hearing street sounds and skipping ANC earbuds is music to your ears, however, you’ll be happy going with bone conduction.

Final thoughts on the best bone-conduction headphones

Chances are you’re either an experienced bone-conduction headphones user or a novice looking to see if these air-conduction alternatives are right for you. Regardless of your familiarity, finding the right pair means homing in on when and where you’ll use them most. Think about your surroundings and consider your priorities regarding sound quality, microphone use, and waterproof rating, then shop accordingly. If you’re accustomed to traditional earphones or over-ear models, get ready to be surprised by the best bone-conduction headphones.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best bone-conduction headphones in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best pillows of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-pillow/ Thu, 20 May 2021 14:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-pillow/
The best pillows on a bed
Christopher Jolly via Unsplash

Get a good night’s sleep with the best pillow for your sleeping position.

The post The best pillows of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best pillows on a bed
Christopher Jolly via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best soft down pillow Casper Sleep Down Pillow for Sleeping, Standard is the best pillow for comfort. Casper Sleep Down Pillow
SEE IT

This breathable pillow keeps your neck supported and your spine aligned.

Best pillow for any position Coop Home Goods - Eden Adjustable Pillow - Hypoallergenic Shredded Memory Foam with Cooling Gel is the best pillow for side sleepers and the best pillow for stomach sleepers. Coop Home Goods Eden Adjustable Pillow
SEE IT

This versatile pillow has gel-infused memory foam and is encased in hypoallergenic materials.

Best body pillow COOP HOME GOODS - Adjustable Body Pillow - Hypoallergenic Cross-Cut Memory Foam – Perfect for Pregnancy Coop Home Goods Adjustable Body Pillow
SEE IT

This body pillow can support your back, knees, stomach, and hips.

Whether you just bought a new bed, or the pillow you’ve been using is old, lumpy, and smelly, getting a new pillow is never a bad idea. You should replace yours every one to two years to make sure it provides enough support, and prevents your head and neck from sinking too far into the cushion. You should always replace your pillow when you notice that it has begun to yellow despite washing, or if you can easily fold it in half. Not only will a new one provide better support at night, but regular replacement can reduce allergies and provide a more restful sleep experience.

Buying this product may seem a simple and straightforward process, but there are so many options available today that it can be challenging to choose the best one for you. We’ve created this comprehensive guide to buying the best pillow for you (and your family, and your sleepover guests). While it’s not a traditional gift, these could be just the right thing to get for a friend—especially one who doesn’t put a lot of effort into selecting household essentials.

Things to consider when shopping for the best pillows

A pillow is nothing more than a straightforward square or rectangular chunk of fabric and filler with the simple task of cradling your head as you sleep. Remember, though, that it will be supporting your upper half for thousands of hours, so it’s worth investing a little time and energy into choosing the right one. Below are five key things to consider as you start thinking about the right selection for you. We’ll examine pillow fill material, your sleep position, and special features. There’s also a bonus section just for pillows that help support other body parts.

Best soft down: Casper Sleep Down Pillow

Amazon

SEE IT

The Casper Sleep Down Pillow is a great option for people who favor a light, soft pillow. It comes in a standard and king size, with an outer fabric made out of 100% cotton, inner fabric made from 100% polyester, and a fill of white duck down and feathers. The feathers are ethically sourced, and the material is breathable, which prevents overheating when you’re asleep. It has a two-inch gusset along the side to support your neck and help align your spine. It’s also fairly soft, so even stomach sleepers can prop it under their heads. Best of all, it’s machine-washable for easy maintenance. If you need extra support, check out Casper’s standard foam fill.

Best for any sleep position: Coop Home Goods Eden Adjustable Pillow

Amazon

SEE IT

This adjustable Coop pillow is ideal for almost any sleep position. This is also great to keep you cool at night. The Eden is filled with shredded foam that you can add to or detract from, creating perfect size and firmness. It’s vegan and cruelty-free to give you ease of mind as you drift off, and the hypoallergenic case allows you to wake up peacefully. The package even comes with a separate fill bag, so you won’t need to place another order. The foam is gel-infused, which assists temperature control, and comes in standard, queen, and king sizes. Whether you’re looking for the best pillow for side sleepers or for stomach sleepers, this one is a great choice.

Best for hot sleepers: Tempur-Pedic Cloud Breeze Dual Cooling Pillow

Amazon

SEE IT

The Cloud Breeze the best cooling pillow to stay comfortable at night while getting the right amount of support. The fill is a thick layer of memory foam surrounded on both sides by two layers of cooling gel encased in a quilted, washable cover. It provides a medium level of firmness, so it might not be the best pillow for stomach sleepers, but it’s going to be great for all other positions (or even stomach sleeps who tend to switch it up as they sleep). This durable pick also doesn’t lose its shape, giving you long-term support. This Tempur-Pedic pillow comes in a queen and king size and measures roughly 6.5 inches tall.

Best body pillow: Coop Home Goods Adjustable Body Pillow

Amazon

SEE IT

Like the Eden, the Coop Home Goods body pillow is super-adjustable. It’s made from shredded memory foam that is easily added to, using extra fill to customize the shape and support specific areas. It measures 54 x 20 x 7 inches, which fits nicely at the head of most beds and can accommodate both short and tall sleepers. This is one of the best pregnancy pillows, as it supports healthy alignment and conforms to your body. It also encourages side-sleeping, which can help reduce snoring, and it supports your knees, stomach, back, and hips. The cover is machine-washable, and the material is hypoallergenic, providing restful sleep for allergy sufferers.

Best budget: LUCID Premium Shredded Memory Foam Pillow

Amazon

SEE IT

While something top-quality is typically going to run you over $50, there are plenty of options out there that are a bit more budget-friendly. You probably won’t be able to find a 100% down pillow or top-notch memory foam for less, but you can find several poly-fill, gel, or shredded foam options. All sizes of the LUCID Memory Foam Pillow come in at under $50. Its latex and memory foam blend help you mold it to your comfort, and the cooling gel foam keeps you cool. The moisture-wicking cover is great for hot sleepers.

FAQs

Q: How soft or firm should your pillow be?

There are various options available for pillow fill. First, let’s talk down, which is made from duck or goose down (the softest, fluffiest feathers), other duck or goose feathers, and other fill particles. A down option is relatively light and soft. You can even find hypo-allergenic down, which is composed of a cleaned pure down and a natural substance called syriaca to prevent allergic reactions. Down options have long lifespans and provide optimal comfort. Some are advertised as being made of synthetic down, which means they’re filled with materials such as polyester. They need to be replaced more frequently than natural down and skew towards medium on the softness scale, but are less expensive than real down. Wool and cotton fills are also hypoallergenic and long-lasting but are firmer than down.

Memory foam pillows and mattresses are extremely popular these days, although memory foam is technically not a fill. Foam is a great way to get a pillow that contours specifically to your shape, which can be instrumental in relieving head, neck, and shoulder pain. Memory foam works by evenly supporting and distributing weight, which relieves stiffness in joints and pressure points. If you tend to run hot while you sleep, know that memory foam also retains heat, though some come with shredded foam or vents and cooling fabrics to offset this effect. You can also find some with microbead, buckwheat hull, and kapok (a cotton-like material).

Q: What’s your sleep position?

Though you probably cycle through different positions—your back, your side, your stomach—throughout the night, your most common sleep position can have specific health benefits or consequences, so it’s a good idea to find a pillow that complements that pose. If you’re one of the lucky few who naturally sleeps on your back (which naturally gives you adequate rest while aligning your spine), look for one with medium firmness and loft to elevate the neck slightly. Foam pillows are particularly good for back sleepers because they gently lift your head without letting it sink into the pillow and having it fold over your face.

The best pillow for side sleepers will be tall with a high loft and firm support. That’s because you want the pillow to relieve pressure on the bottom shoulder by lifting the head and elongating the neck. Note that “firm” doesn’t mean stiff or rigid here, so side sleepers should get a pillow that can be fluffed and molded for maximum support. Look for fills that contain latex, Kapok, or shredded foam.

Things get more complicated for stomach sleepers. Sleeping on your stomach is generally not recommended because it puts pressure on your abdomen and can result in lower back pain. However, we know change can be challenging, so while you work on adjusting your sleep position, look for a pillow with a low loft, which puts the top closer to the mattress, and is filled with soft support from down or feathers. You might also want to investigate an adjustable-fill pillow, which you can zip open to add or subtract contents as necessary. This is one of the best for stomach sleepers who lift their head by placing their arms underneath rather than at their sides because it allows you to get the pillow to the exact height you need.

Q: Do you need a special-feature pillow?

Just like tech, pillows can have special features too. If you tend to run hot at night, look for a pillow that’s washable, because sweat can yellow a pillow and make it smell. You should also look for a cooling pillow that has cooling technology beyond moisture-wicking or generic fabric type, such as cooling gel pads or infused fills, heat absorption, or pinhole core ventilation.

Another popular special feature is an anti-snore design. While you should always consult your doctor first, adjusting your head level can provide some profound relief. Anti-snore pillows often come in the shape of a wedge, but you can also find smaller pillows to use as a level or an insert along with your current one. Other special features include vibration technology and glow lights.

Q: What about a pillow for other parts of your body?

We would be remiss if you didn’t encourage you to check out some pillows for other parts of your body. Designs for other body parts, including pillows that provide support for your entire body, can be a great source of relief for those who are pregnant, have stiff joints, sore muscles, or bad backs. For example, body pillows are particularly long and can wrap fully around the body, supporting the back and stomach. The design makes them some of the best options for side sleepers and pregnant snoozers who need a little more support. Despite their size, you can easily place them behind decorative throws at the head of the bed when not in use.

Wedge pillows are super for getting your snoring to subside. By keeping your head above your neck and chest, but still in line with your spine, you can also relieve cold symptoms associated with mucus build-up or sinus pressure.

Knee pillows are designed to fit in between the legs when sleeping on the side. They have a cross-section in the shape of the number eight, providing support for your thighs and calves. A knee pillow can open up misaligned hips and take pressure directly off of your lower back.

Final thoughts on shopping for the best pillows

Never settle when it comes to finding the best pillow that is right for your sleep position, body size, and comfort. From the best travel pillows to the best pregnancy pillow, you want to make sure you’re getting the right design for you. Once you decide on the fill and firmness that works, consider if it is the correct height. Once you have the pillow, you may have to set your alarm a few minutes early because you very well might have trouble getting out of bed after such a restful sleep!

The post The best pillows of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best kids’ bikes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-kids-bikes/ Sun, 25 Jul 2021 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=380776
The best kids bikes composited
Stan Horaczek

Help your budding cyclist tackle any terrain and every adventure with the best kids’ bike for their size and skill level.

The post The best kids’ bikes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best kids bikes composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best with training wheels The RoyalBaby Freestyle is the best kids' bike with training wheels. RoyalBaby Kids' Bike
SEE IT

This tricycle has removable training wheels perfect for giving your little one plenty of stability before they test out their balance.

Best overall Woom kids bike Woom Original
SEE IT

It’s easy to assemble, built tough, and full of unique touches that make it stand out.

Best mountain bike Co-op Cycles REV DRT Bike is the best kids bikes for the trails Co-op Cycles’ REV DRT Bike
SEE IT

This lightweight eight-speed with hydraulic disc brakes allows your kid to tag along on any outdoor adventure with the tool they need to keep in stride.

When you’re a kid, getting a brand-new bike is the epitome of excitement and the ultimate sign of freedom. From riding around the block with friends to going for a quick family pedal on the weekends, a bike is a great marker for growing up and getting more independent. Whether your kids are starting on their first balance bike or getting ready to tackle tough terrain on a mountain bike, you’ll need to purchase a model that suits their size and experience. With so many options, it can be difficult to discern where to start. To help get you started, we’ve compiled a list of questions to consider, as well as some of our favorite picks, so that you can find the best kids’ bikes for your youngster. 

How we chose the best kids’ bikes

While this might come as a surprise, we were all once kids … and we’re still a kid at heart when we get back on a bicycle. Using our lifetimes of insight, as well as more recent experience with our own children, we looked for good bikes for all ages of kids, from 18 months through the teenage years. We considered bikes from the best bicycle brands. And we looked for youth bikes that could grow with kids for a few years and serve a variety of needs and budgets.

The best kids’ bikes: Reviews & Recommendations

Learning to ride a bike is a rite of passage for kids. From their first wobbly rides on training wheels to shredding trails in the mountains, the right bike can provide adventure, exercise, and independence for your kids as they grow older.

Best overall: Woom Original

Mahesh Nair

SEE IT

Specs

  • Ages: 3.5 up to 14 (depending on the size)
  • Height: 31″ to 66″
  • Wheel size: 12″, 14″, 16″, 20″, 24″, and 26″
  • Gears: Single-speed or multi-gear, depending on size

Pros

  • Ergonomically designed for kids’ frames
  • Lightweight at 13 pounds
  • Steering limiter makes riding safer
  • Enclosed drivetrain keeps chain from dropping on smaller sizes
  • Designed specifically for kids, not just retrofitted from bigger parts

Cons

  • Pricy

Woom builds its bikes for kids from the ground up. These aren’t just shrunken-down versions of larger rides. We tested size 2, which is designed for kids between three and 4.5 years old. It can accommodate riders between 37″ and 43″ tall. The bike ships in a typical box and comes mostly assembled. Attaching the handlebars to the stem requires a simple hex wrench. Once that’s done, you simply attach the pedals, check all the bolts, and you’re basically ready to ride.

Everything on the bike is designed specifically to fit smaller riders. The anti-slip pedals are grippy but small, so they don’t stick out too far and gouge little legs. The grips employ an ergonomic shape that’s both comfortable and easier to hold onto when things get zesty. Even the brake levers are scaled down and shaped so they’re easy to reach and pull for little hands.

The Woom bike brake lever and grip close-up
Here’s a closer look at the ergonomic grip and the compact brake lever. Mahesh Nair

The single-speed drivetrain (bigger models for older kids employ a multi-gear system with a derailleur) is fully enclosed by a guard. This setup helps keep little fingers and lets away from the chain and sprockets. At the same time, it also drastically reduces the chances the bike will drop the chain while riding. That’s annoying and can be dangerous if the little rider doesn’t know how to handle it.

In terms of safety, the Woom 3 comes equipped with a steering delimiter that helps protect against oversteering. Lots of kid accidents come from overcorrecting and that’s not an issue here. The bikes are also very light, thanks in part to their aluminum frames. Many kids’ bikes rely on steel because it’s cheaper, but it’s heavy and prone to rusting.

Woom bike drivetrain close-up
The enclosed drivetrain prevents pinching and also keeps the chain from dropping off during a ride. Mahesh Nair

These bikes are slightly pricy considering each size is only recommended for roughly two-year span. But they’re light, durable, and very well-made, so they should retain resale value or make great hand-me-downs if you have more kids to learn down the line.

Best with training wheels: RoyalBaby Kids’ Bike

Specs

  • Ages: 4 to 7 years old
  • Height: 33 to 37 inches
  • Wheel size: 12, 14, and 16 inches 
  • Gears: Single speed

Pros

  • Coaster brakes are easy to operate
  • Training wheels are removable
  • Adjustable seat

Cons

  • Heavy

If you’re looking for a bike with training wheels, the RoyalBaby Kids’ Bike is an excellent option for kids learning how to ride a bike. The bike has a steel frame and weighs roughly 25 pounds. It comes with removable training wheels as kids learn how to ride, a hand brake, and back-pedal coaster brakes that make it easy for them to stop. The seat is adjustable and the 12-inch wheels are just right for beginning riders. Plus, it comes with a water bottle, a holder, a kickstand, and a bell. This bike also comes in seven colors and arrives mostly assembled.

Best hybrid bike: Guardian Bikes Ethos

Guardian Bikes

SEE IT

Specs

  • Ages: 6 to 9
  • Height: 43 to 53 inches
  • Wheel size: 20 inches
  • Gears: Six

Pros

  • Designed to be ridden on range of terrains
  • Six gears allow for more speed control
  • Brakes designed with safety technology

Cons

  • Some Amazon reviewers had issues with build quality

The Guardian Bikes Ethos is a bike that will do well for kids ready to ride on their own over various terrain types. Certainly a departure from the training wheel days of yore, the Guardian Ethos has six gears and a lightweight steel frame that provides extra stability. Designed for boys and girls from 45 to 53 inches tall, from ages 6 to 9, this bike has a sizing chart and video to make sure you get the perfect fit. It comes with a Surestop braking technology that controls both wheels with one brake lever for additional safety. 

Best balance bike: Strider 12 Sport Balance Bike

Strider

SEE IT

Specs

  • Ages: 18 months to 5 years
  • Height: 12 to 20 inches
  • Wheel size: 11 inches
  • Gears: Single speed

Pros

  • Seat and handlebar adjust easily
  • Lightweight
  • Tires are puncture-proof

Cons

  • No written instructions for assembly included

The Strider 12 Sport is a great way to introduce biking fundamentals to your little one. Suitable for kids as young as 18 months, this is one bike that will safely grow with your child. The seat and handlebars are adjustable to accommodate an inseam that measures anywhere between 12 and 20 inches. The bike itself weighs under seven pounds which is manageable for small children, and mini-grips will help them keep control. The steel frame is durable, and the tires are puncture-proof; all you need is a helmet, and your child will be ready for a super-safe spin. Available in 10 fun colors, the 12 Sport will introduce your child to the freedom, power, and responsibility that comes with riding their first bike. 

Best mountain bike: Co-op Cycles’ REV DRT Bike 

Co-op Cycles

SEE IT

Specs

  • Ages: Tweens and teens
  • Height: N/A
  • Wheel size: 24 inches
  • Gears: 8

Pros

  • Suspension fork minimizes jolting on rough terrain
  • Comes with hydraulic disc brakes
  • Extra-wide tires

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

If you’re looking for a specialized kids’ bike, the REV DRT Bike tops the chart when it comes to kids’ mountain bikes. The lightweight aluminum frame, extra-wide tires, hydraulic disc brakes, and suspension fork with 80 millimeters of travel will ensure your child can navigate rocky trails with ease. This bike is equipped with eight gears to give your kid plenty of options for climbing steep passages or coasting downhill. Weighing in at 31 pounds with 24-inch wheels, this bike is undoubtedly meant for older, more experienced riders. If the 24-inch wheels are a bit too big for your kids, you can check these bikes from Prevolo, which are designed to help kids of any size on any terrain. For more fun, check out the best dirt bikes for kids.

Best electric: Woom Up 5

Woom

SEE IT

Specs

  • Ages: 7 to 11
  • Height: 50 to 57 inches
  • Wheel size: 24 inches
  • Gears: 11

Pros

  • Pedal assist up to 12 miles per hour
  • Allows for 11 speeds
  • Rugged tires
  • Electric blue color

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Potential danger of battery

Got a kid who’s already tearing up the gravel? An electric bike would be a significant upgrade. The Woom Up 5 is designed for both mountain trails and commuting to school and can kick in just when your child is getting tired. With its lightweight aluminum frame, this bike has a range of 11 speeds. The 250-watt Fazua motor allows for three levels of pedal assist up to 12 miles per hour, but you can also remove the motor and battery when kids want to ride solely on their own steam. The associated app allows your child to track mileage, speed, and battery charge. And the removable lithium ion battery has a capacity of 250 watt-hours, the allowable limit.

The frame and saddle are ergonomically designed to fit kids’ frames and the hydraulic air suspension fork provides cushion against bumps in the road. The durable tires are designed for mountain biking, with strong grip and shock absorption. The Woom Up 5 also comes with Promax hydraulic disc brakes and handlebar grips designed for kids’ hands. Along with the bike, you’ll also receive tools to assemble it and a battery charger. For more motorized fun, check out the best kids’ ATVs.

Best budget: Schwinn Elm

Schwinn

SEE IT

Specs

  • Ages: 7 to 13
  • Height: 48 to 62 inches
  • Wheel size: 20 inches
  • Gears: Single speed

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Comes with a basket
  • Available in wheel sizes from 12 to 20 inches

Cons

  • Only one speed
  • May be too basic for older kids

Finding a safe, sturdy, budget-friendly kid’s bike can be a bit of a challenge, and of course, the bigger the bike, the bigger the price tag. The Schwinn Elm is available in multiple wheel sizes, including 12, 14, 16, 18, and 20 inches. Though not every size is available for under $150, each model is certainly on the inexpensive side of the kids’ bike spectrum. Each Schwinn Elm is designed with a light frame, coaster brakes, and one front-hand (or caliper brake) to help ease the transition to a full-size model. The seats are adjustable, with a forward, narrow pedal position to fit their bodies. The Elm comes in three different colors, featuring pink, purple, and light blue floral patterns and a basket on the front. For a more rugged aesthetic but almost identical specs, check out the Schwinn Koen

Things to consider before buying the best kids’ bike

The best kids’ bikes will vary depending on your child’s height, weight, and skill level. Generally speaking, you’ll be looking for bikes by seat height or wheel size between 12 and 24 inches, which will correlate to your kid’s age, height, and inseam. Beyond size, the next thing to consider is your kid’s skill level: Do they need training wheels, fixed gear, or a mountain bike? While all these components are simple enough, take the time to make sure your measurements are correct, and whether a classic pick of one of the specialized children bikes is appropriate. 

Size

The easiest way to determine what size bike your kid needs is to measure their inseam (from where their feet touch the ground to the top of their crotch). Once you determine this number, you want to look for a bike with a seat height that is, at minimum, this number. For example, if your little one’s inseam measurement is 19 inches, then 19 inches should be the minimum seat height on their bike. As a child is learning to ride, they should be able to place their feet on the floor securely, so the correct seat height will keep them in control as they learn to manipulate hand breaks, etc. From there, you can consider wheel size and frame weight. 

Wheel size

Aside from seat height, there are a few other measurements you can take into account to determine the proper wheel size for your kid’s new bike. Here is a rough guide you can use to narrow your search: 

A child ages 2-4 between 30-39 inches tall with a 12-17-inch inseam will need a bike with 12-inch wheels. Children ages 3-5 between 37-44 inches tall with a 16-20-inch inseam will need a bike with 14-inch wheels. Next, a little one aged 5-8 between 42-52 inches tall with an 18-22-inch inseam will need a bike with 20-inch wheels. Finally, a kid who is 8-12 years old, 50-58 inches tall with a 24-28-inch inseam will probably do best on a 24-inch wheeled bike. 

Before purchasing, make sure you double-check the seat height, and before you know it, your little cyclist will be ready to roll on one of the best bikes for kids. 

Child’s weight 

It’s important to consider your child’s weight in relation to the weight of the bike. Kids’ bikes typically weigh between 25 and 45 percent of their body weight, which is a lot when you consider that most adult bikes weigh around 20 percent or less of their rider’s total body weight. If the frame is too heavy, your child will have trouble controlling their bike; they won’t be able to pedal properly, and steering may become a challenge. If possible, try to select a bike that weighs at or below 30 percent of their body weight, so they can get stronger while riding without struggling through the process. 

Experience  

If you have a young child under four, consider trying out a balance bike before going straight for the pedals. As your child learns more about their center of gravity, a balance bike can help familiarize them with the concept of coordination, steering, and stopping. Instead of a traditional break and chain, they’ll use their feet to break as well as to propel themselves forward. A balance bike will help prepare them to pedal, and as soon as they are old enough, you can transition them to training wheels or skip them altogether. Many kids who start on a balance bike can transition straight to a two-wheel model. 

Durability

Supplying your child with everything they need can be expensive, especially when they’re constantly outgrowing clothes, toys, car seats, and more. Depending on size, kids’ bikes can run you between $175 and $400, a pretty penny when it comes to something they will eventually be too big to use. While it can certainly be tempting to buy a bike that your kid will be able to grow into, a bike that’s too big can be dangerous, not to mention hard to use. It will be hard for them to reach the handlebars or touch the ground with their feet during a stop. What’s more, the extra weight will make it hard to pedal and they may get into more accidents. Instead, consider looking for a budget-friendly kids’ bike, or go to a reliable reseller. Well-maintained, used bikes work well, and your child will have an easier time riding, gaining confidence and strength on a bike that suits their proportions. 

Single speed v. multiple gears 

Single-speed bikes are less complicated than a bike with multiple gears. They’re great for those who have just taken off the training wheels and are focused on flat ground. A single-speed bike will let your kid get used to hand brakes, which are typically introduced with 20-inch models. Of course, single-speed models can definitely present a challenge for navigating tricky terrain or getting up hills. If your child has had the training wheels off for a while, they may be ready to try a bike with multiple gears.

If you’re training a little mountain biker, learning how to use gears properly will be especially important. Mountain bikes are generally wider, with larger, deeply treaded tires and front shocks to absorb the impact of rough terrain. They have more low gears to help your off-road adventurer climb steep hills. 

If you want a multi-gear bike, but you aren’t necessarily heading into the mountains, you can go for a hybrid bike, which features an array of gears suitable for roads, hilly bike paths, low-impact groomed trails, and more. 

FAQs

Q: How tall should a child be to ride a 20-inch bike?

Generally, a child should be between 42 and 52 inches tall to ride a 20-inch bike. However, you need to calculate their inseam and compare that to the bike’s seat height before settling on a 20-inch model. You also want to make sure they can easily reach the handlebars; at 20 inches, hand brakes are introduced to the bike design. 

Q: What age can a child ride a bike without stabilizers? 

Stabilizers, or training wheels, help children get comfortable on a bike, preventing them from falling over and letting them focus on braking, steering, and speed. Statistically, kids will learn to ride a bike without any extra stabilization anywhere between 4 and 9 years old. There’s no set age at which training wheels should be removed, so you’ll want to monitor your child’s confidence on their stabilized bike and look for signs they may be ready to remove the supports.  

Q: What age is an 18-inch bike for? 

An 18-inch bike can be suitable for many ages depending on height and leg size. An inseam between 20-24 inches and a height slightly under four feet is usually suitable for an 18-inch bike. These measurements are traditionally attributed to kids ages 5 or 6, though any child this size can be comfortable riding an 18-inch bike. 

Final thoughts on buying the best kids’ bike 

Giving a kid their first bike is a fantastic rite of passage for all parties involved, a gift that represents fun, freedom, and future adventures. So whether they’re starting to toddle around on balance bikes or racing you down the trail on a mountain bike, pay particular attention to their height and inseam measurements before purchasing. As long as the bike fits their body and skill level, you can have as much fun as you want choosing the color, bike bell, and any other gear they may need—just make sure you include a helmet. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best kids’ bikes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best motion-sensor trash cans of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-motion-sensor-trash-can/ Thu, 25 Mar 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=278297
The best motion sensing trash cans
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

The best touchless trash can for your home makes collecting garbage a smell- and spill-free experience.

The post The best motion-sensor trash cans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best motion sensing trash cans
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall silver smart trash can Simplehuman Voice + Motion-Sensor Trash Can
SEE IT

This easy-to-use all-in-one electric trash can has it all: voice activation and a motion sensor, plus more.

Best for large spaces rectangular sleek motion sensor trash can EKO Mirage-T Motion-Sensor Trash Can
SEE IT

A motion-sensor trash can available in over nine sizes.

Best for small spaces compact silver motion sensor trash can Ninestars Automatic Touchless 3-Gallon Motion-Sensor Trash Can
SEE IT

A compact, hands-free trash can with impressive battery life.

Trash doesn’t have to be a complete mess with the help of a motion-sensor trash can. While a trash can may seem like a banal part of your kitchen essentials, think about how many times a day you need to discard paper towels, food scraps, packaging, paper, and other pieces of garbage. With that kind of frequent use, you deserve something much better than ordinary. A touchless trash can sounds futuristic, but they are a contemporary way to eliminate germs and keep things clean around the house. An electric trash can is more convenient than foot-pedal models and suited for all levels of mobility. The best motion-sensor trash cans come with special features like voice control and odor control, plus they can sleekly complement your other appliances. 

How we chose the best motion-sensor trash cans

A motion-sensor trash can is one of those kitchen supplies we can’t wait for you to experience. They are super convenient, safe, and germ-free because you won’t have to worry about getting any gunk or goo on your hands from lifting the lid. A smart trash can is a choice that feels like a luxury while being impressively practical. Most rely on advanced infrared technology to sense natural movements but remain closed when your dog or cat tries to grab a naughty snack but ends up spilling scraps, coffee grinds, dust, vacuumed-up fur, etc., all over the place. You can even get an automatic trash can that is voice-activated to offer you the most when it comes to easy use. The best motion-sensor trash cans will elevate the everyday, mundane task of throwing out your garbage. We considered a range of options on the market to compile our list of recommendations.

Related: How to reduce your garbage before it gets to the trash can

The best motion-sensor trash cans: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re living in a one-bedroom studio or have a four-story home for you and your family, you need a garbage can that can hold more than one day’s worth of trash. While you don’t need to be harboring waste, you also don’t need to keep shoving your takeout containers and food wrappers down into the can by hand in a desperate, unhygienic attempt to stop the overflow. Trying to compress your trash doesn’t necessarily mean you’re throwing too much away (though we should all try to limit our garbage); it often just means your can is too small. Here are our recommendations for a range of household sizes.

Best overall: Simplehuman Voice + Motion-Sensor Trash Can  

simplehuman

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This voice-activated and motion-sensor trash gives users two ways to manage waste without touching the can and comes in a range of colors.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13 inches D x 18.5 inches W x 24.8 inches H
  • Power: Uses four AA batteries
  • Capacity: 15.3 gallons (58 liters)

Pros

  • Features voice activation and motion-sensor technology
  • Comes in five stainless steel finishes (brushed, black, bronze, white, rose gold) 
  • Designed with built-in liner dispenser

Cons

  • Expensive

This 58-liter stainless steel trash can from Simplehuman is equipped with accurate voice recognition technology that deciphers commands at a whisper, even in a noisy environment. You can say open, close, or stay open for multi-trip trash. This trash can also comes with a motion sensor and liner pocket, storing 20 liners inside the unit for easy replacements. 

Best for large spaces: EKO Mirage-T Motion-Sensor Trash Can  

EKO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This sleek-looking can hold up to 80 liters of trash and comes with a built-in deodorizer.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 18.5 inches W x 10.9 inches D x 28.4 inches H 
  • Power: Six AA batteries
  • Capacity: 45 liters, 50 liters, 80 liters

Pros

  • Large capacity
  • Comes in three sizes
  • Fingerprint-resistant

Cons

  • Can’t use rechargeable batteries
  • Expensive

As far as kitchen essentials go, you can feel confident about the EKO Mirage-T. This unit is available in a ton of sizes, starting with 12 gallons and going up to 21 gallons; it’s truly one of the largest motion-sensor trash cans on the market. It is designed with a fingerprint-resistant exterior, a removable liner ring, and a deodorizer compartment to keep things smelling fresh. 

Best for small spaces: Ninestars Automatic Touchless 3-Gallon Motion-Sensor Trash 

Ninestars

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This small trash can is ideal for bathrooms, children’s rooms, or home offices. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12 inches L x 8.4 inches W x 15.16 inches H
  • Power: Two C batteries
  • Capacity: 12 liters (3 gallons)

Pros

  • Odor resistant
  • Small footprint
  • Can use liners from the brand or other standard liners

Cons

  • Can’t hold a lot

This 3-gallon trash can is the perfect size for bedrooms and bathrooms alike. It was a precise, water-resistant motion sensor, a removable ring liner, a sealed lid, and the ability to last up to six months without changing any batteries (we suggest rechargeable ones and recycling any old batteries properly). This touchless trash can has a non-skid base and is made from durable type 430 stainless steel.

Best for odor control: iTouchless 13-Gallon SensorCan 

iTouchless

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This touchless can is designed with a carbon filter that helps fight odor. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 16 inches L x 11.75 inches W x 25.5 inches H
  • Power: Adapter or four D batteries
  • Capacity: 13 gallons

Pros

  • Comes with carbon filter to fight odor
  • Sizable capacity
  • Can use adapter or battery power

Cons

  • Need to remove whole lid to remove trash bag

This iTouchless trash can is the best motion-sensor trash can for most homes. It’s completely hands-free with an additional compartment that holds an AbsorbX “Natural Activated Carbon Odor Filter” to stop stinky smells in their tracks; an excellent addition to your kitchen. Plus, this unit can be powered using an AC adaptor or batteries for ultimate flexibility. There is also a “Stay Open” mode for those times when you’re making frequent trips to throw something away, but rest assured even with the lid open, troublesome smells will be kept at bay.

Best dual-compartment: Ninestars Motion-Sensor Trash Can/Recycler 

Ninestars

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Pitch your trash and recyclables in one container with this combo device. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 21.3 inches L x 13 inches W x 26.2 inches H
  • Power: Four D batteries
  • Capacity: 13- and 18-gallon sizes available

Pros

  • One-stop trash and recycling solution
  • Available in two sizes
  • Can use liners from the brand and other standard liners

Cons

  • Users report motor in lid can stop working

This Ninestar touchless trash can has two depositories for trash and recycling and one quiet-closing, touch-free lid that seals in odors. It is available in two sizes, 13 and 18 gallons, with a non-skid base, removable ring liner, and a long-lasting battery so you can conveniently place your can anywhere.  

Best budget: Mainstay Motion-Sensor Trash Can

Mainstay

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This budget-friendly option is a good size for families, and it’s designed with a lid that stays open when you place objects in front of the sensor. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11.34 inches W x 16.38 inches L x 26.42 inches  H
  • Power: Uses three C batteries
  • Capacity: 13.2 gallons

Pros

  • Motion sensor allows for touchless open
  • Available in three color options (black, silver, red)
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Only available in one size

This 13-gallon motion-sensor trash can comes in three colors—black, silver, red—to match your kitchen. It’s made from stainless steel and features infrared technology to ensure it stays open while an object, or your hand, is in front of the sensor, and then it closes gently after five seconds. 

Things to consider when looking for the best motion-sensor trash can

Can size and capabilities

The most popular size for any trash can is 13 gallons. If you have more space, we recommend sizing up to 17 or even 21 gallons. Just make sure you can lift the bag out of the can with ease when it’s time to take it out. If you are going to get a large receptacle, an electric trash can will only make throwing things out more accessible. Typically, each touchless trash can will need just a light wave of motion to pop open quietly. This is great when your hands are just a little too full to lift the lid. 

A motion sensor on a large trash can is also ideal for those who end up throwing away a lot of food scraps while cooking. Instead of using food-covered hands and dirtying the lid, which you then have to clean, you can easily toss the odds and ends from your latest dish without any additional mess. While a large trash bin can sometimes foster unpleasant smells, especially if it’s holding food scraps, you won’t have to worry because most motion-sensor trash cans have extra-tight lids to hold in less than pleasant scents. If you’re not convinced, you can also find a touchless trash can with additional room for a deodorizer.

Your space

If the kitchen is covered, look for a smaller automatic trash can to fit underneath your desk or beside the bathroom sink. Chances are you’re not shooting for a 13-gallon vertical can stick next to your toilet, but that doesn’t mean you couldn’t benefit from the same mess-free perks that the best motion-sensor trash can provides. Smaller trash cans lower to the ground can be hard to get to, even if there is a foot pedal at the base. A motion sensor makes things a little easier to dispose of and also keeps you from needing to get too close. 

Now, we don’t know about you, but we sometimes need a little extra encouragement to take out the bathroom or bedroom trash before it’s stuffed to the brim. You know it’s time to take out what’s in a motion-sensor trash can when the lid won’t close and battery life begins to wane. There won’t be room to negotiate when your trash can lets you know the garbage needs to go. 

Odor elimination

No one enjoys the stench of garbage wafting through their home. It’s unpleasant and uncomfortable, especially if you have guests over. Not only is getting rid of smells good for people but eliminating odor is always a great tactic for keeping pets and pests uninterested in the contents of your trash can. If you’ve already done everything you can to make your trash less smelly, we recommend an option designed with deodorizing in mind. Fortunately, a motion-sensor trash can, by design, is excellent at trapping terrible odors. Other hands-free, touchless trash can models rely on a foot pedal to flip open the lid. This often results in a sudden drop when the lid closes and a whoosh of smelly air forcefully being exerted into the room. Motion-sensor trash can lids are typically timed and gently close, which helps keep any unfortunate odors in the can. 

If you’re looking for something a little more heavy-duty regarding scents, look for a touchless trash can that incorporates a filter. The best motion-sensor trash cans will have a built-in space that can fit a deodorizer or carbon filter, which not only contains smells but captures and neutralizes them.

Recycling

Garbage and recycling may not end up in the same place, but that doesn’t mean you can’t use the same convenient, stress-free handling. If anything, juggling plastic cartons, bottles of wine, and cans of LaCroix is an even more daunting task. Getting a dual unit is a great way to keep things clean and orderly around the house while eliminating extra stress or mess. When it comes to creating a streamlined system, we believe in consolidation. The best kitchen trash can for eco-conscious households will have separate internal compartments, one for your trash and the other for recyclables, united under one lid to cut down on clutter and ultimately save space. 

Voice activation

Maybe we are living in the Year 3000 because not only can you purchase a motion-sensor trash can, but you can also find a voice-activated model. Voice activation is a “handy” feature if your fingers are always full to the brim. We can’t tell you the number of times we’ve tried to save ourselves trips by carrying every empty bottle over to the trash in one go, only to put them all down again to open the lid. Whether you’re holding a ton of paper towels after a spill, hoping to avoid any drips or spills from precarious take-out bags, or you’ve just picked up the baby and need to toss a dirty diaper, voice activation can be the superhero you didn’t know you needed. While a voice-activated model can provide extra advantages to calm a hectic day, it can also assist those with chronic pain or limited mobility. 

Voice-activated models work by using embedded microphones especially attuned to the human voice (similar to the best smart speakers equipped with at-home assistants like Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant), blocking extraneous sounds like music or television. This microphone can recognize commands like “open can,” “close can,” and occasionally more. Though these touchless trash cans can be a bit pricey, we believe you’re getting your money’s worth regarding cleanliness and convenience.  

Price

A trash bin equipped with advanced technology can be invaluable, but many can also be pricey. Luckily, the best motion-sensor trash can for a smaller household doesn’t need to break the bank; there are a handful of budget-friendly options that will definitely do the trick. While a smaller can (around 4 gallons) is almost always available under $50, a larger option can also fall within your budget if you monitor your favorite sites for deals. 

FAQs

Q: What is the most popular size trash can for the kitchen?

The most popular size for a kitchen trash can is 13 gallons. This size can fit nicely in small areas or corners without being too small. Thirteen gallons and above means you won’t be battling frequent overflow. If this standard size is slightly too big, we suggest looking at a model between 7 to 10 gallons instead. 

Q: Are sensor trash cans worth it?

The short answer is yes, sensor trash cans are worth it. While the price bump can be prohibitive, we do believe that a motion-sensor trash can has many benefits, convenience being only one. A hands-free trash can helps you avoid bacteria and germs crawling around your garbage. Touchless trash cans are also highly beneficial for those who experience issues or pain related to mobility. A hands-free (or foot-free) model eliminates the need for physical strain on the joints.  

Q: What can you do with old garbage cans?

If you’re ready to take the plunge and upgrade to one of the best motion-sensor trash cans, you’ll need to find something to do with your analog bin. While you can include this old garbage can with your other trash, there are a ton of different options when it comes to upcycling your old garbage can. Consider turning it into a planter, compost bin, or, if it’s large enough, think about using it as storage for gardening tools like rakes and shovels. 

Q: How much do motion-sensing trash cans cost?

The price of motion-sensing trash cans varies a lot, but our recommendations cost between $39 and $250.

Q: Do all motion-sensor trash cans eliminate odor?

A motion-sensor trash can will reduce the odor from garbage because it’ll remain firmly closed until opened. Using scented garbage bags can also help eliminate odor.

Related: The truth about plastics recycling

Final thoughts on the best motion-sensor trash can

The best motion-sensor trash can for you will fit your space and provide a hassle-free garbage toss. Don’t be surprised if you start trying to wave your hand over every trash can you see, only to experience disappointment at their basic functions, followed by joy when you remember that you have a smart trash can waiting for you at home.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best motion-sensor trash cans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best microscopes for kids of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-microscopes-for-kids/ Sat, 21 May 2022 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=444714
Microscopes for kids sliced header
Stan Horaczek

Keep your young ones confidently curious about science.

The post The best microscopes for kids of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Microscopes for kids sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall AmScope Beginner Microscope STEM Kit is the best overall microscope for kids. AmScope Beginner Microscope STEM Kit
SEE IT

An excellent kit filled with tools to help kids explore the world close-up.

Best for 10-year-olds OMAX-MD82ES10 is the best microscope for 10-years-old. OMAX-MD82ES10
SEE IT

A high-quality microscope that will let kids feel like full-fledged researchers.

Best for young kids Educational Insights GeoSafari Jr. Kids Microscope is the best microscope for young kids. Educational Insights GeoSafari Jr. Kids Microscope
SEE IT

A great option for curious toddlers that want to get up close and personal with household objects.

When most people think of microscopes they think of labs, schools, and serious research facilities—they don’t think about kids. But there are plenty of great options when it comes to fostering an interest in science at home. If you have a curious kid looking for a fun activity that revolves around exploration and learning, a microscope is a great option for an exciting gift. Before you inspire your little scientist to get up close and personal, however, it’s important to understand which make and model will be right for their interests and maturity level. We’ll walk you through some of the features to look out for and recommend some of the best microscopes for kids on the market.

How we chose the best microscopes for kids

In order to select the best microscopes for kids of all ages, we paid particular attention to the durability and magnification power of each model. Children under seven won’t be able to use the features a more advanced microscope will offer and older children might be disappointed by more rudimentary features made for younger kids, so we looked at light sources, stereo/compound power, and other technical specs to ensure a range of options to suit the spectrum of budding biologists. Finally, we searched for products that came with special features or science kits so your kids can get started on a scientific adventure the minute they open the box. We compiled our personal research and experience with online user impressions and critical consensus to make our selections of the best microscopes for kids.

The best microscopes for kids: Reviews & Recommendations

There are a lot of ’scopes to scope, so here are the ones whose profiles we choose to magnify.

Best overall: AmScope Beginner Microscope STEM Kit

AmScope

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a 52-piece set that kids can use right out of the box, this microscope is a great introduction to full-scale STEM research.

Specs

  • Magnification: 120x-1200x
  • Age Range: 8+
  • Dimensions: 15.75 x 14.57 x 5.12 inches 
  • Light Source: LED

Pros 

  • Accessory kit 
  • Adjustable magnification
  • Carrying case included

Cons 

  • Not suitable for younger kids

This beginner kit from AmScope includes a power monocular compound microscope that features a color filter wheel, magnification ranging from 120x-1200x, LED light illumination, and a stain-resistant metal frame. Inside the ABS carrying case, you’ll also find a pair of tweezers, collecting vials, a Petri dish, prepared slides, Eosin dye, and more. You’ll even find a shrimp hatchery with Brine Shrimp eggs, so your kid can immediately start their first science project. If you’re looking for even more fun, grab AmScope’s World of the Microscope book, which includes additional projects and activities. This kit is recommended to be used under adult supervision and is not suitable for preschool-aged kids. 

Best for 10-year-olds: OMAX-MD82ES10

OMAX

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A professional digital microscope that will give older kids the confidence and training to go further when it comes to their STEM journey. 

Specs

  • Magnification: 40x-2000x
  • Age Range: 10+
  • Dimensions: 9.06 x 7.09 x 12.99 inches 
  • Light Source: LED

Pros 

  • Professional quality 
  • Built-in 1.3MP Camera 
  • Swiveling binocular head 
  • Impressive Magnification

Cons 

  • Pricey
  • Not suitable for younger kids

If you’re looking for one of the best digital microscopes for kids or the classroom, this option from OMAX is more advanced lab equipment than a lot of starter kits. It features 8 levels of magnification: 40x, 80x, 100x, 200x, 400x, 800x, 1000x, and 2000x making it the most powerful microscope on our list. It’s strong enough to show your budding biologist protozoa, cell walls, bacteria, and more. This digital compound microscope can connect via USB to Mac and Windows computers, and the built-in camera can take pictures and record videos of your findings so your kid can share their discoveries at the next family gathering. 

If you’re not ready to spend that multifunctional model money but want a digital microscope, consider this wireless model from Skybasic with 50x-1000x magnification and Wi-Fi connectivity. 

Best for young kids: Educational Insights GeoSafari Jr. Kids Microscope 

Educational Insights

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The GeoSafari Jr. Kids Microscope is a great way to introduce science and discovery to young children; constructed with small hands in mind encouraging independent learning without sacrificing functionality. 

Specs

  • Magnification: 2.5x-8x
  • Age Range: 3-6
  • Dimensions: 1.12 x 8.1 x 10 inches 
  • Light Source: LED

Pros 

  • Inexpensive 
  • Binocular eyepieces suitable for kids 
  • Comes with 12 prepared slides 
  • Large viewing area

Cons 

  • Won’t be as fun for older siblings 

This microscope from GeoSafari Jr. is an incredible way to introduce your kids to a wonderful new world full of zoomed-in discoveries. It’s designed explicitly with preschool-aged children in mind and features a large focus knob to help kids get used to magnification, starting with 2.5x and expanding to 8x. Two large eyepieces are comfortable and easy to use, eliminating the need to coordinate closing one eye. A push-button LED light and large viewing plate make this microscope easy to use; kids can independently place household objects and outdoor finds within view, plus, you can help them use the 12 included slide plates for a more advanced experience. One of the best for 5-year-olds, My First Microscope comes in two bright colorways, is made from lightweight yet durable plastic, and is battery operated so you can take it outdoors on a nice day. 

Best portable: Carson MicroBrite Plus Pocket Microscope

Carson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Weighing only 0.15 pounds, this pocket microscope is a great way for kids to get closer to nature during hikes, camping trips, and other outdoor adventures. 

Specs

  • Magnification: 60x-120x
  • Age Range: 6+
  • Dimensions: 3.5 x 0.79 x 1.97 inches 
  • Light Source: LED

Pros 

  • Affordable
  • Lightweight
  • Magnification power 

Cons 

  • Works best on flat object 
  • Can be hard to use for little kids

This compact pocket microscope is an excellent way to explore the outdoors with your kids. While a little trickier to operate than some models made specifically for kids, it’s a great option for looking at leaves, insects, flowers, and more. An aspheric lens forces light rays to converge at a single focal point, allowing for more precise imaging aided by a bright LED light. With a magnification power range between 60x-120x, you’ll be able to see some incredible detail, though it’s recommended that your kids start at the lowest magnification and work their way up. It’s best to use the MicroBrite to look at relatively flat objects resting on a flat surface, especially for kids that are still working on keeping a steady hand.  

Best kit: Omano JuniorScope Science Kit

Omano

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A microscope is a great gift on its own, but the JuniorScope Science Kit comes with five fun experiment cards that will keep your kids entertained after they inspected what they find around the house.

Specs

  • Magnification: 40x-400x
  • Age Range: 6+
  • Dimensions: 9 x 6 x 14 inches 
  • Light Source: LED

Pros 

  • Comes with experiments 
  • Good value 
  • Suitable for a wide age range

Cons 

  • Larger objects can be challenging to view 

This microscope kit from JuniorScope comes with three magnification levels, a glass lens, dimmable LED lighting, and a large EZ focus knob allows kids to operate the magnification levels independently. The full kit includes five fun experiment cards that will walk your kids through different ways to inspect various specimens, including insects, human bodies, plants, and crime scenes. Alongside the cards, this kit includes forceps, a Petri dish, dropper, test tube, blank slides, prepared slides, lens paper, and more. Look no further if you want a complete kit to guide a scientifically-minded kid. 

Best budget: National Geographic STEM Kit

NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A full microscope kit for under $40 that includes mineral chips, prepared plates, a lab guide, and more.

Specs

  • Magnification: 40x-400x
  • Age Range: 6+
  • Dimensions: 12.05 x 11.05 x 6.81 
  • Light Source: LED

Pros 

  • Inexpensive
  • Comes with tools and activities 
  • Soft eyepiece 

Cons 

  • Build feels a little cheap

This kit from National Geographic is an affordable way to gift a microscope, equipment, and built-in experiments. This microscope itself features a soft eyepiece, large focus knob, and fixed lens while the full kit comes with 6 plant slides, 6 blank slides, slide case, lab guide, pipette, tweezers, specimen dish, and more. It also comes with six mineral chips including Pyrite, Amethyst, Rose Quartz, Blue Clacite, Geode, and Green Fluorite. We can confirm adults and children alike will enjoy getting up close to these sparkly rocks. The National Geographic STEM kit delivers a full gift set without breaking the bank. 

What to consider when buying the best microscopes for kids

Just because kids can use these microscopes, that doesn’t mean their construction is completely different from lab-level models. They are still tools that come with technical specifications and it’s important to understand how they work so you can confidently choose the right one for your young scientist. 

Magnification and eyepiece

Microscopes are designed to zoom in on organisms and other matter but the magnification power will differ across various models. Generally speaking, the younger the child, the lower the magnification power should be because powerful optics can be more difficult to operate. Microscopes with a 5X to 400X magnification power will be great for younger kids. Higher magnification, above 400x, should typically be reserved for kids over eight. These optics are also directly related to eyepiece type. A monocular eyepiece is used by one eye and can magnify up to 1000X. A binocular microscope supports more powerful magnification and uses both eyes, reducing eye strain. 

Traditional or digital 

You’ll likely see the words “traditional” and “digital” used to describe two different microscope types. If you’re looking for an at-home microscope, a traditional model is probably best. A digital unit looks at the plate using a camera, projecting the image onto a screen—helpful for classroom settings or larger families with lots of young kids reluctant to take turns, but not the typical kitchen table use case. 

Stereo or compound

Stereo and compound, also known as high or low power, describe the materials the microscope is designed to inspect. Stereo microscopes are considered low power and are great for exploring small surfaces in more three-dimensional detail: think coins, seashells, and rocks. Compound, high-power microscopes will give you a better look at living organisms, like plant matter, and rely on super small sections of the material to be put on a plate for closer inspection. 

Longevity and durability  

Traditionally, microscopes use small halogen or fluorescent bulbs to illuminate their subjects. If the idea of finding replacement bulbs fills you with dread, consider LED options, which are powerful, bright, and last for years. 

Of course, the light source won’t matter if your microscope is made from fragile material and placed in the hands of a well-intentioned yet clumsy kid. Look for strong metals or thick, durable plastics. For kids under 5, grab a model with special safety features—like rubberized grips, padding around the eyepiece, rounded edges, and other features designed to be operated by small, inexperienced fingers. Of course, you can worry less about child-friendly design and more about magnification for older kids. 

Accessories and kits 

Make sure your microscope comes with all the tools necessary for full functionality; appropriate accessories might include plates, Petri dishes, pipettes, tweezers, etc. If you are gifting a microscope but are unsure how to use it in a fun, engaging way, go for a microscope kit with additional accessories. These kits typically include a variety of experiments or guides to get your scientific explorer started. As they grow, you can get them a microscope under $500.

FAQs

Q: How much do the best microscopes for kids cost?

The best microscopes for kids range from $14-$300 based on their features, materials, and quality.

Q: At what age can children use a microscope?

A child can start to explore microscopes from as early as three years old. While you shouldn’t put a top-of-the-line research tool into the hands of a toddler, many early-childhood-aged children can interact well with a simple microscope designed for kids. As they get older, you can introduce more complex ideas and, therefore, more complex models to their play and learning. Kids as young as 9 or 10 can successfully operate more advanced binocular-style microscopes to great effect. 

Q: What can you see with a 20x microscope?

A 20x microscope will give you a closer look at the ridges and details on plant specimens, insects, shells, rocks, and other objects around the house. It’s a magnification level that will suit younger children well, though older children might be slightly disappointed. If they are hoping to zoom in on truly microscopic details, you’ll need a more powerful magnification; fine detail creeps in closer to 200x. 

Q: What microscope magnification is needed to see bacteria?

In order to see bacteria, you’ll generally need a compound microscope with at least 1000x magnification. Though, a select few, like algae and yeast, can be seen between 200x-400x. You will also likely need the right material to stain the bacteria first and experiment with the lens size. Too much magnification can lead to difficulty keeping samples in focus, and too little magnification will lead to blurry, unfocused viewing. 

Final thoughts on the best microscopes for kids

Shopping for the best microscope for kids shouldn’t be a process of trial and error, especially if you know what will suit the age of your little STEM explorer. As long as you don’t buy anything too advanced for smaller kids or too rudimentary for late-elementary to middle school students, you’re on track to deliver an amazing gift that will provide entertainment and learning. Consider the technical specs, pay particular attention to magnification, and think about any extra accessories that could go a long way. You’ll be conducting scientific research experiments with your future doctor/environmental scientist/zoologist/biologist/botanist in no time. 

The post The best microscopes for kids of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best gaming mouse of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-gaming-mouse/ Mon, 22 Nov 2021 20:32:22 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-gaming-mouse/
Person using a gaming mouse and ergonomic keyboard.
Emmanuel via Unsplash

A responsive, ergonomic gaming mouse could be the difference between greatness and grueling defeat on the virtual battlefield. Below is what you need to know.

The post The best gaming mouse of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person using a gaming mouse and ergonomic keyboard.
Emmanuel via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best optical sensor Razer Basilisk v2 Wired Gaming Mouse Razer Basilisk v2
SEE IT

This smart-tracking motion sync mouse has high-quality sensors to level up your gameplay.

Best for sensitivity Logitech G502 Lightspeed Wireless Gaming Mouse Logitech G502 Lightspeed
SEE IT

For lightweight controls, an adjustable weight system, and wireless design make this a top tier option.

Best budget Razer DeathAdder Elite Gaming Mouse Razer DeathAdder Essential
SEE IT

This responsive gaming mouse comes at an affordable price while maintaining quality design.

Finding the best gaming mouse is essential to your setup as a PC gamer. A good gaming mouse determines how precise, quick, and accurate your various strikes, selections, and sudden moves will be. But are they worth the investment? Yes, if you’re serious about gaming. A regular computer mouse isn’t built to handle rapid movement or vigorous clicking, which makes it susceptible to breakage and dysfunction. A gaming mouse is more sensitive, responsive, and more ergonomically designed than a regular computer mouse. The best gaming mouse is also customizable for your needs and built to let you game for hours. No matter whether you’re playing an FPS, action RPG, or something involving intense strategy or simulation, the best gaming mouse will help improve your performance. That said, it’s not easy to decipher the technical jargon that describes the options on the market or know at the outset which is the best gaming mouse for you. Here’s a quick guide to help you choose the best gaming mouse for your needs.

The best gaming mouse: Reviews & Recommendations

Best optical sensor: Razer Basilisk v2

Amazon

SEE IT

The Basilisk by Razer Basilisk v2 gaming mouse has a sensor that is out of this world. Called a Razer Focus+, this optical sensor has a tracking accuracy of 99.6 percent and is equipped with smart-tracking, asymmetric cut-off, and motion sync. This mouse has a 20,000 DPI, 50G acceleration, and weighs around 3.3 ounces. There are 11 programmable buttons, a drag-free cord, and color customization so you will always feel in control. Additionally, you can adjust the overall sensitivity of the mouse and the scroll wheel resistance, making for a very versatile peripheral. There are several Razer mice that use the same sensor so take a peek at some of their other models if you need less versatility and more specificity.

Best adjustable weight: Corsair Nightsword

Amazon

SEE IT

The Corsair Nightsword is one of the most customizable mice on the market when it comes to weight distribution and ergonomics. Two sets of weights with six different mounting locations will give you up to 120 different balance configurations and built-in software will automatically detect the mouse’s center of gravity so you can fine-tune the weight and balance to fit your preferred grip. It features a textured contoured shape with a thumb rest to keep your right hand relaxed and reactive. This Corsair mouse has 10 programmable buttons and 18,000 DPI with a customizable PixArt optical sensor. If you are looking for a mouse with more attention to grip than weight, we recommend you check out a cousin of the Nightsword, the Corsair Glaive with 3 interchangeable grips.

Best for sensitivity: Logitech G502 Lightspeed

Amazon

SEE IT

The Logitech G502 Lightspeed is not only incredibly accurate but extra customizable when it comes to DPI and sensitivity. It has a Hero 16K sensor, can weigh anywhere between 4.02 – 4.59 ounces, with an acceleration of more than 40G. It comes with 11 programmable buttons and 100 – 16,000 DPI sensitivity options for great gameplay in shooting and strategy games alike. This mouse is wireless but reliable with a 60-hour lifespan on a single charge and compatibility options for a continuous charge using Logitech’s Powerplay mousepads.

Best with customizable buttons: Razer Naga Trinity

Amazon

SEE IT

The Razer Naga Trinity is the belle of the ball when it comes to buttons. It is excellent for MMO players and manages to side-step the issues that can arise with a lack of flexibility regarding grip when it comes to a high-button count. The Razer Naga Trinity has up to 19 programmable buttons with 3 interchangeable side plates that have 3, 7, and 12 buttons respectively (this allows you to adjust your grip depending on your game needs). It has a 16,000 DPI sensor, a customizable color profile, and weighs roughly 120 grams.

Best wireless: Corsair Dark Core RGB Pro

Amazon

SEE IT

The Corsair Dark Core is a rechargeable, wireless gaming mouse with up to 50 hours of continuous battery life, wireless charging Qi capabilities, USB wired play options, and eight programmable buttons. It has an 18,000 DPI optical sensor, RGB backlight customization with an integrated LED light bar, and two interchangeable side grips. This wireless mouse a little heavier than some models, coming in at 9.2 ounces but many gamers prefer the stabilization this weight provides.

Things to consider when shopping for the best gaming mouse

Gaming mice are designed with functionality far above any run-of-the-mill computer mouse options, which means you have more to think about before making a purchase. The overall shape or design of the mouse, its DPI, sensor type, mappable buttons, and whether or not you want a wired mouse are all crucial factors to consider. Each gamer might want something different so it’s difficult to recommend a universally perfect mouse. We’ll break down the elements and suggest some products that we feel exemplify excellence when in each category.

Optical or laser sensor

The sensor on your mouse is the technological upgrade that has replaced that tiny rubber ball previously found at the bottom base. It essentially uses an LED light that bounces off of a surface, mousepad, etcetera to transmit coordinates that correspond to your computer screen, allowing you to scroll, click, hover, and perform all the various mouse functions. There are two types of sensors you’ll encounter when searching for a gaming mouse: optical and laser. Determining the right sensor can be fairly contentious and there is much debate about which works the best. There is a ton of highly detailed scientific information floating around about the difference between these two types of sensors and how mice work, but the key is that they use a different type of light source to reflect off of the surface it’s on. Generally speaking, a laser sensor can handle any surface type, including something glossy it can also transit information with greater detail and accuracy however some report issues with acceleration (meaning the mouse can become unsynced with the computer screen if moved too fast). Optical sensors don’t suffer from acceleration as much but they can also be more sensitive to surface type. Both sensors can perform very well but if acceleration is a major concern, and you don’t mind purchasing a cushy mousepad, we suggest going for the optical sensor.

Which ergonomic design options are best for you?

The assorted design options that for the best gaming mouse are manifold. But to break it down, these mice are all designed to be functional and ergonomic and alleviate pressure on your wrist. They allow you to play fluidly, without having to constantly adjust hand placement or position. Think about the weight of the mouse and the type of grip you prefer. If you make sudden, fast motions or you want a little resistance you could consider a mouse that has an adjustable weight option, which typically comes in the form of inserts. When it comes to grip, you have three options: claw, palm, and fingertip. A claw grip will have your wrist resting on the mouse pad, your fingers gripping the mouse itself, and your palm elevated above the body. A palm grip will have you rest your palm on the back of the mouse with your fingers resting on top; this is the grip found in a traditional computer mouse. A fingertip grip will have both the wrist and palm elevated, using only your fingers to control the motion alongside various buttons. Grip preference is frequently based on hand size- a fingertip grip mouse is typically the largest.

Most mice are created for right-handed players, but there are a number of excellent mice out there that have created ambidextrous programmable options like the Glorious Model O or Mira-M from HK Gaming. A few companies, like Razer, have even made dedicated left-handed mice.

How sensitive does your mouse need to be?

When searching for the best gaming mouse, you’ll came across a million tech acronyms. Which are important to pay attention to when making your selection? DPI stands for “dots per inch” and can also be marketed as CPI, “counts per inch” when discussing gaming mouse specs. DPI and CPI refer to the number of counts or captured pixels your mouse takes per inch of travel. The higher the DPI, the more sensitive the mouse is. A high DPI doesn’t always mean a better mouse though, you also want to make sure the mouse has a high IPS, or inches per second which tells you the maximum velocity at which it can still capture. Many gaming mice have a DPI of 4000 or higher with the option to increase or decrease that number. Some gamers prefer a lower DPI because lower sensitivity can mean better precision. DPI can also be selected based on your screen’s pixelation. If your screen has a high pixel density, then a higher DPI might be helpful. While DPI might not determine much about your gameplay because most gaming mice function with an already substantial count, we recommend finding something that is adjustable or customizable, so you can test out what works best for you.

Finally, you’ll want to consider your mouse’s acceleration. We touched on this briefly when discussing sensors but it’s important to know that no matter the sensor, acceleration can still affect your gaming. Acceleration describes the amount of gravitational force your mouse can handle whilst tracking accurately and effectively. It is also often customizable and while frequently considered a negative for games that require a lot of quick back and forth, it can be utilized effectively in FPS games and others that require precision.

Do you need customizable buttons?

It is our humble opinion that customizable buttons can make or break a great gamer if used creatively and intelligently. Some prefer to forgo additional buttons but they can be a huge asset when it comes to execution and quick thinking. Gaming mice have at minimum 5 buttons and a maximum of around 19. The number of buttons right for you will probably depend on gaming experience and game preference. A lower button count will be just enough for newer gamers or those who enjoy FPS games. Low button mice can also be called shooter mice and some even come with a dedicated sniper button that will lower the DPI for more precision when pressed. A higher button count may take more experience to program and operate but will give RTS or MMO game players alternative functions and macros necessary to play successfully, though they take some time to get used to and you’ll need to program each one. These mice often feature a keyboard-style grid on the thumb side (muscle memory will soon become your new best friend). There are also button hybrid mice which will give you a little more flexibility without having to commit to one game type.

Customizable buttons can also mean customizable lighting. While this is mostly cosmetic, custom lighting options can be a super fun addition to your gaming mouse. RGB lighting can be found all over gaming setups, from speakers to chairs and now your mouse. Pick the aesthetic that works best for you (or your team). While the lighting will not impact the function of your buttons it does suggest that the customizable software is up to snuff. It’s important to feel like you’re in control of the command center when you’re fighting interplanetary battles.

Do you want a wired or wireless gaming mouse?

Another hot-button (get it?) debate amongst gamers and their mice is to go wired or wireless. Reliability is a major plus that a wired connection provides, but it also limits portability, range of motion, and inhibit your overall desk setup. These mice are connected to the computer using USB so you probably won’t need to invest in adaptors. Pretty much all wired mice are created equal when it comes to connectivity, though you can check out each spec to get a cable that is long enough for your needs. A wireless connection is more susceptible to disconnection or malfunction but models have become increasingly more reliable. A wireless mouse will declutter your cables, provide a cleaner setup, and will be easy to swap out. Keep in mind, you will need to charge this mouse so make sure you check out the battery life. You don’t want to be smack in the middle of a sequence only to lose complete control because your mouse is dead. A wireless mouse will let you play games from just about anywhere, you won’t need to be close to your monitor. This can be a great option for those of you who want to do some couch playing while hooking your monitor up to the television.

In general, we believe that a wired gaming mouse is a better option for most gamers, it also happens to be less expensive, but we recognize that sometimes you need to value form over function and as the technology continues to improve the form and function inch closer to being equals with many wireless gaming options.

Best budget: What you get for under $50

The price of many of the best gaming mouse options reflects the sophistication of their design and sensitivity. While it’s not easy to find comparable models with that level of functionality, it’s not impossible. Some of the best-known mouse manufacturers, such as Razer and Corsair, offer more affordable models made at the level of quality the brands are known for. You may not be able to customize lower-priced options like the Razer DeathAdder Essential, as much, and they may not be as aesthetically appealing. But the best cheap gaming mice can go easier on your wallet while providing the same levels of precision and functionality.

FAQs

Q: What is the best gaming mouse in 2023?

While different gamers might dispute which mouse is the best overall, the consensus on online forums and reviews seems to be the fast-tracking and sensitive Logitech G502 Lightspeed. Its 11 programmable buttons and sensitivity options make it customized to your personal preferences as you play.

Q: Which mouse do pro gamers use?

It’s no surprise that gamers opt for a variety of mouses depending on their individual preferences, but two options pop up frequently when we’re talking gaming mouses. In addition to the Logitech G502 Lightspeed mentioned above, the Razer DeathAdder Essential is an affordable but high-quality option gamers opt for.

Q: What gaming mouse does MrFreshAsian use?

Ever wonder what mouse top gamers use to destroy opponents? You’re not alone. Gaming celeb MrFreshAsian uses the Finalmouse Air58 Ninja CBR Edition mouse in his gameplay.

The bottom line on shopping for the best gaming mouse

The best gaming mouse for your experience, preferences, and setup should now be at your fingertips. With so many advanced features and design options, the gaming peripherals, like gaming keyboards, are constantly improving—and the mouse is no different. There are a ton of amazing options out there and we feel confident that your next WoW session will leave you feeling fired up and in control with a brand new, ergonomically designed, programmable mouse in hand.

The post The best gaming mouse of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best gaming monitors in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-gaming-monitor/ Thu, 10 Feb 2022 21:02:25 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-gaming-monitor/
The best gaming monitors
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Say goodbye to motion blur, pixelation, and tiny screens that require squinting with our picks for high-performance monitors.

The post The best gaming monitors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best gaming monitors
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Best Gaming Monitors ViewSonic Elite XG320U
SEE IT

The ViewSonic Elite XG320U offers great performance at the current top end of monitor specs.

Best 4K Best Gaming Monitors LG 27GN950-B
SEE IT

The LG 27GN950-B is an especially sharp 4K monitor with all the right specs, including strong brightness and a 144Hz refresh rate.

Best Budget Best Gaming Monitors ASUS TUF Gaming 27-inch 1440P HDR Gaming Monitor (VG27AQ)
SEE IT

The Asus TUF VG27AQ delivers incredible performance for under $400.

With rare exceptions, modern video games are an extremely visual medium, and what better way to experience that than on one of the top-notch gaming monitors. Whether you want to fully immerse yourself in imaginary worlds or ruthlessly climb to the tops of competitive ladders, crisp, bright, and color-accurate visuals are a key part of that experience. The best gaming monitors can get expensive, but they last for years and can easily jump between systems or become secondary monitors as you upgrade. There’s little point in spending money on a powerful new console or PC graphics card if you don’t have a screen that can actually take advantage of it. Even if you literally cannot tell the difference between 30 and 60 frames per second or 1080p and 4K (good for you, to be honest), we’ll help you cut through the noise, narrow down your priorities, and match them to one of the best gaming monitors on the market.

How we chose the best gaming monitors

First, we selected a range of specs around which to optimize, broadly dividing up monitors by available categories and user needs, such as focusing on frame rate, resolution, and price-to-spec value. We finalized the specific picks by collating both professional and consumer reviews to confirm monitors that we felt provided the best value in these various specs, with broad and consistent praise. New gaming monitors are coming out all the time, so no list can be truly definitive. However, these selections offer a snapshot of the current state of gaming monitor technology and design.

These selections were also more fundamentally informed by a lifetime of experience as gamers, as well as years covering both the gaming and hardware spaces as journalists and critics. With that expertise, we can help demystify the jargon-heavy world of monitors and help find the best one for you.

The best gaming monitors: Reviews & Recommendations

Flat or curved, big or small—it’s time to figure out the best monitor for your gaming rig, whether a desktop PC or a laptop. Now that you know the basics, here’s a list of our favorites. Each pick is optimized for a different spec or use case, so we think you’ll find something that works for you.

Best overall: ViewSonic Elite XG320U

ViewSonic

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The ViewSonic Elite XG320U offers great performance at the current top end of desktop monitors.

Specs

  • Size: 32 inches
  • Panel type: IPS
  • Native resolution: 4K
  • Refresh rate: 150Hz
  • Response time: 1ms
  • Display ports: DisplayPort, HDMI 2.0, HDMI 2.1
  • Variable refresh rate: FreeSync
  • HDR: VESA HDR 600

Pros

  • Gorgeous picture
  • Accurate colors out of the box
  • High-performing at all resolutions
  • HDMI 2.1 compatible

Cons

  • Expensive

If money is no object and you just want the most monitor in every dimension possible, ViewSonic’s Elite XG320U has everything you need to make your games look their best. IPS (In-Plane Switching) displays historically had more vivid, accurate colors, but at the expense of response time, making them less ideal for gamers. The Elite is a great example of how newer, faster IPS tech has basically eliminated that gap, achieving the best of both worlds with fantastic colors and sharp, responsive images with no ghosting. With HDMI 2.1 compatibility as well, it’s a perfect fit for the latest generation of consoles or PC graphics cards and their promise of 4K gaming at 120Hz.

Best 4K: LG 27GN950-B 27-inch UHD Nano IPS Display Ultragear Gaming Monitor

Why it made the cut: The LG 27GN950-B is an especially sharp 4K monitor with all the right specs, including strong brightness and a 144Hz refresh rate.

Specs

  • Size: 27 inches
  • Panel type: Nano IPS
  • Native resolution: 4K
  • Refresh rate: 160Hz
  • Response time: 1ms
  • Display ports: DisplayPort, HDMI 2.0
  • Variable refresh rate: G-Sync, FreeSync
  • HDR: VESA HDR 600

Pros

  • Great color accuracy
  • Very fast and smooth performance, especially for 4K
  • Highly adjustable monitor stand.

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No HDMI 2.1

If you’re rocking the kind of system that’s ready for 4K gaming all the time, the LG Ultragear Gaming Monitor is one of the best 4K gaming displays on the market, particularly for PC players. This incredibly fast and smooth 27-inch 4K screen has a nano IPS display, 144Hz refresh rate (overclockable to 160), 1ms response time, and is NVIDIA G-SYNC Compatible with AMD FreeSync Premium Pro. Not only does it function at incredibly high speeds without any choppiness or smearing, but it also maintains sharp detail with bold colors and dynamic contrast.

Best 1440p: Acer Nitro XV272U

Acer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Acer’s Nitro XV272U offers fantastic 1440p performance and utility at a great value.

Specs

  • Size: 27 inches
  • Panel type: IPS
  • Native resolution: 1440p
  • Refresh rate: 170Hz
  • Response time: .5ms
  • Display ports: DisplayPort, HDMI 2.0
  • Variable refresh rate: AMD FreeSync
  • HDR: VESA HDR 400

Pros

  • Bright, accurate colors
  • Responsive performance
  • Price

Cons

  • Bland design

Acer’s Nitro XV272U proves that while a monitor’s resolution is important, it’s not everything. This display is 1440p, which means it’s better than HD but not quite 4K. This middle ground is fine since certain consoles, like the Nintendo Switch and Xbox Series S, aren’t capable of playing 4K games anyway. What sets this gaming monitor apart—aside from its shockingly good price is its 170Hz refresh rate, ultra-low latency, and support for AMD’s FreeSync. PC gamers with AMD graphics cards will find the Nitro XV272U is well-suited to their gaming setup. Your PC’s other specs—especially its CPU and GPU—will still make the biggest difference in how your games play, but we’re confident this gaming monitor won’t be the weak link in your system. If you connect your gaming PC to this monitor’s DisplayPort, you’ll have two HDMI ports free for game consoles, which is great if you want to turn your desk into an all-in-one gaming area. If you’re not completely sold on 4K gaming but want a monitor that’s relatively futureproofed for when you upgrade your gaming hardware, Acer’s Nitro XV272U is a great choice.

Best for esports: Alienware AW2521HF

Alienware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A small display with a 240Hz framerate, the Alienware AW2521HF is optimized for competitive play in all the right ways.

Specs:

  • Size: 24.5 inches
  • Panel type: IPS
  • Native resolution: 1080p
  • Refresh rate: 240Hz
  • Response time: 1ms
  • Display ports: HDMI 2.0, DisplayPort
  • Variable refresh rate: G-Sync, FreeSync
  • HDR: N/A

Pros

  • 240Hz refresh rate
  • Great viewing angles
  • Support for both G-Sync and FreeSync

Cons

  • No HDR

When it comes to fast-paced online competition, speed is the most important variable. Alienware’s AW2521HF 24.5-inch IPS display is only 1080p but runs at a blistering 240Hz with a low 1ms response time. Although it lacks HDR, it has fantastic viewing angles and is extremely glare-resistant, helping you maintain focus on the game. It’s compatible with both AMD FreeSync and NVIDIA G-Sync, meaning smooth performance no matter what graphics card is powering it.

Best curved: Samsung Odyssey G9

Samsung

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Samsung’s Odyssey G9 is the most performant monitor for gaming in the narrow field of ultrawides.

Specs

  • Size: 49 inches
  • Panel type: QLED
  • Native resolution: 5120×1440
  • Refresh rate: 240Hz
  • Response time: 1ms
  • Display ports: DisplayPort, HDMI 2.0, HDMI 2.1
  • Variable refresh rate: G-Sync, FreeSync
  • HDR: Samsung HDR 1000

Pros

  • Gorgeous ultrawide display
  • Vivid colors and contrast from QLED
  • Blazingly fast refresh rate

Cons

  • Expensive
  • How wide is too wide?

Curved monitors are an expensive niche for a particular kind of hardware enthusiast, though the number of ultrawide options is growing rapidly. Samsung’s Odyssey G9 is a 49-inch monster of a display, perfect for gaming with its 240Hz max refresh rate and fast 1ms response time. With QLED display technology, it achieves more vivid colors and contrast and greater overall brightness than most gaming monitors, as well. As with most of our picks, its main drawback is cost, which is particularly amplified here as long, curved screens are much more expensive to produce than standard, flat resolutions.

Prefer a flatscreen and saving a ton? Samsung makes great monitors in general, and the 43-inch Odyssey Neo G7 offers a 4K UHD, 144Hz, 1ms, VESA Display HDR600 with Quantum Matrix Technology, AMD FreeSync Premium Pro, and Samsung Gaming Hub access.

Best budget: ASUS TUF Gaming 27-inch 1440P HDR Gaming Monitor (VG27AQ)

Asus

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Asus TUF VG27AQ delivers incredible performance for under $400.

Specs

  • Size: 27 inches
  • Panel type: IPS
  • Native resolution: 1440p
  • Refresh rate: 165Hz
  • Response time: 1ms
  • Display ports: DisplayPort, HDMI 2.0
  • Variable refresh rate: G-Sync, FreeSync
  • HDR: HDR10

Pros

  • 1440p and high refresh rate
  • Good ergonomic options
  • Incredible value for spec

Cons

  • Weak HDR

It’s hard to find a better performance-to-price ratio than ASUS’ TUF Gaming VG27AQ. At 27 inches, 1440p, 165Hz, and a 1ms response time, this relatively cheap monitor means you’re ready for both visually rich immersion and lightning-speed competition. It even features ergonomic adjustments like height, tilt, and swivel, often one of the first sacrifices you make for a cheaper monitor. The only substantial drawback is that the overall brightness is insufficient to really let the HDR pop. Still, sacrifices had to be made somewhere for such an otherwise excellent monitor at this price.

What to look for when choosing the best gaming monitor

When researching gaming monitors, companies will throw a lot of numbers at you. Some of these specs—like size, resolution, and refresh rate—are extremely important. Others are a bit more granular. Here’s a rundown of the top details to watch before you pick up your next display.

Size and resolution

Many PC gamers believe bigger is better, but that isn’t always true. Size, resolution, and where you sit relative to the monitor are all intimately connected, and you should consider them all together when picking the best gaming monitor for you. A monitor’s size, listed in inches, refers to the diagonal length from corner to corner. PC monitors typically range from 19 to 34 inches. 

Resolution refers to the number of pixels on the screen, given in width by height. For gaming monitors, the three relevant contemporary resolutions are 1920 x 1080 (“1080p” or “HD”), 2560 x 1440 (“1440p” or “Quad HD”), and 3840 x 2160 (“4K” or “Ultra HD/UHD”). More pixels mean more detailed images, but also demand much more of your graphics card, so one of the biggest limiting factors for your monitor purchase should be the resolution at which your hardware can comfortably operate (unless you are trying to futureproof for some later upgrade). The benefits of more pixels are also lost on smaller monitors, where you won’t really be able to see the difference. For a small monitor—anything less than 27 inches—stick with 1080p. For 27- to 30-inch monitors, you probably want 1440p. For monitors larger than 30 inches, 4K is ideal.

Where you sit also factors in because being closer to a screen means it fills more of your vision, effectively making it larger. A 32-inch monitor might be great in theory, but if it’s dominating your desk, you might strain your neck trying to take it all in. Ergonomics experts recommend that the top of the monitor should sit around your eye level, so you minimize strain from having to look up at it, so keep that in mind when measuring your space. There’s no one best setup for size and resolution, so you should weigh both your hardware’s power and the setting in which you’ll be using it to pick the configuration that will give you the most bang for your buck

Refresh rate and response time

Refresh rate and response time are hugely important when it comes to finding the best gaming monitor. A refresh rate, expressed in Hertz (Hz), tells you the maximum number of times your monitor can update the status of what’s happening on your PC per second. In games, that translates to the game’s frame rate, or how many frames of animation your screen can show. The higher the refresh rate, the better and smoother the image. Refresh rates can range from 30Hz to 300Hz, but you’ll most commonly see 60Hz, 144Hz, and 240Hz. For modern AAA gaming, we generally recommend a 140Hz monitor. Still, there are exceptions: For esports, many players will choose the highest possible refresh rate to have the best reaction time, even at the expense of resolution and screen size. On the opposite end, 4K monitors are not as ubiquitous as 4K TVs and are still very expensive, so you may find yourself picking out a 4K/60fps model if the resolution is a priority for you.

In addition to a high refresh rate, you want to find a monitor with a short response time. Response time measures how quickly the monitor can change a pixel from black to white (or through shades of gray, depending on the monitor type). A longer response time means more motion blur, which can really mess up gameplay. Most monitors feature a 1ms response time, which is acceptable. There’s often more variation than the manufacturer’s letting on, but for this crash course, 1mm is good enough for most people.

Variable refresh rate

One very common feature worth highlighting is “variable refresh rate,” which refers to a monitor’s ability to smoothly ramp the frame rate up and down on the fly to match hardware performance. This leads to smoother visuals, specifically reducing the screen stuttering and tearing that can sometimes happen in video games, particularly when visuals are intense. There are two major versions of this technology: Nvidia’s proprietary G-Sync, and competitor AMD’s more open FreeSync technology. While some monitors are compatible with both, many only support one or the other, so if your machine’s graphics card can support it (depending on whether Nvidia or AMD makes it), be sure and get a compatible monitor to enjoy the benefits.

Do you want a curved monitor for gaming?

Curved monitors—which create a more immersive experience by allowing you to use your full field of view, including your peripheral vision—have become increasingly popular in gaming circles. Though they come in all shapes and sizes, they typically need to be large to create a wide field of view and often come in “ultrawide” screen sizes to maximize their effects.

When picking a curved display, you need to look at the depth of the curve, in addition to the usual size and resolution specs. The Monitor curvature, expressed as R, tells you the radius of the monitor’s curve. The number typically ranges from 1000R to 4000R. The lower the number, the deeper the curve. According to monitor manufacturer ViewSonic, the number also serves as a quick reference for how far away you should position yourself from your monitor. If you have a 4000R monitor, you should also sit 4 meters away from the monitor when you play to minimize eye fatigue and to get the best viewing experience.

The curved monitor can be a very cool way to enhance your games, but it is an “advanced” purchase for PC-savvy players who really know what they want. Many games require extra settings adjustments to work properly on wider curved displays. Also, picking a curved display usually means committing to a one-display setup since your curved monitor has to be centered. That may not fit players who work from home and use their PCs for work and play. If you’re into monitors and optimizing your experience, buying one may be life-changing, but new PC gamers might want to start with a flat panel and work their way up to it. 

FAQs

Q: Is 165Hz good for a gaming monitor?

Yes, given that 60 frames per second is still the industry-standard stable target, 165Hz gives you lots of room to handle the fastest any game will run. We generally recommend 144Hz displays for most players, unless you’re specifically looking for an “esports monitor” to give you an edge in competitive play.

Q: Is a 30-inch monitor too big for gaming?

While it is ultimately a matter of taste, most would describe 32-inch monitors as the upper limit for a comfortable gaming experience. Depending on how close you like to sit to your screen, a 30- or 32-inch monitor may require you to move your neck to see the far corners of the screen, leading to fatigue and strain over time.

Also, it bears repeating that as size goes up pixel density goes down, so a 32-inch 1080p display will look worse than a smaller screen with the same specs. At that size, you should primarily look for 4K displays.

Q: Is 240Hz better than 144Hz?

Yes, a 240Hz monitor will offer a higher level of fidelity than an external display with a lower refresh rate. That said, most games can’t run at 120FPS, and wouldn’t be able to take full advantage of the added speed.

Q: Should I get one or two gaming monitors?

No, gaming is a single-screen pursuit—unless you’re playing on Nintendo’s DS, 3DS, or WiiU platforms—so two gaming monitors aren’t necessary. If you’re planning on streaming your gameplay on Twitch, and want to keep an eye on your chat, a second non-gaming-specific monitor could be a good option.

Q: Does having 2 gaming monitors affect GPU performance?

Yes. Playing games on multiple monitors would impact your GPU performance since resources would have to be split between them.

Q: What’s the best panel tech for a gaming monitor?

OLED panels would offer the best color performance, but that screen technology hasn’t made its way into the mainstream gaming monitor world. A few OLED options exist, but they’re few and far between.

Q: What type of monitor is best for FPS gaming?

The FPS (First Person Shooter) genre of games benefit most from faster display panels, so any gaming monitor with a 240Hz refresh rate would work best.

Q: How much should a gaming monitor cost?

This will depend on its size, resolution, and refresh rate. An entry-level gaming monitor shouldn’t cost more than $250, but you can spend upwards of $1500 if you want a cutting-edge external display.

Q: What gaming monitor do pro gamers use and why?

Esports pros usually prefer smaller monitors than casual gamers because they minimize the effort required to take in the entire screen. Being able to process information quickly is one of the most fundamental skills in any competitive video game, and 24 inches is the standard size that tends to best fill their field of vision without overwhelming it. When playing video games is your job, tiny ergonomic factors are dramatically amplified, so comfort and utility take precedence over aesthetic immersion.

Final thoughts on the best gaming monitors

The best gaming monitor is designed to fit your space, enhance your gaming experience, and elevate the visuals of your favorite games. As long as you feel confident about the way you hope to play and the setup that you want, we feel confident you’ll be able to find the perfect fit. Don’t skimp on scoping out the specs, and stick to your goals, even if that means waiting a little more time to save. The next best monitor for gaming is always right around the corner, so make sure you are super satisfied with your choice.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best gaming monitors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best portable Bluetooth speakers of 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-portable-bluetooth-speaker/ Wed, 13 Apr 2022 20:25:07 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=374930
best portable Bluetooth speakers header image
Stan Horaczek

From the backyard to the backwoods, a portable Bluetooth speakers will keep you connected to the music.

The post The best portable Bluetooth speakers of 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best portable Bluetooth speakers header image
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best small Tribit StormBox Micro 2 is the best budget waterproof speaker. Tribit Stormbox Micro 2
SEE IT

This speaker is small but can produce a big sound from a quick charge, making it perfect for on-the-go adventures.

Best for outdoors black jbl charge 5 bluetooth speaker JBL Charge 5
SEE IT

A sturdy portable speaker with impressive battery life and quality sound.

Best waterproof The Ultimate Ears Wonderboom 3 in Hyper Pink is the best shower speaker with bass UE Wonderboom 3
SEE IT

If you’re lounging poolside, heading toward the beach, or showering off the day’s adventures, this updated fan-favorite speaker is the waterproof floatable you want by your side.

Let’s face it: Your phone’s built-in sound sucks, so you need a portable Bluetooth speaker. Sure, everything is relative, and those phone speakers are amazing compared to what, say, a 2005 flip phone sounded like. But do we really want to justify our tech based on when people published think-pieces on how texting was the new hotness? No, we do not. So while we can admit you can hear musical cues right out of your pocket, if you want to feel the actual emotional resonance that makes the music special, the speakers on even the best smartphone, the best tablet, the best laptop … ultimately suck. But the best portable Bluetooth speakers do not suck, so we’re ready to help you select the right speaker for any situation.

How we chose the best portable Bluetooth speakers

We test a lot of Bluetooth speakers throughout the year, giving us deep insight into what’s on the marketplace and what’s worth your money. Whether you’re looking for something budget or audiophile, chances are we’ve heard at least one model from whatever brand you’re considering. We combine these experiences with other users’ impressions, then top it all off with extensive research on what you should be looking for: IP rating, frequency range, battery life, Bluetooth range … we’re got you! This lets us find the perfect balance of specs and special features from a fairly dense pool of possibilities.

The best portable Bluetooth speakers: Reviews & Recommendations 

From extreme durability to supreme connectivity, we’ve got you covered when it comes to the best portable Bluetooth speakers. Whether you’re always on the go or simply need something to take to the front porch, these speakers will deliver quality sound without any cables or wires weighing you down. 

Best small: Tribit StormBox Micro 2

Carsen Joenk

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Doubling as a portable charger, this compact speaker is a budget-friendly way to listen to your favorite tunes wherever the water takes you. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 12 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: up to 120 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros 

  • Price
  • Bluetooth 5.3
  • Powerbank
  • Integrated strap

Cons 

  • Some distortion at loud volumes 
  • Limited onboard controls 

The StormBox Micro 2 from Tribit is a super-compact portable Bluetooth speaker that is easily strap-mounted to your backpack, handlebars, and more. At roughly 4 x 4 inches with a rubberized, grippy bottom and durable, textured grill, and weighing just over 1 pound, its small size doesn’t get in the way of solid sound that packs a punch. It’s tiny but surprisingly mighty, with 10 watts of output power, a 48mm NdFeB driver, passive radiators, and XBass technology making for a pretty solid listening experience—up to 90 dB, which is plenty loud for outdoor listening. And it can even be paired with another Micro 2 for stereo sound anytime, anywhere. With an IP67 rating, you won’t need to worry about dust or water damage, and 12 hours of playtime will keep you in business during an out-and-back. And just in case you’re more than a bike frame’s distance from the Micro 2 (or need more juice for another quick adventure), it uses Bluetooth 5.3 to connect to your device with a range of up to 120 feet and charges with an included USB-C cable. 

Best for outdoors: JBL Charge 5

Carsen Joenk

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re looking for a lightweight, long-lasting, outdoor speaker with a straightforward setup, enhanced survivability, and a sound as bold as its looks, the JBL Charge 5 won’t disappoint.

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 20 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: up to 120 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros 

  • Great pump: portability ratio
  • PartyBoost pairing/expandability
  • Powerbank

Cons 

  • More expensive
  • No auxiliary input
  • PartyBoost is not compatible with older JBL models

The JBL Charge 5 is the latest and greatest iteration of a mid-sized Bluetooth speaker from JBL, known for its impressive party speakers. It offers 20 hours of battery life at a reasonably compact size. This burrito-shaped JBL speaker weighs just over 2 pounds and measures 8.7 inches by 3.67 inches, which is small enough to stuff in a backpack. It delivers a rich, uncompromising mix with surprisingly impactful bass lines and clear vocals. Available in six colors, the Charge 5 has an IP67 rating, which means you don’t have to worry about sand or spillage ruining your weekend away. PartyBoost mode allows you to pair with another (compatible) JBL speaker to support stereo sound (or up to 100 speakers in mono), and the built-in Powerbank will let you keep your phone charged, so you never need to stop the music. If you don’t need the extra battery life of the JBL Charge 5 and wouldn’t mind spending a little less, check out the JBL Flip 6, which has many of the same features we love in a more compact, beer can-sized frame (check out our JBL Bluetooth party speakers guide for more recommendable options).  

Best waterproof: UE Wonderboom 3 

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The UE Wonderboom 3 continues to top our charts when it comes to portable, affordable, waterproof sound. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 14 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: 131 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros 

  • Durability 
  • Volume 
  • Portability 

Cons 

  • Bass is a bit lacking
  • No microphone 

Since being introduced in 2019, the Ultimate Ears Wonderboom 2 has been a tried-and-true favorite, one of the best Bluetooth speakers under $100 in any situation, thanks to its durability and sound quality. And the Wonderboom 3 continues that tuneful tradition, offering you an audio orb you can easily take with you—into the woods or the waves, to the beach or the bathtub. It comes in fun two-tone colors with a flexible handle at the top that can easily be attached to a backpack, belt loop, bike basket, or boat. It weighs less than 1 pound and measures just 4-inches tall, so you won’t be slowed down by bulk. The battery lasts a full 14 hours and produces 360-degree sound coverage that can reach up to 87 dBs—pretty impressive for a speaker this size. With an IP67 rating, the UE Wonderboom 3 is waterproof and dust-resistant (making it one of our favorite shower speakers). It also floats, which is one of our favorite features—you won’t need to get out of the water just to skip a track or pause the music when your portable Bluetooth speaker is bobbing alongside you.

Best sounding: Sonos Roam

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Sonos Roam easily transfers from Wi-Fi to Bluetooth, it sounds great, and it’s actually easy to carry around.

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 10 hours 
  • Bluetooth & Dual-Band Wi-Fi
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros 

  • Sonos users can “throw” music to their home system with the push of a button
  • Trueplay system analyzes space and sound for optimal performance
  • Small yet loud enough for a 75 x 50-foot backyard
  • Stereo pairing

Cons 

  • Some of the cooler features only matter if you own multiple Sonos speakers 
  • Limited onboard controls 

The Sonos Roam lets you enjoy music at home or on the go. You can easily connect via Bluetooth anywhere outdoors or use your home Wi-Fi network to sync with additional Sonos speakers (like Roam’s big brother Move, another one of the best waterproof speakers we love). Then you can listen to music, check the weather, and send messages via Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, or Siri (it’s even compatible with Apple AirPlay 2, so you can have a more robust connection if you have an iPhone). Once paired, this speaker will automatically connect to your phone and Wi-Fi when it’s in range, which means you won’t need to pause your playlist when you get home. It can last for 10 hours on a single charge, which you can replenish wirelessly by dropping it down on any Qi charger. The Roam also has an IP67 rating so you can take it just about anywhere; it changes audio directionality based on vertical versus horizontal placement; and Trueplay tuning means it automatically adapts its EQ whether you’re in the backroom, backyard, or the backwoods.

Best for Android: Sony SRS-XG300

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Sony’s SRS-XG300 builds upon a strong foundation and delivers exceptional sound—especially if your device supports the LDAC codec.

Specs

  • Battery Life: 25 hours
  • Bluetooth Range: N/A
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros

  • Advanced-resolution codec support
  • Portability for its size
  • Loud sound

Cons

  • Price

Sony has never shied away from making high-end audio hardware, and the SRS-XG300 is its latest premium portable Bluetooth speaker. After years of refining internal components, Sony gave its portable speakers a much-needed top-to-bottom redesign. The SRS-XG300 is lot sleeker, with a mesh covering that’s pleasing to the eye, and a handle that makes the relatively big speaker easier to carry. Indeed, carrying it from room to room, or from the car to the beach never felt like a chore. Sony’s focus on building speakers with lights continues here, but they’re no longer a main focal point; LED strips surround the drivers on both sides of this speaker, but they never look garish, plus you can turn them off at the push of a button.

The SRS-XG300 is larger than most of our Bluetooth speaker recommendations, but the extra space comes with a couple of big benefits. This speaker lasts up to 25 hours per charge while delivering far better sound than smaller speakers. This was the best-sounding portable Bluetooth speaker I tested this year, with refined-sounding lows, mids, and treble without any distortion at high volumes. Sibilance and other audio abnormalities were also absent, though this will always come down to the way your music was recorded and mastered.

We can recommend the SRS-XG300 to anyone, but especially Android users whose devices support the LDAC codec. Without getting too into the weeds, devices that support this technology can play high-resolution audio at a bitrate of 990kbps (kilobytes per second), which is approaching full CD quality, which is 1,411kbps. For reference, aptX (a more commonly used audio codec) compresses audio down to a rate of 352kbps. This difference doesn’t matter when you’re streaming music from Spotify, but does if you’re using a device that supports LDAC and listening to high-resolution audio files. All of these features come with a steep price tag, and its most technically impressive feature is limited to folks with a handful of devices, which are reasons why we couldn’t definitively label this the best portable Bluetooth speaker overall. If you care about audio quality, though, there’s no other portable Bluetooth speaker that deserves your consideration.

Best for bass: UE Hyperboom

Why it made the cut: Doubling as a portable charger, this compact speaker is a budget-friendly way to listen to your favorite tunes wherever the water takes you. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 24 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: up to 150 feet 
  • IP Rating: IPX4

Pros 

  • That bass
  • That range
  • That battery

Cons 

  • 13 pounds
  • You don’t want it to get too wet

On the opposite end of the spectrum from our previous picks, the Hyperboom from Ultimate Ears does the most when it comes to portable speakers meant for big events. While it may not be the smallest model out there, measuring 7.5 inches by 14.3 inches and weighing 13 pounds, it delivers booming bass and crisp playback at high volumes. It comes with multiple connectivity options, including two Bluetooth channels, each with a 150-foot range, one aux port, and one optical input. A full battery can last up to 24 hours, and you can easily switch between four different devices at one time, which means you can say goodbye to that awkward moment when the music stops as you switch to your friend’s party playlist. The adaptive EQ has a built-in microphone that picks up when the Hyperboom is being moved and adjusts the sound to whatever space it’s occupying. The Hyperboom does indeed bring the hype and the boom. But if less is still more, and our Wonderboom 3 pick is just too small, UE makes a range of recommendable portable Bluetooth speakers. (And if you really want to push the sound pressure, consider the JBL PartyBox 110 or even the JBL PartyBox 1000, which is “portable” in the same way a large rolling suitcase is.)

Best budget: Anker Soundcore 3

Soundcore

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Soundcore 3 is a well-rounded, budget-friendly Bluetooth speaker with an impressive 24 hours of battery life and the option to boost the bass without distortion. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 24 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: Up to 66 feet
  • IP Rating: IPX7
  • Size: 6.9 x 2.4 x 2.2 inches  

Pros: 

  • Excellent Battery Life 
  • Sound Quality 
  • Bass Up technology 
  • Customizable EQ 

Cons: 

  • Simplistic design
  • Voice assistant capability is lacking

The Anker Soundcore 3 comes at a friendly $50 price without sacrificing sound quality. Play up to 480 songs (roughly 24 hours) on one charge supported by dual passive radiators, BassUp technology, and dual drivers with 100-percent titanium diaphragms—delivering extended highs and distortion-free lows, in stereo, no less. Choose from four preset EQ modes and link to other Bluetooth 5.0 Soundcore speakers, using the Soundcore app, for an elevated experience. And, with IPX7 protection, your investment, while not substantial, will survive if you get caught in the rain, etc. Snag it on the Anker website.

Best for control freqs: Marshall Kilburn II

Marshall

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With powerful sound in a well-crafted, roadworthy package, this speaker lives up to the Marshall name. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 20 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: up to 30 feet 
  • IP Rating: IPX2

Pros 

  • Kicks out 36 watts of crunchy, punchy sound
  • Physical treble/bass controls
  • Classic, stylish look
  • Auxiliary 3.5mm input
  • Multi-host functionality for device switching

Cons 

  • Transportable, but not the most compact
  • “Multidimensional” sound means a backward-facing port, not wide stereo
  • Definitely shouldn’t be out in the rain

A retro-chic look with an impressive sound, this speaker from one of the premier brands in rock ‘n roll amplification boasts 20 hours of playtime with a quick-charge option, Bluetooth 5.0 with aptX (which delivers higher fidelity with compatible devices), a 30-foot connectivity range, and, best of all, adjustable analog EQ so you can customize your sound. The Marshall Kilburn II performs well across all frequencies with a range of 52 to 20,000 Hz, delivering 36 articulate watts in a classically styled 6.5-pound cabinet (complete with strap and ruggedized touches). Plus a multi-host feature lets you connect two devices at once so you can take turns soloing. While it’s made for fiery licks, the Kilburn II isn’t built to withstand the elements, however. And if the Kilburn II is a little bit outside of your price range or space constraints, check out the Marshall Emberton II, a smaller, IP67 (so actually waterproof) speaker that forgoes the onboard adjustable settings but delivers 30 hours of battery life powering a naturally balanced sound with just enough bite (and you can stack/sync multiples if you want to amp up the energy). 

Best for party-goers and party-throwers: JBL PartyBox Encore Essential

Carsen Joenk

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re looking for a compact kick you can transport quick, the JBL PartyBox line of speakers is a lot of flashy fun you can take on the run.

Specs

  • Battery Life: 6 hours
  • Bluetooth Range: up to 110 feet
  • IP Rating: IPX4
  • Size: 10.87 x 12.87 x 11.54 inches, 13 pounds

Pros 

  • Punchy sound
  • LED light ring
  • Multisource (Bluetooth 5.1, aux cable, mic input)

Cons 

  • Bass can muddy mid-range a bit
  • Not waterproof

While JBL’s Flip and Charge series are perfect for lounging by the pool or enjoying more intimate get-togethers, the PartyBox line offers heftier, but still handy speakers with powerful audio and an entertaining light show for larger gatherings. The newest addition to this trove of celebration-supporting speakers is the PartyBox Encore Essential. Visually an obvious little sibling of the $399 PartyBox 110, this little box with a big personality is the smallest and most affordable option in this bass-reinforced lineup, retailing for $299.95, making it an excellent choice for folks who want low-end they can take on the go. While it’s not the speaker to reach for on a relaxed, jazz-filled evening, the Encore Essential offers a 100W, 100dB, 50Hz-20kHz frequency response—which translates to plenty of bounce to the ounce, making it a crowd favorite during a party. Adding to the fun are a mic input for karaoke (microphone sold separately), as well as six selectable patterns that dictate how the built-in LED light ring and/or strobe move or pulse in time to the music. And if your get-togethers grow, so can your sound—you can pair two Encore Essentials into True Wireless Stereo.

Best for (viewing) parties: EarFun UBOOM L

Carsen Joenk

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A wide, rich sound that’s surprising for a speaker this size delivers a powerful listening experience at a reasonable price. 

Specs

  • Battery Life: 16 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: up to 50 feet
  • IP Rating: IP67
  • Size: 8.27 x 3.07 x 2.83 inches 

Pros 

  • Video mode 
  • Aux connection available 
  • Stereo Pairing

Cons 

  • Short charging cable 
  • Only available in black

The UBOOM L from EarFun is a budget-friendly Bluetooth speaker that delivers surprisingly impressive sound. While the texturized black grill, rubber trim, and raised buttons resemble its predecessors and contemporaries (like the Treblab HD77 or JBL Flip 5), its price:performance helps this under-$100 speaker stand out in the crowd. 

Out of the box, the UBOOM L feels durable and intuitively designed. A demure EarFun logo is located at the center, flagged by two rubber cylinders housing passive bass radiators measuring slightly over 2 inches. Tucked behind the grille are two front-facing, 14-watt 55mm drivers; at the back, under a thick rubber flap, is a USB-C charging port and an aux input; then, to top it all off, literally, are six rubber buttons—power, Bluetooth pairing, volume down, play/pause, volume up, and Sound Mode. An LED light above the final button lets you know which mode has been activated: Indoor or Outdoor. Next to the Sound Mode button is a tiny hole that houses a built-in microphone for hands-free calling. At the top of the control panel, you’ll see four white LED lights that indicate battery life, a simple yet often overlooked design feature for many Bluetooth speakers. Four lights mean the battery (which is rated at 16 hours) is more than 75% full, three mean between 75% and 50%, two mean between 50% and 25%, one means there is less than 25% left, and a single flashing light means there is less than 10% of battery life left, so it’s time to charge. 

Like most new speakers, the UBOOM L uses a Bluetooth 5.0 connection, which increases stability and range (up to 30m/100 feet). Pairing is easy and instinctual: simply turn the speaker on, press the Bluetooth button once, and select the speaker on your device’s settings. Pressing and holding the Bluetooth button will allow you to pair two UBOOM L speakers in a True Wireless Stereo pair, creating dedicated left/right channels that can expand the soundfield (and volume) and better serve larger parties. You can also hold down the Sound Mode button for two seconds, once the speakers are connected, to restore each UBOOM L as an individual stereo speaker but keep them connected and synchronized to one streaming device in case you want to share all you’re hearing with someone in another room. 

Pressing the Bluetooth button three times will toggle Video Mode on or off. Video mode supports lower-latency playback with lag reduced to 150ms and is an improved solution for sound when watching movies and TV shows from a laptop or smaller device. When Video Mode is on, a white LED indicator will pop on above the Bluetooth button. We should note that when Video mode is on, the Bluetooth connection range does get shorter, and you cannot use Video Mode during True Wireless Stereo connection. Though using the UBOOM L is generally very easy and efficient, it can be tricky to switch quickly between different Bluetooth settings and Sound modes; we found ourselves referring to the user manual more often than we would like.  

Though toggling the various buttons can be a bit of a rigamarole, the sound quality makes up for it. For a Bluetooth speaker under $100, you’ll certainly get bang for your buck. The UBOOM L was tuned by Austrian music producer Olaf “Oluv” Lubanski, who has also created a 45-minute companion video worth checking out. The mids and high-mids are particularly clean—guitar licks from any Devil Make Three song come through beautifully, and the vocals on “Highwomen” by The Highwomen are impressively clear. Snares and cymbals are crisp and sit well in the overall mix; all of the synths on Romare’s “Don’t Stop” are full and rich. 

Some users say they wish for more bass, which has some truth to it. The passive radiators don’t support frequencies lower than 65Hz, but we weren’t disappointed with a speaker this size. This low end on this speaker is undoubtedly present and well-defined, just not overwhelming thanks to the tuning and DSP involved. The only way to get truly vibrant sub-bass is with a larger unit; many small speakers disproportionately boost the lows and highs to pack a punch, which can end up distorting the mix. If anything, we appreciate that the UBOOM L knows its limits. Volume-wise, we heard up to 101 decibels, which is certainly enough to keep folks entertained and wake up your neighbors. While we mostly listened inside using Indoor Mode, triggering Outdoor mode boosts volume and bass to help lift your music above environmental noises. The UBOOM L is also rated IP67, which means if you use Outdoor mode in an appropriate al fresco setting, it is protected from dust, dirt, and liquids—it will even float if dropped in water, though we don’t recommend that if you want to preserve the sound quality.

Things to consider when searching for the best portable Bluetooth speakers

Choosing the best Bluetooth speaker for you can be a bit of a challenge; with all the options out there, it’s easy to spend hours scrolling. So, whether you want to blast a soundtrack for motivation or relaxation, we want to help jumpstart your journey. Before diving headfirst into the ever-expanding speaker market, consider size, durability, connectivity, battery life, volume, and cost. A truly great portable Bluetooth speaker will be able to fit your lifestyle and budget without sacrificing audio quality. 

How much weight do you want to carry around?

While most wireless speakers are designed to be used on the go, that doesn’t mean they’re all ultraportable. There are many shapes, sizes, and weight options to choose from, so take some time to consider where and when you’ll want to jam out the most. If you’re merely traveling to the backyard or nearby park to listen, you can probably stand to stuff a larger speaker in a bag, or sling it over your shoulder. The same goes for road trips, car-camping, full-on van life, or beach vacations. You can get great sound, long-lasting batteries, and thumping bass from a speaker that starts at roughly the same size and weight as a water bottle. 

However, if you need something to help you push through that last mile on a bike path or hiking trail, you’ll want a smaller speaker that can easily attach to handlebars or a backpack. Luckily, several portable speakers weigh under 1 pound, the lightest of which comes in at 0.019 pounds. 

You don’t need to settle for boxy sound when you crave aural ecstasy 

One common criticism of portable Bluetooth speakers is a lack of low-end support and distortion at high volumes (if you want some science as to the why, here are our primers on what makes up a speaker and how soundwaves work). While it’s true that portable systems can have trouble with handling sub-bass and high-decibel demands, there are a few models out there that are a cut above the rest.

If you’re after a party-pleasing sound, the bigger the speaker, the better. Larger units are generally more equipped to maintain consistent audio even as you turn the volume up, plus they have more room for well-designed subwoofers. A speaker with more woofers, as well as “bass radiators,” will do a much better job navigating the bump in the sonic roads. As for volume, check out the speaker’s specs and look for a maximum decibel level, notated as dB. If you are primarily playing music inside, 100 dB is the loudest you’ll want to go, and we’d be surprised if you even enjoyed listening at this level (it’s akin to a jet plane flying directly overhead). On the other hand, if you’re hosting an outdoor party with many people in attendance, you could think about increasing the volume to 115 dB, which is concert-level; music at this volume will cover a large area but you wouldn’t want anyone standing too close. Generally speaking, we are satisfied with Bluetooth speakers that maintain good sound quality at 85 dB for larger gatherings. 

Do you always forget your USB cables? 

Few things are more annoying than getting to your destination, cueing up your favorite playlist, only to see the dreaded low-battery LED flash demandingly. Luckily, the best portable Bluetooth speakers have long-lasting batteries. Speakers that boast batteries that can last between 10 and 20 hours are now more the norm than the exception. If you are going on a remote trip where charging isn’t an option and music is a necessity (I mean, when isn’t it), extended battery life is more important. We’re happy to report that these long-lasting batteries don’t mean large, bulky speakers—you can find reliable units at just about any size.

Safely take your Bluetooth speaker to the beach 

We have all been subjected to the terror that takes over when you accidentally spill your drink on a device, sending you scurrying for a bowl of rice and praying to the tech gods that your electronics survive. Luckily you can avoid all that fear and even embrace a little liquid with the best waterproof speakers. These durable units are particularly great for beach vacations, pool parties, or karaoke in the shower. To make sure your speaker can withstand a little splash, look for an IPX rating in its specs. 

IP stands for “Ingress Protection,” which tells you just how fortified an electronic device is against dirt, dust, and water. The first digit describes particle protection, and the second liquid. For example, if a speaker has a rating of IP57, the “5” indicates it can keep out most dust and dirt particles, especially those over 1 millimeter in size, but it might be susceptible to large quantities of dust if exposed at one time. The “7” means you can submerge the device in up to 1 meter of water for 30 minutes before any damage occurs. If you see a rating that looks like IPX7, the “X” means no data is available for that substance. The higher the number, the more protected your speakers will be from whatever it indicates (dust or water), so you can listen to your preferred podcasts in the tub or bring your favorite sea shanties aboard a boat without worry. 

Connectivity options will keep you tuned in at all times 

Alongside portability, we crave easy connectivity when it comes to the best portable Bluetooth speakers. You want to be able to quickly link your device without fretting over interference if you happen to walk a few feet away. Reliable portable speakers are equipped with Bluetooth versions from 4.2 to 5.2, designed to bolster the consistent connection between smartphones and computers with fitness trackers, headphones, speakers, and more. They rely on Bluetooth’s efficient power usage and data transmission options for improved battery life and fewer streaming glitches. When selecting a speaker, make sure to pick a model that is Bluetooth compatible with your music-streaming device (for more on the different versions of Bluetooth and how it works, check out our primer). From there, you can think about additional connectivity features that would complete your ideal listening experience. Do you need a speaker that can stay connected to your phone from over 75 feet away? Do you want to be able to pair with another speaker for stereo sound? Are you looking to connect two devices at once so you can easily hand over DJ responsibilities? 

You might also want to consider a speaker that has additional options for creating a connection. Some of us still have a few old-school devices that need an analog aux cord, which some speakers can support though this feature is starting to fade with the release of newer models. Others might want to pair their portable speakers with a home system, whether for high-fidelity audio or voice-activated commands. If this sounds like you, consider a model that is also equipped with Wi-Fi connectivity.   

How much do you want to spend on the best portable Bluetooth speakers? 

Portable Bluetooth speakers run the gamut when it comes to price. Some of the high-end models top out at close to $300 to $450, though there are plenty of great picks out there in the more reasonable $100 to $200 range. You can even find quality speakers for closer to $50. As you start to go down in price, you might miss out on a few features like extra battery life, clear audio at high volumes, or truly booming bass. However, if you’re looking for a budget-friendly speaker, you shouldn’t have to sacrifice too much to find something that satisfies your needs. Just pay attention to all the information you can find about a particular model, including user reviews and product descriptions. 

FAQs

Q: What is the loudest portable Bluetooth speaker? 

The loudest portable Bluetooth speaker currently available is the SOUNDBOKS 3, which can reach up to 126 decibels. However, it does weigh 34 pounds, so one could call its portability into question. At $999, this is one of the best portable Bluetooth speakers designed to provide literal concert-quality sound for various venues. 

Q: What is the best portable Bluetooth speaker? 

The best portable Bluetooth speaker is relatively subjective, given each individual’s priorities. Still, we stand by the Tribit StormBox Micro 2, Soundcore 3 by Anker, and UE Wonderboom 3 as three of the best Bluetooth speakers under $100; for more budget-friendly models, take a look at a JBL speaker like the palm-sized JBL Go 3

Q: How many watts is a good speaker? 

While there isn’t a set amount of wattage that determines a good speaker, you can use this measurement to help assess volume output. Wattage typically determines how loud a speaker can get, but not the quality of the sound. Larger speakers with higher wattage can typically generate more volume, but that doesn’t mean you’ll be free of distortion. For more information regarding your speaker’s sound quality, investigate its frequency range and sound pressure levels, notated as SPL.

Final thoughts on finding the best portable Bluetooth speakers

While there may not be one portable Bluetooth speaker to rule them all, there are several excellent options out there, so long as you know where your priorities lie. The key to finding the best portable Bluetooth speakers for you is location, location, location—consider where you want to listen to music the most and you can identify the perfect wireless speaker to soundtrack your favorite activities.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best portable Bluetooth speakers of 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best speaker wires for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-speaker-wires/ Tue, 25 Jan 2022 23:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=421365
best speaker wires sliced header
Tony Ware

Does music get you wired? Well, here are the best wires to get your speakers music.

The post The best speaker wires for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best speaker wires sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Monoprice Speaker Wire on a white background Monoprice 102747 12AWG Speaker Wire
SEE IT

A great option for thicker wire when you need something to travel longer distances.

Best for outdoors GearIT Speaker Wire on a white background GearIT 14AWG Outdoor Speaker Wire
SEE IT

A rugged casing makes this the best option for in-wall or outdoor installation.

Best value Amazon Basics speaker wire on a white background. AmazonBasics 16AWG Speaker Wire
SEE IT

An affordable option that won’t skimp on successful conduction.

Speaker wire doesn’t have to cost a fortune to deliver a $1 million sound. Even the most affordable interconnects can have your speakers pumping in no time. However, many speakers don’t come with wire, making shopping a necessity. So, whether you’re just getting ready to build your system or looking to expand your existing equipment, we’ll explain some of the jargon and guide you toward selecting the best speaker wires for crystal-clear audio.

How we chose the best speaker wires

To select the best speaker wires, we looked at wire material, gauge, and manufacturer to ensure reliability across the board. We looked at over 25 recommended brands, consulted research articles, and investigated first-hand user reviews, diving deep into the debate regarding the relationship between wire quality and price. We also looked at our personal stereo speakers and home theater systems, recommending wires we used to provide a personal touch. While it’s ultimately up to you to determine whether you hear a significant difference in audio quality using particular wires, each of our picks will provide a strong, sturdy connection for excellent sound. 

The best speaker wires: Reviews & Recommendations

There is much debate about whether expensive speaker wires perform significantly better than lower-priced models. The general consensus is no; listening tests and extensive research led by audio professionals agree that the quality of your speaker wire will likely be the same across the board. We recommend reaching for a speaker cable that is solidly in the middle of the pricing spectrum; the cheapest cable might not be built to last, while the most expensive cable may not improve the quality of your audio. Our recommendations let you save money for more critical pieces of gear that have a greater impact on your sound, such as amps/receivers, interfaces, and more. 

Best overall: Monoprice 102747 12AWG Speaker Wire

Monoprice

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Monoprice 12-AWG cable is a safe, affordable option for at-home and professional systems. The thick gauge is sturdy, and the clear PVC jacket means you can easily identify polarity. 

Specs

  • Length: 50 / 100 / 300 feet
  • Gauge: 12 / 14 / 16 AWG available
  • Wire Material: Oxygen-free copper 

Pros 

  • Reputable brand
  • Available in multiple lengths/gauges 
  • Polarity indicator

Cons 

  • Wire may need to be trimmed for at-home systems 
  • Slightly more expensive than other mid-range models

This 12-gauge speaker wire is made from 99.95% pure oxygen-free bare copper that creates a low resistance pathway allowing signals to pass through easily. The jacket is made from transparent PVC, which lets you watch the copper wire to look out for any signs of damage and distinguish polarity. 

Best for car audio: InstallGear 14 AWG Speaker Wire

InstallGear

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: InstallGear 14-gauge wire is thick enough to reduce resistance. It includes features to make installation easy, including a soft, colored jacket and the option for included connectors. 

Specs

  • Length: 100 / 500 feet
  • Gauge: 14 AWG
  • Wire Material: Copper-clad aluminum 

Pros 

  • Price 
  • Flexible
  • Colored jacket makes it easy to identify polarity 

Cons 

  • CCA may be less conductive than other materials 
  • No short length options 

This InstallGear speaker wire is particularly popular for car speaker systems but can also be used for home systems. The dual-colored jacket makes it easy to identify polarity, and it’s made from soft PVC, so it’s easy to maneuver under carpets, behind side panels, and through small openings (plus you can strip it quickly). You can also purchase InstallGear wires with banana plugs to simplify things even further. If blue and black aren’t for you, InstallGear also offers wires with different jackets so that you can choose your preferred color combination, including clear, solid white, and solid black options.  

Best for home theater: MaxBrite 16 AWG Speaker Wire

MaxBrite

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The MaxBrite speaker wire comes with features we love, including markings every 2 feet of wire for straightforward measurements and a polarity indicator. 

Specs 

  • Length: 50 / 100 / 200 feet
  • Gauge: 16 AWG
  • Wire Material: Oxygen-free copper 

Pros 

  • UL Safety Certified 
  • 200-ft length option
  • Markings every 2 feet

Cons 

  • Not available in lengths greater than 200 feet

This thin, 16-gauge wire is an excellent option for low-impedance speakers and shorter cable runs, like from a receiver to the front stereo and satellite speakers around the TV in a cozy, comfy living room. The OFC conductors are compatible with most available connectors and a visible red stripe helps to indicate polarity. There is a sequential marker every 2 feet, so you can more easily measure out the necessary length. Additionally, this wire is UL safety certified for home and commercial use.  

Best bi-wire: Monoprice Access Series 4-Conductor

Monoprice

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Monoprice cable is a reliable four-conductor speaker wire for additional connectivity made from quality oxygen-free copper. 

Specs

  • Length: 100 / 250 feet
  • Gauge: 12 / 14 / 16 / 18 AWG
  • Wire Material: Oxygen-free copper 

Pros 

  • Multiple gauge options 
  • Highly rated 
  • Four conductors 

Cons 

  • Expensive
  • Shorter cable lengths are unavailable

Where the other products listed here have two conductors for a one-to-one connection, this wire contains twice as many. Additional conductors can be used for bi-amping, which is a feature in some speakers that separately power drivers dedicated to specific frequencies. The Monoprice bi-wire organizes four colored conductors encased in a white, CL2-rated PVC jacket, allowing you to link the dedicated high- and low-frequency amplifiers with your speaker while only stringing one length.

Best for outdoors: GearIT 14 AWG Outdoor Speaker Wire

GearIT

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This GearIT wire is our top selection for outdoor use because it has a UL CL3 rating and is approved for direct burial. 

Specs

  • Length: 50 / 100 / 250 / 500 feet
  • Gauge: 10 / 12 / 14 / 16 AWG
  • Wire Material: Oxygen-free copper 

Pros 

  • Multiple gauge options 
  • CL3 Rating
  • Durable 

Cons 

  • A little pricey
  • Sheathing can be challenging to cut

If you want to run your speaker wires underground, you’ll need a wire designed for direct burial to keep you and your connection safe. This wire from GearIT does just that, with an extra black, UV-resistant PVC jacket to keep things secure. This outer jacket also has sequential markings every foot for more accurate measurement approximations. Each wire has a color-coded jack inside the outer layer for polarity identification. This wire is also approved for in-wall installation and pairs easily with most connectors. 

Best budget: AmazonBasics 16AWG Speaker Wire

Amazon Basics

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The AmazonBasics speaker wire is an excellent budget-friendly option with glowing reviews that espouse its functionality. While it may not be top-of-the-line or feature pure copper, it will get the job done for at-home systems. 

Specs

  • Length: 100 feet
  • Gauge: 16 AWG
  • Wire Material: Copper-Clad Aluminum

Pros 

  • Inexpensive
  • Highly rated 
  • Flexible

Cons 

  • Polarity can be harder to identify

If you are putting together a home system and don’t care to weigh in on the CCA versus OFC material debate, then going with this affordable option won’t lead you astray. This 16-gauge wire is wrapped in a clear plastic jacket, with a white line down one side to indicate polarity. While this pick isn’t as visible as color-coded jackets, you’ll still be able to tell how to establish each channel’s symmetry between amp and speaker. It’s compatible with almost any connector and is neatly wrapped around a plastic dispenser. 

Things to consider before buying speaker wire

There are a seemingly infinite number of speaker wires to choose from, but the reality is that when connecting most speakers, most wires are fairly similar. To select the right speaker wire for you, it’s essential to consider and understand the language manufacturers will use to describe them. We’ll walk you through terms like impedance, gauge, and resistance to help you select from our recommendations. 

Function and material

Speaker wire connects speakers to AV receivers and discrete amplifiers and links individual speakers together to deliver the electrical current signal for an accurate, energetic sound. While we refer to a speaker wire as a singular thing, there are actually two independently sheathed conductors (minimum) that connect every speaker. These separate positive and negative strands are typically marked in some way to indicate audio signal polarity so they can properly match the same terminals—designated by + and – or typically colored red and black—on both your amp and speaker. This assures they transmit/receive the correct voltage. 

Standard speaker wires are generally made from copper, copper-clad aluminum (CCA), and oxygen-free copper. The differences are relatively minute; CCA is cheaper with slightly higher resistance, while oxygen-free options come in several grades that suggest higher conductivity or durability. Silver and gold wires are also available, though the difference in efficacy is, once again, minimal. While there can be subtle differences in sound—silver (or silver-plated copper) wire may convey a tighter treble and gold a rounder, warmer lower range—the nuances aren’t worth the increased cost except in the most high-end, specifically tuned systems. Speaker wire is often insulated by plastic like Teflon or PVC. However, some wires are sheathed in rubber (clear casings let you see the red/black polarity, typically indicated on the connectors of a preconstructed wire). 

Resistance 

A speaker wire’s resistance is the most important specification when shopping. Low resistance allows the wire to energize more of the amplifier’s power to activate the speaker’s voice coil, which is wiring underneath the driver that produces a magnetic field when introduced to electricity, moving the speaker’s cone when introduced to a waveform. (If you’re interested in exactly what makes up a speaker, check out our primer.) In simplest terms, more signal equals cleaner, clearer sound.

A few factors can affect a wire’s resistance, including length, thickness, and impedance. Impedance is often listed in speaker product descriptions, measured in ohms (typically 4, 6, or 8). While you don’t necessarily need to understand the science behind impedance other than to know you should make sure the ohms of your amp/receiver and speakers correspond, know that the lower the impedance, the more critical it is to seek out a low resistance in your wire. 

Gauge 

A major difference between speaker wires is gauge, or diameter, also called thickness; the lower the gauge number, the thicker the wire. Measurements are based on the American Wire Gauge (AWG) standard, and you can find 12-, 14-, 16-, and 18-gauge speaker wire, 12 being the thickest. Generally, thicker wires reduce resistance but are only necessary for certain situations. If you have 8-ohm speakers and under 50 feet of cable run to the amplifier, you don’t need a wire thicker than 16 gauge. If you need to cover a great distance or have low-impedance speakers, a thicker 12- or 14-gauge wire will lower resistance and make for a more stable, consistent conduit. If you’re unsure what gauge you need, it is safer to use a thicker option to avoid sound degradation.  

Connectors and wire type 

Speaker wires can come with or without connectors; it’s up to you to decide whether to purchase a package or get a raw wire spool and separately select your own termination. (And if you’re doing that, don’t forget to get a wire stripper/cutter.) A banana plug is best if your speaker has a binding post (circular sockets), but you’ll need a pin connector for a spring clip terminal (square clips that slide up and clamp down on the wire). You can use bare wires for either connection, but they can be a bit of a pain to control.

You don’t need to worry about wire type if you are running speaker wire between bookshelf speakers or studio monitors, for instance. To run wire inside your walls, look for a unit rated CL2 or CL3. If you are running wire outside and/or underground, look for a wire rated for “direct burial.” 

FAQs

Q: How much does speaker wire cost?

Quality speaker wire can cost between $15 – $75 for spools that typically come in 50- or 100-foot lengths.

Q: Are high-end speaker cables worth it? 

High-end speaker cables are not necessarily worth the investment, especially when other areas of your sound system could benefit from an upgrade. As long as you select a low-resistance speaker wire that can support your system, it’s unlikely that you’ll notice a difference in your music when supported by an expensive cable. However, this is a hotly debated topic, and a handful of audiophiles feel differently. Ultimately, all that matters is how your material sounds to your ears; if you try out a few cables and notice a difference, go with what sounds best. 

Q: How much wire do you need?

You need as much speaker wire as you have distance between speakers and the amplifiers. For maximum accuracy, place a string or rope along the wire’s intended path, then measure its length. We recommend adding a couple of inches on either end, just in case you need a bit of slack. Speaker wires can be easily trimmed with a wire cutter, but you can’t add wire to a unit that’s too short. Remember, if your cable run is longer than 50 feet, you’ll want to pick up a thicker 12 or 14 AWG wire. 

Q: What type of wire do you need?

You need a copper, silver, or copper-clad aluminum wire to conduct and carry electricity. If you want to run your wire inside a wall or underground, you’ll need one specifically rated CL2 or CL3. If you want super easy installation, purchase a wire that comes with the appropriate connectors preinstalled, though using bare wire is not dangerous and will also work well. 

Final thoughts on picking the best speaker wires

The best speaker wire will efficiently connect your system, deliver the appropriate amount of electricity, and aid in accurate audio reproduction. While there are many cables out there, in most situations, it’s important to remember not to overthink this purchase and go with a mid-range option that will suit the needs of your amp and speakers. The wire should maybe be 5% to 10% of your system’s budget. Of course, if you’re an audiophile ready to test the limits of each type of wire, it might be worth it to conduct a test of your own with higher-end materials; however, many of us won’t notice the difference between premium speaker wires and more affordable options as much as we’ll notice the difference between music and no music. Just ensure you understand the proper length you need, line up your terminals and polarities correctly, and you’ll be ready to pump up the jams in no time. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best speaker wires for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best all-in-one printers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-all-in-one-printer/ Mon, 08 Feb 2021 13:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-all-in-one-printer/
people working at desks in an office with lights overheard
Israel Andrade via Unsplash

Cover all your business needs with a multifunctional, masterful, powerful printing machine. With the best all-in-one printers you can copy, scan and connect from practically any device, anywhere.

The post The best all-in-one printers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
people working at desks in an office with lights overheard
Israel Andrade via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Epson EcoTank ET-3760 Wireless Color All-in-One Cartridge-Free Supertank Printer with Scanner, Copier and Ethernet Epson EcoTank Pro ET-5850
SEE IT

This powerful inkjet pick can handle all your office tasks, whether it be printing, copying, scanning, or faxing.

Best laser printer HP Color Laserjet Pro M479fdw is the best all-in-one-printer HP Color Laserjet Pro M479fdw
SEE IT

This high-tech option offers wireless connectivity and Alexa compatibility for a streamlined workflow.

Best budget Canon Pixma MG3620 Canon PIXMA TR4520
SEE IT

Outfitting your office with quality gear can still be affordable–this wireless printer comes at a reasonable price.

Nowadays, technology is all about consolidation, and a printer is no exception. An all-in-one printer is a great way to save space, stay productive, and maybe have a little fun along the way. These powerful machines are great for home and office use. You can use these gadgets to not only print but scan, copy, and fax your documents. Take advantage of wireless connection and print straight from your comfy couch workspace or distant office desk. Whether you need to print documents for work, a report card to hang on the fridge, your favorite picture of your pet, or just a simple to-do list, the best all-in-one printers will make the job easy.

There are more than a few options out there, so we’ve created this compact packet for you to peruse. Here’s what to consider when looking for a new printing pal. We’ll also point you towards our recommendations to get you started on your search.

The best all-in-one printers: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Epson EcoTank Pro ET-5850

Amazon

SEE IT

While this all-in-one Epson printer from Epson is no small purchase, it will deliver the best overall performance when it comes to printing, especially if you are running a small office or business. While it might not be necessary for at-home work, it will undoubtedly upgrade your company’s productivity. It’s equipped with voice-activated printing, wireless and ethernet connection, 25 pages per minute printing for both color and black & white documents, plus it has a maximum print resolution of 4800 x 2400 dpi and beautiful bright pigmentation.

Best laser: HP Color Laserjet Pro M479fdw

Best Buy

SEE IT

This HP laser printer has everything you need for high-quality images and crisp, clean documents. It also has a flatbed scanner, copier capabilities, touchscreen with customizable shortcuts, a recommended monthly page volume of up to 4,000, and additional security features. You can print with or without a network and from multiple devices, like smartphones or iPads.

Best inkjet: Canon PIXMA TS9520

Amazon

SEE IT

One of our favorite inkjet printers is the Canon PIXMA TS9520. It can print out detailed photos as large as 11 x 17″ with 1200 x 4800 dpi. Wireless printing is compatible with services like Apple Airprint, Mopria, with control by Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant. Direct photo printing is available with the SD card slot. Canon measures the print per minute as ipm (impressions/images per minute). This printer can churn out 15 ipm in black and white, 10 ipm in color.

Best with fax: Brother MFC-J5330DW

Amazon

SEE IT

One of our favorite feature-filled, all-in-one printer models is by Brother: the MFC-J5330DW. It has nine wireless connectivity options, including Airprint, Google Cloud Print, Mopria, Cortado Workplace, and traditional wifi. Its maximum print speed is 35 pages per minute and features auto-duplex printing and a color touchscreen display that will connect your scans to Google Drive, Dropbox, Facebook, OneDrive, and more. Of course, it’s also equipped with copying and specialty paper print capabilities.

Best wireless: HP OfficeJet Pro 9025

Amazon

SEE IT

The HP OfficeJet Pro 9025 has some impressive options when it comes to connectivity. Using USB, wifi, and ethernet, you’ll easily be able to get what you need and get it quickly. These connections are “self-healing,” which means the printer can automatically detect any issues and automatically trigger a 3-stage reconnection process. It will directly sync with programs like Quickbooks and Google Drive for easy organization, plus it can be used in tandem with voice assistants like Alexa. You can even download the HP Smart Access app for even more features, monitoring options, and remote connectivity.

Best portable: HP OfficeJet 250

Amazon

SEE IT

This portable HP printer is a great tool to keep around the house or take with you on the go. It has a built-in rechargeable battery and multiple connectivity options, including wifi and Bluetooth, so that you can print from almost any device. This model is still an all-in-one; it can scan and copy, a rarity amongst portable printers. It can print 10 pages per minute (black and white) and 7 ppm in color with a manual duplex option and a 10-sheet auto-document feeder. Best of all, it’s only 3.6 inches tall.

On a budget? Best cheap all-in-one printers under $100

It can be challenging to find good all-in-one printers for under $100. If you’re looking for the best cheap printer for home there are some things you should know. Budget units are more likely to break or suffer damage after fewer prints. So we recommend keeping your eyes peeled for sales, bundles, and deals on quality brands.

Check out the Canon PIXMA TR4520, for instance, which often hovers around the $100 mark.

Things to consider when shopping for the best all-in-one printers

All-in-one printers, also known as multifunction printers, or MFPs, are equipped with many special features, connectivity options, and general abilities. It can be hard to know where to start. Do you want an Inkjet or Laser printer? How much space do you have in your home office? What kind of print quality do you need for your newly finished report? All good things to consider when purchasing a new printer. Rest assured, there’s something for everyone. We know you’ll be able to find the best all-in-one printer for you, especially if you’re specific about your goals and needs.

What specs are you looking for in an all-in-one printer?

When it comes t finding the best all-in-one printers, it’s essential to understand the various specs and information companies provide. The more you know, the easier it will be to find a printer to fit your needs and budget. First, consider printing speed. This is especially important if you need to print things on short notice. How many times have you been about to log into a meeting or leave the house when you remember to print out the permission slip, budget numbers, contact sheets, etc? Look for specs that clearly outline the number of pages printed per minute (ppm).

Next, you need to think about print volume. How many pages can your printer handle before exhausting itself? Look for the monthly print volume to determine. There will usually be two numbers, one for the maximum monthly duty and one for the recommended. Of course, it’s better to stay within the recommended amount to avoid damage. Page yield will be directly related to the printer type and subsequent ink cartridge you select.

You’ll also want to think about the overall price per page you’ll be paying. Each printer will be compatible with specific ink cartridges, which will, in turn, factor into the price per page. Figure out what cartridge cost per page is by taking the cartridge price and then dividing it by its expected page yield. Remember, a cost-effective printer isn’t necessarily the cheapest at first glance.

Finally, pay attention to the printer’s resolution. Generally, for color-photo printers, you’ll want to shoot for one that has 4,800 x 1,200 pixels or DPI. A traditional printer will typically have a 1,200 x 1,800 dpi resolution, but many of the best all-in-one printer’s features will go above and beyond what’s traditional to get you a perfect print.

Should you go with a laser or inkjet printer?

There are two types of printers: laser and inkjet. Both are great but are suited for different needs. An inkjet printer uses, you guessed it, ink, while a laser printer uses toner to get any and all printing jobs done. Inkjet printers are fairly popular for home offices; they are pretty compact and can print text and images. In fact, if you are regularly printing photos, an inkjet is probably the way to go. You’ll get a more vibrant mix of colors when you employ ink. Inkjet printers are generally less expensive than laser options, but costs can rack up depending on the volume and frequency you need to print. Ink cartridges have been known to dry up if used infrequently, meaning more money spent on replacements. Inkjet printers also tend to print more slowly, be louder, and hold less paper in their trays than lasers.

Though a bit more expensive, laser printers are going to ultimately save you time and money if you need to print documents frequently. Toner cartridges use a powder and precision technology to accurately and sharply print out text documents. One cartridge can handle between 2,000 to 10,00 pages, whereas an ink cartridge will last between 135 – 1,000 pages. Laser printers can print images, but if you are looking for photo quality on photo paper, then you might find a laser printer lacking. Laser printers originated for office use, though more and more are being purchased for the home. That being said, a laser printer is generally going to take up more room than an inkjet printer. So, think about how much space you can spare, how frequently you need to print, and whether or not your first priority will be photo printing.

Do you want faxing, scanning, and smart features?

The entire reason we are here is to talk about the multi-function, all-in-one features found in these high-tech printers. The most popular addition is scanning, and there’s a lot to consider when selecting a great scanning printer. Now, there are some differences between scanning and photocopying. Some printers can do both, but most will focus on one. While a photocopier does scan the document before printing a replica, scanning will store that information electronically, which can then be saved and sent out via, say, email. If you know you need to scan frequently, we suggest finding a printer with an automatic document feeder and the ability to process and load several pages at once; that way, you don’t waste time feeding pages in one at a time. If you find you often need to scan documents that don’t fit the traditional 8.5 x 11-inch page, look for a flat-bed scanner for extra efficiency. Keep in mind a higher DPI (dots per inch) and bit depth will result in sharper scans.

Faxing is another standard tool that comes with a multifunction printer, though faxing is slowly becoming a business function of the past due to a decrease in landline popularity. If faxing is important to you, however, make sure to check the model’s general capabilities, compatibility with your device, and the general clarity of scans.

Photo printing is also a popular bonus feature. While we briefly discussed our preference for inkjet printers for photos, you can go further by finding a printer that is specifically designed to deliver beautiful, high-quality images. This means finding the best home office printer that accepts photo paper of varying sizes and prints with a resolution of 4,800 x 1,200 pixels. Finally, double-sided printing, or duplex printing, may also be available if you are looking for an added bonus feature in your best all-in-one printers.

What level of connectivity is best for your office set up?

In our humble opinion, the best part about having a multi-function printer is the connectivity options. There is nothing better than being able to connect to your printer regardless of your location inside the office or lounging at home. There are three main ways to connect: ethernet, wireless, and Bluetooth. Ethernet connection is typically reserved for offices that need to connect multiple PCs to one multifunction printer. Look for a built-in integrated network interface if you plan on routing a bunch of work computers to your new mega-printer. Wireless connection is popular for offices using multiple computers equipped with LAN connectivity. Often these printers will create their own wireless network using accompanying software downloads and drivers. Wi-fi and Bluetooth connections are increasingly popular for at-home offices. Some printers equipped with Bluetooth can even print documents and pictures straight from your smartphone.

Overall, make sure you get a printer that can connect with your computer by checking all software requirements

How portable do you need your printer to be?

The truth is, all-in-one printers can be bulky, but can we blame them? All the extra features and general operating abilities add to the printer’s build, which certainly shouldn’t be an issue if you have an office or dedicated workspace at home. We also want to take care of all of the folks who love to print on the go, whether that be pictures from a recent vacation or driving directions for off-road adventures. Some of the best portable printers are indeed battery-powered, so your options for printer locations are almost endless. If you are printing on the go, you’ll need to be prepared to carry paper with you separately, because portable printers don’t have paper trays—you feed each sheet individually. That said, you should expect to easily fit a truly travel-size printer in a handbag or small carry-on. If you are hoping to forgo cables altogether, keep in mind you’ll probably need to connect via Wi-Fi, though some are equipped with Bluetooth.

If you are primarily hoping to print out photos, you may want to skip an all-in-one printer and opt for a photo-only portable printer. This will guarantee your images come out looking bold and beautiful, plus photo-specific printers are even smaller; some could fit in your coat or pants pocket. They are also significantly less expensive than full-service portable printers.

FAQs

Q: What is a print engine?

Many printers will have spec sheets or ad copy that talk about the printer engine. A printer engine is a literal mechanism inside the machine in charge of the print function; it is further specified by resolution and speed. It’s often used as another way to describe the printer type, like inkjet or laser.

Q: What are the best brands to know?

As you can probably tell from our product suggestions, we trust HP, Canon, and Epson with all our printing needs. You can also rely on companies like Brother, Lexmark, and Xerox. If you want something tried and true, we suggest you stick to those brands as long as the products fit your budget.

Q: What are ink tanks, and how do they work?

Ink tank printers forgo individual cartridges and utilize a built-in, refillable system. Ink tank printers are more expensive but can save you a significant amount of money in the long run since you will only need ink and not the specifically constructed cartridges. They tend to have larger page yields per refill, but they need to be used frequently to avoid dried up ink wells.

A final word on choosing the best all-in-one printers

It’s time to take care of all your business needs with one efficient machine. Take the time to think about your printing needs and what you want most from an all-in-one appliance. Consider your space, devices, and dreams for each item you need to print, whether it be spreadsheets, memos, essays, articles, or photo albums. Once you settle on your overall goals, we’re sure you’ll be able to find the best all-in-one printers for you.

The post The best all-in-one printers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best ergonomic chairs in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-ergonomic-chair/ Mon, 17 May 2021 11:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=364172
A woman in front of her computer with screen full of programs working in them and sitting in a chair.
ConvertKit, Unsplash

The best ergonomic chair can help keep you productive, focused, and pain-free all day long.

The post The best ergonomic chairs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman in front of her computer with screen full of programs working in them and sitting in a chair.
ConvertKit, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A black office chair with black sliding wheels. Steelcase Gesture Chair
SEE IT

Adjust the seat depth, arms, height, and recline on this ergonomic office chair.

Best for back pain A black office chair with black sliding wheels and a chair support one smaller and one higher to fit well in it. All33 Backstrong C1
SEE IT

Foldaway arms allow you to adjust seat area and the seat adjusts to your spine smoothly.

Best drafting chair A black office chair with black sliding wheels and translucent chair support as well as a silver sphere under the seat to place your feet on. Flash Furniture Mid-Back Drafting Chair
SEE IT

This breathable chair has a ventilated curved back to give you lumbar support.

Sitting in a cheaply designed office or desk chair can lead to back, neck, and shoulder pain, as well as poor circulation, increased fatigue, lack of concentration, and digestive issues—but an ergonomic office chair can help. So, whether you’re working with a makeshift set up at home or the company chairs just aren’t cutting it, an upgraded seat is one of those office essentials that can make a world of difference when it comes to your general well-being and overall health, especially over time. 

And there isn’t one ergonomic chair to rule them all, so we have created this guide to help you identify what fit and features will work best for your body. From extra lumbar support to kneeling chairs, we’ve got you covered; say goodbye to cramps, creaks, and crankiness with one of the best ergonomic chairs to improve your posture, comfort, and ultimately your mood.

The best ergonomic chairs: Reviews & Recommendations

The average American now spends around a third of their waking hours sitting down, according to a 2019 study by researchers at Washington University’s medical school in St. Louis, and that number is less likely to decrease for those who hold desk jobs. While there are a few things you can do to prevent harmful effects from long hours of sitting down, one of the best ways to support your joints and muscles is to invest in the best ergonomic chair for your body. 

Best overall: Steelcase Gesture Chair  

Steelcase

SEE IT

The Steelcase Gesture Chair is, perhaps, the best ergonomic chair on the market. It’s fully adjustable and easy to maneuver. You can move the seat depth forward or backward, change the tilt tension, and move the seat up or down, all using simple built-in knobs. The seat comes with four recline lock positions, and its wheels work on carpet flooring. The armrests can be rotated 360 degrees, and the 3D Liveback support technology is designed to mimic the movements of your spine as you change positions. The seat cushion is the perfect blend of soft yet structured with a flexible perimeter to relieve pressure points. A 12-year warranty will keep you and your chair in business for many days to come, plus it’s available in well over 50 fabric and color options, so you can maintain the perfect home office aesthetic. 

Best all-mesh: Herman Miller Aeron Chair

Walmart

SEE IT

The Aeron Chair by Herman Miller is the best of the best when it comes to an ergonomic mesh office chair (and ergonomic office chair, to be honest). It is just as supportive as other high-end models, with increased breathability and moisture control. It comes in three sizes—A, B, and C—which correlate to various height and weight ranges. Once you select the right size, you can add on additional features such as fully adjustable arms, a tilt limiter/seat angler, adjustable Posturefit support, and quiet castor options. Manipulate the lumbar support to best suit your back. A tried-and-true office staple for 20 years, this chair is designed for desk workers who spend long hours sitting down, making it a great addition to an ergonomic workstation. 

Best for back pain: All33 Backstrong C1

all33

SEE IT

The All33 Backstrong C1 chair is one of a kind. Created by a chiropractor and industrial designer, the seat and lower lumbar support of this chair pivots separately from the back, cradling the pelvis, encouraging movement, and preventing users from slumping forward for a combination of active and passive seating. Foldaway arms allow you to move closer to your monitor when needed, and the adjustable seat is suited for those between roughly 5- and 6-feet tall, with some flexibility for someone a little shorter or taller. It’s available in three colorways and made from high-grade vegan leather. It also features a 360-degree swivel seat and rolling casters. Best of all, setup takes all of 10 minutes at most, so you can get to bettering your posture ASAP.

Best drafting chair: Flash Furniture Mid-Back Drafting Chair

Flash Furniture

SEE IT

This mid-back drafting chair has all the essential features every ergonomic chair needs and more. A ventilated curved back supports the spine and the waterfall edge relieves pressure on the thighs. Plus, there is a height-adjustable chrome foot ring. A tilt lever can be used to lock the chair into an upright position or allow for some rocking, while the tilt tension knob controls resistance. The seat can be raised up to 30 inches from the floor and the dual caster wheels are easy to move with. When you rest your elbows on the padded flip-up arms, you can help increase circulation—or, you can flip them up to create a larger seating area. It comes in a variety of colorways, and you can even find a more traditional office chair counterpart should you need an additional model.

Best kneeling chair: Varier Variable Balans Original Kneeling Chair  

Varier

SEE IT

The Variable Balans was designed by Peter Opsvik, a significant designer and part of the popularization and implementation of the ergonomic kneeling chair in homes and offices. Made from high-quality, flexible wood, this chair is exquisitely designed to support your body and relieve pressure. Note that, unlike many other models, this unit does not need an additional crossbar—a testament to the thorough engineering that went into the design. It weighs under 14 pounds and comes in eight different colors to complement your style. This chair certainly finds strength in simplicity, allowing you to find your balance and improve back pain. If you’re not sure a kneeling chair is for you, but you want to try an ergonomic kneeling chair before committing to a higher-end model, check out the Office Star Kneeling Chair to get started.

Best under $400: HON Ignition 2.0

HON

SEE IT

The HON Ignition 2.0 is a budget ergonomic chair that has many of the adjustable features valued in high-end chairs. It has a breathable mesh back, as well as customizable back recline, height, and seat positioning. The armrests are also fully adjustable to move up, down, towards, and away from your body. It even has an option for lumbar support, which can be moved up or down depending on your lower back’s comfort needs. While it may not be as plush as some of the other models listed here, it should do the trick when it comes to elevating a regular office chair. If this price point is still just a little too high for you, take a look at this budget ergonomic chair from Modway, which also has select adjustable features, including armrests, seat height, and tilt.

Features to consider when shopping for the best ergonomic chairs

The best ergonomic chair will provide the necessary support for your neck, shoulders, arms, and back, keeping your spine aligned and your joints in the proper position. A great chair should keep you comfortable even during a long workday and help prevent additional strain from sitting for extended periods of time. While shopping, keep in mind any bad habits you’re trying to change—like posture—as well as any particular areas where you want extra support. You’ll also want to think about the type of work you do and find a chair that complements your desk or workspace. Knowing where to get started on your search can be a bit tricky, so we’ve compiled the best ergonomic chairs to help you get started.  

Look for quality ergonomic chairs with adjustable features

The best ergonomic chair needs to be able to support your body weight, height, and alignment needs over time. To achieve long-term functionality and comfort, invest in a chair that will keep your computer monitor at eye level, your wrists straight, your hands at or below elbow level, your knees in line with your hips, and your feet flat on the floor or footrest. With that in mind, it’s critical to get a chair with an adjustable seat height. It’s also important that you’re able to adjust your armrests back and forth, as it will lead to optimal hand and elbow placement regardless of limb length, especially if you tend to lean forward. In this position, without an armrest, your back muscles have to do all the work to keep you upright, which will, of course, lead to further strain. You can even go a step further and look for 360-degree rotation, which is particularly great for those who can’t hold the perfect sitting position all day long (we’re looking at you, crossed-legged sitters and hunched-over hand writers). 

We recommend grabbing a model with additional seat depth, back support, or reclining tension customization for maximum comfort. Many desk chairs will allow you to push back and recline, which can be good for relieving stress and pressure throughout your back and hips. Adjustable tension means you won’t have to continuously push back in order to retain that reclined position, resulting in a more comfortable, relaxing experience overall. These extra features will help you address your spine’s specific needs.

If you tend to run hot, look for a mesh office chair

Ergonomic mesh office chairs are an excellent way to get the support you need without overheating. They can also be easier to get in and out of, which is particularly helpful for those with hip or knee pain. Additionally, mesh chairs are lighter, less bulky, and easier to clean than other fabrics. A high-quality model should be light and springy with just the right amount of flexibility, almost like sitting in a hammock.

While some mesh chairs can be expensive, we think it’s worth it to invest. Low-quality mesh design can create more problems than it solves; if the mesh is too stiff, your weight won’t be evenly distributed. If the mesh sags, your back and bottom won’t have enough support. Durable, pliable mesh should be able to lightly contour the body, lifting it from the seat and supporting it from behind without giving way or sinking. If extra airflow and a lightweight design are what you seek, but the high price point of quality, full-mesh models are a deterrent, try looking for a chair that boasts a mesh back and upholstered seat for the best of both worlds.  

If you suffer from back pain and you just can’t perfect your posture, go for something “slouch-proof”

For most of us, back pain has a lot to do with our posture and sitting positions. If you tend to slump forward, creating an exaggerated curve in your spine, chances are your lower back and hips will be stiff long before the end of your workday. To offset the effects of poor posture, look for a chair with additional lumbar support, which will often take the form of a cushion or indentation that contours to your lower back and creates a slight arch, making it harder for you to slouch forward. Take a look at the back of any chair you’re considering and look for that signature S-curve shape. If you see something with a flat back or bowl instead, you might want to consider another option. 

Are you looking for an ergonomic drafting chair to go with a standing desk?

Those with specialized professions that don’t utilize a typical desk can benefit greatly from a well-designed drafting chair. The principles behind healthy sitting are still the same for those who use higher work surfaces, including standing desks, so you might need a few additional features to keep your spine in alignment. 

Seat height-adjustability is super important when it comes to drafting chairs; make sure you go for a flexible model with a pneumatic gas lift for easy adjustments. Equally important is the inclusion of a sturdy 360-degree footrest ring. With a drafting chair, there is no chance your feet will be able to rest on the floor, at least not while working at a tall desk; however, the best way to alleviate pain and pressure is to keep your feet flat on a surface squarely underneath your knees. Adjustable tilt tension can also be a key player when it comes to sitting comfortably in your drafting chair. Being up high means more support or resistance might be useful when you want to lean back. Finally, be sure to pay attention to all the features of a regular ergonomic office chair, i.e., armrests, lumbar support, and other customizable options.

If your traditional desk chair just isn’t cutting it, consider a kneeling chair

Just like active-sitting chairs, kneeling chairs force you to engage your muscles in order to stay upright; they are the quickest way to strengthen your core and improve posture, which, as previously mentioned, is one of the best things you can do to relieve back pain. The best ergonomic chair forgoes any back support and evenly disperses your weight between your spine, thighs, and shins for a sitting experience that is just as comfortable as a traditional model while naturally encouraging better posture. Cushy pads protect your knees and shins, so aside from getting used to your new, healthy sitting position for a few days, you shouldn’t feel any discomfort or pain. After a few weeks of continuous use, you’re likely to notice some sizable changes when it comes to the way you sit. 

There are a few options for kneeling chairs—if you want even more flexibility when it comes to sitting positions, opt for a kneeling rocking chair, which will let you put your feet flat on the floor and recline. If you aren’t sure you’re ready to go totally backless, you can look for one that offers additional mid- or high-spine support. You can even find kneeling chairs that come with casters so you can easily maneuver around your ergonomic workstation. Just keep in mind that you cannot adjust the seat height on a kneeling chair, so make sure you measure your desk height and purchase accordingly.

Can I be sitting pretty on a budget in the best ergonomic chair?

The best ergonomic chairs often come with a high price point, for a reason—these models are built to last for years without degrading or losing their support over time. Practically every part of a solid ergonomic chair is adjustable, which also accounts for cost. However, there are undoubtedly several chairs out there that are more affordable. Make sure you look at the specs of budget ergonomic chairs, checking in on adjustability and lumbar support first. Typically the first thing you sacrifice with a less pricey option is the number of customizable features, like armrests, seat tilt, and more. That doesn’t mean that the chair won’t do a good job supporting your spine, but it does mean that you might sacrifice a little bit of overall comfort. Another way to get a quality chair is to buy used. Though you will probably sacrifice any included warranty, many high-quality, pre-owned chairs are resold through office liquidators and more; this way, you can get an expensive chair for practically half the price.

FAQs

Q: Why are ergonomic chairs so expensive?

Ergonomic chairs are more expensive because of the built-in adjustments. Essentially each chair has the potential to be a few different chairs in one when you take into account their additional seat height, tension, armrests, lumbar support, and any additional customizations. These chairs are also designed to last many years, whereas budget ergonomic chair can show visible signs of wear and tear after a year or two of consistent use, leading to a greater cost over time.

Q:  Is an ergonomic chair worth it?

Yes, ergonomic chairs are definitely worth it. When you think about all the hours you spend sitting down at your desk, it only makes sense to invest in a chair that won’t deteriorate your physical health and overall comfort over time. You want to be able to enjoy activities after work, and an ergonomic chair will help you do so. Your body will thank you years down the road.

Q: How do I choose the best ergonomic chair?

To choose the best ergonomic chair for you, first consider your budget, and then look for an option within your price range that offers the most in terms of adjustments and customizations. Think about any specific issues you want to work on, such as back pain or improving posture. Always look for a chair that explicitly provides lumbar support and make sure it will suit your height and weight. Or, if you experience uncomfortable sweating during the day, look at an ergonomic mesh office chair. Just take into consideration your situation and you’ll make the right decision.

Related: Make that workspace work with the best storage options.

The final word on shopping for the best ergonomic chairs

You should now be well on your way to finding the best ergonomic chair for you and your workstation. Always remember to look for adjustable features and make sure the chair you’re interested in will provide lumbar support for your lower back. Also, keep in mind that making a sound investment in your physical health is never a bad idea, so try your best to find a well-constructed model that will stand up to the test of time—your back will thank you. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best ergonomic chairs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best waterproof speakers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-waterproof-speakers/ Mon, 11 Apr 2022 14:00:02 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=435887
The best waterproof speakers composited
Stan Horaczek

Keep the tunes flowing even if your speaker gets drenched.

The post The best waterproof speakers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best waterproof speakers composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall JBL Flip 6 is the best overall waterproof speaker. JBL Flip 6
SEE IT

A great midrange speaker with solid sound, portability, and full protection from the elements.

Best indoor/outdoor Sonos Move is the best indoor/outdoor waterproof speaker. Sonos Move
SEE IT

An indoor/outdoor speaker with excellent sound that you can expand into a full system.

Best budget Tribit Stormbox Tribit Stormbox Micro 2
SEE IT

Great battery life and sound in an ultra-portable package.

Waterproof speakers can pump out your favorite music any time, rain or shine. If you want to rock out in, near, or under the water, a great speaker that can play a smash even if it takes a splash is a must. And you don’t need to make any sacrifices for sound quality, nor should you have to bend on battery life, portability, and connectivity. We’re here to help you find the best waterproof speakers, whether you’re looking to blast Anderson.Paak’s “Malibu” at a pool party or sit in your feels during a Phoebe Bridgers shower session. 

How we chose the best waterproof speakers

We selected our favorite waterproof speakers by considering personal experiences with powered and smart speakers of all sorts alongside other user impressions and then combining those with extensive research on top-performing models. We looked at Ingress Protection (IP) rating and other speaker specs—like frequency response and maximum sound pressure level—to ensure durability and sound quality. From there, we considered battery life, Bluetooth range, and special features to select the best from a fairly dense pool. 

The best waterproof speakers: Reviews & Recommendations

Our selection of waterproof speakers comes from some of the best-known audio companies, in addition to impressive newcomers disrupting this space. Each speaker has its own standout feature, but we’ve balanced our picks to make sure there’s something for everyone regardless of feature set or cost. Because these speakers connect to devices over Bluetooth, a widely used technical standard, you’ll be able to pair them with any smartphone, tablet, or computer.

Best overall: JBL Flip 6 

Erin Behan

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The JBL Flip 6 is a compact waterproof party speaker that sounds and looks great on the go or at home. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 12 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: approx 130 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros 

  • PartyBoost technology 
  • Bluetooth 5.1
  • GraphicEQ

Cons 

  • No aux input 
  • Battery life is just okay 

The JBL Flip 6 (which our reviewer loved) is a great portable Bluetooth speaker for any listening experience, dry or wet. With a durable build, rubberized onboard controls, and an IP67, this model is protected from more than just water; it’s protected against dust and drops, so you can feel confident taking it on any outdoor adventure. The Flip 6 has dual passive radiators, a separate tweeter, a purported frequency response range of 63 Hz – 20 kHz, and a max volume of around 87 dB, so you’ll be satisfied with the overall sound quality.

Plus, you can customize your audio using the graphic EQ on the JBL Portable app, available for both iOS and Android systems. This app also lets you connect your Flip 6 to another compatible JBL speaker with PartyBoost mode, increasing volume, creating a stereo pair, and widening coverage during larger gatherings. This model can only connect wirelessly via Bluetooth 5.1, however; it doesn’t have an aux, USB, or any other wired input. It does feature a USB-C quick charging port, which will come in handy if you like to listen at loud volumes because while the Flip 6 has up to 12 hours of battery life, that number can diminish if you’re blasting music. 

Need an even bigger bump in battery and listening levels? There’s the equally IP67 Charge 5 or Pulse 5 or any number of other JBL party speakers to choose from.

Best portable: UE Wonderboom 3

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The UE Wonderboom 3 has continued to top our charts when it comes to portable, affordable, waterproof sound. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 14 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: 131 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros 

  • Durability 
  • Volume 
  • Portability 

Cons 

  • No microphone 

Thanks to its size, the Wonderboom 3 is one of our favorite shower speakers, and one of our favorite small speakers in general—a model we return to again and again when it’s time to recommend portable, waterproof audio. With its 360-degree sound coverage, a 75 Hz – 20 kHz frequency response, and volume that reaches up to 87 dB, the Wonderboom 3 allows you to hear the music over the sound of crashing waves, a high-pressure showerhead, or poolside splashing. It has an IP67 rating, which means it is waterproof and dust resistant, so you can take it with you just about anywhere you go.

Onboard controls will let you play, pause, and skip tracks without touching your phone, plus it’s buoyant, so you can plunge it in the pool or plop it in the bathtub alongside your rubber ducks, aka your backup singers. This speaker weighs less than 1 pound and measures 4.3 by 3.8 inches with a flexible, looped handle to strap the speaker to a bike, bag, or belt loop for maximum portability. If you’re looking for a waterproof speaker that you can easily transport from the beach to the bath, the Wonderboom 3 (one of several excellent Ultimate Ears party speakers) is a great option. 

Best indoor/outdoor: Sonos Move

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Sonos Move is a great speaker for mixed-use listening; it’s part of an expandable network that sounds excellent at home and transitions well for outdoor listening. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 11 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: 300 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP56

Pros 

  • Voice Assistant
  • Sound quality 
  • Bluetooth range
  • Expandable

Cons 

  • Pricey
  • Does not natively support Siri

The Sonos Move has an IP56 rating, as opposed to an IPX7 rating, which means that it’s not fully submersible but is protected from high-pressure water jets spraying in any direction. This essentially means it can withstand rain, steam, splashes, and the accidental dunk here or there. We still consider the Move “waterproof” and while you don’t want to leave it floating in the pool, you can access impressive sound quality anywhere you go.

It’s particularly great for those who want to purchase one outstanding speaker rather than separate indoor/outdoor models that may save money but not sound as solid. This speaker—easily transportable via its built-in handle—boasts two Class-D digital amplifiers, a downward-firing tweeter to take care of high frequencies, and a mid-woofer to carry midrange frequencies with low-end support.

Plus, you can customize your sound using the Sonos app’s adjustable EQ, though Automatic Trueplay helps you avoid much tweaking by adjusting equalization based on the listening environment and content. Connect to the Move via Bluetooth 5.0, AirPlay 2, or Wi-Fi, which, when used, will let you stream higher-quality, well-balanced audio and pair with other Sonos speakers to create a more robust stereo and/or multiroom sound system.

Wi-Fi also enables you to access voice assistants like Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant. If you love the richly musical Sonos sound ecosystem but want something compact that you can submerge, check out the Sonos Roam, the Move’s little brother with an IP67 rating. 

Best premium shower speaker: Bang & Olufsen Beosound A1 (2nd Gen)

Bang & Olufsen

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Beosound A1 is a well-constructed, portable, waterproof speaker from high-end brand Bang & Olufsen. It’s sleek and compact with a looped handle, perfect for hanging on a showerhead or resting atop a caddy. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 18 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: up to 800 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros 

  • Sound quality 
  • Bluetooth Range
  • Battery Life
  • Looped carrying strap

Cons 

  • Volume is a bit limited

While just about any of these speakers could support shower karaoke, the Beosound A1 (2nd Gen) has impeccable features and superb design; it measures approximately 5 x 5 inches with a flat bottom and features a looped candle so it can safely rest on a soap dish or hang from your showerhead.

Bang & Olufsen produces high-end audiophile favorites, so while this speaker is pricey, you’re guaranteed to get great sound from your purchase. When tested, the 360-degree driver and aptX Adaptive codec produce a wide soundstage and improved performance with an accurate frequency response between 63 Hz and 13.5 kHz. Audio is adjustable using the Beosonic app’s sound customization feature and five EQ presets.

Three omnidirectional microphones increase the clarity of phone calls, if you’re inclined to conference rather than just have a solo relaxation session. At the same time, built-in voice and onboard controls mean you can play, pause, skip, and more without reaching a sudsy hand out for your definitely not-waterproof phone. 

If a compact speaker sounds like everything you need, but the Beosund’s price is prohibitive, check out the JBL Clip 4

Best sustainable: House of Marley Get Together 2

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 20 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: up to 98 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP65

Pros 

  • Made from sustainable materials
  • Powerbank

Cons 

  • Price
  • A little bass heavy 

House of Marley’s Get Together 2 is a mid-sized waterproof Bluetooth speaker whose signature feature is that sustainable materials are used to make it. The speaker is made of bamboo, recycled plastic bottles, and recycled aluminum, and it comes in totally recyclable packaging. Not every material used for the Get Together 2 is environmentally friendly, but it’s far more sustainable than the other speakers we recommend. 

As for its audio hardware, House of Marley designed the Get Together 2 with a four-driver system comprised of two woofers and a pair of tweeters, powered by a 40-watt amplifier. Its sound, while clear and loud, is a little bottom-heavy even on the Signature Sound EQ setting. It’s not that treble or midrange frequencies are squished—there are still a lot of details in vocals and drums—it’s just that bass is a lot more prominent. You can switch between three EQ modes (signature, bass boost, acoustic) by pressing a button on the back of the speaker, though we’d have liked to see more fine-grained controls available. 

On the technical side, the Get Together 2 has many non-essential but nice-to-have features we’ve come to expect from a speaker in its size class, but not necessarily from waterproof models. Its USB-C port can charge other devices or quick-charge the speaker itself. The Get Together 2’s IP65 rating means it can be splashed or used in the sand without the risk of damage. Its 20-hour battery life may seem a little low compared to smaller speakers, but the Get Together Go 2 has more power-hungry audio hardware, so it’s in line with our expectations. If you care about both sustainability and sound, House of Marley’s Get Together 2 is a worthwhile portable speaker to pick up if you’ve got a $249 budget.

The company also offers a smaller $170 version, aptly called the Get Together 2 Mini, with an even better IP67 rating, two drivers, and a battery that lasts 15 hours.

Best for Android: Sony SRS-XG300

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Sony’s SRS-XG300 is the only waterproof Bluetooth speaker we’ve found that supports the high-resolution LDAC codec.

Specs

  • Battery Life: 25 hours
  • Bluetooth Range: 98.4 feet
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros

  • Advanced-resolution codec support
  • Portability for its size
  • Loud sound

Cons

  • Price

Sony has never shied away from making high-end audio hardware, and the SRS-XG300 is its latest premium portable Bluetooth speaker—a waterproof one to boot. After years of refining internal components, Sony gave its portable speakers a much-needed top-to-bottom redesign. The SRS-XG300 is a lot sleeker, with a mesh covering pleasing to the eye and a handle that makes the relatively big speaker easier to carry. Indeed, carrying it from room to room or from the car to the beach never felt like a chore. Sony’s focus on building speakers with lights continues here, but they’re no longer a main focal point; LED rings surround the drivers on both sides of this speaker, but they never look garish, plus you can turn them off at the push of a button.

The SRS-XG300 is larger than most of our Bluetooth speaker recommendations, but the extra space has many big benefits. This speaker lasts up to 25 hours per charge while delivering far better sound than smaller speakers. This was the best-sounding portable Bluetooth speaker I tested this year, with refined-sounding lows, mids, and treble without distortion at high volumes. Sibilance and other audio abnormalities were also absent, though this will always come down to how your music was recorded and mastered. There’s even an integrated microphone w/ echo-cancelling technology if you want to use the SRS-XG300 as a crisp, natural-sounding speakerphone.

We can recommend the SRS-XG300 to anyone, especially Android users whose devices support the LDAC codec. Without getting too into the weeds, devices that support this technology can play advanced resolution audio at a bitrate of 990kbps (kilobytes per second), which is approaching 1,411kbps—what is considered full CD quality. For reference, aptX (a more commonly used audio codec) transmits audio at a maximum rate of 352kbps, and even the less compressed aptX HD is capped at 576kbps (though at an improved 48kHz). This difference doesn’t matter when you’re streaming music from Spotify, which streams at 320kkps. Still, it does if you’re using a compatible device that supports LDAC and listening to high-resolution audio files (or taking advantage of Apple Music, TIDAL, or Amazon Music’s higher tiers). TL;DR … LDAC audio sounds punchier and more precise, taking full advantage of the SRS-XG300’s X-Balanced driver technology.

Sony has always focused on audio quality, but the company has upped its game in the durability department this time. The SRS-XG300’s IP67 rating means it can be fully submerged underwater for a half hour and come out unscathed. We’d expect this performance from companies like JBL, which have been ramping up the durability of speakers for years, but it’s refreshing to see Sony take this so seriously.

All these features come with a steep price tag, however. Plus, the SRS-XG300’s most technically impressive feature is limited to folks with a handful of devices, so we couldn’t definitively label this the best portable Bluetooth speaker overall. If you care about audio quality, though, there’s no other portable Bluetooth speaker that deserves your consideration.

Best budget: Tribit StormBox Micro 2

Carsen Joenk

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Doubling as a portable charger, this compact speaker is a budget-friendly way to listen to your favorite tunes wherever the water takes you. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 12 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: up to 120 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros 

  • Price
  • Bluetooth 5.3
  • Powerbank
  • Integrated strap

Cons 

  • Some distortion at loud volumes 
  • Limited onboard controls 

The Tribit StormBox Micro 2 is a super-compact second-generation model that delivers solid sound at an affordable price. Similar in size and design to its predecessor, this speaker measures roughly 4 x 4 inches with a rubberized, grippy bottom and durable, textured grill. Currently available only in black, this speaker is pretty sleek and discrete. The power and pairing buttons are integrated onto the front-facing side along with five tiny LED battery life indicators. Three streamlined control buttons top the speaker, and the multifunction circle allows you to play, pause, skip, go back; access Siri or Google Assistant; as well as answer, reject, and switch calls. The plus and minus buttons raise and lower volume.  

Released in February 2022, this new and improved model is ready to roam with you. The integrated strap is also made of rubber with just enough stretch to fit around bulkier straps, handles, and more. It takes about two seconds to clip onto a backpack or bike handle and won’t accidentally fall off when jostled. With an IP67 rating, it’s ready for just about any terrain you might be traversing, withstanding dust and liquids. The battery can last up to 12 hours to stay connected all day or night; plus, the SmartID USB-C port used to recharge the StormBox Micro 2 can also charge your phone, tablet, or other small accessories. It’s a great speaker to bring on a short camping trip, long hike, day at the beach, or rafting adventure. 

Primed to use right out of the box, you can quickly pair to your smart device using Bluetooth 5.3 technology, which also extends battery life, lowers latency, and increases range. It’s truly one of the more impressive connections we’ve seen—maintaining a strong signal even through layers of extra-thick, pre-war New York City building walls—the downfall of many Bluetooth speakers that came before the StormBox Micro2.  With that same stable connection, you can add an additional StormBox Micro 2 to double volume and create a stereo pair. 

The StormBox Micro 2 is tiny but surprisingly mighty, with 10 watts of output power, a 48mm NdFeB driver, passive radiators, and XBass technology making for a pretty solid listening experience. When tested, the volume reached 90 dB, which is plenty loud for outdoor listening. And while there was a bit of distortion at top volumes, the audio maintained overall clarity. There are about 16 level steps, leaving users feeling in control of their volume preferences. 

When it comes to sound quality, this speaker delivers fairly solid sound. With a frequency response of 70 Hz – 20 kHz, you’ll notice that the bass is a little lacking. Desiigner’s “Timmy Turner” feels a bit lackluster when you can’t experience subbass vibrations; however, we’ve certainly heard worse low end from a compact speaker. Kanye West’s “808s & Heartbreak” feels satisfying with the speaker strapped to my backpack when I can get close to the thump of the passive radiator, though rattling drivers can occasionally distort midrange vocals. At the same time, Phoebe Bridger’s vocals on “Motion Sickness” sat nicely atop drums and guitar backing, and the harmonies on Queen’s “All Dead, All Dead” come through evenly. 

The sound of the Tribit StormBox Micro 2 is more than adequate for a speaker that retails for under $100, and the extra features and fortifications up the value tremendously. If you’re looking for even more of a steal, though, you can try the Oontz Angle 3, which retails for under $40. 

What to consider when buying a waterproof speaker

IP rating 

The most important thing to check before purchasing a waterproof speaker is its IP rating. IP stands for “Ingress Protection,” which tells you how fortified an electronic device is against dirt, dust, and water. The first digit describes particle protection (dust or sand), and the second liquid. For example, if a speaker has a rating of IP57, the “5” indicates it can keep out most dust and dirt particles. The “7” means you can submerge the device in up to 1 meter of water for 30 minutes before any damage occurs. If you see a rating that looks like IPX7, the “X” means no data is available for that substance. 

Only speakers with an IPX7 rating or higher can actually claim full waterproof status, though we have made an exception and recommended one stellar IP56 speaker. For full submersion or in-shower use, stick with IPX7 and above; however, an IPX6 can withstand a strong stream of water for a short time, about 100 liters per minute, suitable for rain, strong splashes, and more. IPX5 can handle 12.5 liters of water per minute, more like a squirt gun. IPX5 is technically water-resistant, and we don’t recommend trying out anything less if you’re on the search for a waterproof speaker. 

Battery life

If you’re shopping for a waterproof speaker, chances are you’re preparing to take it on the go, which means you need a model with a long-lasting battery. Check out the specs and look for a model that can last between 10 and 20 hours so you don’t have to pause an outdoor adventure to charge your speaker inside. Generally speaking, larger speakers house longer-lasting batteries, but that’s not always the case. You should also note that most speakers drain their battery faster when playing music at loud volumes. So, if you know you’re about to host an all-day pool party, invest in something long-lasting because that speaker with 10 hours of battery might just drop to 5. 

We should also note that while some speakers can still play music while they charge, you shouldn’t charge your speaker near the water. If it gets wet or falls, that open charging port and live connection will likely lead to speaker destruction and/or a nasty shock. 

Sound quality 

While it’s true that portable speakers can have trouble with handling subbass and high-volume demands, there are a few models out there that are a cut above the rest.

Larger units are generally more equipped to maintain consistent audio even as you turn the volume up, plus they have more room for well-designed subwoofers. A speaker with more active woofers, or even passive “bass radiators,” will do a much better job navigating the rumble in the sonic roads (if you want to know about the physical components of a speaker, check out our primer). As for volume, check out the speaker’s specs and look for a maximum sound pressure level, notated in decibels (dB). Note, however, 100 dB is the loudest you’ll ever really want to go, and only really in an open space for limited periods; it’s akin to listening to a lawnmower at close range and can eventually cause hearing damage. We are satisfied with Bluetooth speakers that maintain good sound quality between 85 dB to 95 dB for larger gatherings. 

You can also look at the frequency response range, measured in hertz (Hz) and kilohertz (kHz), letting you know the range of frequencies (lows, mids, and highs) the speaker will support. You will commonly see a 20 Hz – 20 kHz range, which is the limit of human hearing for both highs and lows. Just because a speaker lists this range on its specs doesn’t necessarily mean it can reproduce without any dips or shortcomings across the frequency spectrum, however. If you want to do more research before buying, look for a frequency response graph for the speaker in question, often created with audio testing by a third party. Keep in mind that it’s difficult for a portable Bluetooth speaker to support frequencies lower than 40 Hz to 50 Hz accurately without a dedicated subwoofer. Many models utilize enhanced digital signal processing technology to compensate for the lack of low-end. Still, when it comes to small speakers, sometimes we must accept their limitations—swapping subbass for waterproof protection and portability might be an even trade. 

Connectivity and codecs 

As Bluetooth technology continues to develop, you have more control than ever over which enhancements you’ll rely on. Common iterations are 4.2, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, and 5.3 (announced in July 2021). Newer versions typically have higher data transfer speeds, maintain connection across greater distances, and reduce power consumption. Bluetooth can even pair two or more compatible units for stereo sound and increased volume. 

Diving even deeper, Bluetooth codecs describe how your digital audio data is encoded and decoded from a source device to your speaker or headphones. To get the most from these high-speed transfers, both your receiver and transmitter must be equipped with the same codecs. The most common codec to see is SBC, which every Bluetooth speaker supports. While not the highest-quality codec, it’s a virtually universal, reliable way to transfer data. If you’re an iOS user looking for higher quality, consider a speaker supporting AAC, or Advanced Audio Coding. If you have an Android smart device, select a speaker with aptX/aptX HD/aptX Adaptive (or LDAC) to assure support for higher transfer rates that preserve more data. 

Special features 

Additional features come in all shapes and sizes, with some of the most popular related to connectivity and controls. Consider which might be the most beneficial for you: Wi-Fi-equipped speakers, like the Sonos Move and Roam, can pair waterproof speakers with a high-speed home network for high-fidelity audio or voice-activated commands. Voice assistant compatibility means you can control your music with Siri, Alexa, or Google Assistant. Some speakers, like the Tribit StormBox Micro 2, double as a power bank to charge your phone on the go, and many models come with specially designed apps to control your sound with graphic equalization, listening modes, and more. 

FAQs

Q: What is the loudest waterproof speaker?

One of the loudest waterproof speakers is the $499 JBL Boombox 3. It has an IP67 rating and, when tested, reached over 92 dB and delivered copious amounts of deep, rumbling, low-distortion bass. While this speaker is far from compact, its top handle makes it easy to transport and its audio capabilities make it a great choice for outdoor parties. 

Q: Are shower speakers safe?

Yes, waterproof/shower speakers are safe and won’t endanger you. Remember, however, you can’t stick just any speaker in the shower; you need a model with an IPX7 rating to be truly waterproof. Along with IP rating, you should make sure to read all set-up instructions for safe use. For example, most speakers need to be completely dry before charging and some shouldn’t be exposed to water if the aux port is in use, etc. 

Q: How waterproof are JBL speakers?

Many JBL portable Bluetooth speakers are fully waterproof with an IPX7 rating, including the JBL Flip 5, Flip 6, Xtreme 2, Charge 5, Go 3, and Clip 4 (along with select earlier models). However, “many” does not mean “all,” so make sure you check the specs and IP rating on any model you’re eyeing. If the waterproof rating is between 2 to 5, you may still be able to use the speaker while you bathe, but we wouldn’t recommend taking it into the shower with you or subjecting it to a steady stream of water. 

Q: Is a waterproof speaker worth it?

If you spend a lot of time listening to music on the beach or by the pool, a waterproof speaker is well worth the investment. You don’t lose any sound quality, and you get an assurance that your speaker will be safe if it’s splashed or falls into the pool.

Q: Can water damage a waterproof speaker?

Yes. Prolonged exposure to water (i.e., leaving your waterproof speaker at the bottom of a pool for several hours) can damage it eventually.

Q: What is the highest waterproof rating for a speaker?

Currently, the highest waterproof rating for a speaker is IPX7, which means it can be fully submerged underwater for up to a half hour without damage. This will prevent damage from accidental exposure to water.

Q: How much does a waterproof speaker cost?

Depending on features, a waterproof speaker will cost you between $50-$400.

Final thoughts on finding the best waterproof speakers 

Getting wet and wild shouldn’t stop you from having your favorite sounds simultaneously rain down. The best waterproof speakers keep you connected on the road, on the go, or in the shower. Rain or shine, you’ll be able to keep the party going if you grab a speaker with a high IP rating, long battery life, and solid connectivity. From there, you can choose the special features important to you. Soon, you’ll be swimming laps to the tune of your favorite 120BPM song and holding a shower concert for your one-person Britney Spears cover band. 

The post The best waterproof speakers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best shower speakers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-shower-speakers/ Mon, 24 Jan 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=421000
best shower speakers sliced header
Tony Ware

Scrub through our picks for the best shower speakers and take bathroom karaoke to a whole new level.

The post The best shower speakers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best shower speakers sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Ultimate Ears Wonderboom 3 in Hyper Pink is the best shower speaker with bass UE Wonderboom 3
SEE IT

This updated fan-favorite speaker is great for just about any aquatic adventure, including a bath or shower.

Best for audiophiles Bang & Olufsen speaker is the best shower speaker with Alexa Bang & Olufsen Beosound A1 (2nd Generation)
SEE IT

A high-end portable speaker that will deliver excellent sound quality to any shower.

Best Bluetooth fixture The Kohler Moxie Showerhead is the best Bluetooth shower speaker Kohler Moxie Showerhead + Wireless Speaker
SEE IT

A speaker designed specifically for bathroom use that will truly shower you with sound, as well as water. 

Shower speakers let you listen to your favorite podcasts, playlists, and albums without worrying about any damage from liquids or steam. Beyond the ability to withstand water, a truly excellent shower speaker will hold a charge, fit neatly on your soap dish or hang from the showerhead, and, most importantly, won’t sacrifice sound quality. After all, you can’t perfect your Mariah Carey whistle notes if your speaker won’t support you with a solid backing track. Whether you like to wind down with a bath and an audiobook or wake up to a warm shower and the daily news, choosing one of the best shower speakers will be much better than placing your smartphone in a precarious position.

How we chose the best shower speakers 

In order to find the best shower speakers, we scoured bathrooms far and wide to pool the best options and evaluate our favorite models. We took a second look at some of the portable speakers we’ve recommended for outdoor use and inspected our own homes to find out what works and what doesn’t when it comes to a shower serenade. We also did a fair bit of research, asking friends and colleagues for suggestions and scouring specs to suss out models we weren’t already aware of, especially when it came to special features.

The best shower speakers: Reviews & Recommendations

We’ve compared water resistance, battery life, control options, and user reviews to ensure that each speaker we suggested would hold up against more than just a splash and is reliable for regular, everyday use. 

Best overall: UE Wonderboom 3

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The UE Wonderboom is favored among reviewers for good reason: This portable powerhouse packs a punch in any place, including your shower. 

Specs 

  • Battery life: 14 hours 
  • Bluetooth range: 131 feet 
  • IP rating: IP67
  • Onboard controls: Yes
  • Voice assistant: No
  • WiFi: No

Pros 

  • Durability 
  • Sound quality 
  • Four colorways 
  • Portability 

Cons 

  • Strap is too small to hang from most showerheads (though a shower caddie typically works)
  • No auxiliary connection for external sources 

Since being introduced in 2019, the Ultimate Ears Wonderboom 2 has been a tried-and-true favorite, one of the best Bluetooth speakers under $100 in any situation, thanks to its durability and sound quality. It has an IP67 rating, which means not only is it waterproof but it is also dust resistant, so you can take it with you just about anywhere you go—from the beach to the bath. And its successor, the Wonderboom 3, adds to that portability with increased battery life and Bluetooth signal range.

This compact speaker is equipped with two 40mm active drivers and two passive radiators, which produce a frequency range of 75Hz–20kHz. This audio orb, made out of plastic that’s at least 31% recycled, has a 360-degree sound design that radiates your favorite tunes from all angles, and its output can soar to 87 dB while in Outdoor Boost mode (activated by a tree-stamped button on the speaker’s bottom). Controls on the top will let you power on/off, pair, plus play, pause, and skip tracks without touching your phone, while the oversized, rubberized +/- buttons embossed on the recycled polyester fabric wrap let you control the volume. Plus it’s buoyant, so you can plop it in the bathtub to float alongside your rubber ducks and other bathtime buddies. This speaker weighs less than 1 pound and measures 4 inches by 3.7 inches. It’s available in four fun colors (“Hyper Pink” shown here) and features a flexible loop at the top so you can hang the speaker from a suction cup or shower caddy. A single speaker that can bring fun to many, a Wonderboom 3 makes a one-derful addition to your daily routine and it’s the kind of ultra-portable that makes a big splash—in your pool and your heart.

Best fixture: Kohler Moxie Bluetooth Showerhead + Wireless Speaker

Kohler

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: An acoustically tuned speaker that magnetically attaches to a showerhead cradle for a luxurious bathing experience. 

Specs 

  • Battery life: 9 hours 
  • Bluetooth range: Up to 32 feet 
  • IP rating: IPX7
  • Onboard controls: No
  • Voice assistant: No
  • WiFi: No

Pros 

  • Designed specifically for bathroom listening 
  • Seamless shower integration 
  • Sleek design 
  • Voice control

Cons 

  • No onboard controls 
  • App could use an upgrade
  • Requires proprietary charging dock

It’s a showerhead! It’s a Bluetooth speaker! It’s both! When it comes to a pure Bluetooth shower speaker, this set combines the best features to create an exciting, installable collection of bathroom essentials: steady water pressure and access to your favorite music. The Moxie showerhead comes in polished chrome (alternately available in brushed nickel or matte black) and releases 1.75 gallons of water per minute with circular spray coverage. The IPX7-rated speaker itself attaches magnetically, so you won’t experience any hassle when it comes to charging. Unlike other portable Bluetooth speakers, this unit is specifically tuned by Harman Kardon to fit the acoustics in your bathroom, which means you won’t have to crank up the volume once the water starts flowing (there’s also a “normal” sound profile if you want to use it around the house or the pool). Though the speaker does not have any analog controls, you can still play, pause, skip, and more using voice control. And the 9 hours of battery life can handle however long you need to exfoliate and decompress.

Best for audiophiles: Bang & Olufsen Beosound A1 (2nd Generation)

Bang & Olufsen

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The 2nd-gen. Beosound A1 is a sleek, slim speaker that is easy to travel with and equipped with Alexa to make searching tracks from the shower that much easier. 

Specs

  • Battery life: 18 hours 
  • Bluetooth range: up to 800 feet  
  • IP rating: IP67
  • Onboard controls: Yes
  • Voice assistant: Yes (Alexa)
  • WiFi: No

Pros 

  • Compact size 
  • Sound quality 
  • Brand reputation
  • Battery life

Cons 

  • Expensive 
  • Volume is limited 

If you want a shower speaker with impeccably sculpted aesthetics and audio, the Beosound A1 (2nd Gen.) might just be for you. It comes in four polished colors, weighs roughly 1 pound, and measures approximately 5 x 5 inches with a flat bottom so it can safely rest on almost any surface. Bang & Olufsen produces high-end audiophile favorites, so while this speaker is pricey at nearly $300, you’re guaranteed to get great sound out of your purchase. The compact size of this premium speaker doesn’t mean energy is sacrificed—as the Beosound packs in a 3.5-inch subwoofer and 3/5-inch tweeter powered by 2×30 watts to create an impressive maximum output of 92 dB. With a resulting frequency range of 55-20Hz, this speaker is well-equipped to turn your bathroom into a concert for one. While it doesn’t have stereo sound, Bluetooth 5.1 (with AAC and aptX support) and the 360-degree driver produce a wide soundstage and a refined frequency response, which is adjustable using the Beosonic app’s sound customization feature and five EQ presets. The app also includes tools for setting up a stereo pair using another B&O speaker and disabling the voice-assistant feature, which is compatible with Amazon Alexa when active. The A1 features a three-microphone array for crystal clear communication and a discreet control panel that allows you to play, pause, skip, adjust volume, and turn the microphone on and off. The hanging loop will likely fit over most showerheads, so you can easily install it in just about any shower.

Best smart speaker: Bose SoundLink Micro

Bose

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With the Bose SoundLink micro, you don’t have to miss out when your roommates or family start having a dance party right when you need to hop in the shower. 

Specs

  • Battery life: 6 hours 
  • Bluetooth range: Up to 30 feet 
  • IP rating: IPX7
  • Onboard controls: Yes
  • Voice assistant: No
  • WiFi: No

Pros 

  • Stereo and Party modes 
  • Portable 
  • Voice assistant compatibility 

Cons 

  • Battery life
  • The silicone strap may be hard to hang from showerhead 

If you’ve already brought a Bose speaker into your life, chances are you’re hankering for more of the brand’s crisp, balanced sound. This tiny travel speaker is a great option to take with you or post up on your soap dish. It’s IPX7, fully waterproof, with onboard controls, 6 hours of battery life, and a soft yet rugged exterior that will hold up against wear and tear. A silicone strap can be used to fix the speaker to a towel rack or wire shelf and is easily transferable to a backpack strap or bike handle when you’re on the move. It’s only Bluetooth 4.2 with the SBC codec, but the pairing of a custom transducer and passive radiator assure there’s plentiful bass despite the compact size. Easily pair this speaker with your smartphone to use voice prompts, which allow you to take phone calls and access Siri or Google Assistant as you’re covered in suds. It’s also multipoint, so you can link to one or more SoundLink speakers using the Bose Connect app’s SimpleSync feature, which means you won’t need to leave any festivities taking place beyond the loo (plus you can create stereo pairs). You, too, can contribute to a Dolly Parton sing-a-long or experience your favorite Rolling Stones party prep playlist while you jump in the shower. 

Best budget: INSMY C12 Waterproof Speaker

INSMY

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This waterproof speaker from INSMY is similar in design to others on our list but at a fraction of the price. 

Specs 

  • Battery life: 12 hours 
  • Bluetooth range: 66 feet  
  • IP rating: IPX7
  • Onboard controls: Yes
  • Voice assistant: No
  • WiFi: No

Pros 

  • Affordable
  • Detachable suction cup
  • Available in six colors 
  • Supports TF/MicroCard SD 

Cons 

  • Sound quality is only satisfactory 
  • Controls can be hard to use 

Retailing for under $35, this waterproof Bluetooth 5.0 speaker is a great option for those looking for a more affordable option, or those hoping to supplement their speaker collection with something inexpensive they can simply set up and leave in the shower. The battery lasts for 12 hours at 70% volume with a three-hour charge time, so you won’t have to worry your music will cut out mid-Miley Cyrus banger. The INSMY is designed with a 5W driver and dual opposing passive radiators to create an impressive stereo sound that can power over showering noise without any vibration. It comes with a suction cup and long lanyard, so you won’t have any trouble finding a home for this speaker in your shower. Small yet mighty, this model offers sound that will soar above the rush of jacuzzi tub jets. The C12 also comes with onboard controls on the backside of the unit for pairing, power, volume, and play/pause, though they can be a little hard to use depending on the speaker position. Finally, it has a slot for a MicroSD card if you want to load up files rather than rely on a wireless connection.

What to consider when buying the best shower speakers

Before you take the plunge and buy a new shower speaker, it’s essential to investigate all the features and specifications listed. While the best shower speakers share the same components that make up any speaker, there are specific considerations to ensure the unit is indeed fully waterproof with the right controls to keep you jamming to your favorite songs; just don’t bust too big of a move and risk a slip. 

IP rating 

For the most part, a shower speaker is just a Bluetooth speaker with additional protection from water, though some will include special features. This means that you’re generally shopping for a speaker with a high IP rating

IP stands for “Ingress Protection,” which tells you just how fortified an electronic device is against dirt, dust, and water. The first digit describes particle protection (dust or sand), and the second describes liquid. For example, if a speaker has a rating of IP57, the “5” indicates it can keep out most dust and dirt particles. The “7” means you can submerge the device in up to 1 meter of water for 30 minutes before any damage occurs. If you see a rating that looks like IPX7, the “X” means no data is available for that substance. 

Only speakers with an IPX7 or X8 rating can actually claim waterproof status (IPX8 means it’s protected in 3 meters of water for 30 minutes). These are the only units we can recommend you take with you directly into the shower; however, if you are alright settling for just a bathroom unit, you can consider a speaker with a lower rating and it will be fine to sit on a steamy counter. IPX6 can withstand a strong stream of water for a short time, about 100 liters per minute, think water guns. IPX5 can handle 12.5 liters of water per minute, more like a squirt gun. An IPX4 rating can handle brief, omnidirectional splashes. However, we can’t recommend using a speaker with a rating below IPX5 into the shower. 

For safety reasons, never bring a wired speaker into your bathroom, especially when the shower, sink, or bath is in use. 

Frequency range

If you’ve browsed speaker specs and scratched your head when seeing a range of Hz, it might be time to add frequency range to your catalog of considerations when looking for a new music-blasting device. Without getting too much into the science of frequencies, you’ll need to know that a Hz to kHz range represents the spectrum of sound your speaker can reproduce. The standard spec for most speakers and earbuds is 20Hz – 20kHz, which is the approximate range of audible sound humans can hear. That said, some speakers come with a variation of that. While exceeding this range might indicate a higher-quality speaker, any variation from the standard range is unlikely to be audible unless you have truly exceptional hearing.

Battery life

While having a long-lasting battery has become a standard feature when it comes to Bluetooth speakers, some smaller (some may say shower-sized) models won’t always be equipped with the best battery in the world. Make sure you check out the specs and look for a model that can last between 10 and 20 hours, so you won’t have to sit on the couch in your towel waiting for your speaker to quickly charge before finally hopping into some suds. Keep in mind that while some speakers can still play music while they charge, you shouldn’t charge your shower speaker while it’s in use and near water. This could be dangerous and lead to a nasty shock. 

Controls 

While this might not be the case for other portable or bookshelf speakers, it’s essential that your shower speaker have onboard control buttons so you can play, pause, and skip tracks. Without these features, your only recourse when that one meh album slips into your shuffle will be to reach a wet hand out of the shower for your phone, potentially knocking it down and damaging it in the process. Perhaps the best part about having a shower speaker is knowing that you won’t risk damaging an expensive electronic device. 

Fancier features 

While it’s true that most shower speakers are portable Bluetooth units that you can bring with you into the bath, some speakers are designed quite exclusively for shower use. If you’ve already got your portable needs covered or you’re looking for something more involved, grab a speaker that adheres to your showerhead or a speaker that doubles as a mirror. For those who want something designed specifically for showering, invest in speaker tiles, which are wired units that need to be carefully installed but blend in perfectly with your wall.

Connectivity

Keep an eye out for the specific version of the Bluetooth protocol while making your selection—anything 4.2 and above is considered a stable wireless connection for your devices, but a 5.1, 5.2, or 5.3 version will offer improved connectivity and give you the latest Bluetooth tech available. The version of Bluetooth used can impact the distance and durability of signal from your phone to speaker. The safest way to listen to tunes is to pair your device and then leave your phone or computer outside of the bathroom completely. Even if you don’t get your device wet directly, the condensation and steam from hot water can be just as dangerous. A steady connection and a longer range mean you don’t even have to unplug your phone from its charger in the bedroom to stay connected. 

Depending on what kind of devices you use, you’ll also want to check out the Bluetooth codecs supported by your shower speaker. While all Bluetooth speakers will be equipped with the standard SBC, this format isn’t the highest-quality option for playing your tracks. For those who rely on Apple products and iOS, opt for AAC; if you’re an Android user, look for aptX. Some speakers have even more specific codecs (like LDAC) to give you the best quality possible but, for the most part, these specifications will give you a quality listening experience fit for streaming in the shower.

FAQs

Q: How much do shower speakers cost?

You can spend $25 to $250 on a shower speaker. Just make sure it’s actually intended for continuous submersion (i.e., it’s at least IPX7 rated) or you’ll be paying more to replace it quickly.

Q: Are shower speakers safe?

Yes, shower speakers are safe as long as you read each unit’s specifications and follow any set-up instructions. While you can’t just place any portable speaker in your bathroom, a Bluetooth speaker with an IPX7 won’t pose any risk to you and won’t be subject to damage even after being submerged in a foot of water for 25 minutes. Just make sure to never plug your speaker in or change the battery if it’s actively wet, and you can continue to belt your heart out while you shower safely. 

Q: How do shower speakers work?

Typically, shower speakers work the same way that any portable Bluetooth speaker works with additional protection from water and other liquids. When paired with a smart device, like your phone or computer, these speakers can play audio using radio frequency waves (RFI) rather than through audio cables, making them suitable for bathroom use. It’s best to select a speaker with a long Bluetooth range and onboard controls so you can control your music without bringing your device into the bathroom and risking damage. 

Q: Can you use JBL speakers in the shower?

Yes, you can use many of JBL’s speakers in the shower, including the JBL Flip 5, Flip 6, Charge 5, Clip 4, Go 3, and select earlier models. Not all JBL’s products are waterproof, so make sure you check the specs and IP rating before purchasing a speaker to go in your bathroom. If the waterproof rating is between 2-5, you may still be able to use the speaker while you bathe, but we wouldn’t recommend taking it into the shower with you or subjecting it to a steady stream of water. 

Final thoughts on the best shower speakers 

If you’re seeking the best shower speaker to bring your favorite podcasts, playlists, and albums into the bathroom, make sure you consider style, battery life, and overall design. Always check the specs, specifically the IP rating, to confirm that the speaker you have your eye on is waterproof, and consider how the speaker will fit inside your shower. Once you know what you’re looking for when it comes to special features, you can select a shower speaker that will deliver quality sound to help you wake up during your morning shower and chill you out during your nightly bath. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best shower speakers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Bluetooth speakers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-bluetooth-speakers/ Wed, 13 Oct 2021 14:14:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-bluetooth-speakers/
Best Bluetooth speakers sliced and diced header
Tony Ware

A Bluetooth speaker is a great way to stay connected to your favorite audio without being tethered to any one place.

The post The best Bluetooth speakers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Bluetooth speakers sliced and diced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best sounding Sonos Move Sonos Move
SEE IT

With both Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity, this pick will stay synced to your tunes wherever you go.

Best for outdoors JBL BoomBox 3 Bluetooth speaker in camp product image JBL Boombox 3
SEE IT

Play your favorite tracks all day without losing power—this waterproof pick has 24 hours of charge.

Best for parties Bose S1 Pro Portable Bluetooth Speaker System Bose S1 Pro
SEE IT

For booming audio and built-in sensors for optimal sound, this speaker is perfect for outdoor spaces and your next party.

A Bluetooth speaker is a great way to listen to the tunes you love anytime, anywhere, and without getting tangled up in an endless maze of cords. With easy portability and quick connectivity, good Bluetooth speakers can elevate any activity. Get better sound during an impromptu movie screening, bust out the backing vocals during a campfire sing-along, and put on the proper playlist for a backyard cookout or trip to the beach. All you need is a Bluetooth-compatible device—like a cellphone, computer, or tablet—and you’re in business. However, not all wireless speakers are created equal; you want to find something with great sound and a sleek design that will also last. We’ve narrowed down the competition to the best Bluetooth speakers so you can spend less time shopping and more time with your favorite playlists.

How we chose the best Bluetooth speakers

The PopSci writers and editors are serious music nerds. We scoured dozens of different options across many well-known brands to find models that best fit various needs and lifestyles. All the speakers on this list achieve a baseline level of sound quality that will do justice to any music you pump through them. We primarily focused on attainable models that blend value with performance but made sure to throw in some premium options for on-the-go audiophiles. Every speaker on the list is portable, though some may require more effort to move than others. Whichever model you pick, you can be confident that it can rock any party you show up at.

The best Bluetooth speakers: Reviews & Recommendations

As with any electronics, we recommend picking the most important aspect of the device for you and focusing on it. So, if you want optimal sound, pick something with serious audio chops. If you want something that will be ultra-tough, be willing to make some concessions when it comes to pure audio quality. If you’re realistic about your needs, you’ll have a better chance of getting a device that fits your life. Whether you’re looking for an extremely durable portable speaker or an extremely versatile stereo pair, however, our top picks for the best Bluetooth speakers deliver quality sound no matter your setup or budget.

Best overall: JBL Boombox 3

JBL

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Yes, it’s big, but it pumps out enormous sound, and the battery is truly prolific—lasting a full day on a single charge.

Specs

  • Battery life: 24 hours
  • Weight: 13 pounds
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros

  • Loud
  • Great battery life
  • Slick look despite its size
  • Solid connectivity

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

The JBL Boombox 3 has excellent sound quality and boasts 24 hours of battery life. The party quite literally never has to stop; in fact, you might have to stop well before the Boombox 2. It’s a great Bluetooth speaker to power a backyard jam or take a guaranteed party with you. With a convenient handle, an IP67 waterproof rating, and the ability to dual charge other devices, this JBL speaker will keep you going when you want to entertain (or listen to back-to-back podcasts all day). Thanks to the new three-way speaker design and 40 Hz – 20 kHz frequency response, thunderous lows come in seismic waves but with plenty of presence in the mids and highs to maintain sonic composure. Bluetooth 5.3 means the signal stays strong and stable, extending hundreds of feet in open air. With the Boombox 3, you can bring the club home … to your house and, with enough volume, your unsuspecting neighbors, too. Of course, all of that comes at a premium: $449 on average. Crave similar punch without the same price? The JBL Boombox 2 is still a great buy for at least $50 less on average.

Best ultra-portable: Marshall Emberton II

Marshall

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 30 hours
  • Weight: 1.5 pounds
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros

  • Highly portable
  • Excellent battery life
  • Durable

Cons

  • Controls take some getting used to

Marshall’s expansion from amps and other hardware used by iconic bands like AC/DC to consumer-level headphones and speakers has been pretty successful. Its speakers have become popular enough for the company to release revised versions of them, which includes the Emberton II, its latest take on a highly-portable mid-tier Bluetooth speaker. The Emberton II retains the iconic gold and black look of Marshall’s amps, with red LEDs showing its power state and battery life.

In our tests, the Emberton II sounds good for its size and price and, thankfully, wasn’t tuned exclusively for listening to rock music. There’re limitations to the amount of balance you can get from a backpack-friendly mono speaker, but we were pleased that Marshall managed to fit two 2-inch drivers inside instead of one. If you’re looking for a speaker that can sound pretty good when cranked up loud for a trip to the beach or backyard party, but is small enough to take with you while traveling on a plane, the Emberton II is the ideal choice.

While we don’t have any significant nits to pick with the sound, the Emberton II’s buttons can be a little annoying to navigate. There’s a standalone power button (thank goodness), but all of the speaker’s other controls: Play/pause, next track, previous track, volume up, volume down, require you to use the circular, golden controller on top of the speaker. It’s tough to know at a glance what moving the controller in any of these directions will do—there’re small glyphs, but they’re difficult to see and won’t be apparent to someone unfamiliar with the Emberton II.

We hope Marshall addresses that usability with the Emberton III. Still, our complaint wasn’t large enough to keep up from recommending this speaker, which excels at its most important job: playing music.

Best party speaker: Bose S1 Pro Portable Bluetooth Speaker System

Bose

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Bluetooth party speaker cranks out huge volume while minimizing distortion.

Specs

  • Battery life: 11 hours
  • Weight: 15 pounds
  • Meant for DJs and party pros

Pros

  • Unmatched volume
  • Excellent sound quality
  • Durable

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

If you want the loudest Bluetooth speaker, the Bose S1 Pro will give you concert-level volume without sacrificing quality. This PA-inspired Bluetooth speaker is pretty impressive. There is some extra math to be done regarding maximum decibel output because high-end speakers usually have a range of wattage support that affects the sound output. However, the S1 Pro typically peaks at around 109 decibels. It features a 3-channel mixer, with options for reverb and EQ and a dedicated channel for other music sources. The speaker can last up to 11 hours with a QuickCharge function if you’re in a rush. Though it’s a little bigger (and several hundred more expensive) than other models, this speaker is still quite portable and extremely potent. With unparalleled sound quality, it’s truly perfect for parties and private concerts.

Best waterproof: Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3

Ultimate Ears

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Ultimate Ears has an impeccable talent for pumping out small, waterproof speakers that sound great. This little sound sphere is no exception. It’s awesome all around.

Specs

  • Battery life: 13 hours
  • Weight: 1 pound
  • Bluetooth Range: 131 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros

  • Great sound for its size
  • Light
  • Small
  • Totally waterproof
  • Attractive design

Cons

  • Not as powerful as other models

The Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3 is one of the best waterproof Bluetooth speakers. If you are looking for a mini Bluetooth speaker that you can easily take with you on the go, look no further than this $99 wonder. The UE WONDERBOOM 3 comes in multiple fun two-tone colors with a flexible handle at the top that can easily be attached to a backpack, bike basket, or even a belt loop. This UE speaker also weighs less than 1 pound so that your speaker won’t drag you down while the sound lifts you up. The battery lasts a full 13 hours and produces amazing 360-degree sound coverage. With an IP67 rating, this Bluetooth speaker is waterproof, it even floats, and Ultimate Ears suggests trying it out in the shower. It’s small but mighty, measuring just four inches tall but packs a punch when it comes to volume, reaching up to 87 dB (almost concert-level loud).

Best-sounding Bluetooth speaker: Sonos Move

Sonos

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This portable speaker seamlessly ties into the Sonos wireless music system and pumps out excellent audio quality, making it one of the best-sounding Bluetooth speakers.

Specs

  • Battery life: 11 hours
  • Weight: 6.6 pounds
  • Bluetooth Range: 300 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP56

Pros

  • Works with all other Sonos systems
  • Fantastic sounds
  • Automatically adjusts sound to its environment
  • Burly

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Requires proprietary charging dock

The Sonos Move has a ton of options when it comes to connectivity. Known for its smart speakers, Sonos gear typically operates over Wi-Fi. It can instantly integrate into an existing multiroom Sonos speaker network, connect to Apple AirPlay, and use a built-in Alexa voice assistant that you can enable and disable as you like. But the Move is also capable of connecting to devices via Bluetooth, making it truly portable. It has up to 11 hours of battery life and a super sleek circular charging base. You can easily control all of the various services and settings like Sonos Radio, Alexa, Spotify, Apple Music, and more using the Sonos S2 singular app, making it easy to change things up at the drop of a hat. That’s a lot of options, though they come at a fair amount of dollars: $400 on average. Looking for a Sonos speaker that’s even more transportable and weather-resistant, while also more affordable? Check out the palm-sized IP67 Sonos Roam, which still sports many features and great fidelity but for less than $200.

Best for Android: Sony SRS-XG300

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 25 hours
  • Weight: 6.6 pounds
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros

  • Advanced-resolution codec support
  • Portability for its size
  • Loud sound

Cons

  • Price

It should be no surprise that the best Bluetooth speaker we could find for Android has carried over from our best portable Bluetooth speakers. No speaker has come close to the audio quality, codec support, and aesthetics of the SRS-XG300, and we don’t believe in trying to fix what isn’t broken.

Sony has never shied away from making high-end audio hardware, and the SRS-XG300 is its latest premium portable Bluetooth speaker. After years of refining internal components, Sony gave its portable speakers a much-needed top-to-bottom redesign. The SRS-XG300 is a lot sleeker, with a mesh covering pleasing to the eye and a retractable handle that makes the relatively big speaker easier to carry. Indeed, carrying it from room to room or from the car to the beach never felt like a chore. Sony’s focus on building speakers with lights continues here, but they’re no longer a main focal point; LED rings surround the drivers on both sides of this speaker, but they never look garish. Plus, you can turn them off at the push of a button.

The SRS-XG300 is larger than most of our portable Bluetooth speaker recommendations, but the extra space comes with a couple of big benefits. This speaker lasts up to 25 hours per charge while delivering far better sound than smaller speakers. This was the best-sounding portable Bluetooth speaker I tested this year, with refined-sounding lows, mids, and treble without distortion at high volumes. Sibilance and other audio abnormalities were also absent, though this will always come down to how your music was recorded and mastered.

We can recommend the SRS-XG300 to anyone, but especially Android users whose devices support the LDAC codec. Without getting too into the weeds, devices that support this technology can play higher-resolution audio at a bitrate of 990kbps (kilobytes per second), which is approaching full CD quality (1,411kbps). For reference, aptX (a more commonly used audio codec) compresses audio to a rate of 352kbps. This difference doesn’t matter when you’re streaming music from Spotify (which streams at a maximum of 320kpbs), but it does if you’re subscribed to services such as Apple Music, Amazon Music, or TIDAL, which provide higher-resolution tiers that can take advantage of that LDAC bandwidth. These features come with a steep price tag, and the SRS-XG300’s most technically impressive feature is limited to folks with a handful of devices, which is why we couldn’t definitively label this the best-sounding Bluetooth speaker overall. If you care about audio quality, though, there’s no other portable Bluetooth speaker that deserves your consideration.

Best desktop: Edifier S1000W

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: N/A
  • Weight: 36.3 pounds
  • IP Rating: N/A

Pros

  • Classic look
  • Balanced sound
  • Multiple inputs

Cons

  • Not portable
  • Large

Edifier has slowly become one of our go-to audio companies because of its ability to cram a lot of performance into speakers that don’t cost a lot of money. The S1000Ws show off what Edifier is capable of when it’s less budget-constrained, and the result is wonderful. Computer speakers are typically pretty bad—laptops are too thin for premium audio hardware, PC towers have no speakers at all, and all-in-one PCs don’t fare much better. Apple is the exception here, but we wouldn’t recommend setting up a MacBook Pro for your next deep listen of Dark Side of the Moon or Midnights.

On the other hand, the S1000Ws are equipped with everything you could ask for from Bluetooth computer speakers for serious music listening or video watching. Each cabinet features a 5.5-inch woofer and 1-inch tweeter, and EQ knobs on the back allow you to fine-tune their bass and treble to your liking. We didn’t find that necessary in our tests, as music, podcasts, and videos all sounded crystal clear at all volume levels. There was no overblown bass creeping up and muddying the mids, or crunchy treble making us wince every time a cymbal was hit. Instead of reinventing the wheel, Edifier took what it learned from optimizing sound for budget audiences and expanded the speakers performance.

In our experience, setting up the S1000Ws only took about five minutes once we had them out of their box. All we had to do was connect the two speakers together with a thick connector cable, and plug one of the speakers into an outlet. To use Bluetooth, we hit the button on the speakers’ remote with the Bluetooth symbol. The S1000Ws went into pairing mode, and we were connected almost instantaneously. Suppose you want to listen to higher-fidelity music. In that case, you can connect these speakers to your computer using a Y-cable (also included) or wirelessly using AirPlay 2 if you’re using an Apple product. These speakers also feature optical audio and coaxial input if you want to use the S1000Ws as stereo speakers for your TV.

Many popular Bluetooth speakers are portable, but if you need a stereo pair on your desk for listening to music throughout the day, the Edifier’s S1000Ws are our choice. Their audio quality, connectivity options, and eye-catching appearance make them a triple threat in the best way possible.

Best bookshelf: JBL 4305P

JBL

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: N/A
  • Weight: 35.6 pounds
  • IP Rating: N/A

Pros

  • Plentiful analog and digital inputs
  • Subwoofer output
  • Intuitive user interface

Cons

  • Size
  • Price

If you need a Bluetooth speaker and balk and the idea of a budget, look no further than the JBL 4305P Studio Monitors, whose premium design is evident both inside and out. Inside each of the 4305P’s wooden cabinets are a custom-designed 5.25-inch woofer and 1-inch tweeter powered by a 300 Watt Class-D amplifier that splits its power between both speakers. Put plainly, the JBL 4305Ps are the speaker equivalent of a muscle car inside a well-crafted wood veneer cabinet.

Bluetooth 5.1 is provided, but it’s the loophole we’re using to include a pair of speakers that’s dear to our heart and a joy to our ears. What you’ll really want to take advantage of with this $2,200 pair of powered speakers is a veritable cornucopia of upscale connectivity options, which includes a pair of XLR inputs, an AUX input, an optical audio input (which could make them the best for TV if you’re not interested in spatial audio), a USB port, and an Ethernet jack, plus network support for AirPlay 2. JBL also built a Chromecast into these speakers, so you can send audio to them easily using an iOS or Android device. The two speakers can be connected using an Ethernet cable or Wi-Fi, which offers convenience at the cost of audio quality. Both connectivity methods allow you to stream high-resolution music to the 4305Ps, but Wi-Fi connectivity tops out at 24-bit / 96kHZ rather than 24-bit / 192kHZ.

Speakers in this price range can feel stuffy and for “audiophiles only,” but JBL managed to make the 4305Ps feel oddly approachable by fully supporting wireless audio in a classic aesthetic. We also like that the source knob on its primary speaker is clearly labeled, and a series of LEDs and glyphs on top allows you to see which input is selected. Most people aren’t going to need the power of JBL’s 4305Ps. Still, these aspirational home speakers prove that serious audio companies can build Bluetooth into some of their most premium-powered speakers. These speakers bust the myth that you must choose between wireless audio and premium sound.

Best budget: Tribit XSound Go Bluetooth Speaker

Tribit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Our pick for the best small Bluetooth speaker, the Tribit XSound Go brings excellent sound quality and battery life for a very small amount of money.

Specs

  • Battery life: 24 hours
  • Weight: 13 ounces
  • IP Rating: IPX7

Pros

  • Cheap
  • Long battery life
  • Solid sound for the price

Cons

  • Other speakers sound better

Tribit’s XSound speaker is designed to withstand drops, dust, dips, and dents. The overall sound quality isn’t as crisp as a higher-end speaker, but you won’t have to worry about damage during an outdoor trip or toddler encounter. It is IPX7 waterproof in up to 3 feet of water for 30 minutes and has a Bluetooth range of up to 100 feet. The battery lasts up to 24 hours, so it’s perfect for outdoor activities like hiking, fishing, and cycling. It also has an attached strap to take your music on the go. It has improved sound quality and connectivity over the previous model, which was already an excellent value for its price, making it the best cheap Bluetooth speaker.

Things to consider when choosing the best Bluetooth speaker

Sound quality

Larger Bluetooth speakers tend to offer more volume and generally better sound quality. It’s hard to get great sound out of tiny drivers (for more on that, check out our primer on what makes up a speaker). Some smaller speakers, like the Ultimate Ears models, typically punch above their weight when it comes to pure quality, so find a balance between fidelity and utility.

Bluetooth range

Most modern Bluetooth speakers have a connectivity range between 66 and 100 feet, but some can stay connected up to 300 feet. If you plan to cover a big area, it’s worth ensuring you get the maximum range you can find.

Battery life

If you opt for a portable Bluetooth speaker, battery life often coincides with its overall size. Small speakers don’t have much power, but they also don’t have much room inside for battery capacity. Some offer as little as eight hours, while others can promise up to 24 hours on a charge and beyond. Even if you’re not planning to rock out for 24 hours at a time, more battery capacity allows you multiple listening sessions without having to get back on the charger. It’s also worth noting that those estimates are just that. To truly max out battery life, you must keep the volume lower than 50% and other environmental conditions like temperature ideal.

Ruggedness

Some battery-powered Bluetooth speakers are tougher than others. You can determine that durability based on the Ingress Protection (IP) code. If you want a truly tough model, check for an IPX7 rating, which means it can work while fully submerged underwater. IPX6 is still good, but not quite as good. Most portable speakers are fairly rugged, but it’s worth spending a little extra to get something that will last.

FAQs

Q: What’s the best Bluetooth speaker brand?

There are a few top-of-the-line brands that immediately come to mind when we think about the best Bluetooth speakers, including JBL, Ultimate Ears, Sony, and Sonos. All three promise quality sound with great features that won’t disappoint. They have each been champions of audio lovers for years and consistently develop products using the latest technology to elevate the listening experience continuously.

Q: How long should a Bluetooth speaker last?

It all depends on how you use it. The battery will degrade over time. The more you charge and discharge it, the less capacity it will have. Other parts of the speaker will eventually start to break down as well, especially if you’re lugging them around out in the wild. Even if you only occasionally plan to bring your speaker outside, it might be worth looking at something weatherproof for durability.

Q: How much do the best Bluetooth speakers cost?

The price of a Bluetooth speaker will depend on many, many factors. In the budget category, you can find great picks for $50-$100. However, once you start factoring in more durability, bigger batteries, more connectivity, etc., you’ll find that prices can range anywhere from $150 to $450.

Q: Are Bluetooth speakers good for home parties?

Yes, Bluetooth speakers can be great for home parties. While the best option for fidelity and a reliable signal is networked audio (such as the Sonos speakers, including the Move), there are many Bluetooth speakers made specifically for larger parties. Options from JBL, like the Boombox 3, feature something called PartyBoost—a feature shared by all the current-generation speakers from the brand that lets you make stereo pairs or have up to 100 speakers play the same thing. And if you’re interested in visuals as much as speaker arrays, you can check out options that pull more from JBL’s history in concert sound. From the $250 100W JBL PartyBox Encore Essential to the $550 240W JBL PartyBox 310 to the $1,299 1100W JBL PartyBox 1000, the top line of JBL high-power wireless speakers packs in ring lights and strobe effects, plus expanded connectivity, that you can wheel in to form the centerpiece of an expansive, expressive backyard party. 

Final thoughts on the best Bluetooth speakers

The best Bluetooth speaker is well within the realm of possibility if you take into consideration where you want to groove, how long you want to dance the night away without charging, how crisp and clear you need your audio to be, and when you’ll want to take it on the go. We recommend starting with our favorite speakers and best picks to begin building your new, portable sound system. Load up your favorite playlists, gather your friends, and get ready to rock out with one of the best wireless speakers.

The post The best Bluetooth speakers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best dog backpacks for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-dog-backpacks/ Thu, 23 Jun 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=450461
The best dog backpacks composited
Stan Horaczek

Keep your four-legged best friend supplied with everything they need to make it through a long hike or day-trip.

The post The best dog backpacks for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best dog backpacks composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Ruffwear Front Range Day Pack Ruffwear Front Range Day Pack
SEE IT

A versatile dog backpack for many breeds and a variety of outdoor activities.

Best for large dogs Kurgo Big Baxter Dog Harness Kurgo Big Baxter Dog Harness
SEE IT

The best background around for large breeds like Bernese Mountain Dogs, Golden Retrievers, and more.

Best for hiking Ruffwear Palisades Dog Backpack Ruffwear Palisades Dog Backpack
SEE IT

A high-volume backpack that’s perfect for multi-day hiking trips.

A dog backpack allows you and your pup to transport the necessities—like water, food, and treats—during hikes, beach visits, camping trips, and any other adventure. In addition to their storage features, these harnesses can store first aid gear, waste bags, and other supplies without burdening your personal pack. Designed with your dog in mind, there are many options for pups of all sizes, shapes, and breeds. Most dogs are perfectly comfortable carrying a couple of pounds on their back. As long as you remain conscientious of the backpack’s intended capacity, you don’t need to worry about causing pain or discomfort. With the basics in mind, you’ll be able to focus on style and special features; we’ll walk you through what to look for in the best dog backpacks so you and your pooch can get going on your next adventure. 

How we chose the best dog backpacks

As animal lovers and dog owners, we sought dog backpack options that are safe, secure, and comfortable. To do this, we conducted thorough research and consulted the products our furry friends currently use. We chose models that provided detailed information regarding fit and fabric, looking for units that feature ventilation, adjustable straps, padding, and reflective strips. We included packs suitable for various sizes and paid attention to bag capacity. We also kept an eye on price, offering a more budget-friendly yet well-constructed option.

The best dog backpacks: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Ruffwear Front Range Day Pack

RUFFWEAR

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Front Range Day Pack is a great option for frequent day-hikers with weight-forward saddlebags that sit close to the body, foam-padded construction, and three leash clip points. 

Specs 

  • Uses: Long walks and day hikes
  • Sizes: X-Small, Small, Medium, Large / X-Large 
  • Adjustment points: 5

Pros

  • Radial cut saddlebags  
  • Padded handle
  • Available in multiple colors

Cons 

  • Pricey

Ruffwear is our favorite brand for well-constructed dog backpacks and the Front Range Day Pack tops the charts. A great model for mid-range activity, this pack comes in four sizes and fits dogs with a chest measurement between 17 and 42 inches. Five adjustment points mean you can further customize the fit, and foam-padded construction will continue to keep your dog comfortable. A vertical chest strap and cushioned belly strap improve stability, and a padded top handle means you can help your adventure buddy navigate tricky areas on the trail. 

The saddlebags feature a radial cut, weight-forward design, creating compression to keep each side close to your pup’s body and maintain balance. Inside each bag, a stretchy mesh pocket keeps treats, bags, and bowls organized. You can attach a leash to three points: a tow loop, webbed chest loop, and back V-ring.  

Available in three colors, the Front Range backpack is perfect for everyday use. It can fit all the essentials for a day hike or long walk without being unnecessarily bulky.

Best for hiking: Ruffwear Palisades Dog Backpack

RUFFWEAR

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Palisades backpack comes with everything your dog needs to make it through a long hike, plus, the bags are removable in case you just need the harness for a quick jaunt. 

Specs

  • Uses: Long hikes, backpacking, camping trips
  • Sizes: Small, Medium, Large / X-Large 
  • Adjustment points:

Pros

  • Collapsible water bladders 
  • Reflective trim 
  • Cross load compression system 

Cons 

  • Expensive 
  • Not a great option for small dogs 

Ruffwear strikes again with the best dog backpack for hiking. The Palisades pack is an excellent option for long hikes, multi-day trips, backpacking, and camping. Available in three sizes ranging from 22- to 42-inch chest sizes, this model can carry a lot while prioritizing comfort. A high-volume option, the Palisades Pack will be able to hold everything your dog needs to stay fed, hydrated, and happy in the great outdoors.

Favorite features include two 1-liter collapsible water bladders for balance, a cross-load, a “flopper stopper” compression system to increase stability, and removable saddlebags to lighten the load during a break or day hike during a camping trip. There are five adjustment points, two leash attachment points, reflective trim, and a padded handle to round out the design. Though a bit pricey, the Palisades Pack is worth it to keep your dog healthy while hiking. 

Best for large dogs: Kurgo Big Baxter Dog Harness

Kurgo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Big Baxter is designed for large dog breeds that have trouble finding a backpack that will fit; this model has a chest strap that fits up to 48 inches and supports a dog that weighs up to 110 pounds. 

Specs

  • Uses: Day hikes, backpacking
  • Sizes: Adjustable 50-110lbs 
  • Adjustment points: 8

Pros

  • Adjustable saddle bags 
  • Integrated harness 
  • Front and rear leash attachment 

Cons 

  • Not water resistant

The Big Baxter Pack from Kurgo is one of the only dog backpacks that can accommodate a chest measurement up to 48 inches and a weight up to 110 pounds. Available in three colors, the Big Baxter is a two-sided pack with an integrated harness, mesh ventilation, and eight adjustment points. Even the saddlebag height is adjustable. A large padded handle and rear-mounted leash hook mean you can remain in control when necessary. 

This pack offers plenty of room to support multi-day trips, but it’s light enough for day trips. As a bonus, the chest strap has an integrated bottle opener so you can crack open a cold one when you’ve finally reached the summit as your dog laps up the water they carried beside you.  

Best for small dogs: Doggles Extreme Backpack

Doggles

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Doggles Extreme Backpack is one of the only models on the market suitable for super small breeds—like Dachsunds, Yorkies, Jack Russell Terriers, and other dogs with 12-inch girth.

Specs

  • Uses: Day hikes 
  • Sizes: XX-Small, X-Small, Small, Medium, Large 
  • Adjustment points: 4

Pros

  • Waterproof 
  • Lightweight 
  • Range of sizes 

Cons 

  • Zippers and adjustment points can be difficult to manipulate

If you have a super small dog eager to pull their weight, the Doggles Extreme Backpack is one of the few options that will actually fit your pup. While teacup and toy breeds are never going to be able to carry a ton in their backs, you’ll certainly be able to fit a few poop bags and maybe a collapsible bowl. 

The Extreme comes in five sizes, and the smallest can fit pups with a chest size as small as twelve inches, which can hold roughly .23 liters. This waterproof model features reflective trim, Duraflex buckles, and shoulder cutouts to keep saddlebags stable. While small dogs really shouldn’t carry very much, this bag doubles as a harness that, on its own, can increase safety during long walks and other outings.

Best budget: Outward Hound Daypak

Outward Hound

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Outward Hound Daypak is an ultra-lightweight model that will keep your furry friend comfortable during day hikes and short trips. 

Specs

  • Uses: Day hikes and walks 
  • Sizes: Medium, Large 
  • Adjustment points: 4

Pros

  • Weighs less than 1 pound
  • Breathable mesh fabric 
  • Four expandable pockets 
  • Affordable

Cons 

  • Sizing availability is limited 
  • Lacks reflective trim

Though they may seem like a simple piece of equipment, a backpack can have a significant effect on your dog’s skeletal and muscular health, just like human packs. There are certainly super cheap options out there, but we recommend spending a few extra bucks to ensure you purchase a pack with a well-constructed, safe design. 

The Outward Hound Daypack is an excellent, budget-friendly option that doesn’t skimp on structural necessities. One of the lightest backpacks on the market, weighing less than a pound, it can still carry enough supplies for a long hike. It offers four expandable storage compartments, four adjustment points, mesh fabric, and a top handle. The Daypak is available in two bright colors, so you can easily keep an eye on Rover even when he darts ahead of you. 

What to consider when buying the best dog backpacks

If this is your first time purchasing a backpack for your furry pal, there are a few things you should know. Some dogs may strap on those saddlebags and feel right as rain, ready to trudge forward through the wilderness. Some dogs are just the opposite. They will flat out refuse to walk with a pack on their back. Some just can’t ignore the multiple straps, and there might not be a way to change their perspective. You might not know until you try. However, you can do a few things to get your dog acclimated to their packs. 

First, don’t plan any long walks when introducing a new backpack; in fact, the shorter the walk the better. This not only gives your pup room to get comfortable but it can alert you to any fit issues before you’ve committed to a long hike. Some experts even recommend placing the pack on the dog’s back and letting them walk around the house to get used to the feeling before strapping them in completely. 

You can also try to coax them into a backpack tryout with a few treats. Before filling the pack full, start by gradually introducing weight. Start with a lightweight, collapsible bowl or a roll of waste bags before throwing in a water bottle, and be sure you understand how much weight your dog can carry. As you add weight to the bag, make sure to distribute the contents evenly so your pup doesn’t have to exert more energy on one side of the body.

Dog size

The first thing to consider before buying a dog backpack is the size of your pup. Sizing for dog backpacks mirrors sizing for humans in that they come in extra-small through extra-large. Before buying, it’s helpful to know your dog’s weight—as well as their neck, overall length, and girth measurements—because many companies will offer a sizing chart to ensure you select the right model. 

When it comes to load and capacity, less can be more, especially for long walks. Your four-legged friend should never carry more than 25% of their own body weight, and it’s generally recommended that that number shift to 10-12% for long walks and steep hikes. Let’s say you weigh 150 pounds, think about how tired you would be if you were carrying almost 40 pounds up a challenging trail. 

Add weight slowly over time, work up to full capacity over the course of a few months and make sure to monitor your dog’s behavior throughout. You should also take care to do a little research regarding the breed. Just because you have a big dog does not always mean they should be schlepping a heavier pack. Some canines are predisposed to have skeletal, muscular, or joint pain. If you’re not sure, you can always check with your veterinarian before purchasing a new dog backpack. 

Construction

With so many options out there, it’s important to focus on the structural features that will keep your best friend safe wherever they travel. Some dog backpacks feature one holding compartment that sits directly on top of a canine’s back, similar to how humans carry their backpacks. While these may be suitable for short walks, it’s generally recommended to invest in a saddlebag model with two compartments that should sit comfortably along the sides of the body. These compartments will allow you to distribute weight evenly. Some saddlebags convert easily into a harness to complement those short walks. 

If you’re going on a long journey, consider investing in a dog backpack with a built-in water bladder (similar to a Camelbak). Using these bladders eliminates the imbalance caused by a sloshing water bottle. 

Fit & fabric

Beyond balance, a snug, secure fit is necessary to eliminate painful rubbing and chaffing that could lead to rashes. Typically, the more adjustment points, the better; they allow you to customize the fit in all the right areas without making sacrifices. The same is true for the number of straps. Two straps (one around the chest and neck, the other under the belly) are a fine way for a dog to carry a backpack. However, consider trying out a model with a T-strap that wraps around the neck/chest and uses a center strap to connect to the second loop around the belly for increased comfort and stability.

Safety 

There are a couple of key features that make a difference when it comes to safety and security outdoors. It’s good to choose a bright, identifiable fabric with some reflective elements. This will help you find your pup if they wander too far during an off-leash stretch and are also more likely to alert drivers and bikers of their presence on the road, just in case they end up where they don’t belong. 

Top handles will allow you to help your dog navigate rocky terrain by easily lifting them up, and multiple leash points will let you clip in quickly for extra control in crowded areas.

Other items

Now that you know how to fit your dog in a safe, sturdy backpack, you can think about what to fill it with. Barring weight restrictions, your adventurous pup should be able to carry most of what they need on the trail. One good rule of thumb is to pack whatever you would pack for yourself but for your canine. They’ll need water, something to drink out of, maybe a little food, and first aid on a hike. 

For a longer trip, say you’re going camping, you could add an extra layer (like an insulated vest), a backpacking bed, or protective boots. For more information about footwear for your dog, check out our recommendations for the best dog shoes.  Of course, it’s always a good idea to bring along biodegradable poop bags because you never know when they’ll need to go. 

FAQs

Q: How much does a dog backpack cost?

A dog backpack can cost anywhere from $25 to $150, depending on your needs. A waterproof model made for a large dog with a sizable capacity will be more than a small harness with a zipper pocket designed for a tiny dog. Now, just because you have a larger pooch doesn’t mean you have to spend an arm and a leg on a suitable pack; there are budget-friendly options for dogs of just about any size. Mid-range models usually sit somewhere between the $40-$60 mark, depending on the materials used and saddlebag size.

Q: Are dog backpacks safe for dogs?

This is definitely a question you should ask your vet. But, generally, yes, dog backpacks are safe for dogs when used properly. It’s important to purchase a backpack that is the right size for your dog to distribute weight evenly and not overpack. You should always make sure your dog has access to water, especially when carrying a pack outdoors, and, after the first few wears, check their skin and fur to make sure there aren’t any signs of irritation. Generally, backpacks are not good for puppies or older dogs, and some pups may just refuse to wear one.

Q: How much can a dog carry in a backpack?

A dog can typically carry under 25% of his body weight on his back. This is, of course, reliant on the size of the backpack itself. You need to make sure you don’t overstuff the model you purchase; all pockets should be able to zip easily and if your pack has more than one pocket, make sure you are evenly distributing materials. Your dog’s physical ability will also determine how much they can carry and for how long. Carrying 25% of your body weight up a steep trail is no easy feat, so take the time to consider where you’ll be going and for how long before you load up your dog backpack. 

Final thoughts the best dog backpacks

Your favorite furry friends deserve to be comfortable and safe whenever they accompany you, which is why it’s important to carefully select the best dog backpack for trips both short and long. The most important thing to remember is that your pup needs a backpack that suits their size. Once you find a few models you know will fit, you can start to look at color, bag capacity, and fabric. Once you’ve selected the appropriate pick from the best dog backpacks, you’ll be able to plan out what you’ll pack and set your sights on the next adventure.

The post The best dog backpacks for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best beard trimmers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-beard-trimmer/ Tue, 23 Nov 2021 21:43:37 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-beard-trimmer/
man standing in front of lake with a big beard and a beanie
Jakob Owens via Unsplash

Don’t take too many risks when it comes to trimming your whiskers. Take our advice on shopping for the best beard trimmer—and browse a few top picks.

The post The best beard trimmers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
man standing in front of lake with a big beard and a beanie
Jakob Owens via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best with a ceramic blade Andis 63700 BGRC Hair Clippers Andis 63700 BGRC Hair Clipper with Detachable Blade
SEE IT

This ultra-precise ceramic blade won’t upset even the most sensitive skin.

Best for shaping Braun BT7240 Braun Beard Detail Trimmer
SEE IT

This affordable pick offers 49 settings to give you control to create sharp lines, edges, and shapes.

Best battery life Home photo Beard Trimmer by Bevel
SEE IT

Never worry about running out of charge mid-shave with this pick from Bevel—the battery lasts up to six hours.

Your beard, or lack thereof, can say a lot about your style and sensibilities. A perfectly twirled mustache conveys an element of whimsy, whereas a full beard suggests a sense of rugged adventure. Neat, trim facial hair showcases thoughtfulness and precision, but a little stubble can make you appear cool and casual. Your facial hair is totally customizable, but it takes a steady hand and solid set of beard products to get the look you want and send the right message. A great trimmer is the centerpiece of any man’s facial hair toolkit. The best beard trimmers makes it easy to balance uneven sides, avoid painful razor burn, and ensure you’re happy with what you see in the mirror.

The best beard trimmers: Reviews & Recommendations

Best with a ceramic blade: Andis 63700 BGRC Hair Clippers

Amazon

SEE IT

The Andis 63700 BGRC hair clippers are made with beautiful ceramic blades that sculpt a great beard on the most sensitive skin. But these blades aren’t for everyone. They require some extra attention, which means oiling them in between uses. This may add some steps to your grooming routine, but it’s a small price to pay for a superior shave. At 2,900 strokes-per-minute, the motor is strong and steady. The trimmer is compatible with any Andis CeramicEdge or UltraEdge blade, which means over 20 options. While this trimmer comes corded, you can also go cordless if you purchase the BGR+ battery pack and charger.

Best for shaping: Braun BT7240

Amazon

SEE IT

The Braun BT7240 has a dedicated precision dial that can support 39 different length settings in 0.5-millimeter steps for beards up to 20 millimeters long. It has a long-lasting battery that can stay fully powered for up to 100 minutes at a time and is equipped with auto-sensing technology that adjusts the power of the motor to fit the thickness of your beard, making it one of the best beard trimmers for shaping. The head is rinseable, so you won’t have to deal with a big mess, and this model comes with an additional Gillette ProGlide razor for those days when you need to get a bit closer or clean up your neck.

Best cordless: Wahl Professional Magic Clip

Amazon

SEE IT

The Magic Clip from Wahl is one of the best cordless beard trimmers. It has a lithium-ion battery that can run for up to 90 minutes on a single charge. It includes a taper level for fading and blending as well as zero-overlap. The build quality is beautiful and easy to maneuver without sacrificing precision—you’ll feel like you’ve brought the barbershop into your home.

Best battery life: Beard Trimmer by Bevel

This sleek trimmer from Bevel can last a whopping six hours without being recharged, meaning you can take it on vacation without needing to worry about lugging a plug around. With an ergonomic shape, 360-degree non-slip handling, and an antimicrobial blade to keep your shave clean, this pick is both durable and reliable enough to depend on for everything from a full shave to a trim.

Best wet or dry: Philips Norelco Multigroom 5000

Amazon

SEE IT

The Philips Norelco Multigroom 5000 is perfect for those looking for a little versatility in their trimming options. As the best wet or dry beard trimmer it can be used on wet or dry hair with up to 70 minutes of cordless use, self-sharpening blades, and 17 precision length settings ranging from 0.5 to 20 millimeters. You’ll soon see the Philips is one of our favorite beard trimmer brands, so we also suggest you check out more of their products to find what’s right for you.

Most luxurious: Philips Norelco MG7791

Amazon

SEE IT

While this trimmer does not include the elusive low battery indicator, it does have pretty much anything you could ever want when it comes to facial hair care. Plus, the lithium-ion battery can last for up to six hours, so you might not need that light anyway. This Norelco MG7791 comes with 29 pieces inside its grooming kit, including a detail trimmer, rotary nose and ear trimmer, body shaver, comb, and trimming scissors. The head is fully washable, and the blades are dual-cut for increased sharpness and precision.

Best budget: Philips Norelco Multigroomer All-in-One Trimmer Series 7000

Philips Norelco

SEE IT

There are plenty of options for the best beard trimmers under $50 that we love (we’ve even listed one here), though we always recommend saving up just a little more to make sure you are investing in a product that will last. If you aren’t keen to wait, never fear; there are some high-performing budget models out there. Just pay special attention to the features you want and ensure the trimmer you’re eyeing can support your facial hair dreams. Models under $50 are typically not as long-lasting, have fewer length options, and little-to-no bonus features. When looking for a budget-friendly trimmer, check out the Philips Norelco Multigroom. It can take a while to collect a full charge, but it is equipped with tempered steel blades and thirteen attachments to keep you looking fresh and clean.

Things to consider when picking the best beard trimmers

There are a few key features to keep in mind while you peruse the shelves (virtually or otherwise) for a new beard trimmer. The trimmer’s overall build quality, blades, battery, and attachments will make a difference when you need to reshape and restore your facial hair. You’ll also want to think about convenience when it comes to travel and general use; do you need something cordless, or would you prefer to worry less about charging? Below we will go into more detail about all the things you’ll want to consider before clicking add to cart, so you can feel confident knowing you’ve made the right choice for your whiskers.

Consider the blade and motor type

One of the most important things to prioritize is blade type. You’ll primarily find trimmers for men with a stainless steel, chromium, or titanium blade for a long-lasting, rust-free trim. You’ll also find some other versions or blade hybrids like carbon steel, ceramic, or titanium-ceramic. Carbon steel is the sharpest but is more susceptible to rust. Titanium-coated carbon steel is going to make the blade more weather-resistant while retaining a stiffness that’s greater for thicker hair. Ceramic blades tend to stay cooler throughout the trimming process. They can also maintain sharpness longer than their steel counterparts, making them ideal for those with sensitive skin. Strength and sharpness are particularly important when it comes to preventing uncomfortable bumps and razor burn; cheaper materials have a tendency to pull at the skin rather than smoothly cut through the hairs, which can result in irritation. Stainless steel is the most common choice, followed by straight-up titanium. Both materials are strong and sharp but can lack the extra strength and support found in the hybrids.

An essential counterpart to the blade is the trimmer’s motor. The motor powers the overall movement of the blade. A strong motor means less pulling and fewer passes to get the cut you want. You also want something that is reliable and won’t degrade over time. Take a look at the listed SPM or strokes-per-minute to compare a motor’s overall power. We’ll dive a little deeper into motor functions when we discuss a trimmer’s cord, but keep in mind that a powerful motor paired with a strong, durable blade will result in a clean, uniform trim.

Think about the length and precision of your beard

Whether you like your facial hair to be full, bushy, and down to your chest or trimmed neatly and close to the face, you’re going to want to make sure the trimmer you get will match your length desires to a tee. Okay, fine, you might want shears for chest-length beards, but if your hair’s shorter than roughly 18 millimeters, a trimmer might just do the trick.

Most of the best trimmers for men come with attachments and settings to help you get closer to that perfect length. Some models will have a built-in dial to adjust the blade’s location in relation to the guard. Some function digitally, meaning that they can store and replicate your desired length settings, display a readout of the length, and make adjustments at 0.1 millimeters. For reference, getting rid of your five o’clock shadow would be roughly 0.2 millimeters of hair growth. Precision trimmers will have additional blades that can be added to the razor head.

You can also look for a trimmer that includes a significant number of fixed-length guide attachments. These can be a bit sturdier than an individual, adjustable guide comb, and often work better for longer beards. Some attachments can even help you achieve specific styles, like a goatee of heavy stubble. So whether you want to maintain the same length every day or you have a deep desire to start shaping a circle beard, multiple fixed-length guide combs and other attachments will get the results you require.

You can go corded or cordless

There are only two options when it comes to trimmer connectivity: corded or cordless. Both are solid, but you should know the pros and cons of each. A corded beard trimmer typically has a more robust and reliable motor. They last longer than their cordless counterparts, but they can also be less convenient. If you go corded, we suggest getting a trimmer with a long enough cable that you won’t find yourself lacking mobility; usually, something around five feet will do. This becomes especially important if you need to travel or trim on the go. A corded trimmer will also never run out of battery. Anyone with a beard (or anyone who knows anyone with a beard) knows how tragic the results can be when the trimmer runs out of battery midway through a session. Yes, you can charge it, but just wait until your reservation starts at 7:00 pm and your trimmer runs out early in your shave at 6:30 pm.

This brings us to our cableless selection. We’ve already touched on the principal con, which is that they can run out of battery. Luckily, if you’re diligent about charging, this shouldn’t be a huge problem. Just make sure you get something with long battery life or a low battery alert. Cordless trimmers are great for portability; they’re typically lightweight, and the chargers themselves are getting smaller and smaller. Many cordless trimmers will carry at least one hour of power on a single charge, so unless you’re doing something particularly intricate, you should make it out without extra whiskers holding on. Returning the trimmer to its charging dock is always a good idea. Make sure you’re never hung out to dry when it comes to shaping your beard.

Do you prefer a wet or a dry shave?

When we talk about a “waterproof” beard trimmer, we don’t necessarily mean doing a blind shave while you take a shower. Although fully submersible trimmers exist, they’re pretty tricky to find and ultimately don’t have much practical use. What we’re really thinking of is the razor head. A washable razor head is great for rinsing all your trimmed hairs down the drain once and for all. Any clippings clogging the blades or spilling out onto the bathroom counter will be a thing of the past. This also means you can shave or trim a wet beard and use gels or lotions on top. It would be a shame to pop out of the shower only to realize your beard needs to be fully dry before a shave, and you need to be on your way to work.

That being said, if you are relatively good at time management and don’t mind a bit of extra work, then a dry-shave-only option might be right for you. There are even some dry shave trimmers that have a built-in vacuum to pick up all the little hairs that you’ve recently snipped off. Keep in mind that if you’re going for something corded with a particularly powerful motor, then you’ll probably end up with a dry-shave-only model. The most popular trimmers, however, are ones that can handle both a wet and dry shave. But remember, you’ll probably need to keep the trimmer out of the shower unless you value waterproof design above all else.

What bonus features are important to you?

While the most important things to consider are blade, length and guide comb options, connectivity, and wet shave abilities, we shouldn’t discount the variety of bonus features many modern beard trimmers provide. Should you base your entire purchase on whether or not the brand includes a nose trimmer? Probably not. If the beard trimmers you narrowed it down to fulfill your requirements, might you base your decision on the inclusion of a clippings vacuum? Well, why not? Don’t undervalue a low battery alert light. This little light could be the difference between looking suave and sharp on your next big date or unfortunately under-groomed.

If you’re hoping to tackle some other hairy areas, look for a model that comes with a nose, ear, or eyebrow trimmer to help you achieve your final look. You might also find a grooming kit that comes with detailed blades or a significant range of guide combs. Select higher-end models include self-sharpening blades or a travel lock to prevent the razor from accidentally turning on in your luggage and draining the battery. There are even some trimmers that are equipped with laser guides to help you keep a steady hand. Think about what would make your at-home grooming experience feel like a trip to the salon, or dig deep and go for the bonus features that will significantly decrease any trimmer inconveniences you’re always up against.

A final word on the best beard trimmers

Hopefully, by now, you are raring and ready to go pick out the best beard trimmers for you. Continue to keep in mind your beard goals, including length and shape, while considering your lifestyle. Do you travel frequently, do you prefer to shave post-shower, are you hoping to tackle some pesky nose hairs while you’re at it? Above all, you should feel comfortable and confident whenever you pick up your beard trimmer.

The post The best beard trimmers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best hair dryers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-hair-dryer/ Fri, 22 Jan 2021 19:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-hair-dryer/
hair dryer, comb, brush, and scrunchies on a furry white rug
Element5 Digital via Unsplash

Have a perfect hair year with a hair dryer for your strand type and texture. Learn more about what your mane needs with this quick guide.

The post The best hair dryers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
hair dryer, comb, brush, and scrunchies on a furry white rug
Element5 Digital via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A pair of grey SHOKZ bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background. Shokz OpenRun
SEE IT

Impressive battery life, water resistance, and reliable connectivity make these the best pair of bone-conduction headphones around.

Best for kids A pair of pink bone conduction headphones with a unicorn pattern on a blue and white background N/0 Kids Bone Conduction Headphones
SEE IT

Give your kids a pair of headphones that will provide safe entertainment while they stay active.

Best waterproof A pair of blue bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background Shokz OpenSwim
SEE IT

A pair of open-ear headphones that’s waterproof, the OpenSwim suit doing laps in the pool swimmingly.

Sacrificing hours to get your hair looking just right isn’t the way to go; certainly not when styling tools—like a great hair dryer—are in your possession. The right hair dryer can speed up getting ready and give you stylish results that complement your cut. Nowadays, hair dryers are more than just a heat stream with a cold shot button; they are often equipped with additional features like specialty attachments, portability options, sensitive heat settings, and more. You can use the best hair dryers to tame flyaways quickly, maintain curl definition, or achieve a professional-looking blowout from the comfort of your home.

The best hair dryers: Reviews & Recommendations

It’s important to carefully consider which make and model dryer is right for you. Using a hair dryer regularly can lead to heat damage, breakage, and generally weak strands; thankfully, this can all be avoided by investing in a top-quality product designed with your hair type in mind. We’ve created this guide to help you identify the best hair dryer for your hair type, along with some styling tips and product suggestions. Say goodbye to showing up with wet hair, and get ready to start feeling cool and confident whenever you leave the house.

Best overall: Harry Josh Pro Tools Pro Dryer 2000

Amazon

SEE IT

One of our favorite hair dryers to hit the market is the Pro Dryer 2000 from Harry Josh. You can easily switch between ionic and non-ionic settings, supported by a 1,875-watt motor. In total, it has eight speed, heat, and ion settings with a 9-foot cord, and weighs just about 2 pounds. This dryer comes with a narrow and wide nozzle concentrator and a comprehensive online product guide to help you achieve silky, smooth hair every time you blow-dry.

Best for curly hair: DevaCurl DevaDryer with Diffuser

Amazon

SEE IT

The DevaDryer from DevaCurl is, of course, specifically designed with curly hair in mind. It has three temperature settings, two speed settings, and a diffuser attachment shaped like a hand to lift from the roots and evenly disperse air. The ionic motor ensures a frizz-free blowout in record time, making it the best hair dryer for curly hair.

Best for fine hair: John Paul Mitchell Neuro Tourmaline Hair Dryer

Amazon

SEE IT

If you’re feeling confident and want to try out a tourmaline hair dryer for a boost of volume and shine, we suggest the Neuro by John Paul Mitchell. It has a 1,875-watt motor, four heat settings, a concentrator nozzle, and a collapsible silicone diffuser, making it certainly the best hair dryer for fine hair. All power and heat settings are displayed on an LED screen and easily controllable. This model also comes in a light option, weighing just over a pound, for those who are always on the go.

Best for thin hair: CHI Rocket

Amazon

SEE IT

The CHI Rocket ceramic hair dryer has a touch screen to control heat, temperature, and ionic output, giving you almost unlimited options for customization. It reduces damage from thermal heat and has a powerful 1,800 wattage. It comes with a concentrated nozzle and diffuser with an option for hands-free use; the back of the dryer can be used as a stand on a flat surface.

Best for thick hair: ghd Helios Hair Dryer

Amazon

SEE IT

The Helios hair dryer is quite honestly a great product for most hair types, but it is generally the best hair dryer for thick hair. This ionic, 1,875-watt hair dryer has three temperature and two speed settings, with a quiet sound and sleek exterior. The Helios promises 30% more shine and an airflow of 75 miles per hour. Though this model doesn’t come with a diffuser, they are available as an additional purchase so our thick, curly-haired folks can also feel the power.

Best for damaged hair: Elchim 3900 Healthy Ionic Hair Dryer

Amazon

SEE IT

This hair dryer combines the best of ceramic, ionic, and infrared heat to provide a healthy blow dry for damaged hair. At 2,000 watts with two airspeeds and three temperatures, this dryer uses infrared technology to preserve the hair cuticle while speedily drying. It’s great for thin to medium hair and promises a gentle dry for damaged strands.

Best accessory-packed: Dyson Airwrap Multistyler

Best Buy

SEE IT

The Dyson Airwrap is the Porsche of hair dryers. It’s designed for all hair types, with three speed settings and four heat settings. With intelligent heat control that self-regulates up to 40 times per second and an aerodynamic phenomenon called the Coanda effect that pulls hair toward the dryer, this tool uses curved air to dry and style hair without excessive heat. It also comes with many attachments: 1.2 and 1.6-inch barrels for curls or waves, a round volumizing brush, a firm smoothing brush, a soft smoothing brush, and a pre-styling dryer. There’s no look you can’t accomplish with this dryer.

Best budget: Remington D3190 Damage Protection

Remington

SEE IT

While you can certainly reach for a hair dryer under $50, you might have a harder time protecting your hair against damage over time. These models are generally not as equipped with special settings nor do they come with many attachments. Some boast style features but aren’t equipped with preventive damage options. If that’s the case, we suggest you forgo style for substance, stick with a budget-friendly dryer designed to preserve hair integrity, and stock up on other tools for styling. Our favorite budget pick is the Remington D3190 Damage Protection dryer, which combines ceramic, ionic, and titanium heat technology to dry hair fast and minimize frizz. Perhaps the best reason to upgrade, however, is the likelihood you’ll spend more money over time. Cheaper hair dryers accrue damage faster and begin to break down at or around the two-year mark. Higher-end dryers, typically starting at a minimum around $100, are built to last up to 10 years, while mid-range models starting at $50 will also stick around longer, offering additional styling options and heat protection.

Things to consider when shopping for the best hair dryers

It’s important to understand how hair dryers work and what features to look for before embarking on a shopping trip. You’ll want to know the various heating types and how they’ll affect your hair texture before purchasing. You’ll also want to consider any additional attachments, heat settings, and build qualities that will add up to the best hair dryer (and hair day!).

How does the dryer heat up?

Hair dryers utilize different materials, methods, and processes to safely create the right amount of force and heat needed to dry hair. Usually, dryers can be classified as ionic, ceramic, or titanium.

Ionic hair dryers are very popular and work by electronically generating and shooting out negatively charged ions to combat the positive ions that make up the moisture in damp hair. This attack on moisture is powerful and speedily removes excess water, closes hair follicles, and tames unwanted frizz. Ionic heat can be too intense for some hair types, but it’s great for thick or curly hair. Some blow dryers provide a switch so you can toggle between ionic and non-ionic modes. Tourmaline dryers are essentially ionic with an added boost. Tourmaline is a semi-precious metal and, when used as a coating, can non-electronically create additional negative ions for an even faster drying process.

Porcelain or ceramic hair dryers are non-ionic and use these materials to generate steady heat. Ceramic and porcelain retain and regulate heat particularly well without getting too hot or wavering between temperatures. Using this method is a gentler process than using ion heat, a much-needed feature for already damaged hair. Ceramic dryers can increase volume and reduce dryness in thin, fine hair, but might leave something to be desired for those with fuller locks.

Titanium dryers are also typically non-ionic, and when added to the internal components of a hair dryer, can improve consistency and heat distribution. It’s a lightweight material, great for travel dryers or those with a lot of hair. Holding up a heavy hair dryer can tax your arm muscles, especially if your long hair takes a while to dry. Keep in mind that though high-end titanium dryers are great for regulating heat and preventing damage, they increase the temperature more than other elements. Lower-end options risk blasting high temperatures resulting in further damage to fine, brittle hair.

Regardless of the heating method, you’ll want a dryer with a wattage of 1600 or higher. High wattage means more power and airflow than unnecessary high heat for a quick blow-dry.

What is the best hair dryer for curls?

Now that we’ve covered the heating methods available to you, we want to dive further into what works best for specific hair types.

Most people with curly hair constantly work to combat frizz, maintain curl pattern, and mitigate extra-long drying times. Ionic dryers are a great option for additional volume and targeted moisture reduction. Traditional dryers with direct nozzles can cause more frizz because targeted blasts of hot air break up the natural curl pattern. But a hair dryer with a diffuser attachment will evenly distribute air in a 360-degree pattern, thus boosting your curls rather than breaking them up.

However, if you work with tight coils that take a while to dry, it’s important not to expose the hair to too much direct heat. Natural, tight curls might suffer if ionic heat is used to dry the entirety of the head. Instead, look for a dryer that has non-ionic and ionic options so that you can utilize both features for a perfectly preserved curl.

It’s also a good idea to look for a dryer with multiple heat settings; when in doubt, go low (heat) and slow (diffuser) for the healthiest drying option, especially if you have a little extra time set aside. The best hair dryer overall for curly hair will be equipped with ionic capabilities, multiple heat settings, diffuser attachment, and a cold shot button to seal in shine after hair has dried.

What about for fine strands?

Though we know curly hair can also be fine, this hair type often looks for other features; volume, depth, and hydration without being weighed down. It’s a type that can struggle to hold a style and is particularly susceptible to heat damage. We suggest reaching for a ceramic, porcelain, or infrared dryer, which will gently dry your hair without sucking up healthy moisture. Fine hair tends to dry quickly, so you don’t need the most powerful airflow at the highest temperature. In fact, multiple heat settings are essential for a fine hair dryer. If you’re running late, you can use a higher setting to get your hair done quickly, but in general, we recommend using the low setting on this hair type to prevent breakage.

Keep your eye out for high wattage: 1800 or higher. This is particularly important for fine hair because an overcompensation for lack of power with increased heat won’t do much to boost volume and can quickly cause damage.

If your fine hair is feeling healthy and hasn’t been overly treated with bleach or other moisture-stripping agents, you might want to experiment with a tourmaline hair dryer. Though regular ionic dryers aren’t going to do you much good, tourmaline naturally creates negatively charged ions and subsequent heat. This natural output is significantly more gentle and less damaging; it can even add some shine to fine hair.

Consider whether you have thin or thick hair

Curly hair can be thin and fine follicles can be plentiful, so it’s also important to consider the best hair dryers for thin or thick hair. Of course, hair type can be described in many ways, so you’ll have to decide which feature of your hair is a top priority and go from there.

Thin hair should certainly stay away from ionic dryers and focus on high-wattage ceramic or porcelain options. Multiple attachments are great for thin hair; diffusers can add a little extra volume at the end of a drying process, concentrator nozzles can powerfully direct the hair when paired with the appropriate brush, and combs can provide immediate sleekness.

Blow-drying thick hair is always a race against the clock. A full head of coarse strands can take over an hour to dry, and we’re betting that doesn’t sound ideal for your regular routine. A titanium hair dryer, despite high heat, can work wonders on healthy thick hair. As stated, the material is light, it won’t weigh you down, and a powerful heat flow makes for a speedier drying time. Some titanium dryers are equipped with ionic technology—this makes a great match to get you out of the house on time.

Finally, if you have any of the above hair types, but it’s suffered in the past either from heat, over-styling, or bleach, you want to put all your attention on preservation and repair, especially when it comes to styling tools. Just like with fine, thin hair, high wattage with multiple heat settings is key—but you should also investigate an infrared hair dryer. The heat produced by infrared light is less damaging than heat produced by coils because it dries the hair from the inside out, protecting the layers that have accrued the most damage.

Special hair dryer features to look for

Once you’ve narrowed down the type of hair dryer you want, take a look at any additional attachments or special features available. Most hair dryers will come with a cool shot button, delivering a powerful stream of cold air to seal in shine and finish off nearly dry hair. Many will also come with a diffuser attachment or concentrator nozzle, but there is definitely room to expand. Some of our favorite dryers are equipped with nozzle and afro combs, styling tools like curlers, hot paddle brushes, or comb straighteners, and style dryers, including boar bristle brushes, wide-tooth styling picks, and more.

When it comes to heat settings, the more, the merrier. Look for a model that has at least two speed and heat settings, though you’ll certainly be able to find models with more. Many of our favorite models have between three and six different available temperatures, so make sure you don’t settle. Being able to cycle through speed and heat will keep hair healthy without slowing down the drying process.

Finally, if you are a frequent traveler but don’t trust the hotel room hair dryer to take care of your locks, look for one with a retractable cord, foldable handle, and compact design.

FAQs

Q: What are the best hair dryer brands?

It’s difficult to select the absolute best hair dryer brands, but our favorites include CHI, GHD, and Dyson. These companies have revolutionized appliance engineering, leading to high-end products that promise precision.

Q: Can I find a battery-powered hair dryer?

Honestly? No. While there are a few models out there that provide battery-powered hair drying, we can’t confidently recommend any of them. Battery-powered blow dryers have low wattage, weak airflow, and no customizable settings. You can’t find one created by a reputable brand and most only last a short while.

Q: How else can you protect hair from heat damage?

Aside from investing in a high-end hair dryer, there are a few other things you can incorporate into your hair care routine. First, find a heat-styling spray for a protective shield. Keep concentrator nozzles a healthy distance away from strands and scalp, allow your hair to air dry a little before adding heat, and try to use high speeds with low heat when possible.

The final thoughts on the best hair dryers

You should now be well on your way to finding the best hair dryer to add to your hair products. The most important thing to consider when looking for a hair dryer is your specific hair type; what works for one does not work for all, so be specific about your hair’s needs. Pay attention to any specs available and look for models that throw in extra attachments. Be aware of over-styling and give your hair a heat break every once in a while—that way, you can keep your blowouts looking fresh.

Related: Rosemary is the secret to long and healthy hair. Here’s how

The post The best hair dryers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart light bulbs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-smart-light-bulbs/ Mon, 31 Jan 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=422274
smart bulbs on a white background.
Quinn Gawronski

Choose the right intelligent illumination for your home and beyond.

The post The best smart light bulbs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
smart bulbs on a white background.
Quinn Gawronski

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Philips Hue White and Color Starter Kit is the best smart bulb kit for your home. Philips Hue White and Color Starter Kit
SEE IT

A smart bulb starter kit to upgrade an entire room.

Best for outside Cree Lighting PAR38 is the best outdoor smart light bulb. Cree Lighting PAR38 Outdoor Smart Bulb
SEE IT

An outdoor bulb that can withstand the elements.

Best White light C by GE A19 is the best white smart light bulb. C by GE A19
SEE IT

A simple way to implement smart technology.

The best smart light bulbs represent a foundational piece of any connected home setup. Most options go well beyond simply turning on and off with a voice command. Many smart bulbs will let you control the color or temperature of the light, to swiftly switch from a romantic pink glow to neutral white and back again. Voice assistants can even control some models, so you can say, “Siri, make the lights green in the living room,” then sit back and watch the magic happen. Most smart bulbs work just fine with existing fixtures, but you’ll want to choose the specific features that match your needs and space. And because LED lights have greater lifespans and energy efficiency and produce fewer emissions, making them a far more environmentally beneficial choice than incandescent lighting, using them is smart in more than one way. With a huge assortment of smart lights on the market, that can be tricky. That’s where this list comes in.

How we selected the best smart light bulbs

To find the best smart light bulbs, we first eliminated any models that would require more than a simple turn of the wrist to install, which means screwing, mounting, or multi-step installation. However, we did include one option for a complete smart bulb starter kit that consists of a hub, just in case you want to get a jump start on upgrading all the bulbs in your home. We also ensured that each bulb we selected had basic smart capabilities such as timers, color adjustment, and on/off scheduling. From there, we looked at bulbs with voice-assistant capabilities, special features like music sync and away from home control, as well as the ability to group bulbs together for scenes and presets. The writers and editors at Popular Science have also tested some of the options in real-world settings.

Things to consider before buying a smart light bulb

Simply put, a smart light bulb relies on a built-in internet connection to communicate with an app or voice assistant to control its LED array. Choosing a smart light bulb shouldn’t be an arduous task, but the sheer number of options and the technical language describing each unit’s specifications can make shopping difficult. We’ll break down the features you should look for before purchasing and explain a few of the most common terms while we’re at it.  

Efficiency, wattage, and lumens 

A typical incandescent light bulb has roughly 1,200 hours of life in it, operates around 60 Watts, and costs approximately $1 per bulb on average. While 1,200 hours seems like a long time, smart LED bulbs blow them out of the water with a 25,000-hour lifespan on average, operating at just 10 Watts. LED bulbs do cost more, about $8 a bulb, however with more longevity and less power usage, you can save money in the long run.

When shopping for efficient smart bulbs, you’ll frequently come across the terms Lumens (LM) and Watts (W). As you can probably guess from the above description, Watts measures energy consumption, a unit of power. The higher the number, the more energy the bulb uses.  For example, a 120W bulb uses exponentially more energy than a 10W bulb. Lumens describe the bulb’s brightness and, similar to Watts, the higher the number, the brighter the bulb. While Lumens and Watts measure different things, you can find a rough corollary between the two; in an incandescent bulb, 900LM typically requires 60W. In an LED / fluorescent bulb, 900LM requires just 15W of power. 

New, smart light bulbs emphasize lumens and come with an updated label developed by the Federal Trade Commission, so if you’re shopping in person, you can compare the Brightness in Lumens, Estimated Yearly Energy Cost, Life Expectancy, Appearance, and Energy Used. Many packages still offer an equivalent brightness rating in watts to make the transition simpler for people who spent decades buying incandescent bulbs.

Color 

If you’ve ever grabbed a selection of new bulbs only to screw them in and realize they give off a bright white tone reminiscent of a DMV waiting area rather than a cozy, warm living room glow, then you know how important it is to select the right color or hue. While Lumens measure brightness, they don’t measure whiteness; for that, you’ll need to look at the bulbs Kelvin (k) rating. Kelvin describes color temperature; 1000k is a reddish glow, 1900k is similar to a candle burning, 2700k is a warm white glow, 4000k is a neutral white, and 5700k is a cool, bright white similar to direct sun. The Kelvin scale goes all the way up to 10000k, which is a white, almost blue color. 

Beyond whiteness, many smart bulbs come with a host of other customizable color options that span the entirety of the rainbow. Some bulbs will quickly change via remote control, and others can be timed to change throughout the day; the possibilities are endless with literally millions of color options. Just keep in mind that oscillating color doesn’t always mean the bulb is capable of dimming, so just check the specs if you have a dimmer dial or switch attached to your fixture. 

Connectivity

You can still flick smart light bulbs on and off with a switch, but their real draw comes from their connectivity with an app or voice assistant. Before buying, consider your dream light switching system and shop accordingly. If you’re hoping to use a voice assistant like Siri, Alexa, Google Assistant, etc., make sure the bulb is compatible with your chosen platform. Similarly, if you want to control the bulb with your phone but don’t want to abandon a traditional switch completely, look for a bulb that comes with a wall-mounted button or think about purchasing an additional smart bulb dimmer. You should keep in mind that you’ll only be able to control the bulb remotely if the light switch has been turned on; it needs continuous power to perform any of its tricks (including turning off and on). 

Finally, many smart bulbs will require a special hub to enact voice-assistant control and additional features. Make sure you read the fine print if you’re thinking of purchasing to see what features are controlled directly from an app and what might need additional connectivity support. 

Special features 

Most smart light bulbs will come with an array of colored light to choose from, and all of them will have options for connectivity and control, but there are a few more unique features to be aware of.

Scheduling/timers will allow you to turn your lights on, off, or change color over a period of time or during a particular time of day. Some lights can even track when your phone leaves or returns home and turn off or on accordingly using location sensors and geofencing capabilities. 

If you really want to go above and beyond with smart light bulb special features, look for a Bluetooth or Wi-Fi-capable model that will allow you to sync with the music playing from your phone or computer. Lights will flash in time with the beat creating the perfect atmosphere for a raucous party or setting the mood for a lo-fi study session. 

The best smart light bulbs: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Philips Hue White and Color Starter Kit 

Philips Hue

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Philips Hue Starter Kit comes with everything you need to create a smart lighting system expandable to 50 bulbs making it the best smart light bulb overall.

Specs: 

  • Brightness: 800 lumens
  • Power usage: 9.5 Watts 
  • Color Temperature: 16 million colors including 6500K
  • Lifetime: 25,000 hours 

Pros: 

  • Voice Activation
  • Smart Button for additional control 
  • Expandability
  • Schedule custom lighting presets

Cons: 

  • Expensive 
  • Smart Button does not dim 

Philips smart lights have been the standard in the segment for years. The system relies on a hardware hub that links up to 50 bulbs together. This starter kit includes that hub as well as three Hue White and Color smart light bulbs, and a Smart Button with mounting plates so you can still control your bulbs the old school way with a switch. 

Each bulb is dimmable and customizable; choose from over 16 million color combinations and set up specific lighting scenes to set the ideal mood. You can also set up light schedules to support sleep, study, and wake-up times. The entire system takes commands from your phone using the Philips Hue App and Apple, Amazon, and Google voice assistants. Because the system connects to your home Wi-Fi, you don’t have to be home to adjust your lighting. You’ll have full control from miles away, a perfect way to “keep a light on” when you’re away for the holidays.  

The Smart Button is a convenient way to switch the bulbs on and off without pulling out your phone. It comes with magnets, tape, and a wall bracket for easy attachment to almost any surface. It can also save and store up to five presets, so you can access custom creations with the literal push of a button. 

Overall, this is a great place to get started with smart lighting, even if it is pricier than other options.

Best white light: C by GE A19

Why it made the cut: GE’s basic, reliable bulbs provide a soft white dimmable glow perfect for any room of the home. 

Specs: 

  • Brightness: 760 lumens
  • Power usage: 9.5 Watts 
  • Color Temperature: 2000 – 7000K
  • Lifetime: Estimated 14 years 

Pros:

  • Dimmable 
  • Fits traditional sockets 
  • Can adjust many parameters without a hub 

Cons:

  • Not immediately compatible with Homekit 
  • Need a hub from voice assistant and out-of-home control 

The C by GE A19 Smart LED bulbs are an easy option for folks who want to upgrade their old-school incandescent lights. All you need to do is screw the smart bulb into just about any lamp, download the C by GE app, and you’ll be able to control the bulb’s brightness, schedule lights to turn off or on, and group additional bulbs together. You can even save preset scenes, which means programming the lights in your bedroom and bathroom to turn on together when you wake up every morning.   

You’ll need to purchase a C by GE or Cync smart plug for additional control via Alexa and Google Home. You’ll also need this plug to adjust the bulbs when you’re away from home via the app, should you want to program a light to turn on and off while you’re on holiday. If you want to connect your GE smart bulbs to Apple’s HomeKit, you’ll need a C-Reach Smart Bridge.

Best for outside: Cree Lighting PAR38 Outdoor Smart Bulb

Cree Lighting

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Cree PAR38 bulb is the best option for a floodlight-style light that can withstand the elements while executing special features like voice control and color changes.

Specs: 

  • Brightness: 1200 lumens
  • Power usage: 120 Watts 
  • Color Temperature: 2200 – 6500K
  • Lifetime: up to 50,000 hours 

Pros: 

  • Relatively inexpensive 
  • Super Bright 
  • Bluetooth control 
  • No hub needed

Cons:

  • Colors reduce brightness 
  • No Motion Detection 

This is the best smart light bulb for outside to enhance safety and security outside the home. Suitable for illuminating driveways, back yards, front lawns, walkways, and porches, this bulb produces super bright yet tunable whites so you can see everything in your path or augment natural light as the sun changes color and position. Beyond white, it also offers millions of custom colors to create a more specific vibe. Control the unit via Bluetooth and Wifi via Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant without the need for an additional hub. The Cree app will let you automate the bulbs on a specific schedule and create timed triggers; while this light is particularly great for outdoor use, you can use them indoors, but you may find it overkill depending on the space.

Best for Siri: Yeelight A19 Smart Bulb

YEELIGHT

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This bulb from Yeelight can connect to Siri using just the Yeelight app, and Apple HomeKit users can directly install the bulb using their Home app. 

Specs: 

  • Brightness: 800 lumens
  • Power usage: 8.5 Watts 
  • Color Temperature: 1700-6500K
  • Lifetime: up to 25,000 hours 

Pros: 

  • No hub needed 
  • Music mode
  • Game Sync

Cons: 

  • Requires a 2.4 GHz band from your router
  • App doesn’t have two-factor authentication 

The Yeelight smart bulb is jam-packed with special features, including quick connectivity with almost every available voice assistant: Siri, Apple HomeKit, Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, and Samsung SmartThings. This bulb comes with all the usual bells and whistles, voice command control, dimmable, timers, and scheduling, but there are a few extra special features too. 

Color Picker lets you scan just about any colorful object using your smartphone’s camera, matching the bulb to that object. Music mode enables you to sync the bulb to your favorite songs, flashing long to the beat. Game Sync will integrate with gaming systems, like the Razer Synapse 3, creating responsive lighting effects triggered by game events. There are also preset scenes that mimic the flickering of candlelight, dim for ideal movie screening washes, and establish the perfect cool tones for maximum productivity. 

Just make sure your router has a 2.4 GHz band in addition to the 5 GHz band you may be using right now. 

Best budget: Wyze Labs Smart Bulb

WYZE

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: While the Wyze labs aren’t jam-packed with special features, you’ll be able to set up a complete smart system without breaking the bank. 

Specs: 

  • Brightness: 1100 lumens
  • Power usage: 12 Watts 
  • Color Temperature: 1800-6500K
  • Lifetime: up to 25,000 hours 

Pros: 

  • High maximum brightness
  • Inexpensive 
  • Great temperature control 
  • Excellent color accuracy

Cons: 

  • Lacks special features 
  • Voice assistant compatibility is limited 

This two-pack from Wyze Labs is an excellent option for those looking for the best budget smart light bulbs. Like its contemporaries, this bulb has 16 million color options, but it also boasts a 90+ Color Rendering Index (CRI) rating, which means the bulb illuminates truer color tones, so you can tell the difference between black, navy, and dark green. You can also adjust the overall color temperature using the Wyze app, which displays a helpful temperature wheel to help you visualize the change you want to make. Custom lighting routines can help gently wake you up in the morning or lull you to sleep at night, while Vacation mode will make it look like someone’s home even when you’re away without any special attention paid on your part.  These bulbs are compatible with Alexa and Google Assistant, but miss some of the common systems like Apple’s HomeKit and Samsung SmartThings. 

FAQs

Q: Do smart bulbs use electricity when off?

Yes, smart bulbs do use electricity when they are off. They are referred to as vampire devices because there is still a steady course of electricity they feed off of, even in standby mode. This is because the bulb is controlled by your phone or remote, as opposed to a direct switch, and in order to respond to on / off commands, the unit will need to draw from an electric current. However, smart bulbs are energy efficient, so even though they need a steady source of electricity, a few bulbs will only cost you a few cents per billing cycle

Q: Which smart light bulbs last the longest?

The smart bulbs that last the longest will have roughly a 25,000 – 50,000 hour lifespan, which is roughly equivalent to 18-28 years of normal use. There are more than a few models that will last this long, including the Philips Hue. Even the bulbs with a shorter lifespan still last 15,000, a substantial upgrade from the incandescent bulb’s 750 – 2,000 hour span. Of course, variables can come into play such as temperature and the condition of the electrical system in your home. 

Q: Can you control smart bulbs away from home?

Yes, many smart light bulbs can be controlled when you’re away from home. Most units are operated via an app and additional hub, so as long as the Wi-Fi in your home is on and functional and you have access to the app itself, you shouldn’t have a problem controlling them remotely. Many apps will even let you go room by room, so you can turn the lights on in the living room without any changes in the bedroom. Some will also come with “Vacation Mode,” randomly toggling certain lights on and off to give the illusion that someone is home, deterring intruders.  

Final thoughts on picking the best smart light bulbs

The best smart light bulbs will elevate your at-home lighting from mere on/off adjustments to custom lighting designed specifically for you. Before buying, check the bulb’s specs to ensure compatibility with your devices, including voice assistants, and check to see if you’ll need an additional hub for maximum control over special features. Smart bulbs are an easy, convenient way to have some fun while advancing the functionality of your lights.  

The post The best smart light bulbs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best winter jackets of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-winter-jacket/ Thu, 29 Apr 2021 16:52:48 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=361987
The best winter jackets will keep you warm and stylish.

A solid winter jacket will help you get the most out of your favorite cold-weather activities.

The post The best winter jackets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best winter jackets will keep you warm and stylish.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best men's overall A young man wearing a big and warm winter jacket with black color and stuffed hood. The North Face McMurdo Parka
SEE IT

Brave the elements during quick trips to the supermarket or longer excursions outdoors.

Best stylish for women A blonde woman wearing a long winter jacket in a dark green color. Canada Goose Women's Rossclair Parka
SEE IT

This women’s winter jacket combats harsh winds and offers many comforts.

Best budget A man wearing a long thick winter jacket in a light grey color and posing with it. Columbia Horizons Pine Interchange Jacket
SEE IT

An interchangeable jacket that won’t break the bank.

It’s always winter in some hemisphere, so it’s a good idea to supply yourself with a fantastic jacket to keep you warm wherever and whenever you might need it. An absolute essential for anyone who lives in or vacations to a colder climate, the best winter jacket will mesh well with your personal style while providing top-notch protection from wind, rain, sleet, and snow. Whether you are looking for a lightweight running jacket, a simple, stylish parka jacket for errands, or a down-filled design perfect for exploring the backcountry, you want to find the best blend of form and function. There are plenty of options available, so we’ve curated this selection to help you find the best winter coats to add to your wardrobe.

How we chose the best winter jackets

When choosing the best winter jacket for you, the most important thing to consider is climate, followed closely by activity. You’ll likely have to choose between a casual or performance coat. Casual winter clothing is designed for errands, walks about town, or keeping warm during your commute to work. These coats might be a bit heavier, but they are super warm and crafted with style and silhouette in mind. A performance jacket is designed for athletic activities like hiking, running, or cycling. They are lightweight and will provide increased mobility while protecting for long periods in the cold. For example, if you live in a super snowy place and need a jacket that’s suitable for a long hike, you’ll need a waterproof model that is well insulated with a lightweight fill to keep you warm without dragging you down. If you live in a city that suffers from cold winds, a versatile jacket with a sleek shell and fur-lined hood is a stylish way to stay warm and keep the wind out of your eyes. 

The next thing to consider is the fill material and its effect on price. Winter jackets can be quite expensive, for a reason. They are your first line of defense when it comes to brutally cold days, offering excellent insulation and heat retention. Pricing can depend on many things, but one of the most common structures correlates to the fill material and power. A jacket’s fill is the material stuffed between the outer and inner layers, directly responsible for trapping heat and keeping out the cold. The most popular fill is down, which is the light undercoating that lies beneath the feathers of ducks and geese. Synthetic down is also available, typically made from ultrafine polyester fibers that perform well even when wet. Each jacket is given a fill-power number to reflect the loftiness of the down. The higher the fill power, the better the down will be at trapping air, generating an effective warmth-to-weight ratio, and quickly compressing when it’s time for summer storage. 

We’ve also covered other winter gear, like the best heated gloves, so we know a thing or two about staying cozy in frigid situations.

The best winter jackets: Reviews & Recommendations

Now that you’re prepped with the logistics, let’s dive deeper into our favorite picks, as well as a few more tips for selecting the best winter jackets. 

Best men’s overall: The North Face McMurdo Parka

The North Face

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A loose fit and 600-fill goose down make for a warm jacket that’s stylish.

Specs

  • Material: Polyester
  • Insulation: 600-fill goose down
  • Weather-proofing: Waterproof,
  • Machine washable: No, dry clean only

Pros

  • Waterproof
  • Down fill for light warmth
  • Light

Cons

  • Dry clean only

The North Face McMurdo winter jacket will help you brave the elements during quick trips to the supermarket or longer excursions outdoors. It has a two-layer DryVent waterproof shell, 600-fill-power goose down, and weighs a little over 3 pounds. The hood has an emergency gaiter to prevent any snow from sneaking in, plus the faux-fur trim is removable, so you can even customize your coat a bit. While North Face doesn’t have a women’s winter jacket that’s the exact same model, The North Face Arctic Parka II, shares many of the features of the men’s winter jacket, including fill power and DryVent technology.

Best for warmth: Nobis Supra Men’s Performance Puffer

Nobis

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This jacket withstands temperatures as low as -20 degrees Fahrenheit, ensuring you’ll feel cozy in even the iciest of conditions.

Specs

  • Material: Polyester
  • Insulation: Duck down insulation
  • Weather-proofing: Windproof, waterproof
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Underarm vent system
  • Performs in incredibly low temperature
  • Machine washable

Cons

  • Hood is non-removable

The Supra Men’s Performance Puffer makes a great winter statement. Filled with premium Canadian Origin White Duck Down, down-filled hood and ribbed cuffs that seal in heat, this men’s winter jacket will keep you warm in temperatures as low as -30 degrees Fahrenheit. The waterproof material will keep you dry during a snowstorm, and its seam seal tape beefs up its ability to protect you from the elements. Plus, a 10,000mm windproof laminated membrane fends off gusts and gales.

You can keep your phone or keys protected in its flap pockets at the waist or the zipped pocket on the left bicep. And there’s no need to spend extra money to maintain the jacket—just toss it in the washing machine. The men’s winter jacket is available in a variety of colorways so you can find your perfect match. 

Best outdoor performance: Arc’teryx Norvan LT Hoody

Why it made the cut: You don’t need a thick, bulky jacket to stay snug while hiking or running outdoors.

Specs

  • Material: Gore-Tex
  • Insulation: Thermal insulation
  • Weather-proofing: Waterproof, windproof
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Gore-Tex material means it’s extra waterproofed
  • Machine washable
  • Thin and lightweight

Cons

  • Expensive

This Arc’teryx hoody is designed to stand up to nature’s wettest, windiest weather. Gore-Tex reduces the need for heavier fabrics to keep warm and dry. It’s easy to compress and pack even with the fitted hood. It also features a watertight front zip and an elasticized hem. Plus, it’s machine washable. Excellent in the cold weather, this jacket is also available in women’s sizes.

Best stylish for women: Canada Goose Women’s Rossclair Parka

Canada Goose

SEE IT

Why it made the cut:

Specs

  • Material: Company’s Arctic Tech fabric, a blend of polyester and cotton
  • Insulation: 625-fill duck down
  • Weather-proofing: Water resistant
  • Machine washable: No, dry clean only

Pros

  • Fusion fit great for more petite bodies
  • Not boxy
  • Adjustable waist for A-line silhouette

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Dry clean only

Canada Goose is known for producing the best winter coats with Arctic Tech fabric that will hold up in the freezing cold. The Rossclair parka is a Canada Goose jacket that delivers 650 fill power in a streamlined, slim fit that eliminates any boxiness, plus adjustable exterior waist straps mean you can get a sleek cinch. Available in nine colors, each with a two-way adjustable hood with removable fur ruff, plus recessed rib-knit cuffs, this women’s winter jacket combats harsh winds and offers many comforts.

Best budget: Columbia Horizons Pine Interchange Jacket

Columbia

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A quality winter jacket doesn’t have to cost an arm and a leg—and this one from Columbia is proof.

Specs

  • Material: Nylon and polyester
  • Insulation: Thermal insulation
  • Weather-proofing: Waterproof
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Removable hood
  • Interchangeable layers mean you can customize it depending on temperature
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Not windproof
  • Runs large

An interchangeable jacket that won’t break the bank, this model from Columbia utilizes a combination of heat-reflective and air-permeable waterproof technology to dissipate moisture while keeping the heat in and the cold out. As it gets warmer, you can settle on just the shell, or if it’s still quite cold, but the snow has stopped, you can comfortably get away with the inner layer alone. 

What to consider when buying the best winter jackets

Looking for an everyday, casual jacket that will keep you toasty at all times?

A truly great winter jacket is comfortable, and cozy, and can last for seasons to come. It should stand up to snow and sleet without weighing you down, protect and insulate without any Achilles heel, and have a stylish yet neutral design to pair with any outfit you own. If you’re not looking for a thin, lightweight outdoor activity jacket, you might find it comforting to buy a model with a little more weight and slightly lower fill power. You’ll know for sure that you won’t get cold, plus you’ll feel more protected. A fill power of 500 and above should be perfectly adequate for walks about town, taking the train to work, or heading out to dinner with friends on a below-freezing winter evening. 

If you live in a place that gets a fair amount of snow or winter rain, make sure your winter jacket is waterproof or at least has a waterproof shell. We recommend selecting a coat that will fall at or around the upper/mid-thigh for maximum coverage without any extra bulk. It also doesn’t hurt to go with a hood for additional shielding around the face. Once you’ve found an option that has the right amount of fill for your locale’s weather, all you need to do is decide on the color and—bam—you’ll have the best winter coat around town.

Do you want something that will be on-trend without sacrificing warmth?

Winter coats have a reputation for being boxy, bulky, or simply uncool. But that doesn’t have to be the case. While you can undoubtedly find a sleek, streamlined wool coat, hip bomber jacket, or trendy oversized teddy designs, you may find yourself shaking if things get too frigid. If you live in a freezing climate, we recommend having at least one really well-insulated coat to keep on hand when your other options just won’t cut it. A long parka jacket with a fur-lined hood is one of our favorite popular styles (there’s a reason, say, a Canada Goose jacket is coveted). If you select a top-notch jacket from a reputable brand, you won’t need to invest in a new coat for years to come. They will give you the look of winter royalty and ensure you stay protected against the elements.

Want a jacket that can transition from the sidewalk to the hiking trail?

While some prefer to have two different jackets for outdoor pastimes—one for, say, trail walking, and one for shorter excursions like running to the store or walking the dog, there are many great options for those looking to have it all. A combination casual/performance winter coat is the way to go if you want maximum flexibility. For an easy transition from snowshoeing to a drink slopeside, go for a jacket with a high fill power: something around the 700 mark should do the trick. This will ensure your jacket is light enough to keep you moving without overheating, with a bit of puff to provide maximum coziness and comfort when you’re not exercising. Of course, you’ll want to make sure the shell is water and wind-resistant, so you’re not soaked through or chilled to the bone if the weather suddenly changes. Unlike a purely casual jacket, we recommend lifting the hemline a bit so that it rests at or around your hips. This length will still keep you warm, but it will free up your lower half and increase mobility. A combination casual and performance jacket will set you up nicely for anything the colder months can throw at you. Don’t forget to add a pair of the best heated socks or some heated insoles for warm toes to match your warm arms.

Do you need a winter jacket for running and other outdoor exercises?

Cold weather doesn’t mean you need to stop enjoying the great outdoors and everything it has to offer. If you’re lucky enough to live in or visit a place where winter running and cycling are available to you, make sure you’re equipped with the best winter jacket available. A winter running jacket made for running outdoors will rely less on down fill and more on a thin yet insulated design to make sure you don’t overheat. The key to outdoor exercise is layering. You’ll notice that many winter jackets are significantly thinner than their casual or even trekking counterparts; this is because they are designed to fit over other pieces of moisture-wicking clothing, like long-sleeve shirts or lightweight fleece. Having the option to shed or add a layer can be a game-changer when it comes to a challenging run. If you know your first few layers can be quite thick, think about sizing up your jacket. You can also opt for a heated vest if you don’t need a full jacket, but would still like some warmth.

As with all our favorite jackets, it’s important to find a hooded model that is waterproof, but you’ll also need to think about breathability. While you can still consider a high fill power (something around 750 will do nicely), you should pay even more attention to the construction and material. A material like Gore-Tex repels water without trapping in sweat, making it great for all-weather use and ensuring your cool down won’t leave you shivering. 

So, what’s the best winter jacket I can get for under $200?

An excellent winter jacket is certainly an investment and can set you back more than just a pretty penny. However, you can definitely find a few more reasonably priced winter jackets if you’re not ready to shell out a grand for a Canada Goose jacket quite yet. Ultimately, you’ll want your winter coat to last for more than one season, which can help explain the price. If you want an outer layer that costs under $100, there is a good chance you’ll find yourself looking for a replacement within a year or two. However, if you pay apt attention to the fill quality (synthetic or natural) and overall construction, you may be able to find a great quality jacket for less.

FAQs

Q: How do you wash a winter jacket?

When it comes time to wash a winter jacket, many can be loaded into your washing machine and tumble-dried on low for a quick and easy clean. However, we don’t recommend doing this more than a few times per season. If you get dirt, salt, or other schmutz on the outer shell, you should be able to simply wipe away debris with a cloth towel and warm water. Make sure to read the fabric care labels before washing for the first time, as some coats require dry cleaning.

Q: How should a winter jacket fit?

A winter jacket should fit snugly without being too tight. If the coat is too small, the down might become compressed and less effective, plus your mobility will be restricted. You’ll know it’s too tight if you can’t easily give yourself a hug, arms touching your shoulder blades. The jacket should never rise above your belly, and the shoulder seams should not be resting mid-bicep. Feel free to size up in winter jackets, especially if you plan on layering, but make sure you can still perform daily activities without the bulk of the coat getting in the way.

Q: What are other types of winter jackets?

There are many other types of winter jackets to choose from, especially if you don’t need a waterproof jacket. Lined leather jackets, wool peacoats, and fleeces are a great way to supplement your waterproof, down-filled staple. You can find a ton of styles and colors suitable for various weather conditions to maximize outfit options. 

Related: Need a warm, comfortable hat? Head on over to this winter accessories guide.

Final thoughts on the best winter jackets

The best winter coats and jackets are wardrobe essentials for anyone who will experience cold weather. The best winter jacket for you will suit the climate you’re in and won’t prohibit you from participating in your favorite outdoor activities. Water and wind resistance are certainly must-have features, and we recommend never saying no to a removable hood. Choose a casual coat for everyday wear and a performance coat for more demanding activities like trail running, or select a combination for a great winter jacket that will keep you cozy during the winter seasons to come.

The post The best winter jackets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best ball chairs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-ball-chair/ Fri, 28 Jan 2022 00:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-ball-chair/
balance ball chair in an office next to a wood desk
Amazon

Here’s how to find a great ball chair to keep you active, reduce back pain, and engage your muscles even when you’re at your desk all day.

The post The best ball chairs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
balance ball chair in an office next to a wood desk
Amazon

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best with base Gaiam Backless Balance Ball Chair Gaiam Backless Balance Ball Chair
SEE IT

The backless design encourages you to sit up straight.

Best ergonomic PharMeDoc Balance Ball Chair PharMeDoc Balance Ball Chair
SEE IT

Use its own for concentrated strength and stability workouts, or drop it into the base with a fitted backrest for work.

Best budget Trideer Ball Chair Trideer Ball Chair
SEE IT

An inflatable base takes this balance ball from workout to work.

Experts announced long ago that sitting down all day just isn’t good for you. Slumping over at your desk for hours on end can make your back hurt, your body tense, and your neck strain. It can also lead to high blood pressure, high blood sugar, and abnormal cholesterol levels. Doctors recommend taking a break from sitting every thirty to sixty minutes, but we know that sticking with that schedule can be a challenge during a hectic workday or extra-long meeting. Luckily, a ball chair can remedy these issues.

The best ball chair, which incorporates a stability ball used for exercise, can introduce a little bit of movement to your workday while engaging the core and improving posture. The ball’s instability forces you to engage your trunk and abdominal muscles to remain balanced, but don’t worry; you won’t find yourself sweating or out of breath. In fact, you’ll barely notice all the work your body is doing. This kind of subtle physical engagement can help improve posture and reduce back pain; the stronger your muscles are, the more they can support and protect your back. We recommend swapping out your regular desk chair with a ball chair for one to two hours a day to stay safe and active without overworking your body.

There are plenty of choices when it comes to ball chairs; many of them even look identical to one another. Here, we dive deeper than the exterior and help you identify the best pick for you.

Best ball chairs: Our picks

Best with base: Gaiam Backless Balance Ball Chair

Gaiam

SEE IT

This Gaiam ball chair features a removable, multi-use 52-centimeter exercise ball, available in five colors. The entire unit measures 24 inches tall and 22 inches wide, with the option to add two-inch extenders to the legs. The included caster wheels lock in place so you can remain flexible without sliding around. This particular chair is designed for people between 5′ and 5′11″ tall (6′1″ with the extensions). The backless design will encourage you to use your muscles and keep you from leaning too far forward or back, harming your spine.

Best self-standing: ProBody Pilates Ball Chair

Amazon

SEE IT

This self-standing ProBody ball chair provides all the support of a typical exercise ball with a bit of a sleeker finish. Instead of exposed plastic vinyl, you’ll sit on a washable fabric cover that comes in three neutral tones. The cover’s base comes with silicone tabs to keep it from slipping, and the inner ball is made from phthalate-free, anti-burst material. It can be inflated between 22 to 24 inches high, suitable for most standard desk heights. The ball can also be removed from the cover for an enhanced grip during a workout.

Best yoga ball stool: Gaiam Balance Ball Stool

Amazon

SEE IT

Gaiam is at it again, this time with a great yoga ball stool. The half-dome inflatable cushion causes micro-movements to strengthen the core and improve posture (at the right height). It can extend up to 33 inches with a 360-degree swivel base and five lockable caster wheels. This seat also includes a metal footrest, which is necessary for good posture if your feet don’t touch the floor.

Best ergonomic: PharMeDoc Balance Ball Chair

PharMeDoc

SEE IT

PharMeDoc has created an ergonomic ball chair that you can customize as your core gets stronger. Use the 20-inch exercise ball on its own for concentrated strength and stability workouts, or drop it into the base with a fitted backrest for work. Once you start to feel your muscles develop and you notice your posture improve, you can take the backrest off for more of a challenge.

Best stylish: Zenergy Ball Chair

Amazon

SEE IT

This ball chair from Zenergy keeps your body moving and your workstation looking chic. The yoga ball at the heart of this design is permanently covered by a simple, comfortable mesh available in over ten colors. The chair lets you choose between two heights, 20 or 23 inches, by installing the feet or attaching them to longer legs. You can also select a swivel version of the chair, increasing the range of motion and the amount of work your body needs to do to stay stationary. If you work with others, it wouldn’t be a bad idea to get a set.

Best budget: Trideer Ball Chair

Trideer

SEE IT

This balance ball from Trideer is perfect for stretching, stability, and strength training. Plus, it comes with an inflatable base for easy conversion into a great ball chair. It comes in two sizes: 26 and 30 inches and two colors: black and silver. Plus, it’s super durable, slip-resistant, and rated for up to 2,000 pounds.

Things to consider when shopping for the best ball chairs

If you don’t already own a yoga ball, chances are you might be a bit overwhelmed by the similar-looking options available to you. Before purchasing, take a moment to think about your needs. Do you need a chair on wheels? Would you prefer back support? Do you want something multi-purpose, or would you rather stick with something more stylish? We’ll walk you through a few scenarios so you can get a sense of the best ball chair for your home office.

Do you want a balance chair with a base?

If you aren’t used to sitting on an exercise ball, and you like the stability of your regular desk variety, we recommend you buy one with a base. The base will stabilize the ball, keeping it from slipping out from under you, helping you get used to the seat’s elasticity and bounce. It will also elevate the ball, so you might have an easier time reaching your desk surface, depending on its height. Remember, the best way to sit at a desk includes your feet flat on the floor, your chin parallel to the ground, no bend in your neck, and computer screen at eye level; this is true whether you’re sitting on a balance ball, circle stool, or classic office chair.

Some ball chair bases will have adjustable, extendable legs and wheels. Castor wheels are always a plus; they make it easier to roll and store a chair, plus it’s easy (and fun) to slide around the room if you need a document or device that isn’t already at your desk. A ball chair with a base and wheels will likely feel the most similar to your regular desk chair, making for a seamless transition.

Would you prefer a self-standing ball chair?

A self-standing ball chair forgoes the base in favor of ultimate flexibility. If you feel like your desk is low enough for a baseless ball chair, you can focus your attention on finding a great exercise ball that you’d be comfortable bouncing on for a few hours during the workday.

If you’re going to use this ball for exercise and desk work, you’ll want to pay particular attention to the size. Since there isn’t a base boosting you up, if you’re between 4′11″ to 5′4″, get a ball that is 55 centimeters, if you’re 5′5″ to 5′11″, go for one that is 65 centimeters, and if you’re any taller, up to 6′7″, check out the 75-centimeter options.

The one con about self-standing ball chairs is they tend to look like workout equipment first and office furniture second. This isn’t a big deal if you’re going to get the most out of the ball during exercise or if you have a large enough closet to store the ball out of sight when it’s not in use. If you’re invested in aesthetics, select a ball chair with an included cover or non-polyvinyl exterior. See below for a prime example of a fantastic self-standing ball that looks good while remaining functional.

Do you work at a tall desk? Try a yoga ball stool

Ball chairs are adjustable to a certain extent, but you might find the fit challenging if you work at a tall desk. While we don’t recommend employing a typical stool for your workstation, a yoga ball stool can be a great way to give your back a break.

A yoga ball stool looks just like a regular stool, but instead of a cushion, the seat is a mini version of an inflated exercise ball, like a dome. Ball stools are inflated at the top, mimicking a full yoga ball’s intentional instability but taller and thinner to fit non-standard size desks. Most yoga ball stools utilize simple hydraulics so you can work at various heights. Of course, the ball cushion at the end of these stools won’t be removable, so you won’t be able to use them for exercise. If you are dedicated to getting something multi-purpose, we recommend investing in balance ball disks you can lay on top of your traditional desk chair seat. These cushions can also be used for various stability exercises in your workout routine.

If you suffer from back pain, an ergonomic ball chair can help

When appropriately used, the best ball chair will help you create healthy habits, improve your posture, and relieve back pain. If you are already struggling to sit up straight, a backless ball chair might not be for you; choosing a more ergonomic option can bring on more benefits quickly.

A backless ball can occasionally lead to hunching if you allow your tailbone to curve too far underneath you, forcing your shoulders forward and exaggerating a curved spine. An ergonomic ball chair will include a backrest and a flexible base. This will allow you to keep your feet flat on the floor while providing more structure and support for your lower back.

Remember, you don’t want to sit on a yoga ball all day long, so while you’re at it, make sure your other desk furniture is ergonomic too. It’s also a good idea to check your desk setup; your screen should be at eye level, your keyboard within reach, and your mouse directly next to it. Consider investing in a headset if you take lots of calls, eliminating tension caused by holding your phone between the neck and shoulders.

Home office design important? Get a ball chair that doesn’t look like exercise equipment.

Maybe you want to keep your workouts and work-from-home aesthetics separate. Or perhaps you’re a part of a shared workspace. Regardless of the reason, we totally understand wanting to find a ball chair that looks like it’s meant for the office. If you still want to use the ball for additional exercise, the easiest thing to look for will be an included cover. A cloth design in any color will camouflage the athletic polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material underneath, giving off more of a cozy beanbag vibe. Once you’re done with your workday, you’ll easily be able to unzip it and get to sweating.

If you want something compact that can stay out in the open all day without reminding you of the gym, look for a stylish, non-traditional model. These units will typically be permanently attached to a base and covered with a sleek, sturdy material, or they’ll borrow from ball chair technology to create more of a swivel stool.

Best ball chair on a budget: What you can get for under $45

While some ball chairs can be a bit expensive, there are definitely options for those on a budget. You might not be able to find something that doesn’t evoke exercise or the gym, but you will be able to find the best ball chair that’s supportive and multi-purpose to help fight off pain and strain without breaking the bank.

FAQs

Q: Does sitting on a ball chair burn calories?

Yes, sitting on an exercise ball chair can burn a small number of calories. According to a 2008 study cited in the New York Times, sitting on a ball chair can burn roughly 30 more calories a day than sitting in a regular desk chair, or approximately four more calories per hour of use.

Q: How long should you sit on a yoga ball chair?

You should sit on your yoga ball chair for about one to two hours a day. This is just enough time to break the monotony of sitting in a classic desk chair without overdoing it. If you stick with the yoga ball for your entire workday, your back might just end up suffering instead of feeling better. This is because yoga balls lack the structure to stop you from slumping once your body starts to get tired. So, unless you’re super disciplined regarding posture, it’s best to pick just a couple of hours to bounce.

Q: Are there other alternatives to a traditional desk chair?

Yes, there are other alternatives to a traditional desk chair. Kneeling chairs, active stools, and saddle seats are great options to explore if you are looking for an ergonomic solution to back, neck, and shoulder strain. You can also look for traditional desk chairs designed with special features or customizable options to foster additional support. The best desk chair for your home office should never leave you feeling sore.

Ready to buy the best ball chair?

The best ball chair will support your back, improve your posture, strengthen your core, and inspire healthy habits throughout the day. Supplementing your regular desk chair for a few hours each day can keep you active, your mind focused, and your joints relaxed. Make sure you choose the right size for you and your desk, then get ready to add a little bounce to your workday.

The post The best ball chairs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best snow boots of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-snow-boots/ Wed, 26 Jan 2022 19:30:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-snow-boots/
person on top of a snowy mountain top wearing the best snow boots
Katie McBroom via Unsplash

Don’t let the cold stop you in your tracks; slip on a pair of the best snow boots to get the most out of your favorite winter activities.

The post The best snow boots of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
person on top of a snowy mountain top wearing the best snow boots
Katie McBroom via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best insulated Sorel Caribou Boots SOREL – Men's Caribou Waterproof Boot
SEE IT

A tried-and-true shoe to keep you out and about despite the cold.

Best waterproof Muck Boot Arctic Sport II Muck Boot Women's Arctic Sport
SEE IT

These boots will keep your feet dry through ice, sleet, and snow.

Best for kids Bogs Neo-Classic Boot BOGS Unisex-Child Neo-Classic Rain Boot
SEE IT

Keep their tiny toes dry all day with this slip-on boot.

Wading through fresh snowfall is one of the best parts of winter—but whether you’re hiking, snowshoeing, sledding, or simply exploring, the feeling of frigid toes can easily take the enjoyment out of any outdoor activity. But that doesn’t mean you need to stay confined indoors, as there are high-quality snow boots that will keep your feet protected and cozy all winter long.

These winter-wonder accessories come in all shapes and sizes, which is why it’s so important to find the right pair for your feet. The best snow boots are well-insulated with a waterproof exterior and minimal room for droplets to sneak in and soak your socks. Plus, they should match your personal style, the perfect combination of form and function. Don’t let a little snow stop you from enjoying time outside or, worse, numb your toes before you get to work in the morning. With that in mind, we’ve put together this little guide to get you started on the journey toward comfortable snow boots (and you can check out our roundups of the best heated insoles, heated socks, winter hats, and even heated slippers to help you stay extra cozy).

Best snow boots: Our picks

Best insulated: Sorel Caribou Boots

Amazon

SEE IT

The Caribou Boots from Sorel are staples in protective winter gear. The snow boot is made in men’s and women’s sizes with a 9-millimeter removable felt lining and a rise of roughly 10.75 inches from the arch. These boots will keep you warm for hours at a time, but they can start to feel a bit heavy. That means they’re great for casual, everyday use, but you might need to try something else for activities like hiking or manual labor.

Best waterproof: Muck Boot Arctic Sport II

Amazon

SEE IT

The Arctic Sport II is top of the line when it comes to waterproof, weather-resistant snow boots. Available in men’s and women’s styles, this shoe was inspired by a traditional farming boot with many upgrades. It has a rubber exterior, 5-millimeter thick neoprene booties, and an internal fleece lining for warmth. You can get the boot in two lengths, high or mid, to protect from heavy snowfall, plus they are pull-on, so you won’t have to worry about any tiny gaps from tongues and laces that could let in moisture.

Best for kids: Bogs Neo-Classic Boot

Amazon

SEE IT

These uni-sex kids boots from Bogs are a great option for kids. They come in a ton of fun designs, slip on easily, and combine rubber with neoprene for maximum water resistance. With excellent traction, these snow boots will hold up easily in slushy weather. They come in three separate sizing categories: toddler, little kid (4 to 8 years old), and big kid (8 to 12 years old). Plus, they come in tons of fun patterns like rockets, butterflies, and smiling kitty cats.

Best winter hiking boots: Salomon Men’s Quest Element Gore-TEX Hiking Boots

Salomon

SEE IT

These winter hiking boots from Salomon are a great companion on challenging trails. They have an athletic feel with a buoyant rubber heel and water-wicking full-grain leather. Some report a narrow fit, so if you tend to wear thick socks while hiking, consider going up a half size.

Best budget: Kamik Men’s Forester Snow Boot

Amazon

SEE IT

Kamik makes some of the best snow boots around, at a great price. These men’s snow boots have a mid-calf shaft, are made from 95-percent rubber, and have a temperature rating suitable for temps as low as -40 degrees Fahrenheit. They have an adjustable nylon collar to keep snow out and a waterproof exterior to wick away moisture. Though Kamik doesn’t have a counterpart in women’s sizes, check out the Kamik Momentumlo Snow Boot for a similar price point and durability.

Features to consider when shopping for the best snow boots

The first things you need to think about before buying a new pair of snow boots are environment and activity. Do you live somewhere with occasional snow but frigid low temperatures? Are you guaranteed to be strolling through super wet snow or rain? Are these boots for everyday use, or do you want something rugged for a winter hike?

Are you preparing for super-low temperatures?

There are a few features every reliable pair of snow boots needs to have to keep your feet from freezing and your soles from sliding around.

First things first, if you’re expecting the thermostat to drop dramatically in the wintertime, regardless of snowfall amount, you want to find a boot that has extra insulation with a tall shaft and the ability to lace entirely over the ankle, keeping out the snow and cold. Good socks can go a long way, but if you really want to keep things nice and toasty, look for a boot lined with fur, wool, or other textiles. The added layer locks in heat, promoting circulation in below-freezing temperatures. This is particularly important if you spend a lot of time outside for work or play. Most boots nowadays use a synthetic liner like Primaloft as an extra layer. The amount of fill is recorded in grams; a 200- to 400-gram fill is good for mid-length bursts outdoors, while heavy-duty snow boots will have more.

Sheepskin, felt, and wool are also popular. Though these materials tend to be a bit thicker, they are naturally designed to insulate. Unlike synthetic options though, natural fibers can’t handle getting wet and often need a protective spray to keep them from being ruined by moisture.

Will you be walking through a lot of wet snow?

While all snow boots should be waterproof to a certain degree, it can be tricky to keep certain materials from getting soggy, especially if the snow tends to be wet or if the weather turns to rain. Weather resistance and waterproofing typically come down to material and construction. Insulated rubber boots are our go-to’s when it comes to keeping our feet nice and dry. Rubber soles with excellent treads keep you from slipping, and an extended rubber outer layer wicks away water. (There’s a reason why the classic rain boot is essentially just a rubber shell!) An insulated lining is key for adding warmth.

It’s also a good idea to examine the boot’s tongue. Try to find a model with the tongue seamed to the boot; if there’s a gap, water droplets can still sneak in.

Next, you’ll need to pay attention to the height. A short bootie might not do much for you if the snow is over your ankles. Look for a mid to high-length shaft in waterproof boots.

Will you be walking with a little one?

If you plan on walking around your local winter wonderland with a toddler, you’ll need to get them a durable pair of snow boots. Some older children can look at smaller-sized adult boots or at least follow the same principles; toddler’s shoes need to be a little simpler. Kids’ snow boots can and probably should skip tie-up laces, especially if your little one can’t tie their own shoes just yet. You don’t want to be constantly ripping off your winter gloves and exposing your fingers just to secure your child’s shoes. Luckily, there are plenty of great pull-on options for winter fun without pause.

You should also pay attention to the treads found on the bottom of the shoe, also known as lugs. While lugs are also super important when it comes to adult shoes, toddlers tend to have a hard time walking as it is. Heavy, clunky boots can sometimes emphasize the “toddle” aspect of traversing the streets. Look for a lightweight boot with a good, rubbery grip and deep treads to keep your tiny tot standing upright in the snow.

Finally, you might need to experiment a bit with the fit. Many parents recommend sizing up in snow boots; that way, your kid can easily slide their feet inside even while wearing super thick socks. The warmer, the better.

Are you looking for a winter hiking boot?

If you plan to do a lot of hiking or winter camping and there isn’t enough fresh powder to warrant the use of snowshoes, look for a boot designed with long trails in mind. While this may seem straightforward, find a boot that literally states its hiking performance, either in the name or description. If a shoe is designed for hiking, it will automatically be more lightweight than casual snow boot contemporaries. Designated hiking boots will also have better traction with thick, bouncy soles to support your feet over rugged terrain and tread patterns designed to prevent snow build-up in their crevices.

You’ll most likely want to pick a boot with a lower rise, hitting at or just above the ankle; this is especially true for hikers embarking on steep ascents. Winter boots that come up around the calves can limit movement and flexibility, leading to additional strain and lack of agility. If you’re worried about snow getting into the shoe, you can invest in additional gaiters or waterproof snow pants that tuck into your boots, creating a seal.

Once you’ve found a few hiking boot contenders, think about your priorities regarding insulation and climate. If you plan to be on the go throughout the entire hike, stopping only for brief rests, you may be able to relax on the insulation and opt for something more breathable. This is particularly true if you’ll be in temperatures that don’t usually dip below freezing. If you’ll be going on longer treks with an increase in stops, or hiking somewhere truly frigid, then there’s no harm in sticking with an insulated liner. Just know, these liners can add some weight to your step.

Do you want to keep warm but remain stylish?

Let’s be honest, winter snow boots aren’t always the most aesthetically pleasing shoe on the market. By necessity, they are bulkier than most other shoes and made from materials that we wouldn’t call “sleek.” While it can certainly seem like there aren’t any options for those with a strong inclination towards fashion and creativity, don’t give up! There are several options out there; just make sure you don’t completely sacrifice function for form.

One thing you don’t want to compromise on when selecting a stylish snow boot is traction. No matter how short a walk you have, when there is snow on the ground, you want to minimize your chances of slipping and sliding. Thick rubber soles with deep grooves are generally a good sign, and no, we’re not talking about your Doc Martens. The good news is these soles don’t have to be an eyesore; you can even find a durable sole with great grip on a heeled boot if you’re really adventurous.

Aside from traction, the rest is up to you! Of course, insulation and waterproofing are essential to be a good snow boot; however, you can be a little more flexible, especially if you’re looking for something to supplement your boot collection. If you only need a boot for a short time, like brief walks from the subway to the office or grocery shopping, then you can opt for any insulation you like. If you live in a place with light snowfall that just gets a little slippery, maybe you don’t need entirely waterproof material. Keep in mind that many shoes can be treated with a waterproof spray, like Scotchguard, to create a protective layer between outside moisture and the shoes’ fabric. It’s a good idea to look up the material you plan to treat before purchasing to ensure you won’t damage the shoes’ outer shell.

Best snow boots on a budget: What you can get for under $75

You don’t need to break the bank just to find a sturdy pair of winter snow boots. Granted, you might miss out on the premium materials, longevity, and overall durability found in high-end boots, but that doesn’t mean you’ll be stuck with wet feet inside a flimsy shoe. As long as you look at the specs for the three most essential features in the best snow boots—insulation, traction, and water resistance—you’ll be safe and sound for at least one winter season, if not many more.

FAQs

Q: Aren’t all snow boots waterproof?

We, of course, would like to think that any boots which boast their success in the snow are going to be waterproof. Unfortunately, that’s not always the case. Boots like classic Uggs or ones with a poorly constructed tongue not directly attached to the shoe’s sides are prone to leaks and water seepage. Make sure you understand what material you’re purchasing and the shoe’s overall design before stepping out into the snow.

Q: Can snow boots be washed?

Generally speaking, it’s never a good idea to throw your snow boots in the washing machine. However, if they come with removable liners, you should be able to soak those in a tub of warm water with detergent. Some may even be designed to go in the wash; just make sure you follow the instructions. If possible, place the remaining snow boot shell in front of a fire or other heating apparatus to combat any odors.

Q: When should I buy snow boots?

There is never really a wrong time to buy a pair of snow boots. Of course, the newest models will hit the market in the fall to prepare for winter, but if you’re looking to score a deal, do your research and see what’s out there during summer sales. It’s always a good idea to try the boot on with a thick sock, especially if you won’t be able to return them after purchasing.

A final word on shopping for the best snow boots

Snow boots should be a staple in everyone’s winter wardrobe. They’ll keep you warm, dry, and upright no matter how much fresh powder is on the ground. Consider your environment and activity level to find the best snow boots for your needs, and get ready to enjoy all the winter season has to offer.

Related: Best trekking poles

The post The best snow boots of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best heated insoles of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-heated-insoles/ Wed, 15 Dec 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-heated-insoles/
A lineup of the best heated insoles on a white background
Amanda Reed

Keep your feet nice and toasty with insoles designed to last well beyond the winter.

The post Best heated insoles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best heated insoles on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for skiing Thermic C-Pack Set Thermic C-Pack Set
SEE IT

The perfect boot warmer for skiers and snowboarders alike.

Easiest to trim Warmfits Rechargeable Heated Insoles Thermrup Electric Heated Insole Foot Warmers
SEE IT

Consistent warmth and a custom fit.

Best customizable Hotronic S4 Universal Foot Warmer Hotronic Foot Warmer S4+ Universal
SEE IT

Easily attach to your existing insoles with a long-lasting battery.

There’s nothing worse than heading home early from what should be a great ski day because all heat has left your toes, or having a tough time focusing at work because all you can think about is the cold creeping into your insoles. You might be dreaming of the space heater waiting for you at home, but you need a solution now. The best heated insoles can quickly and comfortably take out any unwelcome chills that come your way. These impressively compact creations can be found in a variety of sizes and suited to various activities. Some heated shoe insoles are disposable, some are powered by rechargeable batteries, and some are even water-resistant (we’re looking at you fellow, frequent foot-sweaters).

Plus, most models are designed to minimize bulk or extra padding, so you won’t have to worry about your toes being squished. The best heated insoles are a great way to stay warm and stay active even when the temperature starts to drop.

How we chose the best heated insoles

We’ve reviewed plenty of other heated gear in the past, so we’re practically experts in the realm of electric clothes. We looked at reviews, recommendations, performed personal testing, and conducted heavy research to back our findings. The scientific method! It’s great!

The best heated insoles: Reviews & Recommendations

Heated shoe inserts are safe and easy to use; as long as you follow all included directions, you don’t need to worry about any damage to your skin, socks, or shoes. This makes them the perfect companion for many shoe types, including ski boots, hiking shoes, running sneakers, and more. Any one of our picks will be sure to toast up those tootsies.

Best overall: Thermacell Original Heated Insoles

Thermacell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These bright red insoles have a matching remote so you can control the temperature—and turn it on and off—without having to bend over or take off your shoes.

Specs

  • Weight: .75 lbs.
  • Material: Polyurethane
  • Power source: Battery powered
  • Heat range: 100°F-111°F

Pros

  • Remote control
  • Shock absorbent
  • Retains it shape well

Cons

  • Can accidentally control a different pair of heated insoles with universal remote

Although Thermacell is known for its mosquito-repelling tech, they aren’t a one-trick pony with these battery-operated inserts. The wireless, remote-controlled insoles can heat between 100°F-111°F—there’s also a No Heat setting in case you end up indoors. Polyurethane foam allows for even heat conduction and shock resistance for comfortable wear all day. No more cold feet this winter—just make sure you stay far enough from someone else wearing these insoles—you can control theirs thanks to the universal remote.

Best for ski boots: Thermic C-Pack Set

Thermic

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These long-lasting heated insoles provide 17-hours of heat for warm feet all day on the slopes.

Specs

  • Weight: .75 lbs.
  • Material: Polyurethane
  • Power source: Battery powered
  • Heat range: Unknown

Pros

  • Bluetooth enabled to control from phone
  • Can use with existing insoles
  • Ultra-fine heat elements for comfort

Cons

  • Expensive

This set from Thermic are the best heated insoles for ski boots on the market. The batteries provide up to 17 hours of heat, perfect for overnight trips, and they can fit underneath the strap of your ski boot to increase your mobility and keep you comfortable. There are three heat settings—low, medium, and high—that you can control via Bluetooth from your phone. Plus, the heating element can be used with your existing insoles or arch supports without issue. If this high-end model’s price point isn’t right for you, Thermic has many other options for you to peruse.

Best high-temperature: Riomza Rechargeable Heated Insoles

Riomza

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These inserts reach up to 150°F—as Paris Hilton would say, “that’s hot!”

Specs

  • Weight: .75 lbs.
  • Material: Carbon fiber
  • Power source: Battery powered
  • Heat range: 104°F-150°F

Pros

  • Trimmable
  • Comes with a wireless remote control with LED display
  • Quickly heats up

Cons

  • Heels thick to fit battery

These heated shoe insoles have three different temperature settings easily controlled with an included remote. The highest setting can reach up to 150 degrees Fahrenheit. They come in three sizes that are easily trimmable to fit your shoe. Perhaps best of all, the battery for these guys sits inside the heel, so you don’t need to worry about strapping it elsewhere on your body—perfect for work or hunting—though this does tend to add a tiny bit of weight.

Best toe warmers: HotHands Heat Max Toe Warmers

Hot Hands

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These single-use toe warmers stop stinky feet and are perfect to throw in your car for warm feet at a hands’ reach.

Specs

  • Weight: Entire package is 2.2 lbs.
  • Material: Iron powder, water, salt, activated charcoal, and wood fiber
  • Power source: Air-activated
  • Heat range: 100°F-115°F

Pros

  • Thin
  • Odor-absorbing
  • Ingredients don’t hurt the environment

Cons

  • You’re bound to come across a dud pair of warmers
  • Can’t control temperature

These toe warmers from HotHands are our go-to when we need a little bit of extra insulation in our shoes. All you need to do is remove them from the pack and shake them for up to eight hours of heat. They are super thin, so you won’t feel any extra bulk, and they contain odor-absorbing activated charcoal, so if you do start to sweat, you won’t notice any stink.

Easiest to trim: Thermrup Electric Heated Insole Foot Warmers

Thermrup

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Get insoles for the whole family—with peace of mind that they’ll fit—with these lightweight, battery-operated inserts.

Specs

  • Weight: .62 lbs.
  • Material: Nylon, EVA foam
  • Power source: Battery powered
  • Heat range: Unknown

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Washable
  • Even heat distribution

Cons

  • Short battery life compared to other insoles on our list

These heated insoles from Warmfits can last for up to four hours. The included cable connects to the battery, which can be charged using rechargeable batteries. Plus, you can cut the soles to fit your shoes and relax knowing they’re made from comfortable EVA foam.

Best customizable: Hotronic S4+ Universal Foot Warmer

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Get the perfect fit with these insoles that can last you from 2.5-25 hours.

Specs

  • Weight: 1 lb.
  • Material: Polyurethane
  • Power source: Battery powered
  • Heat range: Uknown

Pros

  • Last up to 21 hours depending on heat setting
  • Switch design prevents accidental turn-off
  • Wiring is thin and not noticeable

Cons

  • Expensive

These heated insoles for shoes from Hotronic is all you need for custom heat. Though it does include insoles, it also has two separate heating elements that can attach to the toe of your own orthotic, with four heat settings. The batteries can last up to 21 hours, depending on the heat output, in cold climates with temperatures that can get as low as -20 degrees Fahrenheit.

Best budget: HotHands Insole Foot Warmers

HotHands

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These feet warmers stick to the bottom of your socked feet and are cheap—and easy—to keep around.

Specs

  • Weight: Entire package is 2 lbs.
  • Material: Iron powder, water, salt, and wood fiber
  • Power source: Air-activated
  • Heat range: 100°F-115°F

Pros

  • Long-lasting
  • Won’t budge
  • Natural heat

Cons

  • You’re bound to come across a dud pair of warmers
  • Can’t control temperature

HotHands heated insoles are air-activated, safely made, and can last for up to nine hours. They’re great for winter sports and outdoor activities like tailgating, yard work, dog walks, and more.

What to consider when buying the best heated insoles

In order to find the best heated insoles for you, think about how often you’ll be using them, what kinds of outdoor activities you’ll be doing, and the temperatures you’re expecting. Do you need something that will last for hours, or do you want to prioritize heat settings? Do you already wear shoe supports and need something customizable? Are you looking for something disposable and budget-friendly? We’ve created this guide to help you answer those questions and get one step closer to warm feet.

Need the perfect boot warmer for your ski trip?

Perhaps the most popular reason for purchasing heated insoles is skiing. Using a heated insole can extend your time on the mountain by preventing pain and cramping caused by the cold.

If you’re looking for a warming insole to slip inside your ski boot, make sure you get one that you can customize to fit the room you have inside the boot, particularly around the toe box. You’ll also want a boot warmer that will last more than a couple of runs; if you’re looking for a full day of skiing, go for a unit that has at least five to six hours of battery life. We also recommend grabbing an insole with a water-resistant battery pack. Even though your feet are likely protected from the snow by your ski pants, there is still a chance moisture will sneak in; waterproof or resistant insoles will prevent damage over time, as well as keep you safe.

If you’re entirely new to rechargeable insoles, you should know that most models come with an external battery that can attach to your shoe or be placed in a pack to wrap around your leg or ankle. They require a set of wires to plug the insole into the battery. If you’re using a heated insole for skiing, make sure you select a pair with super durable wires that won’t stretch or snap if you take a tumble.

Will you be outside in below-freezing temperatures?

Maybe you aren’t a winter sports fanatic, and you need something for everyday use because you live in a freezing locale. If this is the case, the most important thing to pay attention to are the included heat settings.

Many heated insoles will come with a few heat levels; some need to be manually set; others can be controlled via remote. Keep in mind, when you use the highest heat setting on any insole, you will decrease the battery life faster than a cooler heat setting. You’ll still be able to squeeze out a couple of hours with consistent heat, but you might not be able to make it through a winter trek before the battery dies. It’s a good idea to take the insoles out for a little test drive before committing to more prolonged activities like hikes or an errand marathon. That way, you can figure out which setting is right for you, keeping your feet warm, not sweaty. However, it’s recommended you wear socks with your heated insoles to absorb any potential sweat.

Are you constantly scrunching up your toes to get the blood flowing?

While evenly dispersed heat is never a bad thing, some people need to target specific areas in order to get the relief they need. Just like your fingers get chilly before your palms, your toes are usually the first part of your feet to feel the effects of extreme cold. How many times have you found yourself standing outside desperately wiggling your toes, scrunching them up, or jumping up and down just to try and feel them again? If this sounds like you, and you have good circulation elsewhere, maybe all you need is a set of really great toe warmers.

Toe warmers are significantly smaller than insoles, making them a little more susceptible to moving around or getting scrunched up in the shoe; they also have a bit more trouble connecting to a battery via wires (which are connected to the heel in most insoles). This is why we actually recommend sticking to a disposable, adhesive toe warmer. You’ll get the heat you need, for an extended period of time, without breaking the bank or struggling to flatten them out at the end of the day.

What are the best heated insoles that will last for hours on camping our hunting trips?

Some winter activities require you to be outside in the cold for long periods of time. Hunting, camping, and trekking can leave you feeling frozen, especially if you haven’t prepared properly. Similar to prioritizing heat over longevity, if you need the maximum amount of battery life out of your heated insoles, you might need to sacrifice the highest temperatures or a variety of temperature settings. However, not having tons of levels to choose from means more concentrated, evenly dispersed heat that won’t get cooler with each passing hour as the battery’s energy fades.

You can also look for extra features to keep your heated insoles lasting longer. The best heated insoles for long days will include batteries you can charge in the car. This means you can charge on the way to your trip or activity while also keeping the option open for a quick boost.

Do you want to stay warm but keep your current insoles?

Orthotics and insoles are extremely common and used by people of all ages to support their arches, relieve strain, cushion calluses, and minimize symptoms of tendinitis. More serious conditions are often treated with custom-molded insoles prescribed by podiatrists. If you already have insoles you love, but find yourself needing a little bit of extra warmth, there are options out there.

Some heated insoles come in a pack, and some sell their parts separately. This is great for folks who have orthotics but need a heating element. The packs will instruct you where to place the protected element on your insole, typically on the toe area, and how to connect all necessary cables or wires. You generally won’t need to do anything else; any individual heating element will be safe for you to use without adding anything extra. However, do not try to remove the heating element embedded in traditional heated insoles; this could be dangerous and result in injury. If you tend to get cold easily, you should also check a pair of heated socks, heated gloves, or a heated vest.

Best budget heated insoles

You don’t need to spend a ton of money on heated insoles, especially if you only need them a few days out of the year. You can easily address frigid feet for well under $45. Disposable foot warmers work great and are a better fit for tighter budgets. Most of them just need a quick shake to combine the chemicals inside before you adhere them to the bottom of your shoe. Disposable insoles have a three- to four-year shelf life, so you don’t have to use them right away. This makes them great for a couple of winter vacations.

FAQs

Q: How much do the best heated insoles cost?

Depending if they’re rechargeable or single-use, the best heated insoles can cost between $20-$200.

Q: Can heated insoles get wet?

As a general rule, you don’t want to submerge any batteries in water. We don’t recommend buying heated insoles if you suspect your feet will be soaked by the end of the day. However, some models are water-resistant and work well to wick away sweat and other droplets. To be safe, never assume something is waterproof unless specifically stated.

Q: Are heated insoles safe for children to use?

Yes, so long as your children can verbally express discomfort. Heated insoles are totally safe, but you want to make sure your child can tell you if they start to feel too hot. Look for an insole that says it’s specifically for kids to ensure the right fit and rest easy with the knowledge that all necessary safety precautions have been taken when it comes to the design.

Q: Are expensive insoles worth it?

If your toes are always cold, it is probably worth it to invest in a reliable model that will last. More expensive models typically have better batteries, consistent heat regulation, a more comfortable design, and longer life overall. If you only use foot warmers every so often, or you’re just looking for something to add a touch of heat, you won’t necessarily need to invest in an insole for the long term.

Q: Can I use heated insoles to treat foot pain?

Applying a warm compress is a great way to treat foot pain, so heated insoles are a sound swap. Consult with your doctor or physical therapist before slipping some heated insoles into your shoes for medical purposes.

Final thoughts on the best heated insoles

The best heated insoles are going to keep your feet warm so you can enjoy your favorite winter activities. From rechargeable to disposable, these foot warmers are a great way to relieve any pain or discomfort you feel during the coldest time of the year. Consider how much time you’ll be spending outside, how much extra heat you need, and what you’ll be doing while wearing your new foot warmers. Once you can answer these questions, you’ll be ready to purchase a great pair of heated insoles.

The post Best heated insoles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best space heaters of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-space-heater/ Thu, 03 Feb 2022 18:33:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-space-heater/
A lineup of the best space heaters on a white background
Amanda Reed

Space heaters are efficient, safe, and powerful, keeping you warm and cozy no matter the weather (or the state of your furnace).

The post The best space heaters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best space heaters on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Lasko space heater on a blue and white background Lasko 5775 Electric 1500W Ceramic Space Heater Tower
SEE IT

With 1,500 watts of heating power and multiple settings, this heater can tailor the temperature of your space.

Best for large rooms Dr. Infrared Portable Space Heater Dr. Infrared Portable Space Heater
SEE IT

This quiet-running, powerful pick can warm even large spaces with a range of 50 to 85 degrees.

Best electric Dyson Pure Humidify+Cool Cryptomic Dyson Pure Hot + Cool HP04
SEE IT

This HEPA-approved Dyson space heater can also act as a purifier and fan for year-round functionality.

If you’re tired of stockpiling blankets, extra socks, and heated slippers to keep you warm, it might be time to consider getting a space heater. These powerful appliances are a great way to get cozy without installing a complicated heating system. If your radiator just isn’t cutting it or someone insists on keeping a window open to freshen the room up, a space heater could be the perfect solution. The best space heaters are designed specifically to warm up spaces both small and large; they should be portable, effective, and fast-acting.

Buying a space heater is a worthwhile investment, but you want to make sure you look at all the information available about each product to determine which will be right for you and your space. To get you started, we’ve created this brief guide to help you learn more about these lean, mean, cold-fighting machines. Get ready to cozy up with your favorite books without reaching for your hat and gloves with the best space heaters.

How we chose the best space heaters

To select the best space heaters that will stave off even the worst winter chills and frigid breezes, we compared over 50 products—looking at reviews, wattage, heat type, bonus features, and brands. From high-tech options like the Dyson Pure Hot + Cool to an energy-efficient oil-filled radiator, these space heaters can suit a variety of needs and spaces. Whether you have a massive room that needs high-wattage heating or are trying to warm up your apartment on a budget, we compared reviews and specs to choose only reliable and quality heaters.

The best space heaters: Reviews & Recommendations

The best space heaters can help you stay warm while you wait for your landlord to turn the radiators on. If you’re always cold, they provide an extra layer of warmth and comfort to your office, living room, or bedroom. We’ve narrowed down some of the cozy space heaters on the market—at least one should melt your winter blues.

Best overall: Lasko 5775 Electric 1500W Ceramic Space Heater Tower

Lasko

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re looking for a high-quality space heater on a budget, look no further than this tower heater from Lasko.

Specs

  • Watts: 1500 watts
  • Dimensions: 23.5 x 8.5 x 7.5 inch.
  • Heating type: Convection

Pros

  • Easy to use
  • Degree increments
  • Remote control

Cons

  • Noisy compared to other heaters

Space heaters can get pricey. Get something that’s budget-friendly—and high-quality—with this Lasko 5775 Electric 1500W Ceramic Space Heater Tower. It’s from the same company as our best overall pick, just at a lower price point. Like pricier options, this one is 1500W with low, high, and thermostat-controlled settings. Built-in safety precautions include cool-touch housing and overheat protection. Plus, an auto-off timer gives you peace of mind if you forget to turn this appliance off. Although it doesn’t have a remote control, it does include an easy-to-read selection pad, carry handle, and six-foot cord for easy transport from room to room.

Best for large rooms: Dr. Infrared Portable Space Heater

Dr. Infrared

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This pick is well-equipped to heat larger spaces like living rooms, large bedrooms, studios, or garages with its high wattage and high temp settings.

Specs

  • Wattage: 1,500 watts
  • Dimensions: 13 x 12.5 x 17 inch.
  • Heating type: Radiant

Pros

  • 12-hour automatic shut-off
  • 50 to 85-degree heat range
  • Heats large spaces

Cons

  • Heavier and less portable

This radiant, infrared heater for large rooms heats up big spaces easily and efficiently. With 1,500 watts of power and a heat output temperature of up to 85 degrees, you’ll be able to stay warm without needing to get up close. It has a 12-hour automatic shut-off timer, remote control, tip-over protection, a 72-inch electric cord, and caster wheels for maximum mobility.

Best energy saving: De’Longhi Oil-Filled Radiator Space Heater

De’Longhi

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Unlike the other space heaters on this list, the De’Longhi pick uses oil to maintain its heat for an energy-efficient and quiet-running design.

Specs

  • Wattage: 1,500 watts
  • Dimensions: 27.76 x 18.5 x 7.1 inch.
  • Heating type: Radiant

Pros

  • Portable design with wheels
  • Energy-efficient
  • Quiet heating

Cons

  • Pricier than some other models

This energy-efficient space heater will stay hot even after turning it off, extending its heating power without sucking up electricity. Additionally, you can select eco-mode, optimizing power usage with a built-in thermostat for additional energy saving. It has 1,500 watts of power, automatic shutoff to prevent overheating, and thermal slots that funnel hot air while maintaining a low surface temperature so you won’t be at risk of burning yourself.

Best for bedrooms: Vornado AVH10 Vortex Heater

Vornado

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This small space heater has safety features like tip-over protection, cool-touch base, and automatic shut-off, which make it a great pick for smaller spaces.

Specs

  • Watts: 750 watts
  • Dimensions: 11.7 x 9.3 x 12 inch.
  • Heating type: Convection

Pros

  • Compact design
  • Bonus safety features
  • Auto climate control

Cons

  • Less wattage than other options

The Vornado VH10 is a great space heater that comes equipped with thoughtful, extra safety features. It boasts tip-over protection, a cool-touch case, and automatic safety shut-off. It also has a timer and auto-climate control, which senses how much heat and circulation is required to maintain the set temperature. With two quiet heat settings at 750 and 1,200 watts, as well as a fan-only option, you will be comfortably basking at home, worry-free.

Best electric: Dyson Pure Hot + Cool HP04

Dyson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For those who want a multifunction device that can be used year-round, the Dyson Pure Hot + Cool does just that. It filters your air for allergens and dust with a HEPA-certified filter, heats in cooler months, and can act as a fan once the temperatures rise back up.

Specs

  • Watts: 1500 watts
  • Dimensions: 9.76 x 8.07 x 30.08 inch.
  • Heating type: Convection

Pros

  • HEPA Filter
  • Captures allergens
  • Sleek and aesthetic design

Cons

  • Expensive for a “space heater”
  • May be less effective than other models

The Dyson Pure Hot + Cool Air Purifier is a dream with all the high-tech, special features needed to heat and purifier an entire room at once. This multifunction feat of engineering treats and projects air, cooling or heating it as needed. It offers 350-degree oscillation, a sealed HEPA filter to trap 99.7 percent of allergens, and voice-control compatibility with Alexa. Equipped with three intelligent sensors, this air purifier, cooling fan, and space heater will also monitor pollution events in real-time, alerting you to any problematic airborne particles or gases via the Dyson app. The heater/fan has 10 speed settings, Bluetooth connectivity, quiet operation, and multiple additional settings.

Best budget: Lasko 1500W Ceramic Tower Space Heater

Lasko

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This classic-design tower heater can fit in just about any space—and with an oscillating function and impressive wattage, it can heat up a room quickly and efficiently.

Specs

  • Wattage: 1,500 watts
  • Dimensions: 21.63 x 7.1 x 7.9 inch.
  • Heating type: Convection

Pros

  • 8-hour auto-off timer
  • Slim design
  • High wattage

Cons

  • Only two heat settings

This Lasko ceramic tower heater has a footprint of less than eight square inches but boasts 1,500 watts of heating power, making it ideal for warming up cold rooms in a hurry without taking up too much space. It includes a number of safety features like an 8-hour auto-shutoff timer, overheat protection, and a cool-touch exterior. Its widespread oscillation and adjustable thermostat make it a flexible choice that allows users to custom-tailor their heating experience. The heater’s cable is 72 inches in length, making this model a good choice for rooms with few outlets, plus the unit includes a multifunction remote control for added convenience.

What to consider when picking the best space heaters

There are six things you should consider in order to find the best space heater for your needs. Think about what type of personal heater you want, how much space you’re trying to warm, how much power your heater will need, what the safety features are, and finally, what special features might be available. If you’re able to get specific about your requirements, you won’t have any trouble finding a reliable, long-lasting unit you’re happy with.

What type of space heater best fits your needs?

There are three main types of heating, with a few subcategories you should know about.

Convection heating is the most common and efficient type for single-room use. These space heaters work by circulating currents across an element such as an electric coil or oil, which are often blown out and drawn back in using a fan. Some models don’t include a fan, relying on natural airflow; this method is quieter but takes longer to heat an entire room. Ceramic heaters borrow from this method, using an internal, self-regulating ceramic element and fan to quickly heat a room.

Radiant heating is excellent for warming a targeted area like your bed or desk chair. They heat up almost instantaneously using quartz or other metals and a reflector to direct heat, though some will implement a fan. Infrared heaters are very similar, using infrared quartz bulbs to generate radiating heat. Unlike convection heating, this method will not warm up the air, making it better for targeted warmth. That said, it will heat a room if left on for a long time.

Micathermic heating is an efficient combination of convection and radiant processes. A micathermic heater radiates warmth off of a panel that is then circulated naturally throughout the room. To do this, these space heaters need to be reasonably large, but most models can be mounted on the wall to save space if necessary. Because micathermic heaters don’t use a fan, they are quiet and clean; they don’t circulate dust or pet dander, which makes them great for those who are allergy-prone or have asthma. Portable radiator heaters use micathermic methods to generate heat via oil encased inside.

How big of a room are you trying to heat?

While it’s clear that radiant heaters are best for targeted use and convection or micathermic models might be best for larger areas, there’s more to understand when it comes to room size and heater specs.

When it comes to heating, wattage is king. For space heaters, you want to have 10 watts of power per square foot; this is especially true if your portable heater is the primary source of warmth. If you have super tall ceilings, over 8 feet high, you’ll want to multiply your space’s total square footage by the ceiling height and 1.25. For rooms lacking insulation, add an extra 2 watts onto the equation. If you just need a little extra blast of heat here and there, you can relax on the wattage rule, but only slightly.

If you have a lot of ground to cover, it can be hard to find a supplementary heater that will keep you and any guests cozy for hours at a time. Infrared heaters are a bit more flexible because they warm up people and objects; while small models won’t do much, a large infrared heater can cover a larger room because it will target objects as well as people. Below you can find our favorite model.

How much energy will your space heater use?

Using a space heater regularly can suck up a lot of power, so it’s essential to look for energy-efficient models that won’t cause your electric bill to skyrocket. If you want to figure out how much your heater will cost you look up how much you currently pay for electricity per kilowatt-hour (this info is often listed on your monthly bill), determine the amount of time your space heater will be on, and calculate the kilowatts used per hour by dividing the maximum wattage by 1,000. Finally, multiply all three together, and that’s your average cost per day.

Unfortunately, at this time, the United States Environmental Protection Agency hasn’t given any existing space heater an Energy Star rating, but that doesn’t mean you can’t look for models with energy-efficient features. First things first: Don’t buy a space heater that has more wattage than you need. Just because it’s powerful doesn’t mean it’s the best space heater for you. Oil-filled radiator heaters are a great option for energy-efficient heating in a tinier area because they remain hot for a time, even after they are turned off. Secondly, consider investing in a model that includes a built-in thermostat and multiple output settings. This will conserve energy over time because the heater won’t be overcompensating when the temperature in the room changes. Timed heat settings and automatic shutoff can also aid efficiency, especially if you tend to forget to shut off appliances. Some heaters will come with an auto-eco setting designed to monitor room temperature and suggest a lower output temperature to heat the room, keeping it warm but not hot.

What extra features make the best space heater?

Once you’ve figured out the size, specs, and safety settings you need to narrow down your selection, you can focus on the fun bonuses that make the best space heater. We’ve already mentioned a few helpful features, including a thermostat function, auto-eco mode, and timer settings. Another popular bonus feature is the inclusion of a remote for easy control. This is going to be a lifesaver for those times you get perfectly comfortable, all snuggled up in bed before remembering to turn the heater on. It gets better: Some space heaters are considered “smart,” which means they can connect via wi-fi to your phone, providing a stream of information regarding your space’s air quality, humidity, and more. Some smart models come with a night-time mode to quiet noisy fans, HEPA filters for air purification, and dual-cooling systems that utilize the fan function, bypassing the heat generator. Of course, the more special features you tack on, the higher the price but depending on the frequency of use and overall efficiency of various models, you could end up saving money over time. Higher-quality products experience fewer breakdowns and don’t need to be replaced as often, plus who wouldn’t want to control their space heater using a voice assistant like Alexa? One step closer to building your fully equipped smart house.

What safety features should you keep in mind?

We cannot overstate how important safety features are when it comes to space heaters. These powerful appliances are one of the leading causes of house fires in America, and while we want you to be warm, we certainly don’t want you to be that warm. Luckily, newer models are frequently equipped with safety features that will keep you and your loved ones out of harm’s way.

You need to select a model with a shutoff sensor triggered if the unit starts to overheat or tip-over. This small but significant add-on is imperative to keep things safe. You should also consider purchasing a model with a long extension cord, even if you don’t think you’ll need it. Why? Space heaters need to be directly plugged into the wall; a long cord means you can easily resist the temptation to plug it into existing power strips or extension cords for “just a minute.” Consider a model that has a cool-to-the-touch outer layer or handle so you can avoid any accidental burns. Finally, look for certifications from the Underwriters Laboratory and Intertek Group for added reassurance that your model meets safety standards.

While built-in features are important, there are also a few rules you’ll have to follow: as stated, never use power/extension cords to plug in your heater; never put one on a rug or elevated surface; unless specified otherwise, you won’t want to put a space heater near the kitchen or bathroom; and keep them out of reach/away from young kids or pets.

What brand best suits your needs?

There are some great brands out there dedicated to supplying safe space heaters worldwide, and we certainly have a few favorites. Vornado, Dyson, and De’Longhi are staples in the space heater game. Vornado has been around since 1930 and manufactures top-of-the-line space heaters, air purifiers, fans, humidifiers, and more. Likewise, Dyson was founded in 1991 by James Dyson and, today, not only manufactures high-end home staples—such as space heaters, washing machines, robot vacuums, and blowdryers—but also invests in research projects to improve medical equipment—such as ventilators, digital monitors, and electric vehicles.

The Italian company De’Longhi was incorporated in 1950 and is known for excellence in design when it comes to small home appliances such as espresso machines, portable air conditioners, dehumidifiers, space heaters, and more. De’Longhi has been the recipient of multiple awards and certifications for its dedication to high-end engineering, design, and production.

FAQs

Q: How much do space heaters cost?

Depending on size, wattage, type of heating, and various features, space heaters can start at $30 and go as high as $600.

Q: What space heater gives off the most heat?

The space heater that gives off the most heat is the Dr. Infrared Portable Space Heater, which has 1,500 watts to heat larger spaces and can crank up to 85 degrees for maximum power.

Q: What is the safest type of space heater?

The safest type of space heater is one with tip-over protection, a cool-touch case, and an automatic safety shut-off. Our safest pick is the Vornado AVH10 Vortex Heater—it has those features plus a timer and auto-climate control, which senses how much heat and circulation is required to maintain the set temperature.

Q: What kind of room heater is best?

An oscillating, adjustable, remote-controlled option can suit a wide variety of spaces, so the best space heater overall is the Lasko 1500W Ceramic Tower Space Heater, which has a classic shape, over 500 rave reviews, and an affordable price tag.

Final thoughts on the best space heaters

Space heaters are a great way to save space, stay warm, and snuggle up safely during cold times. Choose the best space heater for you by examining safety settings, power specs, heater type, and any additional features you find exciting. As long as you know what your space needs, we’re confident you can find the right tiny furnace to keep you from constantly re-wearing your favorite heated socks or heated slippers. Give your puffy coat a break by taking it off indoors as you slowly sink into the warmth of your new space heater.

The post The best space heaters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best L-shaped desks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-l-shaped-desk/ Tue, 22 Feb 2022 18:29:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-l-shaped-desk/
The best L-shaped desks will help you make the most of your workspace.

Upgrading your workstation with an L-shaped desk for your office layout will keep you comfortable and efficient.

The post The best L-shaped desks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best L-shaped desks will help you make the most of your workspace.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Little Tree Rotating Computer Desk is a great l shaped desk Little Tree Rotating Computer Desk
SEE IT

A small, yet functional desk that won’t cause too much clutter.

Best for home office Sauder Harbor l shaped Desk Sauder Harbor View Corner Computer Desk
SEE IT

This durable wood-finished desk comes with plenty of workspace and added storage for anything you want to tuck away.

Best for storage Bush Furniture Cabot L Shaped Desk Bush Furniture Cabot L Shaped Desk with Hutch
SEE IT

For those who need additional storage, this L-shaped desk comes with a handy and adjustable hutch, plus drawers for any additional documents.

Designing your office space to suit your needs suited is one of the best ways to boost productivity—especially when all of your essentials can be kept in one location, such as an L-shaped desk. These versatile items give you plenty of workspace, with more room to multitask, store documents, start new projects, and finally finish the old ones. And while they might be larger than a run-of-the-mill desk, their design allows you to tuck them in a corner without taking up a massive amount of space. This is especially useful for home offices: If you find yourself caught in a “working at home, living at work” mentality, creating a defined workspace that feels like an additional room can increase focus and productivity. Unlike a large, standard computer desk that juts out farther into your office or extends past your reach, the L-shape wraps around you, so your materials and monitors are visible at all times, giving you a more accessible surface area.

The best L-shaped desk will be a perfect fit for your home office or workplace, provide enough room for any necessary items with additional storage, and fulfill your aesthetic dreams. Because you sit at a desk at least five days a week, we want to be sure you make a worthy investment that will stick with you in the long run. We’ve created this guide to help you find the best L-shaped desks, with some of our favorite models to get you started.

Best L-shaped desks: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Little Tree Rotating Computer Desk

Little Tree

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Engineered wood, metal 
  • Dimensions: 41.53 inches D x 47.24 inches W x 34.84 inches H
  • Weight: 67.24 pounds

This small L-shaped desk is completely reversible, with the choice to have the L extension on the left or right side. It also has 180 degrees of customizable rotation, extending the length of the desktop from 1.2 to 2 meters. This computer desk includes a sliding keyboard tray, an additional bottom shelf, and lockable universal casters to make reconfiguring your space super easy—perfect for those who want to switch up their office setup from time to time.

Best for home office: Sauder Harbor Corner Computer Desk

Sauder Harbor

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Engineered wood
  • Dimensions: 20.5 inches D x 44.12 inches W x 30.25 inches H
  • Weight: 79.8 pounds

This large L-shaped desk has a slide-out keyboard tray, built-in cabinet, and three drawers for storage, the bottom of which can accommodate hanging files. Plus, you can customize which side of the desk each storage option goes on. It’s 66.14 by 66.14 by 30.28 inches, making a stately piece perfect for a large space.

Best for gaming: GreenForest Reversible Desk

GreenForest

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Metal, engineered wood
  • Dimensions: 58 inches D x 44 inches W x 29.5 inches H
  • Weight: 40 pounds

This reversible L-shaped desk has three independent parts, resulting in either two separate desks or one L-shaped desk with an extension on either side. Plus, it comes with a moveable shelf and CPU stand. This doubles as an L-shaped gaming desk, great for three-part or curved gaming monitors or (if you purchase two) couples who seek to unite their workstations, making this option also one of the best desks for dual monitors.

Best for storage: Bush Furniture Cabot Desk

Bush

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Engineered wood
  • Dimensions: 60 inches D x 59.45 inches W x 66.46 inches H
  • Weight: 81 pounds

If extra storage is your thing, this L-shaped desk with hutch is right for you. With three cabinets, multiple cubbies, a file drawer, and additional shelving, you won’t be running out of space any time soon. As an extra perk, there is also a built-in USB charging hub. This desk measures 59 by 59 by 66 inches with storage from top to bottom.

Best modern: Bush Furniture Anthropology L-shaped Desk

Bush

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Engineered wood, glass, metal
  • Dimensions: 60 inches D x 60 inches W x 30 inches H
  • Weight: 102.6 pounds

A glass-top desk with a metal frame is a great way to elevate your space. This modern L-shaped desk will complement existing decor while providing a fantastic workspace. There is open storage underneath for additional documents, laptops, notebooks, and more. The main section can support up to 150 pounds, the extension up to 75 pounds. In total, this modern marvel measures 60 x 60 x 30 inches.

Best budget: SHW L-Shaped Corner Desk

SHW

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Engineered wood
  • Dimensions: 51 inches D x 51 inches W x 28 inches H
  • Weight: 49.9 pounds

At a great price point, this corner desk is made from engineered wood with a walnut, oak, or espresso finish. There are two open shelves for extra storage and two grommets to help organize your cords. It measures 51 by 19.7 by 28.3 inches.

Things to consider when shopping for the best L-shaped desk

The best L-shaped desk will elevate your home office and keep you feeling productive and comfortable throughout your workday. Of course, there are a few things to consider before purchasing, like the size, storage options, and style of each desk. Read on to learn more about what we consider before shopping for a tremendous corner desk.

Space

At first glance, an L-shaped desk can appear to add more bulk rather than cut it down. But this type of desk actually saves you space in the long run. With only one table-top surface, a classic desk relies on uninterrupted length to give you room to work. That means your desk needs enough continuous wall space to rest against, often eliminating room for other furniture. If you use multiple monitors to get the job done or need ample work space to take notes—the additional desk space of an L-shaped option can make a drastic difference. The beauty of a small L-shaped desk is its ability to sit comfortably in the corner of a room, unlike almost any other piece of furniture. So unless you’re getting something custom-built, a corner desk might just be the best way to maximize space and upgrade your office.

If you work in a smaller room, make sure to map out the right measurements and search for home office desks you know will fit. You can also look for an L-shaped desk that includes additional storage, such as drawers or a hutch. Not only will you make use of a tricky corner area, but you’ll also gain extra shelving to store additional objects like books, document folders, printers, and more.

Multiple monitors

If you have plenty of space in your home office and need a way to support multiple monitors, a large L-shaped desk could fulfill all of your desires. In fact, corner desks are designed to display multiple screens and many documents at once without neck strain. Keeping all your monitors within your field of vision is a great way to reduce cervical stress and keep track of what you’re working on. Instead of investing in an extra-long rectangular desk to create an endless line of data you can barely see, a large L-shaped desk will keep all the important stuff in view.

Not only can a large L-shaped desk handle multiple monitors, but the additional surface space will also save you time and increase productivity. Rather than rooting around your desk drawers each time you change focus or start a new meeting, a corner desk provides space for every document you’ll need throughout the day, without any crowding.

Versatility

Whether you find it refreshing to change around your home- office furniture or you’re consistently dealing with coworkers who want to reorient their space, a reversible L-shaped desk is a perfect way to adjust. Many models are customizable in various ways, including reversibility. Essentially, you’ll be able to choose whether you want the shorter extension on your right or left side, and you can switch it up whenever you like. This is an excellent option for folks who haven’t settled on their space’s overall design, frequent movers who need something adaptable, and those who feel inspired by a little furniture rearrangement now and again.

If you’re looking for even more customization, search for a model that features removable parts with supportive legs so you can go from a classic, rectangular desk to an elongated double desk to an L-shape in a matter of minutes. Maximum customization leads to maximum comfort and adaptability. These desks let you try every option imaginable until you stumble on the optimal arrangement for maximum productivity and comfort.

Storage

For many of us, the best home office furniture comes down to storage. We are continually looking for new ways to organize not just our work materials but home goods too, which means searching for each and every way to add a drawer here or a shelf there. Many corner desks offer additional storage in the form of shelves, stands, drawers, and, best of all, hutches, making for a totally ergonomic workstation.

A hutch is, essentially, an upward extension on the wall side of the desk. It can range in height but usually includes a variety of extended shelves or cabinets. They can act as additional bookcases, lava lamp displays, show framed photos, store extra office supplies, and more. If your desk hutch comes with a cabinet, might we recommend a mini pantry stocked with your favorite brain-boosting snacks, like our favorite, gummy worms.

Design

While L-shaped desks are ergonomically designed, space-saving, and productivity-enhancing, not all are sleek or modern. If you’re looking for an expressive desk that matches your contemporary aesthetic, pay particular attention to the material and finish of your corner desk.

For a simple, sleek look, go for a style with a glass top with metal framing. This minimalistic, almost industrial vibe looks great with various other home-office furniture and has enough personality without being overpowering. If you’re hoping to inject a little more flair into your workspace, look for a desk with flashes of color and shine. We’re thinking of gold legs, painted drawers, or a marble finish. Don’t be afraid of getting specific with your search; think about the kind of surface you want to sit down at every day, and don’t worry about being picky. The right modern L-shaped desk for you is out there.

Price

If you’re looking for a corner desk that fits your budget, don’t be discouraged if you don’t immediately see a model you love. There are plenty of desks out there for under $100, though you might have to make a few small sacrifices. If additional storage is something you seek, be prepared to pay a little more, especially if you’re searching for an extra piece, like a hutch. (And it’s even more if you want premium materials or customization.) But if you’re not quite as picky, you can find the best L-shaped desk, big or small, to create a productive workspace on a budget.

FAQs

Q: Is an L-shaped desk good for an ergonomic workstation?

Yes, an L-shaped desk can absolutely be an ergonomic workstation, which means it is designed for efficiency and comfort. A corner desk increases the amount of easily accessible surface space, allowing for less reaching, neck craning, and other stressors. Just make sure you don’t overdo it on the size, and you’ll be in a great position for maximum comfort with the essentials at your fingertips.

Q: How big of a desk do I need for two monitors?

This very much depends on the size of your monitors. A standard computer monitor measures between 21 and 24 inches and, of course, you’ll want a little extra room on the sides. We recommend at least 5 inches of free space on either side. If you want two monitors, you need a desk that is, at minimum, around 60 inches across both sections but you can go bigger.

Q: What is a good desk size?

A typical desk is 60 inches wide and 30 inches deep. If you’re frequently typing, look for a desk between 24 and 28 inches tall; if you tend to do a lot of writing, you can go taller, up to 30 inches.

A final word on shopping for the best L-shaped desk

The best L-shaped desk is going to fit your space, maximize your storage, increase productivity, and keep you comfortable while you work. Identify your priorities, stick to your guns, and don’t sacrifice your personal style—you’ll undoubtedly be able to find the L-shaped desk of your dreams.

The post The best L-shaped desks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best winter hats of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/winter-hats/ Sun, 16 Jan 2022 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/winter-hats/
person with a winter hat and scarf looking out at a mountain
Roxane Clediere via Unsplash

Stay toasty and stylish when the temperature drops with our winter hat picks.

The post The best winter hats of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
person with a winter hat and scarf looking out at a mountain
Roxane Clediere via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Canada Goose Aviator Hat Canada Goose Men's Aviator Hat
SEE IT

With a cozy fur lining and ear flaps, this pick will keep your head warm even in brisk winter conditions.

Best for kids ViGrace Winter Hat Set ViGrace Kids Winter Knit Hat
SEE IT

A hat set that will keep your kids warm on their walk to school.

Best budget Carhartt Acrylic Beanie Carhartt Men's Acrylic Watch Hat
SEE IT

A cozy and fashionable hat that won’t break the bank.

Winter is perpetually coming, which is why there is never a bad time to stock up on luxuriously warm winter hats. Though the notion that we lose half our body heat through the head might be a medical myth, wearing a hat does help retain heat and protect our extremities such as the ears, which are sure to suffer first when it comes to the cold. Leaving your noggin exposed can further constrict your body’s blood flow. Unlike other areas of the body (which you can also keep warm with our round-ups of the heated insoles, heated socks, and heated slippers, etc.), the head is lacking subcutaneous fat to keep it warm so an added layer of protection will insulate your noodle and keep you from shivering on your next walk home.

There are a couple of things you’ll want to consider to make sure you order the best winter hat for you. So we’ve created this little guide to help you answer all the important questions before you hit “add to cart.” Here’s to staying warm—and looking good—all season long.

Best winter hats: Our picks

Best overall: Canada Goose Aviator Hat

Amazon

SEE IT

This trapper hat from Canada Goose is the best winter hat when it comes to insulation. With a buckle closure, waterproof Arctic-tech exterior, and coyote fur interior you’ll never want to take it off. This model comes in three colors and though it’s listed as “for men” can be worn by anyone. If this particular model isn’t for you, we recommend checking out other Canada Goose styles, of which there are many.

Best beanie: Patagonia Snowbelle Beanie

Patagonia

SEE IT

This cute beanie hat is manufactured by one of our favorite companies, Patagonia, which is widely trusted when it comes to outdoor gear and ethical production. This beanie is made from recycled wool and nylon that has been Fair Trade Certified sewn. The knit design is naturally stretchy and the cuff can be folded up if the weather gets a little warmer.

Runner-up beanie: North Face Shinsky Beanie

Amazon

SEE IT

If pom-poms aren’t really your thing, check out this North Face beanie. It’s made from soft acrylic fabric, available in two sizes, and comes in seven solid colors. This hat is great for a more relaxed look to pair with just about any outfit.

Best wide-brimmed: Lack of Color Rancher

Amazon

SEE IT

This wool rancher fedora from Lack of Color is an all-time favorite. It can be worn in any season, though we think it’s perfect for a winter event, and comes in eight different colors. It has a 10-centimeter brim trimmed with a bow ribbon detail and gross grain-edged hat rim. If you’re looking for a little more warmth check out these 100-percent wool berets from Laulhere.

Best for exercise: Smartwool Merino Sport Beanie

Amazon

SEE IT

This winter hat from Smartwool is made from 100-percent tight-knit Merino wool, thick enough to keep you warm without inspiring extra sweat. The cuff is adjustable to manage your exposure depending on the weather and it’s thin enough to fit underneath a helmet. Plus, it’s reversible so you’re really getting two hats for the price of one.

Best for kids: ViGrace Winter Hat Set

Amazon

SEE IT

This pack of beanies contains three hats made from stretchy acrylic yarn in a soft braided design. There are seven color options and four combinations available so your child will have a choice and you’ll have a backup. This hat will grow with your kids, suiting a circumference size of 7 to 12 inches.

Best budget: Carhartt Acrylic Beanie

Amazon

SEE IT

These Carhartt beanies are made from 100-percent acrylic and come in over 25 colors. Constructed with a rib-knit design and made in the USA, these hats are the one size fits all answer to keeping your head warm on a budget without sacrificing style.

Things to consider when buying a winter hat

In order to find the best winter hat for you, there’s more to consider than the climate and your personal sense of style. We’ve got you covered.

Do you need extra insulation in your winter hat?

If you are frequently out in the cold, you’re going to want to find a tightly knit winter cap with extra insulation, especially around the ears. That’s right, we’re talking ear flaps also known as trapper hats. Trapper hats were originally designed for hunters who spent long hours outdoors hoping to catch food for the unforgiving winter on the American frontier. Originally made from various furs and leathers, trapper hats have become a staple for those battling extreme cold. While there are many hats like this on the market, the important thing to focus on is construction. A poorly made trapper hat isn’t going to do you any good when the sun starts to set and temperatures drop. So it’s important to look at the interior and exterior materials that line the hat. If you live in a relatively dry cold place, look for a wool exterior, this will keep any heat from escaping.

If you happen to be in a rather wet environment, we suggest finding a trapper hat with a waterproof exterior. With the interior you have more options, some hats still use real fur or shearling to insulate while others employ faux fur, polyester blends to wick moisture away while keeping you warm. Both will keep you cozy, but we suggest looking for a mid to high-end design before reaching for a budget pick to ensure high-quality materials. Trapper hats aren’t solely function over form anymore; many trapper hats now come in stylish designs and colors well suited for any age and gender. Neutral, earth tones are quite popular, but you can find other, brighter styles. The key thing to look for here is a fastener and the base of the ear flaps which has a hook, tie, or another fastener underneath your chin. This will keep your face and ears warm especially if things start to get windy.

Are you looking for something simple that won’t disappoint?

If you are looking to keep warm but the overall structure of the trapper hat doesn’t really fit with your sense of style, consider the basic beanie. Beanies typically provide a sleeker, tight fit making them not only functional but fashionable. This hat type is great for any gender and age, coming in many fabrics, colors, and price points.

In America, the beanie as we know it originated in the early 1900s and was popular amongst blue-collar workers and college freshmen (they were a weird form of hazing for a while in the ’50s). Primarily made from wool, these hats kept workers warm while keeping hair tucked away. They didn’t become particularly popular until the 1990s and have remained a winter clothing staple ever since. However, other forms of the knit cap, such as the toboggan, date back to the 17th century with roots in French, South American, Scandinavian, and British cultures.

Nowadays “beanie” is kind of a catch-all word for hats designed to fit over the ears, without brims or flaps. You can quite easily find tight skullcaps, pom-pom toppers traditionally called bobble hats, slouchy styles, and more. Popular materials for these winter hats include wool, cashmere, and rib-knit. Some are fleece-lined for added warmth and you can even find a few with special features, such as built-in headphones.

Want something stylish that will stand out in a crowd?

Just because it’s cold and grey outside doesn’t mean you need to temper your personal style to suit the season. As long as you make sure you cover your bases when it comes to warmth, you should feel free to have fun picking out your next accessory. While beanies are great, they don’t necessarily come with much flair, trapper hats will keep you warm but come primarily in muted colors, luckily there are a few options remaining.

While our favorite beanie does have a small pom, you can expand your search to include bobble hats for a bigger, more pronounced poof. Many bobble hats have toppers made from yarn, fur, or other fabrics that are between one-third and half the size of the hat itself. Bobble hats were originally created to protect and pad sailors’ heads though now their primary function is fanciful fun. You can also investigate a beret or newsboy cap for a vintage vibe. These hats will give your ears a little more coverage and they’ll certainly add some personal style to your cold-weather looks.

Other stylish winter hats include the wool rancher and boater. Now, these are cool and, dare we say, our favorite fashionable look. While rancher hats won’t necessarily protect your ears, the thick material and structured build will still keep your head warm during a winter outing. We suggest saving this look for chilly days that demand a boost of chicness to get you out the door. Wide-brimmed winter hats are bold and guaranteed to make a statement, though best to leave them during truly frigid, blustery times.

Do you need a hat for outdoor exercise?

While knit beanies and furry flaps might be great for general outdoor wear, you aren’t going to get what you need if you are outside exercising. For those of you who persevere and make it outside to run, bike, or ice skate you’ll want moisture-wicking winter caps that won’t get in the way or cause you to overheat.

First things first, the best hats for outdoor sports should fit snugly, you don’t want to be slowed down due to your hat’s constant need for adjustment or worse to pick it up after it falls off. This means avoiding extra flaps, toppers, or ties. Secondly, you’ll need to pay a great deal of attention to the hat’s material. Avoid faux and real furs, as well as chunky knits and other sweat-inducing fabrics. Remember, you don’t want to create excess sweat when out in the cold, especially if you’re in below-freezing temperatures. Moisture created by the body, when exposed to cold air, can stick to exposed skin and lead to hypothermia. So, it’s good to look for water-repellant, moisture-wicking fabrics like tight-knit merino wool, spandex, and polyester blends. Some hats will feature ventilation panels to let out any excess heat whilst keeping out the cold. You can also look for windproof fabric, stretch, and laundering specs to make a final decision.

Need the best winter hats for your kids?

While you’re out there shopping for your next best winter hat, you might be thinking about stocking up for your kids or grabbing a gift for your siblings.

When it comes to kid’s hats, we suggest buying in bulk. Seriously, grabbing a three-pack can save you a lot of trouble down the road when your little one inevitably loses track of the one they wore to school that day. Packs are also great for sharing, especially if you have a wide variety of colors to choose from. Additionally, you might look for a hat that comes with a little set of gloves so you can keep them together and stop any arguments about which mitten belongs to who. When it comes to material, it’s best to find something simple and straightforward, acrylic or wool is a great place to start. Some of the best winter hats are going to be hand-wash only, so if you’re looking for something you can throw in the washing machine, pay special attention to the laundering specs. You can find children’s hats in many of the styles listed above including trapper, bobble, and the ever-popular beanie.

Best budget winter hat: What you get for under $20

There are many great options for budget-friendly picks when it comes to great winter hats. You don’t need to spend a fortune to keep warm, but you will need to keep in mind what type of hat you need and what kind of material it’s made out of. You might have a harder time finding hats that will survive for more than a couple of winters, but if you’re looking for something to last the season, or simply need a few backups, there are many excellent options.

FAQs

Q: What is the best material for a winter hat?

While there isn’t one objectively best material, there are a few that are definitely going to keep you warm. Wool, fur, polyester fleece, and shearling are fantastic options when it comes to insulation and heat retention. Wool blends are also super functional and occasionally found at a lower price point.

Q: Are there other types of winter hats?

While we’ve done our best to cover the many winter hats out there, there are a few more models to look up. An ushanka hat is similar to a trapper but the flaps are designed to be tied up at the top and underneath the chin. You can also winter bucket hats and shearling-lined baseball hats. There are also a few other names for the commonly-known beanie you should keep an eye out for including toboggan and tuque.

Q: How do I style a winter hat?

Styling a winter hat should be fun and simple. Whether you’re reaching for beanie and bulkier ushanka, make sure you have a hat that pairs well with your favorite winter coat. Go for similar, complementary colors that won’t clash and you’ll be good to go. You can even be particularly bold and try to find something that’s an exact match, for a cohesive winter set. Now you just need some matching gloves.

A final word on shopping for winter hats

Hopefully, you’re getting excited about grabbing a new hat for the winter. Remember to always consider the climate, style, and activities your hat needs to be able to handle and you won’t be disappointed. There are a ton of options out there, and when it comes to hats you can never have too many.

Related: Best winter jackets

The post The best winter hats of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best budget Bluetooth speakers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-budget-bluetooth-speakers/ Fri, 04 Feb 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=423525
Best budget Bluetooth speakers on a white background.

Affordable audio for all with the best budget Bluetooth speakers.

The post The best budget Bluetooth speakers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best budget Bluetooth speakers on a white background.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Anker Soundcore 3 on a white background Anker Soundcore 3
SEE IT

A well-rounded speaker with a solid build that won’t break the bank.

Best for a party Tribit Outdoor Portable Speaker on a white background Tribit XSound Mega
SEE IT

A speaker equipped with flashy features for a fraction of the price.

Best for travel JBL Clip 3 Waterproof Portable Bluetooth Speaker JBL Clip 3
SEE IT

A super portable speaker that packs a punch. 

There is no shortage of Bluetooth speakers under $100, even $50, which can make choosing the right one for your listening needs particularly difficult. While you’d think a less expensive option might not boast outstanding audio quality or unbeatable battery life, there are many models that are going to deliver exactly what you need when it comes to wire-free listening. Hone in on your top priorities and search accordingly. Do you need something waterproof? A speaker that will clip onto a backpack? Or maybe something extra bass to bump at a party? When it comes to the best budget Bluetooth speakers, it’s okay to focus on one or two central features so you get the most bang for your buck. Here are picks for speakers that can fit your needs and your budget.

How we chose the best budget Bluetooth speakers

Many of the speakers recommended here have been personally tested by myself or our team, which is why we are able to confidently recommend this selection. We retested some of our personal favorites and compared them to new units from other reputable brands with a focus on sound quality. While smaller portable speakers can’t deliver audio that’s as precise as premium stereo or multi-channel models, we made sure to pick products that preserve the integrity of our favorite albums. To further pare down the list, we only looked at speakers that currently retail for under $115, primarily focusing on those around $50, while paying particular attention to durability, portability, and battery life. Then we considered special features like onboard controls, EQ customization, and connectivity to bring you the best of the best when it comes to affordable Bluetooth speakers. 

The best budget Bluetooth speakers: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Anker Soundcore 3

Anker

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Soundcore 3 is a well-rounded, budget-friendly Bluetooth speaker with an impressive 24 hours of battery life and the option to boost the bass without distortion. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 24 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: Up to 66 feet
  • IP Rating: IPX7
  • Size: 6.9 x 2.4 x 2.2 inches  

Pros: 

  • Excellent Battery Life 
  • Sound Quality 
  • Bass Up technology 
  • Customizable EQ 

Cons: 

  • Simplistic design
  • Voice assistant capability is lacking

The Soundcore 3 is a robust, portable Bluetooth speaker that won’t cost an arm and a leg making it the best budget Bluetooth speaker overall. Available in four colors, this powerful unit utilizes 16 watts of power to push dual 1.5-inch drivers with titanium diaphragms. Meanwhile, dual passive radiators combine with improved BassUp technology to analyze music in real-time and work to punch up the low-end during your favorite bass-driven songs. Alongside BassUp, there are three additional preset EQs you can choose from, or customize your own using the Soundcore app. The treble on the Soundcore 3 stretches all the way up to 40kHz. Bluetooth 5.0 offers a consistently stable connection and PartyCast compatibility means you can link up to 100 Soundcore speakers for a truly impressive array of sound. To get a full battery faster, this speaker charges via USB-C, and the 24-hour battery life beats more expensive models. While $55 isn’t the steepest cost if you needed a replacement, an IPX7 rating means you won’t have to worry about water damage if you get caught in the rain or drop it in the pool. And if you’re definitely planning to fill a patio with friends, there’s also the Anker Soundcore Flare Mini, an outdoor-friendly speaker that offers 360-degree sound, a pulsing LED halo, and IPX7—all for less than $50. Snag the Soundcore 3 on the Soundcore website.

Best for bass: Sony SRS-XB13

Sony

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The SRS-XB13 is a compact, portable waterproof speaker that automatically boosts the bass for party-worthy sound wherever you are. 

Specs

  • Battery Life: 16 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: Up to 32 feet
  • IP Rating: IP67
  • Size: 3.43 x 3.43 x 4.41 inches 

Pros: 

  • Removable strap
  • UV coating 
  • 5 cool colorways
  • Extra Bass 

Cons: 

  • Extra bass isn’t adjustable 

If you’re looking for a compact speaker weighing less than 1 pound and costing less than $50, but don’t want to sacrifice bass-booming sound, then the SRS-XB13 is the best bass Bluetooth speaker for you. With a 20Hz – 20kHz frequency response and a dedicated passive radiator to reinforce low-end, your music won’t be found lacking when it comes to heart-thumping beats. An IP67 rating means it’s protected from water and debris, so you can toss it into your beach bag without worrying about sand getting into the speaker grill. Available in five modern colors, each unit comes with a matching multiway strap, so you can easily carry the speaker if you run out of room in your backpack, or hang it up for easy access at a pool party. With an extra XB13 speaker, you can enable stereo mode and a USB-C port means you can charge quickly to keep the party going all night long.

Best waterproof: UE Wonderboom 2

UE Wonderboom

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Wonderboom 2 is one of the best budget Bluetooth speakers around even when compared to more expensive options. 

Specs

  • Battery Life: 13 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: Up to 100 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP67
  • Size: 3.68 x 3.68 x 4.02 inches

Pros: 

  • Waterproof 
  • Sound Quality 
  • Portability 

Cons: 

  • No auxiliary connection 
  • No onboard skip back 

The Wonderboom 2 continues to be one of our favorite speakers to date. It’s a great way to take your sound with you to any place you can think of. Let it bob past you while you lounge in the pool, clip it to your backpack for a weekend camping trip, or simply soak up the sound while you relax in the tub. The Wonderboom 2 is not only waterproof but particle proof, so you don’t need to worry about sand, dirt, or dust causing any damage. On the audio front, two 40mm active drivers and two passive radiators deliver a frequency range of 75Hz – 20kHz. The 360-degree sound is equally robust, hitting up to 87 dB in volume with “Outdoor Boost” mode. It weighs less than 1 pound and features a flexible looped handle so you can clip it onto your backpack for any adventure. With a battery life of up to 13 hours, you’ll get the most out of your day and then some, especially if you manage to snag two, allowing you to pair and play in true stereo sound. That’s a lot of speakers for under $100. If you’re looking for the best shower speakers, the Wonderboom 2 is tops. Anyone wanting to save cash while they splish-splash, though, can also consider the INSMY C12, which will let you hear your jams during a tranquil soak or over the roar of the jacuzzi, and all for under $35.

Best for travel: JBL Clip 3

JBL

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The JBL Clip 3 is a stalwart when it comes to travel speakers; the included carabiner easily clips onto any backpack, belt loop, and more—plus you won’t sacrifice when it comes to volume. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 10 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: Approx 35 feet 
  • IP Rating: IPX7
  • Size: 4.33 x 2.7 x 4.30 inches 

Pros: 

  • Waterproof 
  • Carabiner clip 
  • Available in over 10 colors 

Cons: 

  • Lacking in the low-end 

The Clip 3 are the best budget Bluetooth speakers for those who want to spend less than $50 and stay on the go. It is specifically designed to travel with you, weighing less than half a pound and featuring an integrated metal carabiner to clip to a backpack or belt loop, a waterproof IPx7 rating, and rubber housing that provides shock absorption. While it utilizes a somewhat outdated Bluetooth 4.1, the noise and echo-canceling speakerphone and built-in microphone will keep you connected when you’re on the move, and the connectivity range is solid at roughly 10 meters (or 35 feet). With a 120Hz – 20kHz response range, the bass is less powerful than it would be with a larger speaker, but the mids and highs come through loud and clear. Onboard controls let you play, pause, skip, and adjust the volume; they also let you pick up or end phone calls. The Clip 3 is available in 12 colors and you can even design your own on the JBL website, making this tiny but mighty speaker the perfect gift for outdoor enthusiasts. If you’re able to extend your budget to around $80, JBL released the Clip 4 just over one year ago—it has improved connectivity with Bluetooth 5.1, USB-C charging, and an IP67 rating. 

Best budget: Oontz Angle 3

OontZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With an impressive connectivity range, solid battery life, and thousands of positive user reviews, the Oontz Angle 3 is one of the best budget Bluetooth speakers for those looking to spend less than $35.

Specs 

  • Battery Life: 14 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: Approx. 100 feet 
  • IP Rating: IPX5
  • Size: 5.3 x 2.8 x 2.6 inches

Pros: 

  • Extended Connectivity Range
  • Price
  • Stereo Drivers

Cons: 

  • Not fully environment proof 
  • Limited onboard controls 
  • Sound quality is just okay

While the Angle 3 isn’t touting many bells and whistles, it will have what you need to take tunes with you on the go. It’s got 10 watts that power acoustic stereo drivers, as well as a passive radiator—all wrapped up in 10 different colorways. Equipped with Bluetooth 5.0, this wedge-like speaker delivers a strong connection across 100 feet and is compatible with most current devices. With its IPX5 rating, you won’t want to toss this model into the pool, but you don’t need to worry about a few splashes or drops of rain. While the volume is certainly there, don’t expect a lot when it comes to wide stereo, booming bass, or true clarity across mids and highs. It’ll do the trick for lite listening on the go, but it won’t necessarily stand up to other, more expensive models. That being said, if you just need something that’s far preferable to silence, the Angle 3 should do the trick.

Best party speaker: Tribit XSound Mega

Carsen Joenk

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Boosted bass, additional EQ presents, and a veritable light show deliver a high-end listening experience at a reasonable price. 

Specs

  • Battery Life: 20 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: Up to 98 feet
  • IP Rating: IPX7
  • Size: 10.66 x 3.42 x 3.14 inches 

Pros: 

  • 3 listening modes 
  • Dual charging/powerbank ports  
  • Music-activated lighting 
  • Carrying strap 

Cons: 

  • Some distortion at high volumes 
  • Pricier

If you’re having a gathering with more people you’re going to want more sound, and that may mean spending a little more, so here’s the best Bluetooth party speaker if your budget can stretch slightly above $100. The Tribit XSound Mega, released in early January, follows the waterproof, outdoor-friendly XSound Surf and slightly more powerful, though still ultraportable XSound Go models with a similar form factor but significant upgrades when it comes to sound quality and visual appeal. 

Right out of the box, the Mega feels sleeker than some of its contemporaries with a texturized rubber surface that’s easy to grip, a black speaker grill, a discrete brand label, and smooth, integrated onboard controls. These seven intuitive buttons control power, Bluetooth pairing, play/pause, volume down, volume up, light adjustment, and EQ adjustment. Directly underneath the EQ Mode button are three indicators that will tell you which mode has been triggered: options include XBass, Music, and Audiobooks. At the back of the speaker is a rubber panel housing USB-A and USB-C ports for charging/using the 8000mAh battery as a powerbank to top off other devices, plus an AUX input. The included carrying strap is black and grey with silver hardware and two small carabiners easily clip onto the discrete embedded handles, which certainly helps shoulder the speaker’s 2.2 pounds. The visual pièce de résistance is the frame of LEDs that surrounds the front face of the speaker—a rainbow gradient of light that slowly cycles through colors while you pair your device. 

Bluetooth 5.0 pairing is simple and easy, following the standard protocol of most speakers. The Mega is also equipped with NFC (Near-Field Communication), this is the same technology that allows you to tap your phone at a point-of-purchase to use ApplePay or Android Pay. NFC eliminates the need to push buttons and scroll through settings by allowing you to simply tap your speaker and phone together to establish a secure connection. Unfortunately, Apple hasn’t equipped any of their phones with controllable NFC modes, so you can only take advantage of this function if you have an Android or another device running Windows 10 or higher. The final pairing option you can consider is Broadcast Mode, which will allow you to link more than 100 XSound Megas together for a boost in volume or stereo playback. 

When it comes to sound quality, this Tribit speaker has the thump if not exactly the clarity and soundstage of comparable models, like the JBL Charge 5, JBL Flip 5, or Treblab HD77. An impressive 30 watts powers a driver with a pure titanium diaphragm, which combines with two passive radiators to reproduce low frequencies to 45Hz and high frequencies up to 14kHz. Audiobook mode successfully isolates the dulcet tones of Jim Dale, who you might recognize as the reader of the Harry Potter series, though the audio can get a little muddy if you are listening to a music- or sound design-heavy podcast. However, Isobel Campbell and Mark Lanegan’s sultry vocals and staccato keys on “Come Undone” are smooth and clear when Music mode is triggered. The low-end on Subtrakt’s “Wildfire” is big and bold when XBass is engaged, delivering a party-appropriate level of “thump” to get things going without overpowering the vocals. The volume can reach over 100 dB but some distortion does occur when pushed to its max, though that is to be expected from a speaker of this size. 

One of our favorite features is the light display, which flashes in time with the beat of whatever you are playing. You can select from different options: a continuous oval of rainbow lacing glowing around the speaker grill’s perimeter; colors pulsing rhythmically in a symmetrical left/right or top/bottom pair, almost mimicking the metering you’d see on a recording studio console or DAW; or a circuit traveling the display track changing color, speeding up and slowing down in time with the beat. You can also forgo the light display altogether, but a 20-hour battery life keeps all that flair from fading fast.

While this model is a bit more expensive than other budget-friendly models, you will certainly get what you pay for when it comes to audio quality and special features.

Things to consider before buying the best budget Bluetooth speakers

In order to find the best budget Bluetooth speaker for you, think about what features will be a defining factor in your final decision. Are you prioritizing battery life? Volume? Portability? When it comes to inexpensive speakers, you might not have all the fancy features of a high-end model at your fingertips, but as long as you know what you want to focus on, you’ll be satisfied. 

What should a budget Bluetooth speaker sound like? 

Sound quality is typically a top priority, no matter what kind of speaker you’re looking at. While we cannot expect a 6-inch speaker to carry the same sonic weight as a set of premium monitors, you can still make smart choices if you value sound above the rest. 

First and foremost, if you want better sound you’ll have to sacrifice a little bit of portability. That’s because larger units are generally more equipped to maintain consistent, distortion-free audio even as you turn the volume up (a common critique of compact speakers is that though they can get pretty loud, the audio quality significantly degrades with each decibel). Bigger speakers also have more room for well-designed subwoofers, which provide an accurate low end that won’t totally overpower the mids and highs, making for a more satisfying mix.  

If you really want booming bass but can’t upgrade when it comes to size, many smaller units now come equipped with “bass boosting” technology that uses digital signal processing to put an emphasis on low-end frequencies that bumps without any rattle. While this can be a major pro for parties or at-home workout playlists, beware of speakers that use these boosts to overcompensate for a lack of clarity throughout other frequencies. 

To learn more about where your new speaker will succeed or fall short when it comes to audio quality, look at the frequency response. Measured in hertz and kilohertz, this range lets you know the range of frequencies (lows, mids, and highs) the speaker will support. More often than not, you’ll see a response range from 20Hz – 20kHz, which are the limits of human hearing for both highs and lows. This is certainly an ideal range; however, just because the model boasts a wide range doesn’t mean it won’t suffer from dips and peaks around specific frequencies. For a really in-depth understanding of the speaker’s success at accurately reproducing audio, you can take a look at a frequency response graph for the product, often created with audio testing by a third party.  

For more information about volume, check out the speaker’s specs to find a maximum decibel level, notated as dB. If you are primarily playing music inside, you won’t need to go over 100 dB and we don’t even recommend listening at that level, as it’s akin to listening to a jackhammer at close range. On the other hand, if you’re hosting an outdoor party with many people in attendance, you could think about increasing the volume to 115 dB, which is concert-level; music at this volume will cover a large area, but you wouldn’t want anyone standing too close. Generally speaking, we are satisfied with Bluetooth speakers that maintain good sound quality at 85 dB for larger gatherings. As I write, I am happily listening to music at 74 dB and really don’t require any more volume. 

What’s the deal with codecs and connectivity?

While options can be limited when it comes to budget speakers, we recommend looking for gear that supports the most recent version of Bluetooth you can find (at the moment that’s anything in the 5.0 range). A Bluetooth 5.1 or 5.2 speaker will have a more stable connection, which makes it easier to support brand-specific features like allowing more than one person to connect and control the speaker at a time. Bluetooth 4.0 will still function just fine with most devices, but you may miss out on some range, stability, and special features like multiuser pairing. 

A Bluetooth codec describes the way in which your digital audio data is encoded and decoded from a source device to your speaker or headphones. To get the most from these high-speed transfers both your receiver and transmitter need to be equipped with the same codecs. The most common codec to see is SBC, which is supported by every Bluetooth speaker. While not the highest quality codec, it’s a virtually universal, reliable way to transfer data. If you’re an iOS user looking for higher quality, consider a speaker with AAC, or Advanced Audio Coding. If you have an Android smartdevice, select a speaker with aptX/aptX HD/aptX Adaptive (or LDAC) support for faster transfer rates that preserve more data. 

One final thing to keep in mind when considering connectivity is Bluetooth range. This describes how far you can wander away from your device before the sound starts to get fuzzy and eventually you get disconnected. If you plan to never leave your speaker’s side, you’ll probably be fine with a connectivity range under 30 feet. However, if you’re listening to music outdoors, need to go inside, and you don’t want to leave your phone unattended, then look for a speaker with a range above 35 feet. 

What kind of special features should you look for?

Typically, the best budget Bluetooth speakers lack high-flying special features, though this isn’t always the case. If a Bluetooth speaker provides custom EQ options via an app or onboard control, that is a major win. Custom equalization will give you way more control over your sound and is particularly helpful if you are listening to various types of media—as you certainly won’t need to boost the bass when you’re listening to Terry Gross on “Fresh Air.” Some inexpensive models are starting to roll out visual features first employed by higher-end models, like bold colorways or LED panels that pulse to the beat. 

Another prime feature to look for is the elusive onboard microphone that will let you conduct phone calls or speak to voice assistants like Siri or Alexa without having to pick up your device. 

What is the bare minimum when it comes to battery life? 

Luckily, one of the things budget Bluetooth speakers rarely sacrifice is battery life. Even at a lower price, it’s unlikely you’ll come across a model that has less than a 10-hour charge and many can do even better. For infrequent listening at moderate volume, 10 hours of playback could last you up to a week, however, the louder you play your music, the faster battery life will deplete. If a speaker boasts 13 hours of consistent playback, you may get something closer to 7-10 hours if you’re blasting EDM all night long. Party throwers and party-goers should look for a model that boasts a battery that can last over 12 hours. 

How do you know if your budget Bluetooth speaker is actually waterproof? 

The only way to guarantee your speaker is waterproof (or dustproof) is to look at its IP rating. If you’ve ever purchased a portable speaker before or checked out one of our other reviews, you’ll know that IP rating is one of the most important specs to check out before buying. This is especially true if you know you want to prioritize outdoor use. If you want a speaker to safely take you to the beach or into the shower—make sure you investigate how well it’s already protected from the elements.

IP stands for “Ingress Protection,” which tells you just how fortified an electronic device is against dirt, dust, and water. These ratings are typically composed of two numbers, or one number and an X. We often cite the Wonderboom 2, a tried-and-true favorite, when it comes to durability. The Wonderboom 2 has an IP67 rating. The first digit describes particle protection, the second liquid. The “6” indicates it can keep out most dust and dirt particles, while the “7” means it can be submerged in up to 1 meter of water for 30 minutes before any damage occurs, making it a great option for poolside tunes. The higher the number, the more protected your speakers will be from debris and water. This is why you can often find the Wonderboom poolside, or hanging off a showerhead. 

You may find an IP that replaces particle protection with an “X,” written as IPX7, for example. An “X” in place of any number means no data is available for that substance, or rather that the unit is not protected from that substance. 

FAQs

Q: What’s the best Bluetooth speaker brand?

The best Bluetooth speaker brand is widely debated and will certainly depend on your unique needs and preferences. Bang & Olufsen are known for turning out high-end products with excellent sound quality. Sonos continues to top the charts when it comes to in-home connectivity. For more rugged, portable models our favorite brands have to be Ultimate Ears and JBL, both of which have products that claimed top spots in this article. 

Q: Which speaker is best, JBL or Sony?

When it comes to finding the best budget Bluetooth speakers, JBL is going to give you more variety. They have a diverse range of budget-friendly options in various sizes, with distinctive features, including the JBL Clip 4 and JBL Go 3. These JBL models are compact, travel-friendly units designed to move with you. Currently, Sony only has one Bluetooth speaker under $90, the SRS-XB13—a model we love, but you might be better off searching elsewhere for inexpensive speakers. Return to Sony if your budget gets a bit higher, or if you start the search for other techy treats, like a new television or game console. 

Q: Which is better, JBL or Bose Bluetooth speaker?

Similar to the JBL versus Sony debate above, JBL continues to come out on top when it comes to affordable options. Bose does not currently have a model, the SoundLink Micro, that regularly retails for under $119. However, if you plan on looking for a high-end speaker, soundbar, or home system in the future, Bose is certainly a brand worth investigating. 

Final thoughts on selecting the best budget Bluetooth speakers

You don’t need to go above and beyond your means to find the best budget Bluetooth speakers that will satisfy your sonic needs. There are plenty of options out there that you can take with you to the park, beach, or nearest house party without breaking the bank. Generally speaking, an inexpensive speaker won’t have all the bells and whistles a fancier model might, but you can still tune into your favorite audiobooks, podcasts, and playlists—which, at the end of the day, is all a Bluetooth speaker is designed to do.

The post The best budget Bluetooth speakers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best headphones under $100 of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-headphones-under-100/ Wed, 20 Apr 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=438091
Best headphones under 100

Inexpensive headphones can keep you connected to your music and your money.

The post Best headphones under $100 of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best headphones under 100

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Audio-Technica-ATH M40x are the best overall headphones under $100. Audio-Technica-ATH M40x
SEE IT

A perfect pick whether you’re recording or just listening to music and podcasts.

Best noise-canceling Soundcore By Anker Life Q30 are the best noise-cancelling headphones under $100. Anker Soundcore Life Q30
SEE IT

Make your commute bearable and still have enough to pick up lunch.

Best open-back Philips SHP9500 are the best open-back headphones under $100. Philips SHP9500
SEE IT

You can stretch music out in front of you without having to stretch your budget out too much.

Headphones are more than a luxury; they have become almost a necessity. Not only do they let you listen to your favorite music privately and on the go, but they also keep you connected during work calls, Zoom meetings, studio sessions, and more. Headphones are an essential part of everyday life for avid audiobook listeners, podcasters, beat-makers, and workout playlist enthusiasts. While expensive models can deliver incredible sound, you don’t need to break the bank to get the isolation and audio fidelity you crave, so long as you’ve identified your priorities. Whether you’re looking for well-rounded sound, wireless connectivity, or built-in call features, our budget-friendly list of the best headphones under $100 has you covered. 

How we chose the best headphones under $100

In order to find the best headphones under $100, I relied heavily on real-world experience; I personally use several of the models listed here both for professional work as a sound designer and as supplementary headphones for quick, on-the-go trips. Beyond my stash, I did extensive research into first-hand user impressions and technical reviews by reputable publications. Below, you’ll find the result: multiple styles and connectivity options to suit a variety of listeners, music makers, and more.

Best headphones under $100: Reviews & Recommendations

While you may not be able to snag top-of-the-line tech, you don’t have to sacrifice satisfying sound, noise cancellation, wireless connectivity, or other features when picking from our selection of the best headphones under $100.

Best overall: Audio-Technica-ATH M40x

Audio-Technica

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The ATH M40x headphones perform very well when it comes to satisfying sound with clarity suitable for use on recording, mixing, and mastering projects. 

Specs 

  • Connectivity: Wired
  • Style: Over-ear 
  • Frequency response: 15Hz – 24kHz

Pros 

  • Sound Quality 
  • Comfort 
  • Suitable for the studio 

 Cons 

  • Can be a bit bulky 
  • No microphone 

The ATH M40x is a great pair of cans for those looking for an affordable option for studio work. DJing, or casual listeners who prioritize fidelity. Large and in charge, these cans feature 40mm drivers in well-padded cups, which help reinforce low end and extend transients around an accurate midrange, supporting a neutral but energetic sound. Each pair comes with two detachable cables, one coiled and one straight, that terminate in a 3.5mm connector with a 6.3mm screw-on adaptor for use with audio interfaces, mixers, A/V receivers, and headphone amplifiers (the sensitivity makes these perfect for any mobile or desktop device, however, regardless of power). The build is sturdy yet flexible, with 90-degree swivel ear cups and collapsible hinges for increased portability. The M40xs are designed with sound in mind and do not include special features like active noise cancellation, wireless connectivity or a built-in microphone. They are not well-suited for those looking for a super-compact, lightweight option, but they are the best headphones under $100 if you’re looking for something that excels when it comes to physical durability and sonic integrity. While the retail price can go up to $120 depending on source, they can be regularly found new for under a C-note, as well as refurbished.

Best noise-canceling: Soundcore By Anker Life Q30

Soundcore

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These budget-friendly Anker headphones will fool you into thinking they are high-end with all the included features.

Specs 

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.0, Aux 
  • Style: Over-ear 
  • Frequency response: 16Hz – 40kHz

Pros 

  • ANC 
  • Long battery life 
  • EQ presets 

 Cons 

  • No aptX support 

If you’re looking for a pair of headphones with Bluetooth and any other additional fancy features, go for the Q30s. They have managed to pack in many of the draws a premium pair has but at a fraction of the price. Not only are they ANC-equipped, but they also have three modes to choose from: Transport, which reduces airplane engine noise; Outdoor, which minimizes traffic sounds and wind; and Indoor, which silences typing, chatting, and other bothersome acoustic annoyances (or there’s a Transparency mode if situational awareness is a must). The 40mm drivers and Custom EQ feature contribute to a mix of clarity and kick. Bluetooth AAC and SBC codecs assure maximum compatibility to iOS and Android devices (though there’s no improved aptX fidelity for the Google OS users). A 40-hour battery life (60 hours with ANC turned off) will keep you connected for days at a time, and fast charging means you can get up to four hours of renewed life from just five minutes on the charger. Not one but two built-in microphones keep calls clear, and multipoint pairing allows you to connect multiple smart devices at the same for easy switching from your phone’s playlist to your computer’s Zoom meeting. Snag it on the Soundcore website.

Best for podcasting: Sony-MDR7506

Carsen Joenk

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A studio staple, the MDR-7506 headphones have been used by professionals since the early ’90s and they won’t be going anywhere any time soon. 

Specs 

  • Connectivity: Wired 
  • Style: Over-ear 
  • Frequency response: 10Hz-20kHz 

Pros 

  • Audio Quality 
  • Comfortable 

Cons 

  • Replaceable pads can degrade over time 
  • Long Cable

The Sony MDR7506 headphones are an industry standard that won’t break the bank. Used in professional studios for decades, these cans feature 40m drivers, neodymium magnets, and a frequency response of 10Hz – 20kHz. Sound quality is accurate with support across all frequencies, so vocals, instruments, and effects come through clearly. With the goal of producing a neutral sound profile, this pair doesn’t add or emphasize any particular frequency. Bass on “Monster” with Kanye, Jay-Z, and Nikki Minaj is clean and present without being overpowering. Midrange vocals on Suzanne Vega’s “Tom’s Diner” are crisp, with a slight lift above backing. Effects on design-heavy podcasts like Radiolab across various ranges are detailed; you’re able to perceive subtle reverb effects, high-frequency drones, and backing environment beds. I, personally, use this very pair (the very pair shown above) to mix and master audio for theatrical design, audio dramas, and podcasts

The earcups are very comfortable and suitable for long work sessions, and the closed-ear design gently reduces background noise without altering your mix bleeding too much. After a few years of use, you may need to replace the earpads but ordering new covers is quick and easy. In fact, you might want to grab new pads right away if you want to increase passive noise cancellation. This pair comes with a coiled 9.8-foot cable ending in a 3.5mm gold-plated plug for a reliable connection; should you want to connect to an interface or amp, a threaded 6.3mm adaptor is included (along with a carrying case). The cable is long but not unruly, though it’s certainly too long to use casually on a commute. The build is mostly plastic, which can feel slightly flimsy, but I still use the same pair I purchased six years ago. 

While these certainly aren’t the headphones you’ll want to take with you to the gym or for a work meeting, they are a sturdy, reliable pair for all your production needs. At only $100, we wouldn’t hesitate to stock up so you can share with studio guests. If you’ve already spent a bunch on podcasting microphones and are still looking for studio-quality sound but want to spend a little less, check out the AKG K240, which is a workable solution but a little less of a workhorse. 

Best wireless: Jabra Elite 45

Jabra

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Jabra Elite 45 headphones deliver the most when it comes to wireless headphone battery life on a budget. 

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.0 
  • Style: On-ear
  • Frequency response: 20Hz – 20kHz 

Pros 

  • Battery Life 
  • Quick Charge 
  • Custom EQ 

 Cons 

  • On-ear design isn’t comfortable for all 
  • No active noise cancellation

We all know the pain of pushing through our morning commute in silence because our headphones died halfway there (or, even worse, overnight). If you are an all-day listener or, like us, often forget to recharge in a timely manner, the Jabra Elite 45 is likely the best option for an affordable pair of headphones. The 40mm drivers, wrapped in a compact, comfortable cushion, can get up to 50 hours of battery life from just one charge and, when you inevitably need a boost, a 15-minute quick charge can provide up to five hours of life. You can also keep listening while your headphones charge via USB. 

On top of the impressive battery, you also get access to the Jabra “My Sound” app, which allows you to customize EQ or choose from available presets. Two built-in microphones can support clear phone calls and connect you to voice assistants like Siri, Alexa, and Google Assistant—which you can trigger by toggling an onboard button. Most users report a super comfortable fit and feel, though some listeners simply don’t like on-ear models across the board and prefer the cups to surround the ear (if that’s your style, scroll back up to the Soundcore by Anker Life Q30).  

Best open-back: Philips SHP9500

Philips Audio

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Philips SHP9500 delivers impressive, clear sound that will transport you from a silent room to a symphony hall. 

Specs

  • Connectivity: Wired
  • Style: Over-ear, Open-back 
  • Frequency response: 12Hz-35kHz

Pros 

  • 50mm drivers 
  • Great sound quality 
  • Comfortable

Cons 

  • Sound bleed, in both directions
  • Can be a bit bulky 

These open-back headphones are a great option for serious listeners who prioritize a stellar sound profile over portability. A purpose-built pair, the SHP9500s don’t concern themselves with built-in microphones, Bluetooth, EQ presets, or compatible apps; instead, they focus on transportive sound with large, angled 50mm neodymium drivers that deliver an impressive 12Hz-35kHz frequency response and a spacious soundstage. The open-back design allows for improved imaging, spreading a track out in a way that enhances your ability to properly mix and master, or just appreciate, music. The removable cable removes a point of failure, adding value to your investment. And roomy, breathable ear cushions plus a padded, ergonomic headband mean your listening sessions can span more albums comfortably. 

Just remember, if you can hear the outside world, the outside world can likely hear you. Open-back headphones aren’t a great option for recording music or dialogue, because the sound bleed is likely to be picked up by nearby microphones. But if you have a serene sanctuary available (and invest in a great DAC/amp or DAP), the SHP9500 can transform that airiness and help you become one with the music. These headphones are an affordable entry into the audiophile realm, and the precision of directional sounds adds authenticity and authority to gaming, as well (though you’ll need to add a standalone streaming mic). 

Best budget: Urbanears Plattan 2

Urbanears

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Plattan 2 is a sturdy pair of headphones, with solid sound, easily making them some of the best headphones under $100.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, Aux
  • Style: On-ear
  • Frequency response: 20Hz-20kHz

Pros 

  • Price
  • Multiple stylish colorways
  • Option for wired connection

Cons 

  • Volume is limited 
  • Onboard control knob is hard to use

The Plattan 2 from Urbanears is an excellent option if you don’t want to pay more than $65 for a stylish, sleek pair of headphones. I’ve used these headphones as a backup when I forgot to charge my everyday pair and found the fit to be comfortable and the audio quality to be solid. The bass might not blow you away, and the high end isn’t always crystal clear, but, overall, frequencies across the spectrum are supported. Thirty hours of battery life will keep you in business for at least a few days and these things hold a charge, even when listening at a high volume. The single onboard control knob can take a second to get the hang of, but once you do, you’ll be able to adjust volume, play/pause, skip songs, and answer phone calls. Pressing down on this knob will also turn the headphones on or off with a long press, triggering Bluetooth pairing mode. If you’re trying to connect to a non-Bluetooth-equipped player, like an airplane screen or handheld gaming device, you can use the included 3.5mm audio cable. 

Things to consider before buying the best headphones under $100 

Before picking a pair of affordable headphones, consider what you’ll be listening to and where you’ll be listening. Select a model with the features that will fit your needs, whether that be noise-cancellation, studio-quality sound, a long battery life, etc. Get specific: the best headphones under $100 for recording the next great murder mystery podcast might not work for the marathon-runner in training. Consider all the technical specs of the speakers you’ll strap to your head and take stock of any features before adding anything to your cart. 

Hoping to leave wires behind? 

There are some excellent inexpensive wired headphones, but those won’t work for all. With the increased availability of Bluetooth options (and Apple’s decision to forgo a traditional headphone port on the iPhone), most of us don’t want to go through the hassle of locating an adaptor or remain tied to our phones. So while an analog connection will be right for some, know that there are many wireless options out there. Before you grab a pair of Bluetooth headphones, consider connectivity range (i.e., how far away you can be from your device before the sound quality suffers and you get disconnected), battery life, and Bluetooth version. Bluetooth versions typically range from 4.2 to 5.3 and the higher the number, the better the connection with faster data transfer speeds and an increased range.  

Diving even deeper, Bluetooth codecs describe how your digital audio data is encoded and decoded from a source device to your speaker or headphones. To get the most from these high-speed transfers both your receiver and transmitter need to be equipped with the same codecs. The most common codec to see is SBC, which every Bluetooth device supports. While not the highest-quality codec, it’s a virtually universal, reliable way to transfer data. If you’re an iOS user looking for higher quality, consider a speaker with AAC, or Advanced Audio Coding. If you have an Android smart device, select a speaker with aptX/aptX HD/aptX Adaptive (or LDAC) support for faster transfer rates that preserve more data (and dynamic range). 

Do you need to tune in, zone out, and turn off the outside world? 

If you’re looking to drown out the din of your morning commute or simply need a little peace and quiet at home, a pair of headphones with active noise cancellation (ANC) might be the game-changer you’re looking for. ANC works by analyzing the noise from your environment and generating a reflection that counteracts what it “hears,” letting only your music get through. While the science of waveforms and phasing can get a little complicated, what you need to know is that headphones with active noise-cancelling are able to drown out most if not all environment noises along with a chatty coworker. Some headphones come with the option to turn ANC on or off, should you need to tap into your surroundings. A few select affordable models let you customize your sound further with options for adaptive EQ, preset listening modes, and app control. Of course, these options increase with a higher budget, but never fear: we’ve found one or two that will get you premium features for a fraction of the price. 

Are you a podcaster or producer? 

If you’re looking for a pair of headphones to help you record music, mix a film, or master your podcast’s new season, pay attention to the technical specs and prioritize sound quality. Of course, you’ll need to forgo wireless connectivity, but you might also have to settle for a simpler, practical design typical of studio-quality cans regardless of price. Go for an over-the-ear design with a closed or open back. Closed-back headphones provide more passive noise cancellation and prevent sound bleed for cleaner recordings. Open-back models provide little to no cancellation, allowing the environment to be present but often achieving more natural sound. Look for a model that boasts about its properly tuned large, dynamic drivers and wide frequency response range so you can hear every note and every catch-breath. 

Do you want to talk as well as listen? 

Sometimes on-the-go listening is less about music and more about the work-from-home “meeting” you are “attending” while sneaking a walk in the park. If you find yourself pausing your music every few minutes to rip out your current headphones and answer a phone call, make sure you look for a new pair that includes a built-in microphone. Not every built-in microphone is designed equal, however. Some are equipped with advanced technology to isolate your voice and silence background noise, making calls clearer for those on the receiving line. Some can utilize voice activation to answer calls or be triggered by touch-sensitive controls. Finally, built-in microphones can connect you to voice assistants like Siri and Alexa. 

What can you get for under $50?

There is no shortage of wireless headphones available for $50 and under, but many of them can’t really compete with some of the more expensive options when it comes to fun features and support across the frequency range.  But just because your options are limited doesn’t mean you can’t find a solid pair of headphones if you do your research, focusing on your top priority. You may have to sacrifice a bit of battery life for better audio quality or settle for passive noise cancellation in favor of more advanced Bluetooth connectivity. 

FAQs

Q: What’s the difference between open-back and closed-back headphones?

The difference is that open-back headphones, as the name denotes, have open (technically semi-open) earcups, typically covered with a perforated shield of some sort. This allows for a sound that’s best described as airy, but it also allows for what’s happening in the headphones to be heard outside them, and vice versa. Closed-back headphones, meanwhile, have a solid exterior and create a seal around the ear, providing passive noise cancellation. Generally speaking, open-back headphones can produce more natural-sounding audio with accurate imaging—traits beneficial if you’re mixing and mastering or listening to high-quality files at home. Closed-back headphones are preferred for everyday casual listening, recording, and use during travel or commutes (not only will they not disturb the person sitting next to you, but the elevated low end innate to the style of headphones will help drown them out). 

Q: How much do headphones typically cost?

Headphones run the gamut when it comes to price, ranging between $10 to thousands of dollars. Unless you’re mixing and recording high-end audio professionally, your headphones should be thought of as a portable tool that you don’t need to invest too much of your salary into. That’s not to say you should skimp on audio quality, but simply reach for what you can afford. If your budget allows you to make some upgrades, a more expensive pair retailing over $100 can certainly be worth it. 

Q: Can headphones cause hearing loss?

Yes, if misused headphones can cause hearing loss, and children are the most susceptible, which is why many pairs of kid’s headphones have a built-in volume limiter. Most smartphones (as well as the Apple Watch Series 7, among other wearables) include an app or tool that can tell you if you’re listening at dangerous levels by monitoring decibels. You generally don’t want to listen to anything louder than 85 dB for a prolonged period of time

Final thoughts on the best headphones under $100  

Shopping for an affordable pair of headphones can be a daunting task, with hundreds of options out there. Sure, there’s not a ton to lose monetarily, at least compared to the many hundreds or even multi-thousands some spend on audio, but there’s also so much to gain from choosing the right model. Thankfully, so long as you know what you’re looking for, you’ll be able to weed out what you don’t need until you’re left with the best headphones under $100 for you. Think about where and when you’ll be using your new headphones the most, consider which features will best support your listening experience, and start prepping to binge a new season of “Serial.” 

The post Best headphones under $100 of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
JBL PartyBox Encore Essential speaker review: Pick it—and kick it—up https://www.popsci.com/gear/jbl-partybox-encore-essential-speaker-review/ Wed, 24 Aug 2022 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=464396
JBL PartyBox Encore Essential on a step
If you're looking to up the vibe exponentially, the JBL PartyBox Encore Essential is a powerful portable speaker that's dynamic cubed. Carsen Joenk

If you want to throw a bangin’ party but not throw out your back, this bassy brick is a Bluetooth speaker that's easy to move and love.

The post JBL PartyBox Encore Essential speaker review: Pick it—and kick it—up appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
JBL PartyBox Encore Essential on a step
If you're looking to up the vibe exponentially, the JBL PartyBox Encore Essential is a powerful portable speaker that's dynamic cubed. Carsen Joenk

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you’ve ever shopped for a portable Bluetooth speaker, you’ve undoubtedly come across JBL. Founded in 1946, with a well-earned reputation for live performance drivers and professional recording studio monitors, JBL became a household name beginning in the 1970s with a highly successful series of loudspeakers. Now the company’s logo, with its familiar exclamation mark, can be found on appropriately exuberant, bass-bumping line arrays, car audio components, headphones, earbuds, and its ever-popular portable speakers. While JBL’s Flip and Charge series are perfect for lounging by the pool or enjoying more intimate get-togethers, the PartyBox line offers heftier, but still handy speakers with powerful audio and an entertaining light show for larger gatherings. The newest addition to this trove of celebration-supporting speakers is the PartyBox Encore Essential. Visually an obvious little sibling of the $399 PartyBox 110, the Encore Essential is the smallest and most affordable option in the line, retailing for $299.95, making it an excellent choice for party-throwers who aren’t ready to commit to a super-expensive system. With the promise of high-energy playback and a colorful presence, we put the JBL PartyBox Encore Essential to the test, rocking out and (accidentally) waking up neighbors.

Carsen Joenk

SEE IT

The JBL PartyBox Encore Essential’s design

To put it plainly, the JBL PartyBox Encore Essential can deliver big sound because it’s a big speaker, measuring 10.87 x 12.85 x 11.54 inches and weighing approximately 13 pounds (about 10 pounds lighter than the PartyBox 110, which another PopSci reviewer really does like). The Encore Essential isn’t the portable speaker you toss into a beach bag on your way out the door (though JBL makes plenty of those). 

A sturdy handle molded into the top of the Encore Essential makes for relatively easy carrying, but you’ll want to clear a fair amount of surface space when it’s time for the speaker to be set down and set up. First things first, you’ll want to start charging the speaker until the battery is full (which takes approximately 3.5 hours from empty). The speaker has a Li-ion polymer 17.76 Wh battery that lasts around six hours, though it can be depleted faster if you blast your tunes at top volume, so I recommend keeping it plugged in with the included AC cord between (and even sometimes during) uses. While other accessories aren’t included, this speaker features a 3.5mm auxiliary port for external devices and a USB port to charge your phone or play content from a flash drive. I was super excited by these inclusions and made use of both—charging my phone while at a park picnic and patching in a laptop running QLab software to preview a theatrical production’s sound design.

While I wouldn’t describe the Encore Essential as “discrete,” the overall design is sleek and streamlined. The all-black exterior and cubic design have the potential to blend in fairly seamlessly with a media center or cabinet when not in use. The orange JBL logo is small enough not to distract, and the embossed black exclamation points flanking the sides tell you this model is serious about establishing a party atmosphere. Things are only made more festive when you turn the speaker on and a circle of light begins to glow behind the speaker grille. The PartyBox can be part decor and device.

JBL PartyBox Encore Essential handle/top panel
With the JBL PartyBox series of speakers, you can get a handle on keeping the energy up even when the party is uprooted. Carsen Joenk

At the top of the speaker, in front of the handle, lies the control panel, which houses a volume knob and five buttons, including power, play/pause/skip, Bluetooth, Bass Boost, and Lighting control. At the back of the speaker, you’ll find a panel underneath a thick rubber flap that includes all the aforementioned input options, as well as a mic line input for killer karaoke sessions, a microphone volume knob, a smaller gain knob, and a TWS (True Wireless Stereo) pairing button that allows you to connect to a second Encore Essential speaker for a wider, more complex sound with defined L/R channels. While I neither had a second PartyBox speaker nor the proper ¼-inch cabling for mic connection, I could only imagine the elevated fun one could have with these features. If you’re specifically looking to belt out your favorite songs on the PartyBox, JBL makes a couple of mics that you can easily connect. 

One of the reasons for that rubber flap is that the Encore Essential has an IPX4 rating, which is considered “splash-proof.” Though I tested this gently, flicking water droplets from my water bottle to see if it would dribble off, I didn’t take too much risk. An IPX4 rating means it can handle splashes of water from any direction, but it should never be submerged in water or exposed to a steady stream. I wouldn’t bring it into the bathtub or let it sit too close to the pool—and try to rescue it from heavy rain as soon as possible. That being said, you don’t need to worry about a few beads of liquid here or there. Again, the control and power panels are not waterproof, so make sure to keep those rubber flaps closed when not in use. 

Setting up the JBL PartyBox Encore Essential

Like other JBL speakers I’ve tested, the Encore Essential makes it easy to connect to a smart device. Simply press and hold the Bluetooth pairing button and select the PartyBox speaker from the preferences window on your phone, tablet, or computer. This speaker uses a Bluetooth 5.1 connection and standard SBC codec support (no aptX or other high-bitrate codec support) to connect with devices up to 33 feet away. 

I live in a pre-war apartment, which means my walls are unbelievably thick, and my connection stayed strong even as I wandered into the depths of my pantry, a location that is constantly interrupting my AirPod-to-iPhone link. The Encore Essential can remember up to eight paired devices at a time; if you’ve connected a device wirelessly but have a second device connected via the aux, the speaker will prioritize the Bluetooth connection first. All this is to say, you cannot play music wirelessly and wired simultaneously. The final piece of this setup puzzle would be the JBL PartyBox App that allows you to control EQ, the Light Show, and more. Downloading is easy, and pairing takes just a couple of seconds. 

This might be the sweetest cube since sugar, you will find yourself exclaiming.
This might be the sweetest cube since sugar, you will find yourself exclaiming. Carsen Joenk

The JBL PartyBox Encore Essential’s features

The JBL PartyBox Encore Essential’s primary feature is in the name: this box is a party, delivering loud, low-end-rich sound that can keep a celebration going thanks to a 5.25-inch woofer and built-in 100-watt amplifier. 

The sound

While there isn’t a ton of nuance to the sonic profile, there is enough support throughout the 50Hz-20kHz frequency range to keep listeners satisfied and then some. While it’s not the speaker I would reach for to support a relaxed, jazz-filled evening, it was a crowd favorite during a recent birthday party thrown at my apartment. Capable of reaching over 100dB, volume was never an issue, even during bursts of loud laughter or panic around a spilled drink. After a night full of Bad Bunny hits, Beyoncé’s greatest singles, an experimental phase with EDM, and a play-through of Anderson .Paak’s “Malibu” album to close things out, I was fully satisfied by the playback. The vibrant BPMs were convincingly supported, and both Level 1 and Level 2 of Bass Boost were effective, though I felt unnecessary.  Even sans Bass Boost, the PartyBox Encore was loud enough to attract the attention of my upstairs neighbors, who very graciously asked me to turn down a singalong session of Britney’s “… Baby One More Time.”  

The overall mix can get a little muddy because of bass bleeding into mid-range instrumentation, but things begin to clear up on tracks that don’t feature constant low-end. During a quieter moment that weekend, I cued up a lazy Sunday playlist and, with the aid of two 1.75-inch tweeters, the speaker conveyed the smoothness of Sam Beam’s vocals on “Boy with a Coin” cleanly, and the light percussion and steady guitar of The Shin’s “New Slang” were rendered well. Simple podcasts sounded surprisingly good and the Encore Essential satisfied a need I didn’t know I had. As a morning podcast person traipsing around various parts of my home to get ready, I often have to pop on my headphones because of volume or connectivity issues with other speakers. With the Encore Essential, I could clearly hear the dulcet tones of Phoebe Judge on my favorite podcast, “Criminal,” regardless of what room I was in. There’s enough crisp clarity, but I will likely save the Encore Essential for parties and outdoor listening to cut through more crowded spaces. 

The PartyBox App 

The new PartyBox app does the most when it comes to customizing the look and sound of the Encore Essential, plus it’s compatible with other PartyBox speaker models, including the 710, 310, and 110. Available from the Google Play and Apple App store, the application allows you to toggle between Stereo and Party Mode during TWS pairing, tune microphone input by adjusting the bass, treble, or echo, and adjust overall EQ. While the three-band adjustments (across bass, mids, and treble ranges) aren’t very precise or descriptive, this option still gives you much more control than many other Bluetooth speakers. For a little bit of added fun, the app provides nine DJ effect buttons that add an old-school flair to your party playlist. With this feature, you can choose between a horn, clap, dog bark, thumbs up, boo, “ready,” or three different records scratch sounds. 

Of all the features the app affords, the real star here is the Light Show control. A cornerstone of the entire JBL PartyBox line, each speaker has either one or two LED light rings that can move and change according to the beat of your music and/or your preferences. There are six light show modes: rock, flow, cross, ripple, flash, and off. These describe the movement patterns and the general way the lights will move or pulse in time to the music. 

The JBL PartyBox Encore Essential runs rings around most portable party speakers.
The JBL PartyBox Encore Essential runs rings around most portable party speakers. Carsen Joenk

You can toggle between light modes via the app or by using the button on the main control panel. For even furth customized colors, you can use the color picker wheel on the app to give you access to all the colors of the rainbow; you can also trigger preselected colors from a sub-menu that follows each movement pattern. The LED lights are bright enough to shine clearly during the day and provide an additional ounce of mood-setting fun at night. The light wheel is also a great way to see how much room you have for increased volume. As you turn your music up or down, you’ll see the wheel reflect the change, so you’ll know when you’re reaching the limit without any annoying beeps. At the top of the wheel is a tiny strobe light that will also flash to the beat, which you can turn on and off via the app. 

So, who should get the JBL PartyBox Encore Essential? 

The JBL PartyBox Encore Essential is a great bass-reinforced speaker for anyone interested in syncing music and guests. It really is well-suited for party throwers and goers alike. Not only is the punchy presentation well-suited for keeping the spirit alive during a gathering, but the extra features really up the ante. The various Light Show modes are fun to play around with, the possibility for karaoke is an ultimate crowd-pleaser, and the easy connectivity and overall design lets you keep the party going even on the go. And while we wouldn’t exactly consider this a “budget-friendly” speaker compared to JBL’s non-PartyBox Bluetooth models, you get a real bang for your buck with the Encore Essential. A little box with a big personality, this new model from JBL is a cool way to create and maintain the atmosphere you want for your next celebration.

Related: LG XBOOM 360 Review

The post JBL PartyBox Encore Essential speaker review: Pick it—and kick it—up appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best snowshoes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-snowshoes/ Wed, 22 Dec 2021 14:45:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-snowshoes/
man wearing snowshoes with ski poles walking through snow
Alec Moore via Unsplash

Snowshoeing is a great winter activity for all to enjoy.

The post Best snowshoes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
man wearing snowshoes with ski poles walking through snow
Alec Moore via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for beginners Franklin Sports Arctic Trails Adult Snowshoes Franklin Sports Arctic Trails Adult Snowshoes
SEE IT

The perfect snowshoes for hikers of all abilities.

Best for mountain terrain Outdoor Gear photo Yukon Charlie's Advanced Snowshoe Kit
SEE IT

Explore the backcountry with these mountain-approved snowshoes.

Best budget Outdoor Gear photo Yaktrax Pro Traction Cleats for Walking
SEE IT

These traction shoes provide all the stability in a lightweight and affordable design.

Taking a hike through deep snow is super fun, but it does require special gear: namely, snowshoes. Snowshoes are designed to distribute the wearer’s weight over a larger area evenly, so the foot does not completely sink; they also help you avoid getting stuck or fatigued. Snowshoes may not be necessary on tightly packed snow or super-popular trails, but they are great for trudging through uncharted territories and fresh snowfall. They’re durable, reliable, and relatively easy to use—though they will take some getting used to for first-timers. Snowshoeing is an excellent form of exercise, and appropriate for varying ability levels and intensity-seekers. And if you want to stay super-toasty while you adventure through snow-laden trails, check out our roundups of the best snow bootsheated socks, heated insoleswinter gloves, and even winter hats.

It’s important to pick a pair of snowshoes that fit all your needs on the trail. Here’s what to consider before buying snowshoes so you can keep your head above water—frozen water, that is.

Best snowshoes: Reviews & Recommendations

Best for recreational/rolling terrain: TSL Snowshoes 325 Phoenix Snowshoes

REI

SEE IT

This snowshoe from TSL is supportive and flexible, allowing your foot to move naturally while keeping you on top of the snow. The steel crampons will give you great traction uphill and downhill. There are built-in heel lifts and Boa Fit system bindings that alleviate pressure on the foot’s front. This 23.5-inch model can support up to 260 pounds.

Best for beginner/flat terrain: Franklin Sports Arctic Trails Adult Snowshoes

Amazon

SEE IT

These 36-inch snowshoes are a great option for flat terrain. The lightweight aluminum frame won’t weigh you down and dual ratchet bindings are easy to slip any boot into. This model supports up to 300 pounds.

Best for mountain terrain: Yukon Charlie’s Advanced Snowshoes

Yukon Charlie’s Advanced Snowshoes are famous for their success on mountain terrain. This one comes in three different lengths: 22, 25, and 30 inches with load support between 180 to 280 pounds and the option to add additional flotation supports. It features built-in heel lifts, Paragon freeze-resistant bindings, DTX crampons, an aluminum frame, and a TPU-coated nylon deck.

Best for backcountry powder: Yukon Charlie’s Elite Spin Snowshoes

REI

SEE IT

Yukon Charlie’s Elite Spin snowshoes are fantastic for both deep powder and mountain terrain. This 30-inch option is equipped with sharp, forged steel crampons, a precise Spin™ by Northwave dial binding system for a comfortable fit, and Tech Weave decking, which delivers lightweight flotation.

Best for packed-trail running: Black Diamond Distance Spike Traction Devices

REI

SEE IT

The Black Diamond Distance Spike Traction Device is perfect for snowshoe races and runners. With a super-light frame, you’ll be light on your feet for the miles ahead. They weigh just under half a pound and are equipped with 14 stainless steel spikes for increased traction. Plus, this model includes a front-toe spike to help you push off.

Best budget: YakTrax Traction Cleats

YakTrax, which aren’t technically snowshoes, are a great, inexpensive option for hikers who need to increase their grip on well-traveled trails. These cleats come in many sizes, significantly reducing your risk of falling on slippery, snow paths. They are made of abrasion-resistant 1.4-millimeter steel coils, and they fasten to your shoes with a durable rubber outer band.

Features to consider when shopping for the best snowshoes

The most important things to consider before buying snowshoes are your experience level and the type of terrain you plan to hike on. Are you a recreational hiker, true beginner, or expert mountaineer? Do you plan on running in your snowshoes or trekking through the backcountry? The answers are the key to your finding the perfect pair of snowshoes.

Let’s start with the basics: recreational snowshoes

First things first: It’s important to understand how snowshoes work. Snowshoes are composed of four main parts: the binding, frame, deck, and crampons (or teeth). Bindings attach your hiking boot to the snowshoe. The frame is responsible for flotation at the surface of the snow and is typically made from aluminum, plastic, or wood. The deck is the material strung across the frame, making up most of the shoe’s area, which pushes on the snow underneath. (It’s essential to look at the recommended load of a snowshoe and consider whether or not you’ll be adding to your own body weight with a heavy backpack. The more weight, the larger you’ll want the deck to be.) And the crampons are the spikes at the bottom of the shoe that improve footing and grip.

The most popular form of snowshoe is used primarily for recreational use; this means hiking or walking on designated trails without running or climbing. If this sounds like your type of activity, then look for a snowshoe with easily adjustable bindings, moderate crampons, and potentially a heel lift, depending on the slope. Heel lifts are small bars that lay flat under the heel and can be flipped up to give extra support, creating a more natural foot position, lifting the Achilles heel, and reducing strain. This is only really necessary if you are going on a longer hike or if your trail is mostly uphill. If you’re primarily walking on wet snow that is slightly packed down on a popular trail, go for something shorter. The shorter the shoe, the easier it is to walk.

Are you a true beginner?

While recreational snowshoes like the ones listed above are generally suitable for hikers of all abilities, you might want something a little less heavy-duty if you plan to hike through well-groomed winter trails. If you’ve never snowshoed before, you’ll need a little time to get used to the adjustments your body will have to make. Unlike hiking boots or regular shoes, the best snowshoes often require you to stand with your legs and feet slightly further apart, leaving enough room for the area of the shoe and preventing falls. As you walk, your heel will lift up, leaving the deck of your snowshoe on the ground; this can feel a little disorienting, like something is hanging off your shoe, but you’ll get used to it quickly. It’s a good idea to go slow and try to follow in the footsteps of whoever is in front of you; this will help you maintain balance. Finally, snowshoeing can be a little more tiring than your typical walk or hike, like how it’s more challenging to run on the beach than on a paved sidewalk.

If you’ve decided to go ahead and purchase your first pair of snowshoes, we suggest going after a flat-terrain pair. These snowshoes will be shorter than models made for rolling or mountain terrain, with a broader tail to help with balance. They don’t have a ton of features, but they are lightweight and easy to adjust. Once you select a snowshoe, make sure you also grab other important snow gear such as poles, gaiters, and warm clothing.

Are you embarking on alpine ascents and steep terrain?

If you’re already an avid snowshoer and you’re hoping to add to your collection or finally grab a pair of your own, make sure you purchase a model that is going to help you scramble up steep terrain. Snowshoes designed for steep ascents will have more built-in features and add-ons than their flat or rolling-terrain contemporaries. For long hikes up unforgiving trails, a heel lift is necessary. It will greatly lessen calf fatigue and improve traction. Make sure that your bindings are secure from the get-go to ensure you won’t lose your balance adjusting on a precarious stretch of trail. Consider getting a snowshoe designed with toe stops, which help with foot placement and increase stability as you climb. If you think you might encounter icy sections or summits, you’ll want to be sure the snowshoe’s crampons are sturdy. Not all snowshoe teeth have the durability and bite needed to climb up icy terrain. If you predict a significant amount of powder, it might be worth looking for a model that can handle additional flotation attachments.

If you’re more of a recreational snowshoer or looking to take on something new and challenging, or you’re a skilled hiker wanting to stay in shape during the winter, make sure you take into account the inherently slow pace of snowshoeing. Safety-wise, familiarize yourself with proper avalanche protocols, and prepare with the proper techniques to get yourself out of deep snow should you trip or fall.

Are you going to break a new trail in deep powder snow?

Some snowshoers might not be climbing up steep mountain trails but rather going off-trail to trek in deep, backcountry powder snow. This is also considered a more advanced form of snowshoeing, so you’ll need a pair designed as such.

Generally speaking, backcountry snowshoes can do without intense crampons because they primarily need to focus on flotation rather than grip. The larger the platform, the more area covered, which means an even and light distribution of mass. Larger snowshoes will support heavy loads while keeping you from expending extra energy used to pull yourself out of deep snowfall. Keep in mind that the larger the shoe, the easier it is to trip, so make sure to do a few practice runs or stomp around the backyard before heading out to the backcountry. If you’re looking for the best snowshoes that to use in deep snow while mountaineering up steep ascents, make sure you are prepared with the features outlined in the previous section. It is certainly possible to find a snowshoe that will work wonderfully in various terrains and conditions; we’ve included our favorite below.

Do you plan to race across the mountain trails?

The world is full of amazing athletes, and snowshoe runners are no exception. While snowshoe running is not for the faint of heart, it promises beautiful surroundings, a challenging cardio workout, and a fantastic community. There are a number of races for professionals and trail running groups for aficionados, and the United States Snowshoe Association advocates for and encourages snowshoe running.

Unlike regular snowshoeing, runners can’t afford to be bogged down by weighty frames or tripped up by giant surfaces areas. It’s important to buy a pair of snowshoes that are specifically designed for running (smaller beginner models just won’t cut it). Running snowshoes typically have trim silhouettes with simple cleats. They have a tight suspension system so your feet and shoes don’t flop around too much. And unlike regular snowshoes, running pairs are made asymmetrically to avoid clanging together (this means you’ll have to keep track of which shoe is the left and which shoe is the right). It might be worth it to try on a few different models, paying special attention to which binding feels most comfortable and puts the least amount of strain on your foot. The binding should be fairly insulated, easy to adjust, and freeze-resistant. Should you need to make any adjustments during a race, you want to be able to keep your gloves on and do it quickly. Just like with backcountry models, it’s a good idea to do a few practice runs in your new shoes, getting used to the feel and weight before heading out to your next race on the mountain trails.

What you can get for under $100

Truth be told, it’s pretty difficult to find a sturdy pair of snowshoes for under $100. Renting from an outdoor gear store or adventure center is a cost-effective alternative, especially if you don’t plan on snowshoeing frequently. It’s a great way to test out different models and make sure you like the overall fit and function before investing. Or you might purchase a pair secondhand; there are a ton of great used options available for less. Finally, if you’re primarily looking for traction on slippery, packed trails, you might be able to hold off on full snowshoes and think about grabbing a pair of slip-on cleats, which are significantly less expensive.

FAQs

Q: What other winter sports equipment do I need to snowshoe?

Before you hit the trails in your new snowshoes, you’ll want to grab some trekking poles, especially if you plan on adventuring into deep snow. Poles are a key part of picking yourself up, should you trip or fall. Next, you’ll want a pair of warm gloves, since you certainly won’t be able to stick your hands in your pockets. If you foresee making many adjustments to your bindings, grab a five-fingered mitten liner for maximum control. Finally, think about grabbing some snowshoe gaiters to keep your legs and ankles dry. That may sound like a lot of winter sports equipment, but it will keep you warm, comfortable, and mobile.

Q: What should I know before buying snowshoes?

Before buying snowshoes, you need to know what kind of terrain you will be walking or climbing through to determine the features your pair needs. You’ll also need to know how much weight you plan on carrying, plus your own body weight to make sure you select the right size shoe. It’s a good idea to try on a few pairs, either in the store or as rentals to get a good feel for the bindings, frame structure, and weight.

Q: How do I know what size snowshoes I need?

Size can mean a few different things when it comes to snowshoes. The most important thing to know before going to shop is how much weight the shoe will need to support. Remember to account for not just your body weight, but the weight of your gear. This will determine the overall size of the shoe; lower weight means a smaller shoe and vice versa. Bindings can typically be adjusted to fit a variety of regular shoe sizes, and many models are made to fit “men’s” or “women’s” shoes. This is usually related to the width and weight of hiking boots or snow boots needed to fit the bindings.

A final word on shopping for snowshoes

The best snowshoes will support you as you trek through the tundra, lifting you on top of the snow, and helping you arrive at beautiful winter destinations. They’ll suit the terrain you frequent, your pack weight, and your experience level. There’s a pair out there for beginners, avid hikers, racers, and more, so get ready to strap in and explore!

The post Best snowshoes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best graduation gifts for her: Picks for middle school, high school, and college https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-graduation-gifts-for-her/ Fri, 16 Apr 2021 11:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=282445
graduation gifts for her
Cool gifts for your favorite cool grad. Brett Jordan, Unsplash

Help your favorite graduate prepare for her new chapter whether she’s entering 9th grade, college, or the job market. The best graduation gifts for her will be ones that celebrate her accomplishments, and set her up for success.

The post Best graduation gifts for her: Picks for middle school, high school, and college appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
graduation gifts for her
Cool gifts for your favorite cool grad. Brett Jordan, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

From kindergarten to college, graduating is an immense accomplishment that any family or friend should be proud of. Being a recent grad can be a daunting experience—you probably want to show her your support by giving a useful and fun gift that she’ll remember for years to come. With that in mind, we’ve created this gift guide so you can find something she’s guaranteed to love. From a new bag for travel to relaxing bath products, we’ve consulted our selves, sisters, mothers, and friends to figure out the best graduation gifts for her next phase in life.

Best 8th-grade graduation gift: Fujifilm Instax Mini 11

Fujifilm

SEE IT

An instant film camera makes an excellent gift for a young graduate. Leaving behind middle school can seem simple at first but comes with its challenges, just like any big change. Many recent eighth-grade grads move on to different high schools, which means parting from long-time friends. An instant camera is a great graduation gift for her and will be a fun way to preserve memories that she and her besties can hold onto for years to come. We foresee an entire corkboard full of photographs populating her “new ninth-grader” walls. 

The Instax Mini 11 is equipped with automatic exposure mode for the perfect shutter speed, selfie mode to make sure everyone gets in the picture, and a pack of rainbow-bordered film to add a little extra-special pizzazz. It also comes with a cute carrying case so she can easily take it with her to grad parties, end-of-summer barbecues, and back-to-school blowouts.

Best personalized gift: Mejuri Engravable Bar Bracelet

Mejuri

SEE IT

Personalized graduation gifts for her are a great way to give something special with sentimental value. These bracelets by Mejuri are beautiful, and the sterling silver or 14k yellow gold options will also go with everything, so you don’t need to worry about whether or not it matches her wardrobe. If a bracelet isn’t for her, Mejuri also has a customizable necklace, charms, and rings. 

Each bracelet can fit up to ten characters, including a few select symbols. Think about engraving her graduation date, a special short message, initials, or first name. Personalized graduation gifts coming from a friend or family member will let her know you are proud of her and encourage her to be herself no matter what lies ahead.

Best for high schoolers: MacBook Pro

Apple

SEE IT

With the first day of college fast approaching, give her a high school graduation gift that she will use every day, and we mean Every. Single. Day. A laptop is an essential tool to get through university. From researching to writing papers, your high school graduate will need more independence and freedom when it comes to completing work. You’ll want them to be able to quickly type out notes during class, find extra focus in a quiet coffee shop, and finish a thirty-page thesis without being chained to a school computer. A laptop’s portability is perfect for trips to the library or bringing work home on school breaks, and a thoughtful graduation gift. Not only is a laptop great for studying, but it’ll also improve relaxation time with the opportunity to watch tv and stream music, plus communication will be better than ever now that she’ll be able to Skype, Zoom, or Facetime from just about anywhere. 

The Apple MacBook Pro is the perfect size with the right amount of storage. Choose between a 256 or 512-gigabyte capacity so she can save all her work without needing an additional hard drive. With up to 20 hours of battery life and an 8-core CPU for fast performance, she’ll be able to get everything she needs to do done in a day without being worried about finding a charger. This Apple laptop will allow her to study hard, try new things, learn new skills, and explore her passions—a great graduation gift for her by our standards.

Best gift for readers: Kindle Oasis

Amazon

SEE IT

If you are celebrating a graduate that loved literature classes and couldn’t help but bring home a bunch of hardcovers during Christmas break, we suggest gifting a Kindle reader. Once you leave school, it becomes impractical to carry around tons of reading material in a backpack, though that doesn’t mean you need to curb your book-hoarding habit.  Rather than crowd her tiny post-grad apartment with books, e-readers make unique gifts that will let her store hundreds in a device the size of a compact paperback. 

The Kindle Oasis has 8 gigabytes which means storage for thousands of books and 35 audiobooks. The e-reader is only 0.33-inches thick and weighs under 7 ounces, so she can easily slip it into her purse or backpack. This unit is equipped with wifi and cellular connectivity so she can download new reading material no matter where she is. There are a ton of adjustable settings, including text size, fonts, and light shade with a crisp 300ppi display and one-handed page turns buttons. A single charge can last up to six weeks, so she’ll never be found without a book to read.

Best for college graduation job seekers: YETI Tumbler

YETI

SEE IT

Looking for jobs as a recent post-grad can be thrilling and exhausting. It’s hard to keep up with applications, reformatting your resume, follow-up emails, and traipsing around town going from interview to interview until you find the perfect match. We all know that a little caffeine can go a long way when it comes to putting a pep in your step and giving you the energy needed to persevere. Rather than sip coffee in the cafeteria, a recent graduate is always moving, and she’ll need a thermos to go along with her. 

One meeting, one interview, lunch with a friend, side-gig in the afternoon, a busy college grad needs her coffee to stay hot all day long. A YETI tumbler will keep any beverage hot for hours at a time (or cold if she’s drinking cold brew in the summer) and is a perfect graduation gift for her. The 30-ounce capacity is more than enough room for frequent refueling, and the double-wall vacuum insulation traps heat without burning hands and fingers. It comes in over twenty-five colors, so you’re sure to find her favorite.

Best for new, grown-up apartments: Saveur Selects Cookware Set

Saveur Selects

SEE IT

Graduating from college means leaving behind meal plans, cafeterias, all-you-can-eat salad bars, library cafes, and other ready-to-eat options. And while we all wish ordering takeout every day was cost-effective, chances are a new graduate will not be placing an online order for every meal. A cookware set is the perfect college graduation gift for her, to inspire her to try something new and get comfortable in the kitchen. This cookware set from Saveur comes with a 10-inch skillet, a two-quart chef’s pan, a six-quart stockpot, and two interchangeable lids. They are compatible with any cooktop, dishwasher/oven-safe, with textured heat-resistant handles. The stainless-steel construction will help her achieve an even distribution of heat, while the lids will ensure temperature retention and lock in moisture. Whether she signs up for a meal delivery kit, looks to cookbooks for inspiration, or follows family recipes, she’ll be able to feel confident with all her kitchen basics at the ready.

Best for travellers: Fjallraven Kanken Totepack

Fjallraven

SEE IT

Whether she discovered her love of travel while studying abroad or she can finally schedule the big trip she’s always wanted to take now that she has her degree, a gift designed with jet setting in mind is sure to make her smile. If there is one thing every globetrotter needs, it’s a good backpack; something sturdy and light with ample storage. It should be comfortable enough to wear for hours at a time and hold all the essentials, preferably with a front pocket for easy access to a passport, train ticket, water bottle, and more. 

When it comes to the best graduation gifts for her travel lifestyle, get something versatile. The Fjallraven Kanken Totepack is a fantastic backpack for both travel and everyday use, so no matter where she is and what she’s doing, this bag will be her new best friend. It easily converts from a backpack to a tote bag for maximum flexibility and compatibility with additional luggage. The bold fabric is durable, easy to wipe clean, and dirt/water-resistant. It comes with a 13-inch laptop sleeve, two side pockets, a front zippered pocket, and fourteen liters of storage. There is even a seat pad in the back pocket so she can relax while waiting for her next bus, boat, train, or plane.

Best for homesick grads: Homesick Scented Candle

Homesick

SEE IT

Leaving home to head off to boarding school, set out for college, or start a new job can be an exciting yet emotional experience. It’s tough to leave behind the comfort of your home and reassurance of your family; even as we adjust to new surroundings, we all get a little homesick from time to time. While it’s true that any recent graduate can take pictures with them, you can provide a powerful sensory experience with a scented candle that reminds her of where she came from. 

Homesick’s soy wax scented candles combine some of her favorite scents into a 13.75-ounce candle; with over sixty hours of burn time, she can have a whiff of her favorite place anytime, anywhere. There is a candle for each state, and the scents are expertly curated to create a cohesive palette inspired by each location’s best smells. They even have city-specific options; we know what you’re thinking, “Aren’t cities notorious for foul smells”? Yes, yes they are, but Homesick has managed to identify the most pleasant memory-invoking combinations. For example, “New York City” has notes of jasmine, grapefruit, water lilies, musk, and concrete to evoke springtime in Central Park and crowded department stores. More nature-friendly states, like Colorado, feature notes of spruce, cedar, and fresh snow, to remind her of the Rocky Mountains.

Best for the stressed-out grad: OUAI Chill Pills – Bath Bombs

Ouai

SEE IT

After four years of dedication and hard work, your graduate could use a break. Now that she finally has a little time for herself, help her relax with the perfect set of bath bombs. While they may seem simple, a lavish bath can do a lot to help you unwind, destress, and recenter. A luxurious soak can release a ton of tension, especially after turning in that final paper or acing that last exam. These OUAI Chill Pills melt away when exposed to hot water, releasing rose and jasmine scents into the air, as well as jojoba, safflower, and hemp seed oils to calm and soothe skin. They won’t stain her tub, nor will they leave any colorful residue or glitter on the body. Bath bombs are unique gifts that will help her let go of past stressors and look forward to the future.

A final note on the best graduation gifts for her

Graduation is, above all, a time for celebration; it is a symbol of all the hard work the young woman in your life has put in to make it through to the next chapter. This gift guide is meant to help you honor her dedication with a great gift that will set her up for even more success in the future, remind her of where she came from, or let her know that she has friends and family who have her back. Regardless of what you end up getting, the best graduation gifts for her are those given with love, attention, and admiration.


PopSci wants to help you find the most useful and expert shopping recommendations for the best gift ideas. Searching for more unique gifts? Check out more gift guides here: Relaxing Gifts, Educational Gifts, and more Great Gift Ideas.

The post Best graduation gifts for her: Picks for middle school, high school, and college appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best budget headphones of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-budget-headphones/ Tue, 29 Jun 2021 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=375856
best budget headphones
Unsplash, Kreeson Naraidoo

Rock your favorite tunes or make that new instant classic with these budget headphones for relaxing, recording, and more.

The post Best budget headphones of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best budget headphones
Unsplash, Kreeson Naraidoo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

For Weekend Getaways jabra elite 45h the best budget headphones Jabra Elite 45h
SEE IT

A reliable pair of wireless headphones with an impressive battery life and in-app EQ.

Home-Office Ready anker soundcore the best budget headphones Anker Soundcore Life Q20
SEE IT

Active Noise Cancellation helps tune out the rest of the world and focus on what your listening experience.

For Home Studios sony best budget headphones Sony MDR7506
SEE IT

For making music or mixing podcasts, these headphones will deliver excellent audio.

Headphones have become a modern-day necessity; not only do they let us hear whatever inspires us, but they help us drown out whatever distracts us. Whether mobile or working from home, headphone enthusiasts have come to rely more and more on their personal audio to communicate and concentrate. And for a new wave of content creators—podcasters, producers, musicians, DJs, livestreamers, etc.—they’re incredibly important, letting them express their creativity and perfect their craft in close proximity to family and friends. If you’re looking for the best budget headphones, we’ve got you covered.

While it’s not uncommon that great audio can come at a high price point, we’ve dug a little deeper to bring you the best budget headphones whether you’re on the go, in the game, or gearing up to record. Quality sound shouldn’t have to break the bank; so long as you know what to prioritize, you shouldn’t run into any trouble picking out a new pair. And if you’re not exactly sure where to start, we’ve put together a guide to help you answer the essential questions, as well as some suggestions for your next pair of headphones. 

What to consider when shopping for the best budget headphones

The key to picking out a brand new pair of budget headphones is to focus on where you’ll be using them and what you’ll be listening to. The best set of cans for a true-crime podcaster may not be the best for an avid gamer. Being surrounded by noise when you’re trying to get work done warrants more noise cancellation than a DJ who needs to feel the kick drums while matching beats. Before you click “purchase,” make sure you consider your needs and review the specs on the pair you’re pondering. 

Do you want a wireless option with extended battery life? 

If you’re looking for an everyday pair of headphones that you hope to take with you on your commute, walks through the park, and weekend trips away, we recommend reaching for a Bluetooth-equipped option that promises over 20 hours of battery life. This ensures that you’ll still be able to rock out on your way to work or make it through a long flight, even if you’ve forgotten to charge your headphones the night before (…or the night before that…or the night before that).  

Do you need to tune things out to dial in? 

Whether you’re headed back to work in a busy office or your at-home occupation station is surrounded by talkative loved ones, a little active noise cancellation (ANC) can go a long way. ANC lets you listen to your music at healthy volumes by analyzing surrounding noise and generating a mirror signal to drown it out. Easily tune out an airplane engine, your kid’s TV show, coworkers on lengthy phone calls, and more. While higher-end models offer more features, like adaptive EQ and Transparency Mode, ANC options are plentiful, even if you’re shopping on a budget. 

Are you a musician, producer, or podcaster?

If you’re often working on your latest compositions, you’ll need a pair of headphones that prioritizes accurate audio reproduction over noise cancellation or battery life. An over-the-ear design equipped with properly tuned dynamic drivers will provide clarity across various frequencies so that you can hear each and every chord progression, cough, and background cackle. Great headphones make engineering and editing a much easier task; go with an analog connection, large drivers, and a wide frequency response to get the most out of your mixing session. 

Will you need a microphone? 

Do you need a pair of headphones that can handle phone calls? Do you need gaming headphones that can connect to multiple devices and features a detachable mic for clear communication? Remember that not every built-in microphone will be the same. Some are equipped with advanced technology to isolate your voice and silence background noise. Some can utilize voice activation to answer calls or be triggered by touch-sensitive controls. Of course, not every pair of budget headphones will come with a built-in microphone, so make sure you check out the specs before purchasing. 

How much do you want to spend?

One person’s budget pick might be exponentially more expensive than the next, so hone in on your price range and start to compare. While headphones under $100 offer several of the features that more expensive models do, they may not all be rolled into one package or technologically refined. If you’re looking for an option under $35, features may become a bit sparse. You’ll have a harder time finding ANC and extended battery life, so we suggest focusing on sound quality, portability, and connectivity options. 

The best budget headphones

Finding quality budget headphones may seem like a daunting task; there are hundreds of options that tout excellent sound, batteries that rarely die, and supreme noise cancellation. When it comes to budget products, it can be hard to tell which claims are valid or exaggerated. The more familiar you are with the key terms surrounding your priorities, the easier it will be to select a great pair. We’ve gone ahead and gotten you started with a list of our go-to budget headphones. 

For long weekend getaways: Jabra Elite 45h

Amazon

SEE IT

These $100 wireless headphones from Jabra live up to their name. Truly elite and one of the best budget Bluetooth headphones, they produce quality sound using 40mm drivers in a compact, foldable frame. MySound in the Jabra Sound+ app is a feature that tests your hearing and analyzes your music for the ultimate listening experience, offering you a personalized, customizable EQ. The Elite 45h can support up to 50 hours of playtime, though this is, of course, dependent on volume and function. Rest assured, even if you can’t squeeze out the entire 3,000 minutes, you can get an additional 10 hours of battery from a 15-minute charge. Plus, the Elite 45h is equipped with two microphones to boost clarity on calls and connect you to compatible voice assistants like Alexa, Google Assistant, and Siri. Weighing only 5.64 ounces and foldable, this is a great pair to take with you for a long weekend, and you won’t have to worry if you forget your charger. 

For home-office efficiency: Anker Soundcore Life Q20

Amazon

SEE IT

It’s almost hard to believe that the Anker Soundcore Life Q20 headphones retail for under $55 given the wireless Bluetooth 5 connection, potential 60 hours of playtime (when using the wired connection), and hybrid noise cancellation, all backing a Hi-Res Audio certified response that reaches 40 kHz pumped through 40mm drivers. The Q20s reduce outside noise by 90 percent by using four microphones to detect exterior sound and a digital cancellation algorithm to counteract a range of frequencies, including engines, voices, and more. And if your own voice needs to be crystal clear, the microphones maximize your presence on conference calls, too. Keep in mind that using ANC will reduce the potential battery life to a max of 40 hours, but you can add four more hours with a five-minute quick charge. Plus there’s a 3.5mm aux cable to keep you connected, just in case you forget your microUSB charger.

On top of all that, the Q20s address one of the most common complaints when it comes to budget headphones: a lack of punchy, present bass. The Q20s include BassUp technology designed to analyze low frequencies and boost the bass. Double-tap the play button to trigger the function when listening to EDM and hip-hop to get the best out of bass-heavy beats. In or out of the office, you’ll keep the energy up having found one of the best headphones under $50.

For organizing a successful raid: SteelSeries Arctis 1 Wireless

Amazon

SEE IT

The Arctis 1 from SteelSeries is a dedicated, wireless gaming headset with a 20-hour battery and the accessories to pair with most systems. Foregoing lower-quality Bluetooth, ultra-low latency 2.4GHz wireless allows for a lossless connection to PC, Mac, the Nintendo Switch dock, and PlayStation 4/PS5 through an included USB-C dongle (with or without USB-A adapter), while that same dongle enables a connection to most Android phones and the Switch on the go. You can even use a 3.5mm aux cable, which is also included with your purchase, to connect to select Xbox controllers (and other devices with a compatible jack). 

These comfortable headphones incorporate an adjustable, steel-reinforced headband for a secure fit. The speaker drivers in this $100 pair are the same ones found in the brand’s more expensive Arctis 7’s, so you don’t need to worry about missing any sonic details. You can easily adjust the volume or mute/unmute the microphone using on-headset buttons. You can make additional adjustments using the SteelSeries Engine software, which allows you to customize EQ settings, sidetone control, and mic levels. And the microphone itself is detachable and Discord-certified, with a bidirectional design that supports clear communication and atmospheric noise cancellation, so your teammates never miss a command. 

For livestreaming DJ Pants Optional sessions: OneOdio Studio Pro-10

Amazon

SEE IT

These $30 OneOdio headphones are a multifunctional pair to support beat mixing, and making, on a budget. Suitable for long work (or werk) sessions, the headband is adjustable so you can get your perfect fit and the earcups are softly padded (as well as 90-degree rotatable to support single-ear monitoring). This pair comes with both 3.5mm and 6.35mm ended cables so you can connect to computers, DJ mixers, mixing boards, and interfaces of all sorts without searching for an adapter. In addition, both cables are detachable and span 9.8 feet, so you won’t have any problem reaching the console or kit. You can even use one of the cords to daisy-chain to another set of headphones for a shared listening experience. 

Soundwise, the Studio Pro-10s are equipped with 50mm drivers with neodymium magnets that can reproduce the rumble and rush of bass drops and synth stabs that make your mix hard to resist on the dance floor. An in-line mic rounds out the headphone’s features, allowing you to take a break, make a call, and book a gig in the middle of a session. 

For home studio setups: Sony MDR7506

Amazon

SEE IT

The Sony MDR7506s are an industry-standard for tracking live sessions and monitoring broadcasts that won’t break the bank. Used in professional studios for decades, these cans feature 40mm drivers, neodymium magnets, and a frequency response of 10 Hz to 20 kHz. Sound quality is accurate with support across all frequencies, so vocals, instruments, and effects come through clean and clear. 

These headphones aren’t designed to touch up your music for you but instead illuminate what areas might need a few tweaks. The padded earcups make for very comfortable headphones, suitable for long work sessions, and the closed-ear design gently reduces background noise without altering your mix. This pair comes with a coiled 9.8-foot cable ending in a 1/8-inch, gold-plated plug for a reliable connection; should you want to connect to an interface or amp, a threaded 1/4-inch adaptor is included. 

While these aren’t necessarily the headphones you’ll want to take with you on the train or casually throw into your bag, you certainly could; they are a sturdy, reliable pair for all your production needs and come with a carrying case. And, as one of the best headphones under $100, you can afford to pick up several pairs of the MDR7506s so you can share with studio guests. If you’re looking for studio-quality sound and proven durability but want to spend a little less, check out the ATH-M20x from Audio-Technica, which retails for $50. 

For hearing more without spending more: Philips SHP9500

Amazon

SEE IT

If you’re not going to be sitting at the studio but want to prioritize sound quality, the SHP9500 from Phillips Audio will do the trick. With 50mm drivers, high-power neodymium magnets, a 12,000 Hz – 35,000 kHz frequency response, and an impedance of 32 ohms, these headphones deliver a punchy low-end, robust mids, and a crisp, clean high-end. Angled large-diaphragm drivers, a double-layered headband, and breathable earcups designed to dissipate heat keep you comfortable while you enjoy precise reproduction. This pair comes with a 4.9-foot removable cable with a 3.5mm socket on either side for switching sources, or adding a microphone. A 6.35mm adapter is also included for amp, instrument, and interface connection. For only $75, the SHP9500 provides you with a dynamic, transparent listening experience fo one of the best headphones under $100.

For when the kids keep asking if you’re there yet: iJoy

Amazon

SEE IT

Budget headphones often sit somewhere between $30-$100, but if you’re looking for something even more bargain to keep the kids (or even yourself) occupied in the backseat, the $17.99 Bluetooth 4.1-equipped iJoys might be for you. While we can’t promise top-quality sound reproduction from these cheap Bluetooth headphones, these headphones are designed with comfort and portability in mind. With an adjustable headband, snug padding, and plush earcups, they can be comfortably worn for hours at a time. Five built-in control buttons allow the user to play, pause, skip tracks, and adjust music volume. They can also answer or hang up the phone and adjust the EQ. The battery promises six hours of playtime and a two-hour charging time. There is even a radio receiver and plug-in microSD card so anyone can still listen to their favorite tunes even when there’s no cell service or WiFi. And, at less than $20, you won’t care if the kids treat these like, well, everything and you inevitably have to replace them.

FAQs

Q: Are cheap headphones good? 

Generally speaking, you can find a great pair of cheap headphones to rival expensive models if you know what to look for. Not all budget cans will provide the same audio quality and special features as more expensive models; however, options like the Sony MDR7506 are considered an industry standard for mixers across the globe. It all depends on what you want to get out of your headphones and how you hope to use them. Luckily, there are several fantastic options out there for an inexpensive pair that doesn’t cheapen the listening experience. 

Q: What are the best budget headphones under $50? 

If you’re looking for the best cheap headphones, check out the Anker Soundcore Life Q20 or OneOdio options listed above. There are also a few options out there for wireless earbuds on a budget, like the Skullcandy Dime earphones or Tozo T10. Of course, the more you’re able to invest in your cans, the more options you’ll be able to consider, but you can certainly get plenty of pleasure out of the best headphones under $50. 

Q: W

hich is the best budget wireless headphone?

While it’s hard to give that trophy to just one pair, we know a number of folks really enjoy the Jabra Elite 45h. If your spending is a bit more flexible and you want to compare a few more options, check out the best Bluetooth headphones to peruse even more wire-free connectivity. 

The final word on finding the best budget headphones  

Just because your headphones are inexpensive doesn’t mean they’ve sacrificed connectivity options, microphones, noise cancellation, style, or sound. In fact, there are several options out there for the best budget headphones, so long as you know what you’re looking for. While there are some luxuries you might miss out on when it comes to the best cheap headphones, you should have no problem finding a pair that suits your priorities. Hone in on what’s most important for your listening experience and start cueing up your favorite playlist.

The post Best budget headphones of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Treblab HD77 review: A sturdy stand-in https://www.popsci.com/reviews/treblab-hd77-review/ Fri, 06 Aug 2021 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=387267
Treblab HD77 with accessories
The Treblab HD77 is outfitted to get you going on the go. Carsen Joenk

The Treblab HD77 is an affordable outdoor speaker alternative perfect for a patio.

The post Treblab HD77 review: A sturdy stand-in appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Treblab HD77 with accessories
The Treblab HD77 is outfitted to get you going on the go. Carsen Joenk

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Treblab is reasonably new to the audio scene, only churning out affordable Bluetooth speakers and headphones since 2015. Almost all of Treblab’s products, excluding the HD-Max Speaker, retail for under $100, positioning them as more affordable alternatives to wireless speaker staff favorites from companies including JBL and Ultimate Ears. The Treblab HD77 is a portable Bluetooth speaker that can accompany you to a backyard BBQ or a backcountry hike, though maybe not a bathtub soak or beach party. It’s similar in design to the JBL Charge 5 and Flip 5, so let’s see how the $89 HD77 stacks up against those outdoor speakers.

Carsen Joenk

SEE IT

The Treblab HD77’s design

Comparable in size to a 16-ounce can of seltzer, the HD77 speaker is almost the exact same size as the JBL Flip 5. At 7.3 inches by 3 inches by 3 inches and weighing in at 21.92 ounces, the HD77 is comparable within a quarter of an inch or so. Treblab’s speaker comes with a similar removable carrying strap, as well as a carabiner for easy attachment to a backpack, bike basket, or even a belt loop. Other accessories include a 3.5mm auxiliary cable and a micro-USB charging cable, though you’ll need to supply your own power block. 

The HD77’s sleek black exterior features an easy-to-grip grille and two smooth, impact-resistant plastic cylinders housing two passive bass radiators. An LED ring, reminiscent of something out of “Tron,” adorns each end of the speaker, glowing blue when it’s turned on and red when powering down or charging. A flat base keeps the speaker stable on most surfaces and features a discrete, pull-away panel that allows you to connect an auxiliary or DC 5V cable. The overall look is versatile; it’s both techy (see the LED ring) and rugged (a nod to the texturized grille), a suitable combo for a Bluetooth speaker that’s designed to be outdoors-friendly. 

I can personally attest to the HD77’s shockproof design after it took an unfortunate tumble off my coffee table during a particularly intense game of Uno. Still, neither the interior nor the exterior suffered any damage. That being said, you don’t want to be too reckless when it comes to wet or sandy environments. The speaker is rated IPX6: “X” means the speaker has not been rated at all for resistance to small particles, so I wouldn’t place it directly in the sand or dirt, and “6” suggests it’s protected from high-pressure splashes, but that doesn’t mean it will survive total immersion. 

Though the HD77’s description might declare it’s a waterproof speaker, this is not a speaker you want to let float alongside you in the pool or bring into the ocean. However, you won’t need to worry about any damage from partygoers accidentally spilling punch on it. While the HD77 is fortified against drops of water, you’ll want to do your best to keep a substantial amount away from the speaker’s base at all times because the ports hidden inside the pull-away panel are more susceptible to damage from liquids. I didn’t push my luck too far but did purposefully subject it to a few sink splashes…and it may have come into contact with a minimal amount of beer during the aforementioned Uno game. All in all, the speaker made it out of both incidents completely unaffected, which bodes well for any other accidental spills or brief stints in the rain while looking for cover. 

Treblab HD77 covered in water beads
The HD77 wants to make a splash at your next outdoor party. Carsen Joenk

Setting up the Treblab HD77 

Setting up the HD77 Bluetooth speaker is easy and intuitive. It functions like many other wireless speakers, with four rubberized multifunction buttons at the top to control power/Bluetooth pairing, play/pause, and volume up and down (which also triggers a skip forward and back, respectively). I never realized how much I needed a replay button until I accidentally skipped my favorite song and couldn’t easily go back while jamming with my JBL Charge 5 during an at-home workout, so kudos to the HD77 for letting you just hold down the volume-minus button for a quick repeat. You can also use the play/pause button to answer, hang up, or reject a phone call. 

Pairing is quick and easy; just hold down the power button until you hear a sound cue and see a flashing blue light. I had no issues connecting my phone or computer, just keep in mind only one device can be connected at a time. With a standard 33-foot Bluetooth signal range, you can wander fairly far away from the unit before the connection becomes spotty, especially if you’re outside. My apartment walls are circa 1905, which means they are particularly thick. When I walked into another room the connection was susceptible to drops, even if I stayed within range, though this has been true of almost any wireless speaker I’ve ever tried. 

All Treblab’s speakers are True Wireless Stereo, letting you connect two units for stereo sound. The pairing process, however, is slightly complicated. First, you’ll need to pair the primary (or left channel) speaker with your iOS or Android smart device then, once connected, you’ll turn Bluetooth off on your smart device and power down the primary speaker, turn on the secondary (right channel) speaker, double click the primary speaker’s power button, and you should see LED lights flash blue and green, indicating successful pairing with the secondary speaker. You can then turn your smart device back on. It can be tricky to get this done on the first try, but you shouldn’t have any trouble once connected. Stereo sound is certainly preferable, and the added volume boost is excellent for parties. Keep in mind, the HD77 uses Bluetooth 5.0, which means it isn’t backward-compatible with Treblab products that use Bluetooth 4.2, though older smart devices shouldn’t be a problem. When in doubt, you can use the analog auxiliary connection to pump up the jams (assuming you have a compatible output on your device).  

The Treblab HD77’s sound quality 

The biggest question with any budget speaker is, naturally, “Does it sound good?” While the HD77 can’t really hold a candle to wired speakers or more expensive Bluetooth models, it does the trick for under $100. As with most compact cylindrical portable Bluetooth speakers, the 12.5-watt drivers are configured to provide 360-degree sound and DualBass radiator technology supports the low-end, though some may find it lacking, which makes sense given that the HD77’s frequency response is 80 Hz – 16kHz. It’s not exactly enough range to produce quality bass guitar licks, thumping kick drum beats, or expressive sub-bass. However, this is true for most small, Bluetooth speakers, budget-friendly or not. 

The midrange is pretty clear and certainly forward in the mix; Brian May comes through beautifully and Freddie Mercury sounds great on Queen’s “All Dead, All Dead.” However, more complicated, harmonic vocals, like those found on Brown Bird’s “Severed Soul,” can get a bit muddy. The Treblab HD77 speaker performs best with high-energy pop and hip-hop mixes; the high-end is bright, albeit lacking some clarity, and the bass is just punchy enough to blast Olivia Rodrigo’s “Good 4 U” or M.I.A.’s “Paper Planes.”  

Volume-wise, the speaker can get loud, just not as loud as its JBL contemporaries. I was able to listen comfortably to the max volume while inside my apartment but noticed a fair amount of distortion while doing so. The unit itself doesn’t tell you how close you are to reaching its threshold, but if you try and push it over the edge, it will inform you by blinking its LED lights red. Many online reviewers tout the HD77’s impressive volume capabilities, but I quickly got flashing warning lights. However, the clarity and volume were super-satisfying when I took it outside for a quick park picnic. It was exactly what I wanted when it came to the extra ambiance. Though I didn’t have the opportunity, I can see it performing well on the hiking trail when you just need a little pick-me-up to boost your energy but don’t need to blast the music in order to get moving. 

Play all-day 

The HD77 features a 5200mAh battery and touts 20 hours of playback on a low volume, 12 hours at a moderate volume, and 9 hours at high volumes; playing music using the aux cord can extend this time. The charging time is four hours, which means as long as you remember to plug it in overnight, or at least remember when you wake up in the morning, you won’t run out of battery during the day. However, unless you’re keeping track, it’s difficult to tell how much battery is left…until it’s not. When the HD77’s battery hits roughly 3 percent, which is a relatively low level for notification of impending shutdown, loud warnings will repeat every 30 seconds. If you’ve taken this portable speaker somewhere you can’t immediately plug in the speaker, it won’t be work playing through the last 20-30 minutes of charge. However, the speaker can still play music while charging, so if you happen to be home, you can keep the party going. 

Treblab HD77 next to JBL Charge 5 and a yoga mat
The HD77 wants to offer similar features to JBL’s Flip 5 and Charge 5 (pictured). Carsen Joenk

The rest of the specs

The Treblab HD77 premium speaker notably features a built-in cVc 6.0 microphone and the ability to answer or reject calls straight for the speaker body. Call quality fluctuated, but much of that had to do with solid service. I brought the speaker on a quick trip outside of the city and noticed that clarity dipped significantly when I only had two bars, even if I could hear well via the phone’s internal speaker or through my AirPods. Despite the fuzz on a few calls, when service was strong, I could hear clearly, though I had to stay close to the speaker for friends and colleagues on the other end to make sense of what I was saying. 

The HD77 doesn’t deal in fancier features like apps, voice-assistant capabilities, or onboard EQ, but I didn’t miss them. The HD77 is a portable speaker offering good sound without bells and whistles. I would rather have acceptable sound with a strong battery than deluxe features that don’t work with the limited sound profile.

So, who should buy the Treblab HD77?

The Treblab HD77 bluetooth speaker is a great little speaker to throw in your backpack on your way to an outdoor hang, walk in the woods, or poolside perch. While it’s not going to take home the gold when it comes to waterproof Bluetooth speaker features or sound quality, it’s a solid option that could earn a spot among the best portable Bluetooth speakers for those on a budget. If you want something similar and you’re ready to up your spending just a bit, check out the $120 JBL Flip 5 (reviewed here), and if you don’t mind carrying around a little extra weight, investigate the $180 JBL Charge 5 (reviewed here). However, if you’re prioritizing portability and price, the HD77 is a powerful companion with a straightforward setup, excellent durability, and solid sound. Simply clip the carabiner to your bag and enjoy your favorite music and podcasts wherever you are.

The post Treblab HD77 review: A sturdy stand-in appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best handheld vacuums of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-handheld-vacuum/ Tue, 23 Nov 2021 20:28:11 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=279676
clean living room with couch and coffee table
Chait Goli via Pexels

The best handheld vacuum will help you clean up any mess quickly and efficiently; you can finally stop relying on your dog to take care of everyday spills.

The post Best handheld vacuums of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
clean living room with couch and coffee table
Chait Goli via Pexels

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A product image of the Black+Decker Black+Decker 20V Max Flex Handheld Vacuum
SEE IT

The Black+Decker 20V Max Flex can handle fluids, larger pieces of trash, and other things that other cordless handheld vacuums often can’t.

Best budget red Dirt Devil handheld vacuum Dirt Devil Scorpion Handheld Vacuum Cleaner
SEE IT

This budget-friendly, corded model is a bang for your buck thanks to the .45-liter bin and 2.5-foot hose.

Best for pet hair The BISSELL Pet Hair Eraser Cordless Hand Vacuum is the best cordless handheld vacuum. Bissell Pet Hair Eraser
SEE IT

The Bissell Pet Hair Eraser has a very specific set of skills … Namely, it keeps animal hair off your stuff.

Spring cleaning may be right around the corner, and what better way to upgrade your army of cleaning supplies than to add a lightweight, handheld vacuum? Whether you’re the parent of a messy toddler or a pet-owner constantly picking up hair, the best handheld vacuum is perfect for a quick, easy clean. 

We all know the frustration you can feel lugging upright vacuums around the house, especially when all you really need to suck up a handful of spilled Cheerios or clear up a couple of dust bunnies. But we also know that, on the opposite end of the spectrum, a robot vacuum can’t handle every type of spill or space. Not to mention the irritation felt when the vacuum cord is simply not long enough to reach the spot you’re trying to clean; cue the hunt for a closer outlet. These compact machines are great for getting to hard-to-reach areas around the home like kitchen cabinets, couch cushions, and stairs. Various attachments make refreshing window sills, door frames, and moldings a piece of cake. They can even be a helpful tool to give your car’s interior an overdue scrub or work wonders in a cluttered garage. While even the best handheld vacuums aren’t made for deep-cleaning, they are perfect for the small messes and dry spills that inevitably occur throughout the week. 

How we chose the best handheld vacuums

In order to bring you the best handheld vacuums, we thought about what kinds of messes we encounter every day and the right way to eliminate them. Cat owners will need a different model than someone with kids who needs to clean the minivan. A large apartment that needs small but frequent cleans will benefit from a cordless model, whereas a home that needs significant capacity at a more affordable price will thrive with a corded vacuum. We then combined personal experience, peer suggestions, critical consensus, and user impressions to narrow down our options. Beyond situational needs, we examined technical specs—including power, weight, filter type, and more—to select our top picks for the best handheld vacuums so you can spend less time worrying about clean-up and more time enjoying your favorite mess-making people, pets, and activities.

What to consider when buying the best handheld vacuums

The best vacuum for you will provide flexibility and reliability when it comes to picking up dirt, hair, and other debris quickly. Many models come with attachments to make cleaning specific areas more manageable, and some are even designed to pick up particular messes—like those left behind by shedding pets. Below are a few of our favorite models and features and key points to consider before purchasing your new appliance.

Would you prefer a cordless or corded handheld vacuum?

Cordless handheld vacuums are a convenient choice for supplementary cleaning that will suit most homes—easy to use on stairs and helpful for quick clean-ups in hard-to-reach areas. They rely on rechargeable batteries to provide power and suction. A full charge will typically last between 15 and 40 minutes, though a lithium-ion battery could last longer. Recharge time is usually between two and five hours but, for lower-end models, this could be as long as 16 hours. As the battery begins to drain, you may notice a depletion in suction power. The best cordless handheld vacuum will also be lighter than their corded contemporaries, allowing them to clean tricky areas quickly. If going cordless sounds like the best option and you want a full-size unit to add to your roster, consider our list of the best cordless vacuums

A corded handheld vacuum is heavier than other models and needs an electrical outlet to function, but you’ll never need to worry about running out of battery. Corded models typically have a larger capacity for dander, dirt, and dust than cordless models, which will cut down on trips to the trash can. Plus, they usually come at a cheaper price point.

Do you want a handheld vacuum with special features and attachment tools?

A thorough clean relies on more than just suction power. If you need a handheld vacuum for stairs, shelves, cabinets, and other tough areas, look for a vac with special features and attachments. Crevices tools allow you to get between couch cushions, closer to floor moldings, and behind heavy furniture. Longer hoses and extenders are great for reaching all the things that are taller than you: tall bookcases, shelving units, etc. Upholstery attachments let you thoroughly suck up dust and hair from your chairs, couches, and even beds. Finally, convertible vacuums offer the best of both worlds, providing a super lightweight handheld option and a sturdier stick mode to help cover larger areas.

Get a handheld vacuum for pet hair if you’re dealing with shedding animals

If you’re the proud owner of a cute cat or precious puppy, chances are you’re battling pet hair everywhere. Many factors determine the amount of hair your furry friend will lose in one week, but one thing is for sure: you’ll find their hair stuck to the couch, balled up in corners, collected by their water dish, and bunched in countless other places. Handheld vacuums are the perfect tool for expelling unsightly shedding without needing to haul out your upright unit. 

It’s no secret that pet hair has a superhero-like grip on various surfaces, especially carpets and couches or other upholstered furniture. Sometimes simple suction power isn’t going to cut it when it comes to pulling up those pesky strands. Instead, look for a handheld vacuum cleaner that comes with attachments like a motorized brush to lift the hair off the surface before sucking it into the dust bin.   

Do you need a small handheld vacuum to help clean your car?

Keeping your car clean can be a real pain in the butt. It’s hard to maneuver around seats, steering wheels, and gear shifts, not to mention all the tiny cracks and crevices that hoard crumbs and other detritus. An upright vacuum just isn’t going to cut it when it comes to fishing around cup holders and underneath floor mats. A small handheld vacuum is the best way to get your car clean without shelling out for interior detailing. Their size and portability make it easier to get to the tricky corners and uncomfortable angles inside your vehicle. Plus, attachments like crevice tools or long hoses can get you an even deeper clean. If you’re hoping to do a full sweep, look for a model that lasts more than 10 minutes on a single charge; that way, you won’t run out of battery right before you hit the back row. Imagine being able to suck up all the food particles hiding in the nooks and crannies of your child’s car seat or being able to easily vacuum the trunk after your dog hops in post-hike, bringing with him a host of leaves, pebbles, and dirt.

Are you working with a tight budget?

Shopping for the best handheld vacuum on a budget can be tricky, but luckily there are plenty of options out there if you know what to look for. Cheap cordless vacuums can be hard to come by and usually have a significantly shorter battery life or unimpressive suction. If you want a quality lightweight handheld vacuum that won’t break the bank, we suggest trying out a corded model first. While this may seem inconvenient, many corded models are long enough to clean large areas and flexible enough to clean cars, as long as there is an available outlet in your garage. You won’t have to worry about a weak battery running out halfway through a cleaning session, and you won’t have any inconsistencies when it comes to suction. You can also consider our list of the best cheap vacuums in case you need something a little more heavy-duty than a handheld. 

The best handheld vacuums: Reviews & Recommendations

A handheld vacuum doesn’t seem like the kind of device where you need to swat the details, but it turns out there’s a lot of nuance tA handheld vacuum doesn’t seem like the kind of device where you need to swat the details, but it turns out there’s a lot of nuance to making a great one. Between power, capacity, and attachments, not to mention cord length and/or battery life, it makes sense to take a good, hard look and pick the right one for the job. Our picks for the best handheld vacuums have different strengths and weaknesses but will be a perfect fit for the right person.

Best cordless: Black+Decker 20V Max Flex Handheld Vacuum 

BLACK+DECKER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This cordless model from Black + Decker has amazing suction, a versatile nozzle for hard-to-reach places, and is suitable for just about any surface—it can even grab pet hair without any additional tools.

Specs 

  • Battery Life: Up to 17 minutes 
  • Dirt bin size: 15 oz.
  • Weight: 3 lbs. 

Pros 

  • Powerful suction
  • Rotating nozzle 
  • Completely washable filter 
  • Easy storage

Cons 

  • Battery life isn’t great

The Black + Decker Pivot Vaccum is often compared to the pricey and elusive Dyson Humdinger, but it provides premium quality cleaning at less than one-third of the cost. This lithium-ion-powered handheld vac has two cleaning speeds, including a PowerBoost mode to help banish tough spills. Aside from some of the strongest suction power in its class, the 200-degree pivoting nozzle is the star of the show. Easily suck up dirt from hard-to-reach places, including underneath furniture, crevices in the car, and overhead shelving. This vac also comes with a crevice tool that helps you refresh all the inconspicuous areas in your home, like under the couch or on top of the fridge, plus a brush for tough messes. An extra-large 75-milliliter dustbin can contain the entirety of your mess, even when you’re dealing with sizable particles like small rocks or food scraps. Both the filter and dirt receptacle are removable and washable, a huge convenience for anyone struggling to maintain their vacuum over time. The dirt bowl has a side door for hands-free disposal, eliminating getting your hands dirty after tackling the main mess. While it’s true that the battery life is a little lacking, you won’t need more than a minute or two to suck up a hefty amount of dust and dirt. Keep in mind that even the most powerful handheld model isn’t meant to supplement a full-size vacuum completely but instead be used to tackle small, hard-to-reach detritus quickly. And while 15-20 minutes of battery life doesn’t sound like a ton (a battery life indicator lets you know when it’s running low), needing to recharge is well worth it for super-power level suction. 

Best for stairs: Shark WS633 3-in-1 WANDVAC System

Shark

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This handheld model doubles as a stick vacuum and features a 3-in-1 system that comes with everything you need to clean stairs, furniture, floors, and more. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: Up to 25 minutes 
  • Dirt bin size: 15 oz.
  • Weight: Stick Mode: 5.8 lbs. Hand vac: approx 2 lbs. 

Pros 

  • Battery life 
  • Lightweight
  • Super-versatile

Cons 

  • Expensive
  • Filter is not washable

This 3-in-1 set from Shark really has it all when it comes to lightweight, thorough vacuuming. Available in six colors, this Wandvac starts out as a cordless stick vacuum with flexible silicon Powerfins on the highspeed motor suitable for use on carpets, hardwood floors, and tile. With the quick touch of a button, this stick vacuum converts to a convenient handheld vacuum for quick cleanup. Weighing under 2.1 pounds, your wrist won’t get tired of carrying this model around, even as it fills with dirt and dust. Attach the wand extender to clean hard-to-reach areas, including cabinets, shelving, or underneath low-profile furniture. You can even trigger Boost Mode, which produces extra bursts of suction so you can pick up larger debris. Twenty-five minutes of battery life is better than most models and the one-touch dirt cup is easy to empty over your trashcan. This vacuum also comes with an attachable pet multitool, a mini motorized hand tool, and a side-by-side charging dock. If you’re looking for the best small handheld vacuum perfect for those tricky spots, the Shark can prove itself the best for stairs and other tight spaces.

Best for pet hair: Bissell Pet Hair Eraser 

Bissell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bissell Pet Hair Eraser is our favorite tool for getting rid of clingy pet hairs; the motorized brush makes picking up what Muffin left behind a breeze. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: Up to 17 minutes 
  • Dirt bin size: Approximately 23 oz.
  • Weight: 3 lbs. 

Pros 

  • Large dirt bin
  • Motorized brush tool 
  • Upholstery tool

Cons 

  • The crevice tool is just okay

This powerful machine weighs a little over 4 pounds and expertly removes dirt from your home using a motorized brush tool designed to release pet hair’s stronghold on, let’s face it, everything you own. A miracle worker for any surface, but this brush is particularly useful for high-pile rugs and furniture; the bristles gently yet powerful pull hair up and off surfaces before sucking them up. The Pet Hair Eraser also comes with a flat upholstery tool that suctions right onto the surface and maintains a steady fabric grip. The crevice tool is, of course, useful for hard-to-reach areas. With a lithium-ion battery, you’ll get 17 minutes of consecutive use before it needs to recharge. Triple filtration keeps suction power strong and the easy empty dirt cup is simple to use. The dirt cup capacity is an impressive 0.7 liters, which is fairly large for a small, handheld vacuum; you shouldn’t have any problem eliminating stubborn hair from multiple rooms at a time before you have to dump the bin into the garbage.

Best for cars: Ryobi ONE+ Wet/Dry Vacuum

Ryobi

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Ryobi ONE+ is a handheld vacuum that will deliver a professional quality clean for your car, equipped with both wet and dry capabilities.  

Specs 

  • Battery Life: N/A 
  • Dirt bin size: 384 oz. / 3 gallons
  • Weight: 10.66 lbs. 

Pros 

  • Wet/dry capabilities for a full clean
  • Professional clean
  • 30-40 minute run time

Cons 

  • Heavy
  • Battery and charger sold separately 

There are other, smaller handheld vacuums like the Shark UltraCyclone Pet Pro Plus, which, though designed for pet pick-up, do a fantastic job with just about any surface, including cars. However, we want to find something specifically designed to help you thoroughly clean your vehicle; enter the Ryobi ONE+. This super powerful suction machine is essentially a handheld shop vac with a 3-gallon dry debris capacity, a transparent 6-foot extendable hose, and a washable filter. It also comes with a crevice tool and utility nozzle for your car’s hard-to-clean nooks and crannies. Best of all, this vac is a dual wet/dry vacuum which means it can suck up spills or moisture after cleaning your car’s fabric interiors. Though you’ll need to purchase a separate battery and charger, you’ll be able to clean for 30-40 minutes straight once acquired. 

Best corded: Bissell Cleanview Deluxe Corded Handheld Vacuum

Bissell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This lightweight, corded handheld vacuum has an 18-foot cord and HEPA filtration, so you don’t have to worry about snags or sneezes while vacuuming.

Specs 

  • Battery Life: N/A
  • Dirt bin size: Approximately 26 oz.
  • Weight: 5 lbs.

Pros 

  • Lightweight
  • Large dirt bin
  • HEPA filtration

Cons 

  • Vent could be better designed

This handheld vacuum has a generous 18-foot cord to help you clean larger areas or tricky spots that aren’t right next to an outlet, and a rubber nozzle helps remove debris from upholstery in your home and car with an easy reach. It also comes with a crevice and wide-mouth tool, so you can suck up stubborn crumbs or destroy large dust collections in a matter of seconds. It’s bagless, so when you’re done cleaning, all you need to do is empty the vacuum directly into the trash. And, you won’t need to take multiple trips to empty the vacuum thanks to its large 26-ounce dirt bin. The filter is washable for easy clean-up and features HEPA filtration to rid your home of odors and airborne microbes. Some reviewers note that the vent could be better designed—the vents blow down, which can scatter debris.

Best budget: Dirt Devil Scorpion Handheld Vacuum Cleaner

Dirt Devil

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A handheld vacuum with impressive suction, 2.5-foot hose attachment, and constant power for under $40.

Specs 

  • Battery Life: N/A 
  • Dirt bin size: Approximately 15 oz.
  • Weight: 3 lbs. 

Pros 

  • Affordable 
  • Hose is helpful
  • 16-foot power cord

Cons 

  • Struggles with few outlets in big spaces

This powerful handheld vacuum weighs under 4 pounds and comes with a 16-foot power cord so you can get to tricky areas without a struggle. It features a built-in crevice tool that flips down to get in between couch cushions and car seats. A removable, rinseable filter provides long-lasting performance, and a large dustbin ensures you won’t have to pause your pick-up before it’s complete. The detachable 2.5-foot hose is helpful for cleaning up high-volume messes like sawdust, sand, and more. If you like the sound of all of this but the tether to an outlet is a dealbreaker for you, check out the Dirt Devil Quick Flip Cordless; though it’s more expensive than its corded contemporary, the Dirt Devil Cordless still offers affordable vacuuming. 

FAQs

Q: Is a handheld vacuum the same as a dustbuster?

Yes, a handheld vacuum is often called a dustbuster. The phrase “dustbuster” is a quippy way to label these powerful little appliances, known for quickly picking up dust and debris along with other spills. If you see a handheld vacuum referred to as a dustbuster (or vice versa), know that they mean the same thing.

Q: What is the best way to store a cordless handheld vacuum? 

While there are many ways to store a cordless handheld vacuum, we recommend looking for a wall-mounted model if you’re tight on space. A wall-mounted charger keeps your appliance off the floor and out of the way. They make it easy to stash inside a linen closet or crowded pantry without the risk of tripping over or stepping on the power cord. Many handheld models are compatible with separately purchased wall mounts, so make sure you search for additional product accessories.

Q: How long do handheld vacuums last? 

On average, handheld vacuums last between two and three years, though there are a few things you can do to extend one’s lifetime. Make sure you purchase your vac from a reputable brand, regularly clean the filters and replace as needed, empty the bin before it’s completely stuffed, and untangle any dust or hair that gets tangled in the attachments. Also, make sure to reserve your handheld vacuum for light spills and other minimal messes; you don’t want to damage the structure trying to deep clean your floor or carpet.

Q: How much do handheld vacuums cost?

Handheld vacuums cost anywhere from $15 to $200, with a few high-end models costing at much as $300. While you don’t need to spend an exorbitant amount on a dustbuster, think about saving up for a mid-range model if you don’t want to head back to the store after just a couple of cleans. This will also ensure you can take care of mild messes successfully; there is nothing more disappointing than unpacking a brand new vacuum only to discover it struggles to suck up dirt and debris.

Q: Does higher wattage mean more suction?

No, higher wattage does not mean more suction power. Wattage is a measurement that describes how much power a unit needs to operate. For example, a 2000w canister vacuum uses 1 kilowatt, or 1000 watts, of electricity every hour. Instead of looking at wattage for information about suction power, examine the model’s airflow specs (measured in cubic feet per minute of CFM). Typically, the higher the airflow, the better the suction.

Final thoughts on the best handheld vacuums

A household essential, handheld vacs are perfect for quick pick-ups and hard-to-reach areas, like furniture, shelving, and cars. Plus, they’re the perfect way to combat your pet’s constant shedding. The best handheld vacuums will be easy to maneuver, lightweight, and designed with your most common messes in mind. Once you’re equipped with a convenient mini-vacuum, you’ll be surprised you ever went without. 

The post Best handheld vacuums of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best Bluetooth speakers under $100 in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-bluetooth-speakers-under-100/ Thu, 20 Jan 2022 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=421087
Best shower speakers under $100

Pump beats at a price that can't be beat with the best Bluetooth speakers under $100.

The post Best Bluetooth speakers under $100 in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best shower speakers under $100

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Amazon Echo is the best smart speaker for under $100 Amazon Echo (4th Gen.)
SEE IT

An amazing at-home speaker with unlimited smart control possibilities.

Best waterproof The Ultimate Ears Wonderboom 2 is the best shower speaker with bass UE Wonderboom 2
SEE IT

The best bluetooth speaker to take to the pool, beach, or bathtub.

Best portable The JBL Clip 4 is the best portable pick JBL Clip 4
SEE IT

A tiny, but mighty, ultraportable speaker that packs a punch.

Inexpensive Bluetooth speakers can be hit or miss; some models stand up well against pricier units while others sink. Luckily, if you know what you’re looking for, you won’t have any trouble selecting the best Bluetooth speakers under $100 to fit your needs and budget. Whether you’re looking for something waterproof to bring with you to the beach or something super compact to accompany you on a backcountry hike, there is an affordable option out there. Just because you’re not ready to shell out $200 or more doesn’t necessarily mean you have to sacrifice special features, impressive battery life, or other elements that make you reach for a speaker whenever and wherever you want to tap into your favorite tunes. 

How we selected the best Bluetooth speakers under $100

If you visit my apartment, you will immediately see a veritable wall of Bluetooth speakers, large and small. I have what some may call a “deep enthusiasm” for portable sound. To start our selection process for speakers under $100, we listened to personal favorites, took a deep dive into technical specs, and consulted user reviews on additional models. We paid particular attention to sound quality, battery life, and connectivity to ensure that these affordable options provide an exceptional listening experience. Each model has a battery that lasts at least 10 hours, with a connectivity range over 20 feet, and special features that range from extra portability, waterproof ratings, stereo pairing, and voice assistant compatibility.

Things to consider before buying a Bluetooth speaker under $100

Just because you aren’t spending a fortune on your next Bluetooth speaker doesn’t mean you need to suffer at the hands of bad sound quality, poor battery life, or bulky, awkward sizing. While you may not be able to acquire all the bells and whistles of a more expensive model, if you prioritize your favorite features, you’ll still have a super satisfying sonic experience. 

Sound quality 

Perhaps the hardest thing to find with a more budget-friendly Bluetooth speaker is excellent sound quality. Bluetooth speakers, in general, aren’t necessarily known for audiophile-quality sound reproduction, so don’t despair if your new unit doesn’t sound exactly like your high-end studio monitors. That being said, you don’t have to settle for muffled, distorted, or limited audio. To find a Bluetooth speaker under $100 that can bump solid bass, maintain clarity, and support a plethora of genres and instruments, consider size, decibels, and frequency response. 

Size matters if you want to experience some heavy-hitting low-end for personal listening or a raucous party—the physical constraints of components that make up a speaker can’t help but impact the sound. Larger units are generally better equipped to maintain distortion-free audio even as you turn the volume up, plus they have more room for well-designed subwoofers that can achieve lower registers. You are likely to get a more powerful, accurate low end when there are additional woofers or “bass radiators,” which can only be housed in a speaker that’s bigger than your iPhone. 

For more detailed information about volume, check out the speaker’s specs and look for a maximum decibel level, notated as dB. If you are primarily playing music inside, 100 dB is the loudest you’ll want to go, and we’d be surprised if you even enjoyed listening at this level (it’s akin to a jet plane flying directly overhead). On the other hand, if you’re hosting an outdoor party with many people in attendance, you could think about increasing the volume to 115 dB, which is concert-level; music at this volume will cover a large area, but you wouldn’t want anyone standing too close. Generally speaking, we are satisfied with Bluetooth speakers that maintain good sound quality at 85 dB for larger gatherings. 

Battery life 

A Bluetooth speaker is only as good as its battery life; at least that’s what I think whenever mine dies right before playing my favorite Solange song in the shower. In order to avoid the low-battery light flashing a warning right in the middle of the party, make sure you do a deep dive into a speaker’s description before buying. Luckily, many speakers under $100 can last between 10 and 20 hours without a charge, more than enough time for a podcast binge or a few days’ worth of “Yoga with Adriene” classes. If you aren’t worried about running out of battery on the go, consider going for a Bluetooth speaker that will let you keep playing music while charging. 

Size and portability 

When you set out to shop for a Bluetooth speaker, it’s important to consider where and when you’ll be rocking out the most. While most wire-free wonders are designed to move with you, not every speaker can claim prime portability. If you’re taking your favorite tunes to a nearby park, beach, or neighboring house party, don’t be afraid to grab a larger model to shove in a bag or carry by hand. Generally, the larger speakers have a bit of an edge over their truly tiny counterparts when it comes to sound quality. However, if you need a boost of music while riding your bike or hiking up your favorite trail, a small speaker will certainly suit your needs. There are even several portable speakers that weigh under 1 pound, so you don’t need to worry about being bogged down. We recommend a lightweight model with a built-in strap for easy outdoor listening.

Connectivity 

It’s no surprise that Bluetooth speakers are designed for, you guessed it, Bluetooth connectivity, which is a constantly evolving protocol. To make sure your speaker will perform its best for years to come, look for the most recent version of Bluetooth support you can find (at the moment that’s anything in the 5.0 range). A Bluetooth 5.1 or 5.2 speaker will have a more stable connection, which makes it easier to support brand-specific features like allowing more than one person to connect and control the speaker at a time. This feature is handy when it comes time to turn your party playlist over to a different DJ. If you want true stereo sound, search for a speaker with a robust connection designed to pair with another unit manufactured by the same company. That way, you can experience true stereo (while maximizing volume). And even if your speaker is Bluetooth, not all your sources might be, or they might occasionally have trouble connecting, so consider if you need (or want) a speaker that still offers an auxiliary (aux) jack, so you can physically connect your phone or computer with a 3.5mm cable. 

Also, consider the Bluetooth codecs supported by the speaker. Every single Bluetooth device supports SBC, but the shortcoming of making a universal format is it’s also the lowest quality. If you use solely iOS devices, a speaker that supports AAC will optimize your connection quality. And if you’re Android, aptX support does a similar job of being a higher-quality default. There are even more esoteric, brand-specific codecs beyond that, but they rarely accompany speakers in the under $100 price range.

One final thing to keep in mind when considering connectivity is Bluetooth range. This describes how far you and your device can wander away before your sound starts to get fuzzy before ultimately getting disconnected. If you’re supplying the tunes for an outdoor barbecue and you only have a 10-foot Bluetooth range, chances are you won’t be able to get in and out of the house without someone yelling, “Where’d the music go?” Or you’ll end up leaving your phone sitting out in the open, where it might get accidentally dunked in a pool or test its durability against the patio. Look for a speaker with at least a 25-foot range or higher for maximum connectivity in various sonic scenarios. 

IP rating 

Almost every Bluetooth speaker will have an IP rating proudly stated in the product description or buried in additional specs. IP stands for “Ingress Protection,” which tells you just how fortified an electronic device is against dirt, dust, and water. If you’re looking for a speaker to sit in your car or on your bookshelf, having a high IP rating might not be important for your purchase. However, if you want a speaker to safely take with you to the beach, park, or bathtub perch—make sure you investigate how well it’s already protected from the elements.

IP ratings are typically composed of two numbers, or one number and an X. For example, the Wonderboom 2, a personal favorite, has an IP67 rating. The first digit describes particle protection, the second liquid. The “6” indicates it can keep out most dust and dirt particles, while the “7” means it can be submerged in up to 1 meter of water for 30 minutes before any damage occurs, making it a great option for poolside tunes. The higher the number, the more protected your speakers will be from whatever threatens them. So, Wonderboom 2’s IP rating makes it one of the best shower speakers and the kind of speaker you could feel comfortable taking to the beach or for some lakeside listening. 

You may find an IP that replaces particle protection with an “X,” written as IPX7 for example. An “X” in place of any number means no data is available for that substance. You should assume that the speaker is not protected from said element when you see an X. 

The best Bluetooth speakers under $100: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Amazon Echo (4th Gen.)

Why it made the cut: For under $100, the 4th-gen. Amazon Echo is the perfect at-home speaker with a built-in microphone, impressive sound quality, and multiple connectivity options. 

Specs

  • Battery Life: Not rechargeable 
  • Bluetooth Range: 30 feet
  • IP Rating: None
  • Size: 5.7 x 5.7 x 5.2 inches

Pros: 

  • Sound quality 
  • Auxiliary port 
  • Built-in mic 

Cons: 

  • Not portable 
  • Not waterproof 

While the Amazon Echo is not a speaker you can take with you on the go, it is the best option for indoor listening. Like its Echo predecessors, the 4th-generation model is easy to use and compatible with many smart devices, doubling as a smart home hub for those who have smart lights, switches, doorbells, locks, and more. Even without the extra fixtures, Amazon’s voice assistant Alexa can help you set up timers, reminders, check the weather, call your family and friends, or call up your favorite playlists. The built-in microphone and speaker capabilities make for streamlined, hands-free communication. Installing more than one Echo in your home means you can program and sync multiroom music.

Available in three sleek colorways, the Echo will not only look good but sound good, with dual front-firing 0.8-inch tweeters and surprising bass thanks to a 3.0-inch neodymium woofer. These three drivers combine to deliver a satisfying thump and improved clarity, plus they support Dolby Audio (but not Dolby Atmos). Wi-Fi enabled, you can cast music from your phone if you’re on the same network or let it take direct advantage of connected services like Amazon Music HD, Audible, or Spotify Connect if you want to reserve your Bluetooth for another device.  

The Echo orb is equipped with onboard controls that will allow you to control volume, mute the microphone, or skip tracks. An LED ring at the base of the speakers will illuminate when Alexa has been activated and glow red when the microphone is muted. At the back of the speaker, you’ll find a power input port and an aux port for analog connections. The Echo is not a portable speaker, so it will need to stay plugged in at all times, though the Bluetooth 5.0 connection means you can play from just about any smart device in your home (and most rooms, depending on the layout of your walls).

Best waterproof: UE Wonderboom 2

UE Wonderboom

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Wonderboom 2 is one of the best waterproof speakers around, with impressive sound coverage and solid battery life. 

Specs

  • Battery Life: 13 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: 100 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP67
  • Size: 3.68 x 3.68 x 4.02 inches

Pros: 

  • Waterproof 
  • Sound quality 
  • Portability 

Cons: 

  • No auxiliary connection 
  • No onboard skip back 

The Wonderboom 2 is one of our favorite shower speakers, one of our favorite small speakers in general, and it has topped recommended lists of outdoor-friendly party speakers for a reason. If you’re looking for a speaker under $100 to take with you to the beach, pool, or bathtub, you can’t go wrong with the buoyant buddy. Bluetooth is just SBC, but two 40mm active drivers and two passive radiators deliver a frequency range of 75 Hz – 20 kHz and the 360-degree sound is pretty robust, hitting up to 87 dB in volume with “Outdoor Boost” mode. With an IP67 rating, the Wonderboom 2 is protected when submerged in up to 1 meter of water for 30 minutes (though it floats, so that helps you grab it if you’re worried). It’s also protected against fine particles, so you don’t have to worry about damage from the sand lingering in your beach bag. Weighing less than 1 pound with a flexible looped handle, this is also a great speaker to clip onto your backpack for any adventure. Lasting up to 13 hours, you’ll get the most out of your day and then some, especially if you manage to snag two, allowing you to pair and play in true stereo sound. 

Best bass: Sony SRS-XB23 

Why it made the cut: The Sony SRS-XB23 is designed to deliver EXTRA BASS for bangin’ sound, with an impressive range and a sleek design.

Specs

  • Battery Life: 12 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: 100 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP67
  • Size: 4.06 x 4.06 x 9.09 inches

Pros: 

  • Built-In Microphone
  • Party connect
  • Booming bass 
  • Five modern colorways
  • Innovative drivers achieve more bass with less distortion

Cons: 

  • Battery life can be depleted when playing at high volumes 
  • No aux input 
  • Pricier

Bass-lovers rejoice, the Sony SRS-XB23 is a Bluetooth speaker designed with you in mind. This pick boasts passive side radiators on each end that help the dual mica-reinforced “X-Balanced” full-range drivers achieve higher sound pressure and lower distortion, thanks to their atypical non-circular shape. This makes sure you get the full 20 Hz – 20,000 Hz spectrum from your music, plus more clean, clear rumble when Extra Bass Mode is triggered. A Bluetooth 5.0 connection—with support for SBC, AAC, and LDAC codecs—guarantees you can extract all the bump. This speaker is equipped with a stereo pair mode and Party Connect, which allows you to connect two speakers for a properly spaced out left-right response or up to 100 for an even more bass bumping sound. Additional features include a built-in microphone for a seamless transition to phone calls and control via the Sony l Music Center app, which allows you to switch modes, select your favorite playlists, change songs, apply EQ, and more right from your device. Orient the speaker any way you like, standing up or laying down, and you can switch from monophonic playback to stereo playback (when horizontal) using the app. Not only does the SRS-XB23 impress when it comes to sound, but a removable strap and IP67 rating mean you can safely take it with you just about anywhere. 

Best portable: JBL Clip 4 

Why it made the cut: The JBL Clip 4 weighs under 1 pound and is designed with a handy carabiner clip so you can get up and go without any limitations on your sound. 

Specs

  • Battery Life: 10 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: 32 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP67
  • Size: 1.8 x 3.4 x 5.3 inches

Pros: 

  • Lightweight 
  • Integrated carabiner 
  • Colorways 
  • Waterproof 

Cons: 

  • No fancy features 
  • Battery life could be better 

The JBL Clip 4 is tiny but incredibly mighty; it’s a great speaker for runners, bikers, hikers, and more. The compact unit weighs just 0.53 pounds and measures less than 6 inches tall; its footprint is barely noticeable until you crank up the tunes. A 5-watt wonder, this ultraportable features Bluetooth 5.1 and delivers an impressive dynamic frequency response of 100 Hz to 20 kHz, which could even beat out some larger speakers. The integrated carabiner is easily clipped to a belt loop, backpack strap, or even your shower head for easy access and hands-free listening. An IP67 rating means there is nowhere the Clip 4 can’t go, rain or shine. And while this small speaker may forgo the extra features found in a larger unit, it packs a pretty powerful punch when it comes to sound quality, plus it fits neatly in the palm of your hand for maximum portability. 

Best for (viewing) parties: EarFun UBOOM L

Carsen Joenk

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A wide, rich sound that’s surprising for a speaker this size delivers a powerful listening experience at a reasonable price. 

Specs

  • Battery Life: 16 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: up to 50 feet
  • IP Rating: IP67
  • Size: 8.27 x 3.07 x 2.83 inches 

Pros 

  • Video mode 
  • Aux connection available 
  • Stereo Pairing

Cons 

  • Short charging cable 
  • Only available in black

The UBOOM L from EarFun is a budget-friendly Bluetooth speaker that delivers surprisingly impressive sound. While the texturized black grill, rubber trim, and raised buttons resemble its predecessors and contemporaries (like the Treblab HD77 or JBL Flip 5), its price:performance helps this compact speaker stand out in the sub-$100 crowd. Two 14-watt, 55mm drivers and dual passive radiators support potent but balanced playback across the full frequency range. Bluetooth 5.0 supports a stable connection for up to 100 feet of distance. Multiple devices can connect to the UBOOM L, so you can easily pass along the party playlist responsibilities; to really kick things up a notch, you can easily create a stereo pair using two UBOOM Ls, widening coverage and essentially doubling volume (great for gatherings). Three listening modes are available: Indoor, Outdoor, and Video—the most unique of the bunch. Using digital signal processing (DSP) technology, Indoor mode focuses on sonic clarity and depth, while Outdoor mode boosts volume and low-end bump. Video mode supports low-latency playback with lag reduced to 150ms, making it an excellent solution to greatly improve sound when watching movies and TV shows from a laptop or other device with smaller internal speakers. A built-in microphone makes hands-free calls an option, and an IP67 rating means the appropriately portable speaker is protected from dirt and water damage when you take it to the pool or on a trek.

Best budget: Anker Soundcore Flare 2

Why it made the cut: The Anker Soundcore Flare 2 boasts many of the features found in more expensive models, including PartyCast, LED lights, and a waterproof rating. 

Specs

  • Battery Life: 12 hours 
  • Bluetooth Range: Unk.
  • IP Rating: IPX7
  • Size: 3.5 x 3.5 x 6.31 inches

Pros: 

  • LED light show 
  • PartyCast technology 
  • Soundcore App 

Cons: 

  • Battery life depletes quickly with high volume 
  • Does not support stereo sound 

The Flare 2 is a budget-friendly speaker with select high-end features that deliver a bang for your buck. With solid sound quality, satisfying 12-hour battery life, and a solid IPX7 rating, this 16-ounce can-styled speaker lets you stay connected to your favorite music, podcasts, and more at home or on the go, in the sun or light rain. The Flare 2 utilizes 20 watts to power dual drivers and bass radiators, with an engaging  360-degree output of 73 Hz – 20 kHz. PartyCast mode lets you pair up to 100 speakers together for a truly robust array of speakers, plus you can create a custom EQ for each speaker to tailor your sound to your style. Not only will you be able to enjoy sonic pleasure, but a beat-driven light show can accompany the digitally reinforced BassUp response. The Flare 2 features two light rings and six lighting modes that can be triggered via the Soundcore app; when PartyCast is enabled, you can sync lighting changes and create your own mini music festival—the Electric Daisy Carnival EDM festival won’t have anything on you. 

FAQs

Q: How many watts is a good speaker?

While there isn’t a set amount of wattage that determines a good speaker, you can use this measurement to assess volume output. Wattage typically determines how loud a speaker can get, but not the quality of the sound. Larger speakers with higher wattage can typically generate more volume, but that doesn’t mean you’ll be free of distortion. For more information regarding your speaker’s sound quality, investigate its frequency range and sound pressure levels, notated as SPL.

Q: How long should a Bluetooth speaker last?

In terms of battery life, w  believe that a good Bluetooth speaker should last at least 10 hours. We want to have the option of all-day listening, or at least be able to turn on the tunes a few hours a day without having to charge every single night. Most speakers worth their salt will have at least 10 hours of battery life, however, this may decrease if you listen to music at high volumes. The purported battery life typically reflects usage at mid-range volumes; lower volumes may result in more hours, and high volumes are likely to result in less. 

Q: Is JBL or Bose better?

When it comes to finding portable Bluetooth speakers under $100, JBL is going to be a better option. Bose does not currently have a model that regularly retails for under $119. However, they do occasionally have sales or run special promotions (one of our favorites, the Bose Soundlink Micro, is one to watch, as it dips under a C-note). JBL, on the other hand, has several budget-friendly options, including the JBL Clip 4 and JBL Go 3. These JBL models are compact, travel-friendly units designed to move with you. However, if you plan on looking for a high-end speaker, soundbar, or home system in the future, Bose is certainly a brand worth investigating. 

Final thoughts on picking the best Bluetooth speakers under $100

When it comes to finding the best Bluetooth speakers under $100, there are many options to wade through before finding the one that’s perfect for you. Prioritizing your budget doesn’t mean you need to sacrifice important features. Would you prefer something extra portable? Are you emphasizing sound quality? Do you need a speaker you can dunk in the water? As long as you know when and where you want to rock out, you won’t have a problem finding a Bluetooth speaker to fit your style. 

The post Best Bluetooth speakers under $100 in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best kids’ headphones of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-kids-headphones/ Wed, 25 Aug 2021 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=390913
A child with headphones playing video games
Bermix Studio, Unsplash

You can keep your child's hearing safe and sound(ing good) with the best kids' headphones.

The post Best kids’ headphones of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A child with headphones playing video games
Bermix Studio, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A pair of grey SHOKZ bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background. Shokz OpenRun
SEE IT

Impressive battery life, water resistance, and reliable connectivity make these the best pair of bone-conduction headphones around.

Best for kids A pair of pink bone conduction headphones with a unicorn pattern on a blue and white background N/0 Kids Bone Conduction Headphones
SEE IT

Give your kids a pair of headphones that will provide safe entertainment while they stay active.

Best waterproof A pair of blue bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background Shokz OpenSwim
SEE IT

A pair of open-ear headphones that’s waterproof, the OpenSwim suit doing laps in the pool swimmingly.

Whether it’s time for some online learning, you’re about to embark on a family road trip, or you just can’t stand to listen to another episode of “Paw Patrol,” you can help keep your child engaged for as long as necessary with headphones. But before you put random off-the-shelf gear on your little one’s head you want to make sure they’re both comfortable headphones and safe. To help make sure they don’t lose their hearing and you don’t lose your mind, we’ve put together this guide to the best kids’ headphones so the only constant questions you have to answer come from your children.

How we selected the best kids’ headphones

There are hundreds of kids’ headphones on the market, so we completed extensive research and consulted first-hand users to select standout models. We focused primarily on fit, durability, and safety features like volume limiting. We also considered some additional accouterments that some families may find useful, like a built-in microphone. We chose units that were easy to use and suitable for various ages so that you can find a great pair of kids’ headphones for even the youngest member of the family. 

What to consider when buying a pair of the best kids’ headphones 

The best kids’ headphones will provide a safe and satisfying listening experience for children of all ages, but there are a few things you should consider before buying a bundle for your family. While buying a simple set of kid’s headphones should be easy, there are a few features you’ll want to prioritize. Our hearing is super susceptible to damage from continuous exposure to high playback volumes. While this degradation is inevitable as you age, it’s important to prevent any early damage early on in your kid’s life. So, before you place a pair of cans over your little one’s ears, you want to ensure you have read the specs and clearly see safety features proudly listed.

We all know the kids tend to drop, spill, lose, and overuse their things, but that doesn’t mean you should prohibit them from trying new technology. Instead, look for a model designed to fit their specific needs. Could they benefit from a water-resistant model? Is extra cushioning ideal? How about a volume limiter? Will something budget-friendly soften the blow of a lost pair? These are all important things to consider before purchasing, so let’s look at a few points.

What’s the deal with volume limiting? 

Unlike adult headphones, many kids’ headphones feature a volume limiter, usually capped at 85 decibels. In theory, this means they cannot turn their music, movies, or TV show audio above the level acknowledged as damaging. It’s recommended that adults not exceed 85 dB when listening, though we’ve all needed to pump up the jams from time to time. And children’s ears are particularly susceptible to damage. Their ears are smaller, which means loud noises can be perceived as 20 dB louder than what an adult eardrum would process. Protecting your child’s developing auditory system is essential, and a volume limiter is a great first step. Plus, 85 dB isn’t quiet by any sense of the word (think loud traffic), so you shouldn’t worry too much about your child bothering you to turn up the sound. Along the way, encourage your child to develop a habit of avoiding prolonged exposure to loud music, especially if it’s being beamed directly into their ears. 

Are there other safety features on kids’ headphones to consider?

Yes, alongside a volume limiter, you want to consider a few other features, especially for younger children. While a pair of wired headphones can occasionally be less expensive, it’s safe to go with a pair of Bluetooth headphones, eliminating any wires that could get tangled up around your kid and cut off circulation or respiration. Luckily, kids’ headphones have kept up with the times, and there are plenty of available options that utilize a wireless connection. 

You also want to avoid using a foldable pair until your kid is a little older. The hinges of foldable headphones tend to pinch even adult fingers. Though you may lose out on compact storage, you’ll save yourself some tears, a worthy trade-off. 

Finally, make sure you limit listening time in general. Even at lower volumes, continuous noise exposure can contribute to hearing loss. Your child should never listen to eight hours of consecutive sound through headphones at any volume. You should also encourage your child to take frequent listening breaks; consider instituting a headphone rest after every movie, television episode, Zoom school class, or hour of music. 

Are you taking the kids on a trip?

If you need a pair of Bluetooth kids’ headphones for a long road trip or international flight, make sure you check out battery life before hitting “Add to Cart.” We all know that somehow, inevitably, the outlet next to your specific airplane seat won’t work, so rather than deal with a whiny kid for the final four hours of your journey, invest in a pair that can last for up to 20 hours on a single charge. While we don’t recommend you let them listen to their music that entire time, having a long-lasting battery will undoubtedly help you make it through a delayed plane, highway traffic, and more. 

If you have an older child and want to ensure there won’t be a battery issue, you can check out a few wired models or Bluetooth pairs that come with an optional auxiliary connection. Just make sure you keep an eye on them, especially if they are starting to fall asleep while listening. 

Does your child need a microphone?

If your child is school-aged, chances are they have experienced some remote learning, are on their way to getting a cellphone, have started experimenting with online gaming, or may still need to sit through a class or two on Zoom. If this sounds like your child, consider selecting a pair of kids’ headphones equipped with a microphone. Not only will you be able to have some extended peace and quiet while they FaceTime with Grandma, but you’ll also be able to reach them on the phone anytime, anywhere, even when they’ve cranked up the volume.

How much are you looking to spend? 

While excellent adult headphones can retail for many hundreds, even thousands, kids’ headphones are typically much more affordable. Generally speaking, children’s headphones focus more on comfort and safety than audiophile-quality sound, which we don’t have a problem with. We’d be surprised if your six-year-old kid started to complain about their cans’ lack of pace, rhythm, and timing. So wait until they have developed a more refined auditory palette in their teen years before investing in anything too expensive. Especially because, as your child ages, they are destined to grow out of their headphones, if they don’t lose or break them first. You should already be expecting to purchase a couple of pairs before they mature. On average, while you can find pairs for under $30, the best kids’ headphones usually retail between $45 and $95. 

The best kids’ headphones: Reviews & Recommendations

You want to make sure you’re selecting an age-appropriate pair of the best kids’ headphones that will fit your child and keep them occupied. We want to make sure you’re selecting an age-appropriate pair of the best kids’ headphones that will fit your child and keep them occupied. Are we theeeeeeere yet?!? Almost!

Best overall: ​​Puro Sound Labs BT2200 volume-limited Bluetooth headphones

SHOKZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The BT2200s produce quality sound with a 20Hz – 20kHz dynamic range and a volume limiter that works; they are widely regarded as one of the best on the market.

Specs

  • Battery life: 20 hours playback, 200 hours standby
  • Volume limit: 85 dBA
  • Charge time: Up to 3 hours
  • Wireless range: Up to 30 feet
  • Microphone: Built-in wireless

Pros

  • Quality sound with an effective volume limiter
  • Solid battery life
  • Can daisy chain to another pair

Cons

  • Pricey
  • May lack durability
  • Case can be flimsy

Puro Sound Labs has created a pair of top-tier kids’ headphones that will suit children at almost any age. The Puro BT2200 Bluetooth headphones are equipped with an 85 dB volume limiter that cannot be bypassed regardless of the content or connected device. Passive noise cancellation blocks out 82 percent of background noise, which is helpful for keeping calm and staying focused. The audio quality on these kids headphones are quite impressive for a pair of kids’ headphones, even with the volume limit, and the battery follows suit with up to 20 hours of playback and a three-hour charge time. Available in over five colors, this pair features onboard volume control and comes with a carrying case, a 3.5mm cable for wired listening that maintains the volume limit, and a daisy chain cable that allows you to connect with another pair of Puro’s so your kids can watch their favorite movies at the same time.

Best for young gamers: JLab JBuddies Play

JLabs

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: JLab’s JBuddies Play headphones feature an effective volume limiter, low latency, multiple playback options, and a helpful, retractable boom mic to reduce background noise and clarify conversations.

Specs

  • Battery life: 22 hours of playback, 400 hours standby
  • Volume limit: 85 dBA
  • Charge time: Up to 3 hours, 10-minute quick charge 
  • Wireless range: Up to 30 feet
  • Microphone: Retractable boom microphone

Pros

  • Retractable boom mic
  • Long-lasting battery with quick charge
  • Quick mute button

Cons

  • Proprietary charging cord
  • Earcups aren’t replaceable
  • Material feels cheaper compared to some models

The Play headphones are marketed as a gaming headset, but they certainly double as the best headphones for kids playback and enhanced call quality for remote learning, family Skype calls, and other forms of virtual communication. The boom microphone is situated directly in front of the mouth, which helps isolate your child’s voice and eliminate background noise—a super helpful tool for clear audio, especially if there’s a lot going on at home. The mic is also retractable, so you can get it out of the way when unnecessary. For budding gamers, Game mode utilizes low-latency, boosted mid-to-high frequencies, and Bluetooth 5.0 with aptX and is compatible with most gaming systems, including PlayStation, Xbox, and more. A 3.5mm cable connection is also an option for zero latency. The colorful pads are great if a heated game session runs long (plus they’ll look sharp when your child sees friends in person or on camera, with parental approval). The Play is suitable for ages 6 to 13 with a flexible headband that remains comfortable even for kids who wear glasses, plus an effective 85 dB volume limiter. If you’re looking to prioritize quality conversations with your talkative tykes, but want something slightly less expensive and that skews younger, check out the BuddyPhones School+ wired headphones with mic and an inline answer button.

Best for kids who’ve been rockin’ since before they were walkin’: LilGadgets Untangled Pro

LilGadgets

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: While the Untangled Pros don’t uphold the recommended 85 dB volume limit, the 93 dB threshold is a great way to give older kids more responsibility and control over their listening experience.

Specs

  • Battery life: 12 hours playback, 180 hours standby
  • Volume limit: 93 dBA
  • Charge time: Up to 3 hours 
  • Wireless range: Up to 30 feet
  • Microphone: Built-in wireless

Pros

  • SharePort lets you connect multiple headphones without a splitter
  • Comfortable
  • Fun, colorful, mature design

Cons

  • Volume limit goes above industry standard
  • Not suitable for young children
  • Battery life is middle of the road

The LilGadgets Untangled Pros offer an advanced listening experience for older kids who are about to graduate from children’s technology. Though they are designed for kids ages four and up, we recommend reserving them for preteens and teenagers because the volume limit is higher than the recommended 85 dB. With a limit of 93 dB, listening levels will still be capped but come a bit closer to adult parameters. You won’t be able to control your kids’ volume forever, so this is a great way to encourage healthy habits before they start blasting their music day and night. The colorful styles are fun yet mature, and a 12-hour battery will supply enough music to make it many walks to school. A 3.5mm cable with an inline microphone will keep them connected even when the battery starts to run low.

Best for active adventurers: imoo Kids wireless ear-care headset

imoo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The imoo open-ear headphones’ design means your child will always be able to hear the world around them and when you call for them.

Specs

  • Battery life: 8 hours
  • Charge time: 1-hour quick charge
  • Volume limit: 85 dB
  • Wireless range: Up to 30 feet
  • Microphone: Built-in wireless

Pros

  • Adjustable band can grow with your child
  • Dust- and water-resistant
  • Open-ear design means enhanced safety

Cons

  • Battery could be better
  • No noise cancellation so not great for travel
  • Complete exposure to the outside world can take getting used to

These open-ear kids’ wireless headphones from imoo utilize soundbeaming speakers that rest outside the ear on the cheekbones. Like bone-conduction technology, these headphones avoid blocking the ear canal, ensuring your active child will stay aware of their surroundings even when listening to their favorite songs. With an adjustable band suitable for children ages 4 to 15 and a volume limit of 85 dB, these headphones go above and beyond to address any concerns you might have for their awareness or hearing. The open-ear design can take some getting used to and, with no passive noise cancelation, kids can try to overcompensate by turning up the volume, so it’s important to monitor their use at first. These headphones are equipped with Bluetooth 5.0, 8 hours of battery, and an automatic sensor to control playback. An IP54 rating means you won’t have to worry about a few spills or drops in the dirt. Whether they’re skateboarding, biking, or just running around the backyard, your kids can enjoy music and mobility safely.

Best for babies: Baby BANZ dual-purpose earmuffs

BANZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The BANZ dual-purpose headphones are the only pair on the market that both protect children under 2 years of age from any noisy environments and soothe them with their favorite lullabies.

Specs

  • Battery life: 8 hours 
  • Volume limit: 75 dB
  • Charge time: 1 hour 
  • Wireless range: Up to 30 feet
  • Microphone: None

Pros

  • Volume control is entirely up to parents
  • Limit of 75 dB is suitable for infants’ ears
  • Solid noise reduction rating -NRR 31dB

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Getting the fit just right can be tricky
  • Only one color option for the Bluetooth model

While infant earmuffs are a common item to add to your registry, consider going a step further and grabbing this pair of baby Bluetooth headphones from BANZ. Available in two sizes, one for 0-2 years and another for 3 years and up, these headphones reduce outside noise by up to 31 dB, protecting their ears from crowds, sirens, loud music, and more. Plus, they are Bluetooth equipped, which means not only can you quiet the outside world, but you can play their favorite songs and shows at a safe volume, increasing their comfort and calm. There aren’t any onboard controls, which means you’re in charge of volume and, just in case, there is a built-in 75 dB limit. The design is comfortable with foam cushions around the ears and a soft, flexible leather headband. These headphones are also rated by the organization Able Play as being suitable for children with special needs.

Best for customization: ONANOFF BuddyPhones Explore+

ONANOFF

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Included stickers and a bevy of colors to choose from equal a pair of personality packed kids’ headphones.

Specs

  • Battery life: N/A 
  • Volume limit: 85 dB
  • Charge time: N/A
  • Wireless range: N/A
  • Microphone: In-line
  • Cable: Around 4 feet, with 3.5mm termination

Pros

  • Audio capped at 85 dB
  • Made with hypoallergenic materials
  • Detachable cable preventing snagging

Cons

  • No noise cancellation

If you’re looking for a pair of headphones that will make your child stand out from the rest of the crowd, look no further than the ONANOFF BuddyPhones Explore+. These headphones come in six different colors with four included sticker designs to put on the ear cups, and are built with Nordic design and quality—they feature 30mm Neodymium drivers and include an ergonomic wide headband for comfort. Although they’re wired, the cable detaches to prevent a dangerous snag. And, these headphones are made with friendship and sharing in mind, thanks to the built-in stackable audio splitter that can connect up to four pairs of headphones into one device. These headphones include features adult audioheads expect, like a built-in microphone and call/playback button, but limit volume at 85 dB for safe listening. Parents will appreciate that they fold and come with an included travel bag. While you won’t find features common in adult headphones, such as active noise cancellation, the comfy ear cushions can still help block out the distractions of travel and keep your child wrapped up in the music. And if you definitely want to keep them wrapped up only in music, and not wires, BuddyPhones also makes the equally fun and functional School+ Wireless headphones, which are more expensive at $60 but our reviewer found them invaluable during the height of remote schooling in 2021.

Best budget: noot K11 foldable kids headphones

noot products

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The noot K11 headphones are an inexpensive pair designed for kids to use under parental subversion; they are easily replaceable and suitable for devices with a headphone jack.

Specs

  • Battery life: N/A 
  • Volume limit: 93 dB
  • Charge time: N/A
  • Wireless range: N/A
  • Microphone: None
  • Cable: 5 feet, with 3.5mm termination

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Flexible sizing
  • Passive noise cancellation helps promote lower volume

Cons

  • Wired design can be dangerous
  • No microphone
  • No volume limiter

While the noot K11 headphones forgo some of the safety features we recommend investing in, they are perfectly suitable for young kids to use as long as they have some supervision. These foldable, wired headphones feature a flexible headband, 5-foot braided connection cable, and are available in various bright colors. Noot says the maximum output is around 93 dB, but some report the 40mm drivers can get louder, so make sure you remind your little ones to stay away from the volume control (which can often be digitally capped in your smartphone, etc., just in case). Passive noise cancellation helps isolate the audio and eliminate the need to raise the volume and the lack of onboard controls actually helps keep kids’ fingers away from accidental adjustments. The most attractive thing the K11 headphones have to offer is an under $30 price point, making it more feasible to invest in replacement if you have kids who are tough on their tech.

FAQs

Q: Are headphones or earbuds better for kids?

While kids can use earbuds, headphones might be safer and more comfortable. Rather than directly targeting the eardrum, headphones introduce sound to the outer ear first, which can help reduce harmful exposure somewhat. However, the overall difference might be negligible depending on your kid’s listening habits. Plus, earbud sizing can be tricky, especially for smaller ears (and deeper-insertion earphones are just a no-go for fear of eardrum puncture), so over-the-ear headphones are often more comfortable and easier for kids to wear. Ultimately, for older children, it’s a matter of personal preference as you monitor their use.

Q: What is a good brand of headphones for kids?

While many brands manufacture headphones for kids, we stand by the products listed and recommend you check out their other models as well. Puro Sound Labs make well-designed, protective wired and wireless headphones for kids and adults; they also have a great pair of hearing protection earmuffs. JLab has a variety of kids’ headphones options at an affordable price, including gaming headsets, toddler headphones, and Bluetooth models. We also recommend checking out LilGadgets for older kids who want ample color options.

Q: Are noise-canceling headphones bad for kids?

No, noise-canceling headphones for kids are not bad as long as their wearers are supervised. Noise cancelation can be particularly calming and enhance focus, allowing them to tune out the outside world. In fact, noise-canceling earmuffs are highly recommended for toddlers and babies to protect their eardrums in loud environments. Noise cancelation can also reduce the chances of damage or hearing loss because your kid won’t be trying to cancel out the outside world with volume alone. You’ll just want to keep an eye on them since they won’t be able to hear any critical signals, like alarms or shouts.

Final thoughts on the best kids’ headphones  

With so many options out there, it can be hard to feel confident choosing a pair of headphones for your child. However, there are many pairs that keep your kid’s safety in mind with an effective volume limiter, extended battery life, and a comfortable design. Headphones will keep your kid calm and quiet during travel, focused during classes or phone calls, and conflict-free when it comes to TV time with their siblings. If you think it’s to give your little one a bit of listening privacy (and yourself a break from “Let It Go,” “Baby Shark,” or “CoComelon” reruns), you’re ready to start looking at the best kids’ headphones.

The post Best kids’ headphones of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best soundbars under $200 of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-soundbars-under-200/ Sat, 16 Apr 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=437672
Vizio M21d-H8r soundbar cross-section best soundbars under $200 header
Stan Horaczek

An affordable soundbar is the biggest small upgrade you can make for your viewing pleasure.

The post Best soundbars under $200 of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Vizio M21d-H8r soundbar cross-section best soundbars under $200 header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Stan's Roku Stream bar Pro sitting on a brown cabinet Roku Streambar Pro
SEE IT

An expandable system, the Roku Streambar Pro can pair with optional wireless speakers and brings the built-in bonus of access to 4K/HDR streaming services.

Best all-in-one TCL Alto 8i TCL Alto 8i
SEE IT

An affordable soundbar that integrates dedicated subwoofers and Dolby Atmos support in a slim package.

Best with subwoofer Samsung HW-A450 Samsung HW-A450
SEE IT

A straightforward soundbar with excellent, customizable audio and an included wireless subwoofer to bring the boom.

If you find yourself straining to hear the rapid-fire dialogue in the latest Sorkin film or feel Howard Shore’s “Lord of the Rings” score is lacking a little luster, it might be time to invest in a soundbar. Soundbars bypass underwhelming built-in TV speakers to deliver well-defined, wholly enthralling audio, a simple way to improve your setup. While you may not be able to immerse yourself in the latest spatial audio formats and streaming services that a more expensive model provides, a new soundbar is still a budget-friendly way to increase clarity, volume, and soundstage around your TV. If you’re done settling for mediocre sound, our selection of the best soundbars under $200 can help you strike the right balance between price and functionality so you can reap the eternal rewards of better home audio that fits your budget.

How we selected the best soundbars under $200

When recommending affordable technology, it’s important for us to focus on whether or not the product shines when it comes to basic functions rather than on special features or fancy design. Is that budget-friendly portable Bluetooth speaker actually waterproof? Does that cheap gaming monitor have a reasonable refresh rate? Will even the best soundbars under $200 truly sound better than a built-in TV speaker? The answer is yes. We specifically looked at the number of channels provided, frequency response range, connectivity, and expandability to inform picks that increase your experience without exceeding your budget. We consulted other experts, read first-hand user impressions, and took a look at some of the soundbars in our own homes to whittle down our list of models that let you venture into the world of soundbars affordably. 

Things to consider when buying a soundbar under $200

From the width of your television to the width of the audio’s frequency range, where are our thoughts on how to approach picking your best soundbar.

Size and space

A good rule of thumb is never to purchase a soundbar that is longer than your television. Try to stick to the screen size as a guide even if you have a smaller TV; many soundbars (like the Roku Streambar) measure well under 18 inches. Your soundbar should sit directly underneath the screen or, if it’s mountable, it can be placed a few inches directly above. Suppose you move the soundbar too far above or below. In that case, you’ll risk messing with directionality, and you might not have an enjoyable experience watching the screen in front of you while hearing dialogue coming from somewhere else. 

You have a little more flexibility when it comes to additional units, like a subwoofer or satellite speakers. Feel free to test out a few different locations based on room dynamics, but generally speaking, most listeners place their subwoofers at the front of the room or in a corner to the side of the television, and facing viewers. Just make sure to leave roughly 6 inches between the sub and the wall. One option for satellite speaker placement is to mount them behind viewers, close to ear level for enhanced surround sound. If you don’t have the room or equipment for that, you can place them next to the soundbar to widen the soundstage. 

Audio channels

When it comes to understanding soundbar specs, the first numbers you’ll encounter will be available audio channels. The best soundbars under $200 will typically offer stereo sound—this means an independent left and right channel, also called a 2.0-channel system. Some 2.0 bars will utilize drivers to create what’s known as a phantom center that virtually creates the illusion of a sound source coming from the middle of a pair of stereo speakers. You may also find an affordable 2.1-channel soundbar, and that .1 indicates it will dedicate speakers solely to bass—either passive radiators or woofers in the main bar or an additional, standalone subwoofer. If you’re willing to spend a little more, consider selecting a 3.1-channel system that will incorporate a left, right, and dedicated center channel alongside the additional sub. 

If you think you’ll want to experience more from your home system at some point, make sure you choose a soundbar that you can add to, like the Samsung HW-A450. That way, you’ll be able to experience 5.1 surround sound, which employs the left, right, and center channels, one subwoofer, and two additional speakers that act as surrounds, rears, or front fills for an even more immersive experience. This is really the way to go if you want to experience Dolby Atmos or DTS audio, which is downmixed by 2.0- and 2.1-channel systems.

Making (sound)waves

Speaking of specs, here are a few other numbers and phrases you can look for to suss out your prospective soundbars: 

Frequency Response

Measured in hertz and kilohertz, this range lets you know the range of frequencies (lows, mids, and highs) the physical parts of speakers will support. You will commonly see a 20Hz – 20kHz range, which is the limit of human hearing for both highs and lows. This is certainly an ideal range; however, just because the model boasts a wide range doesn’t mean it won’t suffer from dips and peaks around specific frequencies. Most budget-friendly soundbars don’t have the room or power to support frequencies lower than 30Hz to 40Hz, which is why a 2.1-channel system with a separate sub can make a difference. For an in-depth understanding of the speaker’s success at accurately reproducing audio, you can take a look at a frequency response graph for the product, often created with third-party audio testing. (If you want to know more about how sound waves work, check out our primer.)

Sound Pressure Level

Sound Pressure Level (SPL) essentially measures how loud the soundbar can get and is measured in decibels (dB). Generally, 100 dB is the loudest you’ll want to go and we’d be surprised if you even enjoyed listening at this level (it’s akin to a jet plane flying directly overhead). Most soundbars max out close to 95 dB and that’s plenty of volume for music listening, binge-watching TV, or immersing yourself in a John Williams “Star Wars” score.

Tuning

When it comes to home audio, customization is key. Every room is different; furniture, surfaces, room size, and more each impact your sound, which is why tuning is key to keeping things sounding good. High wattage mixed with manufacturer-designed tuning can help you listen at loud volumes without distortion, ringing, or over-compression. Tuning requires equalization, which lets you cut and boost specific frequencies to improve clarity and control noise. Some soundbars will come with “EQ Presets” that often include certain modes designed to support specific content, like music, dialogue, movies, etc. An even better soundbar will include graphic EQ or controllable bass and treble so that you can make the adjustments you want based on your space and preferences.

Connectivity

Most soundbars currently on the market have multiple options for connectivity—the most popular being HDMI cables. Before buying a new soundbar, it’s important to understand your television’s connectivity capabilities, so you can ensure easy setup upon arrival. 

HDMI, or High Definition Multimedia Interface, ports are a readily available way to transmit audio and visual information between a television and an external unit, like an A/V receiver or soundbar. When HDMI transmission first hit the scene, you needed one HDMI port and cable to send video and another to support audio, so if your TV was made before 2009, it will likely need a soundbar with an optical digital audio port too. Televisions made after 2009 can still utilize optical audio connections if the soundbar you’re looking at doesn’t support HDMI. 

Post-2009, HDMI (e)ARC connections were made available, eliminating the need for a secondary cable creating a more efficient connection. HDMI ARC transmission is what most affordable soundbars rely on and is suitable for many TVs. Note that HDMI ARC can support Dolby Atmos, but an eARC connection through an HDMI 2.1 port/compatible cable is strongly preferred and you will need that eARC support for full Atmos audio encoded with uncompressed Dolby TrueHD audio. Unfortunately, a soundbar under $200 rarely has an eARC port, so even if it supports Dolby Atmos, you’ll need to upgrade if you want to access higher-quality surround sound. An HDMI output port allows you to simultaneously connect gaming consoles and Blu-ray players to your TV and soundbar.

Many soundbars on the market will also offer Bluetooth or Wi-Fi connectivity so you can link to other devices, like your smartphone or laptop, and stream podcasts, audiobooks, or music. Some even offer AirPlay, built-in Chromecast, or Alexa for enhanced connectivity and control. 

Dolby Audio

Dolby Digital is an audio codec that produces high-quality sound across a 5.1-channel scheme. It helps create immersive surround sound and has been used in film and television since 1992. You don’t need a 5.1 system to process Dolby Digital; a 2.1 system can process the audio by mixing down the signal formatting it to fit the soundbar’s channel configuration. You won’t get the full effect, but you won’t run into any streaming problems. 

A step up from Dolby Digital is Dolby Atmos—a surround sound technology designed to create a realistic listening experience that puts you inside whatever movie you’re watching or video game you’re playing. Atmos can process over a hundred sonic “objects,” assigning them not just channels, but also heights to make it sound like arrows are raining down, bullets are whizzing past your ears, planes are flying directly overhead, doors are slamming shut right over your shoulder, etc. While true immersion is difficult to produce from a 2.0- or 2.1-channel system, Dolby Atmos-equipped soundbars are designed to process the audio and create a more immersive viewing experience through either physical surround speakers or virtualization that reflects sounds off the ceiling and walls. 

DTS:X, a multidimensional audio codec, can be considered Dolby Atmos’ competitor. Most soundbars under $200 do not support DTS:X but might employ DTS Virtual:X, which attempts to mimic multispeaker surround sound using digital signal processing that simulates directionality and creates a larger, more detailed soundstage impacting music, dialogue, and SFX alike. 

Finding an inexpensive soundbar that supports well-developed surround sound technologies like Dolby Atmos or DTS:X can be difficult without expanding your budget closer to the best soundbars under $500 (or well beyond). So, if you are looking for a mind-blowing, 3D audio experience, consider saving a little bit more so you can invest in the necessary technology. 

The best soundbars under $200: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Roku Streambar Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Streambar Pro is a great way to expand lackluster TV audio into 2.1, 3.1, even 5.1 as budget allows, with the added bonus of being a streaming device.  

Specs

  • Dimensions: 32.2 x 3.9 x 2.8 inches 
  • Channels: 2.0
  • Connectivity: HDMI ARC, Bluetooth, Optical, Wi-Fi, AirPlay

Pros 

  • Very affordable
  • Built-in 4K/HDR Roku streaming device
  • Voice control, plus AirPlay and HomeKit compatible 
  • Expandable with standalone speakers and a subwoofer

Cons 

  • Dialog isn’t as clear as with higher-end models
  • Just OK bass performance will make you want to buy the subwoofer

As a stand-alone soundbar, the Roku Streambar Pro already punches above its price tag. Four 2.5-inch drivers inside the 32-inch bar create a full, clear sound worthy of Michael Bay marathons. Dolby Audio support provides simulated surround sound effects and it’s extremely easy to set up via HDMI. 

The Streambar Pro’s talents go beyond its out-of-the-box performance. The device includes a full-featured 4K/HDR Roku streaming device to handle all your streaming needs, providing access to apps including Hulu, Netflix, Spotify, Youtube, Amazon Prime, and more (making it one of our favorite streaming devices). Plus, it seamlessly integrates with Roku’s Wireless Subwoofer and/or Wireless Speakers to make a true 3.1 or even 5.1 system with just a few minutes of automated setup. That makes the Streambar Pro a great starter soundbar for people who want to expand their system later without having to worry about compatibility. Don’t worry, though. Just because the soundbar is designed by Roku doesn’t mean it needs to pair with a Roku TV; it’s compatible with any 4K/1080p television that has HDMI ARC or optical outputs. The Streambar Pro works with Alexa, Siri, and Google Assistant and is also compatible with AirPlay, so you can share photos, videos, and music from your Apple device. Bluetooth 4.2 rounds out the streaming options.

Its performance isn’t perfect. More expensive models will provide slightly clearer dialogue and deeper bass without a sub, but the Streambar Pro is a champ when it comes to versatility and affordability (there are sound modes to add a Bass Boost or Speech Clarity, as well as a volume-leveling Night Mode). You can also toggle the Virtual Surround mode on/off). We also appreciated the upgraded Roku remote, which includes several dedicated streaming app buttons for services like Netflix, as well as voice controls and a built-in headphone jack for solitary stream sessions.

Best compact: Vizio M21d-H8r

Vizio

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The M21d-H8r from Vizio is an all-in-one soundbar that incorporates six speakers, including dual 3-inch subwoofers supporting low-end frequencies without taking up extra space. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 36 x 2.13 x 5.50 inches
  • Channels: 2.1
  • Connectivity: HDMI, HDMI ARC, Bluetooth, Optical, USB

Pros 

  • Compact design
  • Onboard controls 
  • Preset EQ modes 

Cons 

  • Bass is lacking for some 

The Vizio M21d-H8r is a great soundbar for those who want to experience better low end but don’t have the space, or budget, to add a subwoofer. Featuring a two-way speaker design that includes separate tweeters and woofers as well as 3-inch subs for enhanced stereo sound, this soundbar will deliver a powerful sound without extra cabling or equipment. With a purported frequency response range of 50Hz – 20kHz, you’ll certainly be able to hear more low-end than 2.0 speakers can support, though you may not be able to feel the visceral bass that a separate subwoofer might provide. If feeling that cinematic rumble is super important to you, keep in mind that this model does not offer the option to add a sub later on. However, this all-in-one soundbar is about as good as you can get when it comes to standalone models. 

Connectivity options include an HDMI input, HDMI-ARC output, optical audio, one USB port for thumb drive connectivity, and a 3.5mm aux port to connect a voice assistant device like an Amazon Echo Dot. It can decode Dolby Digital and DTS audio while also supporting DTS Virtual:X. You can also connect other smart devices like your phone or laptop via Bluetooth for music streaming. The M21 comes with four EQ presets—Game, Movie, Dialogue, and Music—to enhance and support specific content. It also comes with TruVolume, which regulates volume while you watch, so you want to have to reach for the remote every time an upsettingly loud commercial comes on. Onboard controls allow you to control power, Bluetooth pairing, volume, and input, while the LCD screen-equipped remote adds EQ settings, listening modes, and more to the control list. 

Best all-in-one: TCL Alto 8i

TCL

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The TCL Alto 8i is one of the few soundbars that includes subwoofers and supports Dolby Atmos for under $200. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 39 x 2.6 x 5.2 inches
  • Channels: 2.1
  • Connectivity: HDMI, HDMI ARC, Aux, Bluetooth, Optical, USB

Pros 

  • Dolby Atmos support
  • Built-in subwoofers
  • Wall mountable 

Cons 

  • No voice assistant support 
  • Minimal sound enhancement features 

The TCL Alto 8i is a 2.1-channel system with built-in dual subwoofers, bass/treble calibration, and front-firing drivers to support powerful, immersive audio. With a tested frequency response range of 50Hz – 20kHz, paired with the adjustable bass and treble, you’ll likely be satisfied with the overall sound quality the Alto 8i can offer. The three EQ presents include Music, Movie, and TV to enhance your listening experience across different programs. Each of these presets can support Night mode, which you can activate to balance the volume for controlled, quiet viewing. Like any all-in-one unit, the bass response isn’t as thunderous as one with an additional subwoofer; however, it will likely be a valuable upgrade for your TV’s built-in speakers. 

The 8i’s claim to fame is providing the necessary technology to process Dolby Atmos content via HDMI ARC. While this doesn’t mean this soundbar can deliver magic in the form of hyper-detailed, spatialized audio from just 2.1 channels, it can process Atmos content with additional immersive support from Dolby Virtual Surround mode. Alongside HDMI ARC, you can utilize optical audio, Full HDMI In, Aux, USB, HDMI Out, and Bluetooth to connect; it is also equipped to passthrough all relevant 4K bandwidth signals. The included remote is not universal but does control EQ presets, inputs, and the bass/treble adjusters. 

Finally, the 8i features one small but mighty gamechanger in the form of wall-mounting holes with openings for power and inputs. Unlike many other budget-friendly soundbars, this unit doesn’t have to take up any console or credenza space. 

Best with subwoofer: Samsung HW-A450

SAMSUNG

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: What the Samsung HW-A450 lacks in HDMI ports it makes up for in EQ customization and sound quality, particularly for binge-watching your favorite television shows 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 33.9 x 2.1 x 3.0 inches
  • Channels: 2.1
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, Optical, USB

Pros 

  • Graphic EQ
  • Sound Quality
  • Wireless sub
  • Expandable

Cons 

  • No HDMI ports 

The A450 is a cut above the rest when it comes to bringing to life the rumble of movies, shows, and games. While it’s true that this model does not include any HDMI ports—meaning it cannot support Dobly Atmos, nor can it be used as a hub between different devices—an optical connection can support Dolby Digital and DTS audio (though any surround sound content will be downmixed, true for any 2.1-channel system). What it does include, however, is a wireless subwoofer that gives all content a boost. If you decide you want to experience 5.1 surround sound, optional rear speakers with wireless connectivity are available to add. Bluetooth support also means you can easily stream additional content. With a frequency response of 40Hz – 20kHz and a 93 dB SPL, this soundbar supports clean audio, an impressive dynamic range, and a neutral profile that you can customize. Graphic EQ and adjustable bass/treble allow you to customize your listening experience or choose from five EQ presets, including Game, Standard, Surround Sound, Bass Boost, and Adaptive Sound, enhancing dialogue while implementing background music equalization and volume control. You can access these settings via the included remote, which is not universal but does include a “One Remote” feature that will allow you to control compatible Samsung TVs. 

Best budget: Roku Streambar

Roku

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For under $100, the Roku Streambar is a functional way to improve audio on a budget.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 14 x 2.4 x 4.2 inches 
  • Channels: 2.0
  • Connectivity: HDMI ARC, Bluetooth, Optical, Wi-Fi, AirPlay

Pros 

  • AirPlay and Wi-Fi compatible 
  • Integrated Roku player
  • Extremely compact

Cons 

  • Bass is lacking 
  • Volume is a bit limited

Ultimately not that much larger than some burrito-sized Bluetooth speakers, like the JBL Charge 5, the Roku Streambar is an affordable way to enhance audio and access special features. With a tested frequency response of 93Hz-17kHz, the Streambar is ideal for watching television shows or streaming other dialogue-based programs, like podcasts or audiobooks. This soundbar can get quite loud despite its small stature, delivering a powerful sound from four 1.9-inch full-range drivers. As we’ve mentioned before in Bluetooth speaker reviews, size can impact sound and it’s unreasonable to expect such small units to deliver heart-pounding bass. However, if you have the means to expand, you can upgrade the Streambar by adding a wireless subwoofer or satellite speakers

Connectivity options include optical audio, HDMI ARC, USB, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, and Apple AirPlay. Even if your television doesn’t have an HDMI input port, you can use the Streambar’s built-in Roku source to access streaming features and apps like Netflix and Hulu. EQ presets include Normal, Bass Reduction, Bass Off, and Bass Boost. You can also access Volume Mode settings, including Leveling and Night Mode, to wrangle raucous commercials and keep things quiet in the evenings. Speech Clarity can help isolate voices, and you can choose from Off, Low, and High settings depending on your needs and taste. 

FAQs

Q: What does a soundbar do?

A soundbar is a self-contained speaker system that connects to a television and replaces tinny built-in speakers, producing high-quality audio to improve your viewing experience. At its simplest, a soundbar is a slender, rectangular cabinet that houses at least two speakers to support stereo sound. More advanced soundbars can produce immersive surround sound and offer options to physically expand its channel system with an additional subwoofer or two satellite speakers. Soundbars can also act as a hub or switch connecting Blu-ray players and gaming consoles to the television. Some models just pass on the raw audio they are given, while others can internally process digital surround sound technologies from Dolby and DTS. 

Q: Do you need a subwoofer with a soundbar?

No, you need need a subwoofer to use a soundbar. Some 2.1-channel soundbars include passive radiators or bass-dedicated woofers in the main unit. However, adding a sub is a good idea if you want to get the most from low-end heavy scores and theatrical rumbling effects. Generally speaking, an all-in-one model won’t be able to accurately produce low frequencies as well as a dedicated sub so, while you can certainly make do without one, the added unit could enhance and intensify your listening experience.

Q: Where should a soundbar be placed?

A soundbar should be placed directly under your television, resting on top of the credenza that supports your TV. When in doubt, measure the space you have between the TV and the furniture below to ensure the bar you select will fit. If your soundbar is mountable, it can go above or below the television. A mountable unit with upward-firing speakers should always be placed away from any obstructions as they use the architecture of your room, including the ceilings, to produce immersive audio. Never put a soundbar inside a console cabinet, on the floor, or behind your TV to avoid issues with the image and audio syncing. 

Final thoughts on finding the best soundbars under $200

Upgrading your home theater’s audio doesn’t need to cost an arm and a leg. With your expectations in the right place, you can easily find a soundbar under $200 that will enhance and improve your favorite movies and shows. Before you buy, consider the size of your television, desired connectivity options, and dealbreaker special features you know you need. From there, turn toward the future to try and anticipate whether or not you’ll want to expand your system to include more speakers for a better experience with DTS:X or Dolby Atmos audio. No matter what, securing a budget-friendly soundbar will instantly up the enjoyment of your at-home viewing.

The post Best soundbars under $200 of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best soundbars under $100 of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-soundbars-under-100/ Wed, 25 May 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=445039
Best soundbars Polk Sigma Solo header image
Stan Horaczek

You don’t have to spend a lot to make a sound investment in TV-watching enjoyment.

The post Best soundbars under $100 of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best soundbars Polk Sigma Solo header image
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Roku Streambar is the best soundbar under 100. Roku Streambar
SEE IT

A small soundbar with extensive connectivity options that packs a punch.

Best TV soundbar Polk Audio Signa Solo is the best TV soundbar under 100. Polk Audio Signa Solo
SEE IT

An affordable soundbar that prioritizes audio quality.

Best soundbar and subwoofer TCL Alto 6+ TS6110 is the best sundbar and subwoofer under 100. TCL Alto 6+ TS6110
SEE IT

A budget-friendly 2.1 channel system that supports low-end frequencies.

If you’ve heard the hubbub about improving your television’s audio but you’re not ready to shell out the big bucks, fear not—budget soundbars to the rescue. A cheap soundbar might not let you experience theater-quality Dolby surround sound, but you will undoubtedly hear crisper dialogue, more detailed music, and a balanced relationship between script and score with the help of these specifically designed speakers. A compact, wallet-friendly soundbar is a great way to start experimenting with at-home audio; they are easy to install, easy to use, and easy to expand should you want to continue upgrading. And if you’re new to soundbar shopping, we’re here to help you pick one of the best soundbars under $100 suited to your needs and your living space. 

How we selected the best soundbars under $100 

In order to select the best soundbars under $100, we paid particular attention to audio specs, including Dolby Digital support and number of audio channels. We also took a look at connectivity, expandability, and overall design to ensure each model is equipped for most televisions. Finally, we explored available simple yet special features, prioritizing the most useful like Bluetooth and Wi-Fi compatibility, navigable remotes, etc. We looked at reputable brands whose more expensive models perform consistently well, like Vizio, consulted critical peers and first-hand user impressions, and looked inside our own homes to bring you the best budget-friendly soundbars.

Things to consider before buying one of the best soundbars under $100 

What to expect 

An affordable soundbar is a great way to get a little more when it comes to film and television audio at home. Since the late ’90s/early 2000s, flatscreen TVs have been taking over the town and, while the overall viewing experience has vastly improved, the slim design of newer televisions means less room for suitably sized built-in speakers. Soundbars were created to circumvent this problem, providing a sleek, compact speaker system that won’t detract from a flatscreen’s streamlined aesthetic. 

While you don’t need to shell out thousands of dollars for a soundbar, a few hundred dollars can go a long way regarding improved fidelity, more expansive coverage, and multichannel options. However, if you want to stick with your budget want a soundbar now, focus on finding one of the best soundbars under $100 from a reputable brand, so you don’t spend more on replacements or repairs down the line. 

Connectivity 

Soundbars are designed to bypass your TV’s built-in speakers, offering more expansive coverage and better audio. To set up and reap the rewards of a supportive soundbar, you’ll need to understand the connectivity ports on both the model you’re looking at and your television. Most soundbars use an HDMI port (and HDMI cables) to connect; however, if your TV was made over a decade ago, you might need to grab a soundbar with an optical audio port instead—luckily, most soundbars provide both. 

Beyond standard HDMI and optical audio ports, connectivity options will vary. Some are equipped with additional HDMI output ports, allowing you to connect gaming consoles and Blu-ray players, passing the signal through to the TV. Some will offer wireless connections via Bluetooth or Wi-Fi so you can connect additional smart devices to stream music, podcasts, or audiobooks. 

Most units available for under $100 won’t be able to support more advanced connections like HDMI eARC, which is recommended for Dolby Atmos soundbars and necessary for processing Atmos audio encoded with uncompressed Dolby TrueHD audio. So, if you’re looking to try out immersive Dolby Atmos surround sound, you’ll need to spend more. A few will let you connect a voice assistant, like Alexa or Google Assistant, so that you can implement voice control. 

Dolby Digital and beyond 

Many soundbars say they support Dolby sound, but that doesn’t mean they are talking about the Dolby Atmos surround sound or other advances in spatial audio; for that, you’ll need a more robust model with either physically upfiring drivers or the processing power to virtualize such a configuration. However, a more reliable, affordable soundbar will support Dolby Digital—an audio codec that produces high-quality sound across a 5.1-channel scheme. And you don’t need a 5.1 system to deal with Dolby Digital; a 2.1-channel system can process the audio by mixing down the signal and formatting it to fit the soundbar’s channel configuration. 

DTS:X, a multidimensional audio codec, can be considered Dolby Atmos’ competitor. Most soundbars under $200 do not support DTS:X but might employ DTS Virtual:X, which attempts to mimic multispeaker surround sound using digital signal processing, simulating directionality and creating a larger, more detailed soundstage impacting music, dialogue, and SFX alike. 

Expandable systems/audio channels 

A single soundbar does not mean a single speaker, as even the simplest of soundbars employ multiple drivers to produce audio. Standard models offer stereo sound, meaning an independent left and right channel, also called a 2.0-channel system. Some utilize 2.1 channels; the .1 describes an external subwoofer to support lower bass frequencies. These subs will either be built into the main soundbar or as a separate unit. This is typically where an inexpensive model will cap its channels, but other systems can incorporate up to 7.2 channels. A 3.1 system will incorporate a left, right, and center channel alongside the additional sub. And 5.1 systems will utilize one main soundbar, containing the left, right, and center channels, one subwoofer, and two additional speakers that act as surrounds, rears, or front fills for an even more immersive experience. 

If a more expansive system sounds appealing, but you’re not ready to commit just yet, choose a soundbar that you can add to. Some are designed as standalone units, not compatible with additional speakers; however, others (such as the Roku system) can support satellite speakers and a subwoofer created by the same company. No matter how big or small you want your system, or your investment, we have options in our picks for the best soundbars under $100.

The best soundbars under $100: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Roku Streambar

Roku

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Roku Streambar is a great way to start your soundbar system, with a built-in streamer and the option to add a subwoofer or satellite speakers down the line. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 14 x 2.4 x 4.2 inches 
  • Channels: 2.0
  • Connectivity: HDMI ARC, Bluetooth, Optical, Wi-Fi, AirPlay

Pros 

  • AirPlay and Wi-Fi compatible 
  • Integrated Roku player
  • Expandable

Cons 

  • Bass is lacking 
  • Volume is a bit limited

Reminiscent of a burrito-sized Bluetooth party speaker, the Roku Streambar is ideal for watching television shows or streaming other dialogue-based programs, like podcasts or audiobooks. While it lacks the booming bass a 2.1-channel system provides, this soundbar can get quite loud despite its small stature, delivering a tested frequency response of 93Hz-17kHz from four 1.9-inch full-range drivers. And if you find you have the space and budget to expand, you can upgrade the Streambar by seamlessly integrating Roku’s Wireless Subwoofer and/or Wireless Speakers to make a true 3.1 or even 5.1 system with just a few minutes of automated setup.

Connectivity options include HDMI ARC, optical, USB, Bluetooth 4.2, Wi-Fi, and Apple AirPlay. And if you don’t have a smart TV or another streaming device, you get the added bonus of the Streambar’s built-in Roku streaming services and apps including Hulu, Netflix, Spotify, Youtube, Amazon Prime, and more (making it one of our favorite streaming devices). 

EQ presets include Normal, Bass Reduction, Bass Off, and Bass Boost. You can also access Volume Mode settings, including Leveling and Night Mode, to wrangle raucous commercials and keep things quiet in the evenings. Speech Clarity can help isolate voices, and you can choose from Off, Low, and High settings depending on your needs and taste. 

Best TV soundbar: Polk Audio Signa Solo

Polk Audio

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Signa Solo is a straightforward soundbar that prioritizes audio quality and provides a few EQ presets along the way. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 3.91 x 39 x 3.59 inches
  • Channels: 2.0
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, Optical, Aux

Pros 

  • Wall-mountable
  • Music Mode
  • SDA digital surround sound

Cons 

  • No HDMI port

The Signa Solo is the most affordable model offered by soundbar/speaker company Polk Audio. It features four 2.5-inch full-range drivers with bass ports to boost the low end—packed within a low-profile enclosure perfect for sitting underneath, and enhancing what’s on, the TV. While this soundbar doesn’t have an HDMI port so it can’t accurately produce Dolby Atmos audio, it connects easily via optical and is equipped with Polk’s very own SDA digital surround technology, which helps establish a more immersive soundstage. 

The included remote allows you to adjust volume, control the bass, select VoiceAdjust settings, and lift dialogue above the music and background noise for enhanced clarity. You can also choose between Movie and Music EQ modes, making this Signa Solo an excellent option for those looking for a soundbar that doubles as a Bluetooth speaker. If you’re interested in the Signa Solo but don’t want to take any chances when it comes to bass support, Polk also offers an affordable 2.1-channel system.

Best soundbar and subwoofer: TCL Alto 6+ TS6110

TCL

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The TCL Alto 6+ is one of the only models that retail for around $100 and includes a standalone subwoofer. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 31.5  x 2.4 x 4.2 inches
  • Channels: 2.1
  • Connectivity: HDMI, Optical, Bluetooth, USB, Aux 

Pros 

  • Included Subwoofer 
  • Bluetooth Connectivity
  • Roku TV-ready

Cons 

  • EQ options are limited
  • Cannot adjust bass 

The Alto 6+ is an affordable 2.1-channel soundbar and subwoofer that’s easy to install and control. It features multiple connectivity options, including Bluetooth for wireless streaming and Aux inputs for connections to older devices. EQ presets include Movie, Music, and TV mode for enhancing dialogue. The 6+ can also decode Dolby Digital audio, downmixing 5.1 surround sound to 2.1 stereo sound. 

The included subwoofer does have a power cable but connects to the main bar wirelessly, so you don’t need to worry about TV proximity to get room-filling sound (though there are still things to consider when it comes to optimal subwoofer placement). And if you have a Roku TV, you’re in luck because the Alto 6+ is “Roku Ready,” meaning it’s optimized for the pairing and compatible with your TCL Roku remote. 

Best small soundbar: Vizio SB2020n-J6

VIZIO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This soundbar from Vizio is a super-compact way to improve your TV’s audio. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 2.2 x 20 x 4.4 inches
  • Channels: 2.0
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, Optical, Aux, USB

Pros 

  • DTS Virtual:X support 
  • Voice Assistant compatibility 
  • Price

Cons 

  • Can distort at loud volumes 
  • Does not support Dolby Digital 

Vizio is one of our highly recommended brands when it comes to affordable soundbars and its most inexpensive option, the S6, is no different. Simple and straightforward, this model offers Bluetooth connectivity, Night Mode for balanced audio during quiet time, and Bass/Treble adjustment. It also has four EQ presets, including Movie, Music, Dialogue, and Game modes. Though it does not support Dolby Digital audio, it can utilize DTS Virtual:X, adding virtual height and surround elements to encoded content. 

At just 20-inches long, this sleek soundbar will fit neatly under most televisions and is easy to connect or adjust. Yet it manages to pump 91 dB—impressive for such a small footprint. This streamlined unit is a great option for guest rooms, secondary TV sets, or first-time soundbar users. And, easily portable, it can be moved to wherever the party’s at.

Best budget: Bestisan 60W Bluetooth Soundbar

BYL

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bestisan soundbar is the only model on this list that retails for under $65, a budget-friendly steal that will still sound better than your TV’s built-in speakers. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 3.2 x 24 x 3.7 inches
  • Channels: 2.0
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, Optical, Aux, USB, Coaxial

Pros 

  • Enhanced Bass
  • Treble adjustments
  • Price

Cons 

  • Sound quality is a bit lacking 

The Bestisan soundbar provides reliable sound for a fraction of the cost of other affordable models. While it’s not going to blow the roof off your house when it comes to volume or provide luxury audio quality, it will likely sound better than your TV speakers, and that’s a worthy upgrade. This 60-watt soundbar supports sound with two 3-inch full-range speakers with bass reflex tubes to help bolster the bass. It comes with three DSP (digital signal processing) presets: Dialogue, Movie, and Music; plus, you can make additional EQ adjustments to the bass and treble via buttons on the included remote control. 

There isn’t an HDMI port but you can connect to devices with Bluetooth 5.0 or simply use the digital optical audio port. Onboard controls include play, pause, volume control, and power; you can also look to the main unit, which displays a different LED light color to correspond with the current input selection. The unit also comes with a wall mounting kit, so you can listen in style without taking up extra space.

FAQs

Q: Can you use a soundbar without a TV?

Yes, technically, you can use a soundbar without a TV, depending on the connectivity options. Models equipped with Bluetooth or Wi-Fi can connect to smartphones, laptops, etc., to stream music and podcasts wirelessly. You can also use AUX or USB ports to connect additional devices directly. However, soundbars are first and foremost designed with the intention of supporting film and television audio. So if you find yourself wanting to play music primarily, consider turning your attention to budget-friendly bookshelf or Bluetooth speakers instead. 

Q: What does a subwoofer do with a soundbar?

Adding a subwoofer to a soundbar system supports low-end frequencies that the main unit may not be able to bolster. A sub helps produce that heart-pounding bass and anxiety-inducing rumble found in sound design and scores alike. Some can live without it, but we recommend the upgrade; they can be a real game-changer when it comes to an entertaining viewing experience. 

Q: Are cheap soundbars worth it?

Yes, a cheap soundbar is a great way to start making small improvements to your home audio system before committing to something more expensive. While they may not be able to keep up with popular advancements in audio, like spatialization and three-dimensional, nor will they be able to satisfy selective audiophiles, they are a great way to introduce yourself to the possibilities of at-home system reinforcement. 

Final thoughts on finding the best soundbars under $100 

Better sound doesn’t have to cost a fortune. As long as you set yourself up for realistic expectations and focus on function over luxury features, you’ll be able to find the best soundbars under $100. Before you buy, think about connectivity and compatibility to ensure your soundbar can support your television. From there, you can consider how many audio channels you need and if you’ll want to expand in the future. But, for now, start with a simple soundbar that will enhance your TV-watching game.  

The post Best soundbars under $100 of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best sheets in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-sheets/ Thu, 17 Dec 2020 15:30:57 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-sheets/
A woman sleeping in bed under a blanket and the best bed sheets.
Great sheet options that will make your night's way more comfortable. Kinga Cichewicz via Unsplash

It’s easy to take everyday products for granted, but when it comes to your rest, it’s smart to do some research. Read on for advice on picking the best bed sheets for your needs—and our own picks.

The post Best sheets in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman sleeping in bed under a blanket and the best bed sheets.
Great sheet options that will make your night's way more comfortable. Kinga Cichewicz via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The average person sleeps for one-third of their life. Not only does sleep take up a significant portion of your time, but quality sleep is imperative for your overall health. It will very literally improve your mental health, boost your immune system, support a healthy metabolism, increase productivity, and generally determine how you feel during your waking hours. So it goes without saying, we believe a good night’s sleep is worth investing in, and that includes choosing solid bed sheets. While sheets may seem simple and straightforward, there are so many options out there that it can be hard to make an informed decision when it comes to choosing the best sheets for you. So, we’ve created this little guide to help you break down the most important things to consider and provide some of our own picks to get you started.

Things to consider when shopping for the best sheets

When it comes to finding the best bed sheets, there are a few things you’ll want to think about. Consider the composition of the sheets: material, thread count, finish, and dye. You’ll also want to keep in mind the overall temperature of your bedroom, seasonal sets, and eco-friendly manufacturers. More on all the ins and outs of thread counts and all the rest, below.

What material will work best for you?

Just like pillowcases, comforters, weighted blankets, and more, the material is going to be the main priority when it comes to getting the right sheets. When it comes to wrapping your body up at night, you need to be surrounded by something soft and comfy. It will probably come as no shock that your sheet’s overall feel is determined by the material it’s made out of; we want to break down all of the options.

First and foremost, we must discuss cotton. One of the most popular bed linen materials on the market, cotton, is breathable, helpful for temperature regulation, and easy to wash. Organic cotton is excellent for all skin types, and has the bonus feature of putting fewer pesticides into the environment during production. There is also Egyptian cotton, which can be fairly pricey, but it is unparalleled when it comes to durability and softness. Pima cotton is another great option for higher-end comfort. But beware sellers that advertise Egyptian or Pima cotton for low prices! Many companies will advertise their sheets as made with these materials, but the real deal usually can’t be found for under several hundred dollars per set. That said, there are cotton blend options available at a lower price point.

Other fabric options include bamboo, linen, silk, and Tencel. Bamboo fabrics are durable, hypoallergenic, breathable, and machine washable. They are also odor resistant and get increasingly softer over time. Linen sheets are technically made from flax; they are breathable, durable, and can feel very lightly quilted. Silk is often categorized as slippery, luxurious, and romantic. It isn’t the most durable fabric, but it is certainly special. Tencel is made from the wood pulp of eucalyptus and is an environmentally friendly option. We’ll go into greater detail about eco-friendly products later, so look out for more examples.

Then there’s flannel. Flannel is a low maintenance fabric made from a mixture of cotton and wool. Not necessarily what you want to swaddle yourself in during the summer months, but perfect for those cold, winter nights. We will talk more about weather/temperature specific sheets below.

Best organic cotton sheets: Boll & Branch Luxury Sheet Set

Amazon

SEE IT

These organic cotton sheets are made from 100 percent certified organic cotton with a super soft 300 thread count and percale weave. You’ll read more about this later, but with a solid, stellar material, a 300 thread count is all you’ll need to sleep comfortably and peacefully. Boll & Branch sticks with neutral colors and has options in all standard bed sizes, except twin. These luxury sheets are also fair trade certified, which means farmers and other workers get paid two to three times the industry standard.

What’s the right thread count for you?

Thread count is something we hear a lot about but often don’t know what it means. The thread count is the number of threads woven into one square inch of fabric. In a sheet, threads are woven into vertical strands referred to as the warp weave and horizontal strands referred to as the weft weave. Adding the warp and weft yarn gives you the total thread count. Thread count does not always determine the softness of a sheet, but points towards the overall quality, especially when it comes to cotton.

A sheet with a thread count under 200 will probably be rough because it is loosely woven together. So if you like a soft feel, look for something within the 200 to 400 range. Sheets between 300-400 will be a bit more luxurious. Every so often, a sheet made of authentic, 100% Pima cotton will have a thread count of 500. Like the promise of pure Egyptian cotton, it is easy for companies to inflate their thread count to an absurd number. They do this by associating the thread count to the ply of the sheet. Some brands will combine two or three strands into a single yarn; rather than counting the number of yarns in the weave, they double or even triple those numbers. Often this is because the material itself is not strong enough to be suitable for single-ply construction. We suggest staying away from sheets that boast of thread counts in the thousands.

Best high thread count sheets: Brooklinen Luxe Core Sheet Set

Amazon

SEE IT

These high thread count sheets from Brooklinen are perfect for, dare we say, all sleepers (but don’t come for us if you’re one of the few who prefer crisper, stiffer bedding). Made from 100 percent long-staple cotton, these sheets boast an honest and impressive 480 thread count and a sateen weave. Despite all the luxurious feel, they are machine-washable. The set comes in all standard bed sizes, including twin XL and California king. It’s available in cream, white, graphite, as well as two patterns: windowpane and striped.

What’s the best weave and finish for you?

Along with material and thread count, you can consider weave. The weave is essentially describing the way the material is woven. The most popular weave is called percale. A percale weave is super durable and made using a criss-cross, over-under pattern. Sateen, not to be confused with satin, is another popular weave. It’s woven on a Jacquard loom, allowing for intricate, creative patterns when it comes to layering the weft and warp strands. Sateen woven fabrics tend to be silky and smooth, which also makes them more delicate. Jersey knit weaves feel like well-worn, comfortable t-shirts. Jersey is knitted rather than woven; it’s stretchy, soft, and inexpensive but prone to pilling. A twill weave has a pattern of diagonal, ribbed lines. Twill weaves tend to be a tad rougher and are more commonly found in thin blankets as an added layer.

Some sheets will also have a special finish. The finish will be more aligned with your aesthetic rather than overall quality, but just as important. The most popular finish is dye, which of course, changes the color of the original material. Another popular finish is printing. Rather than weaving a pattern or design into the sheet, the detail is printed onto the sheet once the weave is complete. A waffle finish will create a honeycomb-like texture, and a seersucker finish will result in a puckered texture that often includes stripes. Ultimately, the right finish for you is totally up to personal preference, though we always love a pleasing pattern.

Best jersey weave sheets: Columbia Modal Jersey Sheet Set

Amazon

SEE IT

Since we’ve already included a percale pick and sateen pick in this story, we wanted to give you our recommendation for a jersey weave. Columbia’s jersey sheets are made from super-soft 100 percent modal jersey with Omni-wick, moisture-wicking technology to keep you dry yet insulated. The sets are available in five neutral colors as well as all bed sizes. They are machine-washable, wrinkle-resistant, and carefully knit.

Do you sleep cold or hot?

Depending on where you live, your overall temperature, or your partner’s personal preferences (we’re looking at all the people who leave their fans on in the middle of winter), you might want to consider sheet sets for specific climates, natural or man made.

If you tend to get chilly at night, or you just can’t seem to keep out the cold, a flannel or fleece sheet might be a good option for you. Now, these are not for those who just need a little extra warmth. Flannel and fleece not only retain heat, but they also generate it, keeping you perfectly insulated. Both flannel and fleece are super soft, though they have a slight tendency to pill the more you sleep on them. Keep in mind, the more you sweat, the more you’ll want to pop your sheets in the wash to keep your bed and body clean.

If summer has rolled around and you need help keeping cool at night—or you naturally sleep very hot—look for sheets made from Tencel, linen, or a percale cotton weave. Tencel, in particular, is moisture-wicking, which will aid sweaty sleepers. Some sheets have integrated cooling technologies to store heat and maintain body temperature throughout the night. Look for models made with Outlast, a Certified Space Technology, to monitor, absorb, and release heat.

Best sheets for cold sleepers: Eddie Bauer – Flannel Collection

Amazon.com

SEE IT

We love a pattern, and these flannel sheets from Eddie Bauer will look super sweet and cozy in any room. EB has several different patterns for their flannel sets, but our personal favorite is “Bear Family;” we encourage you to check out the others. This set comes with a fitted sheet, flat sheet, and two pillowcases for twin, twin XL, full, queen, and king size beds. Each set is machine-washable and made out of 100% cotton flannel, pre-shrunk, and brushed to add softness and elasticity.

Best sheets for hot sleepers: Stratus Cooling Sheet Set

Amazon

SEE IT

The Stratus Cooling Sheet Set from Slumbercloud is top of the line when it comes to keeping you cool at night. Using the Outlast technology we mentioned above, these sheets prevent overheating and regulate your temperature using breathable Outlast viscose and premium cotton. Made with a sateen weave and a 300 thread count, it comes in all the standard bed sizes and six bold yet straightforward colors.

Do you want your sheets to be eco-friendly?

Sustainable, eco-friendly sheets are a great way to get some shut-eye, knowing you’re doing good things for your body and your planet. First things first, look for brands that are certified B Corporations. The companies are guaranteed to report their social and environmental impact, which is then reviewed by a neutral third party. You can also look for fabrics that are certified Standard 100 by OEKO-TEX® and meet the Global Organic Textile Standard (GOTS) requirements. These fabrics have been tested for harmful substances at all stages of processing. Thirdly, you can look for companies that are certified by Green America. This certification means the business is committed to social change.

Once you find a company you stand by, you can do a deeper dive into eco-friendly materials. Certified organic cotton must be grown and constructed without additional, harmful chemicals or genetic modifications. Organically grown eucalyptus can be even more environmentally friendly than organic cotton. It requires significantly less water to grow and doesn’t need to be uprooted when harvested, so it continues to grow without replanting. Tencel fabrics are made from natural, recyclable materials, which means the Tencel itself is recyclable, which means less waste and a smaller environmental impact. Finally, think about sheets that have gone through a natural dye process, forgoing bleach and other chemicals.

Best organic sheets: Sheets & Giggles Eucalyptus Lyocell Sheet Set

Amazon

SEE IT

These organic sheets from the punnily named Sheets & Giggles are made from renewable grown eucalyptus trees on a biodiverse farm. The manufacturing process uses 96% less water than standard cotton sheets, plus a new tree is planted with every order. The company is OEKO-TEX, vegan cruelty-free, and FKT certified, as well as ZDHC certified, which means there is no wastewater runoff during manufacturing. The 400 thread count sheets come in standard sizes, with the exclusion of twin, and can be purchased in four colors: white, purple, blue, and grey.

FAQs

Q: How do I pick a sheet that I know will fit my mattress height?

When searching the stores or scrolling the internet, look for each sheet’s pocket depth. This is especially important if you have any additional padding or protection on your mattress. Deep pockets will result in a comfortable fit that won’t pop over the corners as you roll over at night.

Q: What is included in a bed sheet set?

Typically, a sheet set will include one fitted sheet, one top sheet, and one (for a twin) or two (for queen and king sets) pillowcases. If you’re looking for even more bedding, most companies will also sell duvet covers, comforters, shams, and throws separately.

Q: How many sets of sheets do I need?

You can never have too many! Okay, maybe you can, but that is truly up to you. You’ll most likely want to have at least two sets for each bed in your home to ensure you’re not sheetless if the laundry gets backed up. It is generally recommended you wash your sheets every two weeks.

Best budget sheets: What you get for under $50

There are plenty of options for more budget-friendly sheets. However, you might need to sacrifice premium materials, maximum durability, or cooling technologies, but you will undoubtedly find something you love. If you’re looking for something under $50, it’s always a good idea to do a touch test before fully sleeping on them to avoid scratchy materials keeping you up at night. For a more budget-friendly heat, check out these sheets from Mellanni, which, despite the relatively audacious thread count, has more than enough reviews to back it up.

A final word on shopping for the best sheets

You spent so much time in your bed, not only sleeping but cuddling up, watching movies, reading books, and drafting that last email before you sign off for the day. Make sure you take a moment to consider the best sheets before deciding what kind of bedding you want to spend all that time in and on. You’ll thank yourself when you crawl into bed after a long day and instantly feel comfortable enough to drift off to sleep. Continue to keep in mind the kind of material, temperature, weave, and overall design that will keep you happy for many nights to come.

The post Best sheets in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best soundbars under $300 of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-soundbars-under-300/ Fri, 18 Mar 2022 20:31:42 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=432094
Soundbars under $300 header
Stan Horaczek

Spend less to get more … more into your favorite soundtracks and scenes with the best soundbars under $300.

The post Best soundbars under $300 of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Soundbars under $300 header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best full system Vizio M51ax-J6 is the best full system soundbar under $300. Vizio M51ax-J6
SEE IT

A full surround sound system that delivers advanced audio technology like Dolby Atmos.

Best for movies and music Polk Audio Signa S3 is the best soundbar under $300 for movies and music. Polk Audio Signa S3
SEE IT

A soundbar that support movies, shows and music with dedicated listening modes.

Best 3.1 sound Samsung HW-A650 is the best 3.1 sound under $300. Samsung HW-A650
SEE IT

A soundbar with three channels plus a subwoofer featuring customizable EQ.

Grabbing a soundbar under $300 is a great way to immerse yourself in the sweeping scores of your favorite movies and the punchy dialogue of your comfort-watch sitcoms. Bypassing any built-in speakers your television might have, soundbars can enhance and elevate your viewing experience by enhancing the stereo field or even expanding it substantially. While there are several high-end (read expensive) models out there, you don’t need to spend a fortune to improve your home theater’s audio. Affordable soundbars can still deliver a high-quality listening experience with 5.1 channel systems, multiple connectivity options, and wireless playback capabilities. Beyond any special features, the best soundbars under $300 will be compact and easy to install, providing additional amplification and clarity to any soundtrack, score, or scene. 

How we selected the best soundbars under $300 

The PopSci staff has spent a lot of time researching and testing budget-friendly audio products; everyone deserves access to standout sound, so we pride ourselves on knowing what to look for to ensure all personal audio we recommend will suit listeners of various types. We looked for tempting specs and features like you’d find in luxury models but focused most on connectivity options, multi-channel systems, audio codecs, and user impressions, as well as some first-hand experience. We made sure to only recommend products from reputable brands like Vizio and Roku, which have proven they are dedicated to developing and incorporating affordable audio technology. 

Things to consider before buying one of the best soundbars under $300 

As televisions became slimmer and flat screens took over our homes, the need for additional amplification grew. Without extra room inside the TV, it became harder to incorporate suitably sized speakers, resulting in the degradation of audio quality. Enter the soundbar, which is practically guaranteed to enhance the viewing experience because they have one job: to make your content sound better. Whether you’re just looking for a bit of a bass boost or a revelatory home theatre experience, you’ll want to consider a few key features before purchasing. 

Size 

One of the most common questions asked by folks setting out to find the right soundbar for their television is, “What size should I get?” While there isn’t a one-size-fits-all answer, rest assured that soundbars are designed to be a compact, aesthetically pleasing way to improve audio, meaning you don’t need to worry about some monstrously sized speaker taking up half the living room. The common rule is don’t pick a model that is longer than your television. You want your soundbar to sit sleekly underneath the screen to maintain proper directionality and discrete connectivity. A unit that pokes out beyond the corners of your tv or hangs over the edge of your console is at best an eyesore and at worst a hazard. Try to stick to the screen size as a guiding ruler even if you have a smaller television. Soundbar size doesn’t necessarily indicate sound quality, so larger isn’t inherently better. And, with the right model, you can expand your unit to include a subwoofer, or additional speaker fills if you feel like you need more from your slim soundbar. 

Connectivity 

Most soundbars currently on the market have multiple options for connectivity—the most popular being HDMI cables. Before buying a new soundbar, it’s important to understand your television’s connectivity capabilities, so you can ensure easy setup upon arrival. 

HDMI, or High Definition Multimedia Interface, ports are a readily available way to transmit audio and visual information between a television and an external unit, like an A/V receiver or soundbar. When HDMI transmission first hit the scene, you needed one HDMI port and cable to send video and another to support audio so any pre-2009 TV will likely need a soundbar with an optical digital audio port too. 

Post-2009, HDMI-ARC connections were made available; ARC stands for Audio Return Channel and enables high audio bandwidth, as well as compatibility with remote controls via Consumer Electronics Control (CEC). Essentially, HDMI-ARC eliminated the need for a secondary cable, creating a more efficient connection. HDMI-ARC transmission is what most affordable soundbars rely on and is suitable for many TVs. Note that HDMI-ARC can support Dolby Atmos, but an eARC connection is strongly preferred and you will need that eARC support for Atmos audio encoded with uncompressed Dolby TrueHD audio. You will also need a  cable that delivers HDMI with Ethernet, High-Speed HDMI with Ethernet, or Ultra High-Speed HDMI. 

Many soundbars will not only have an HDMI-ARC or eARC port, but also an HDMI output port as well. This allows you to connnect gaming consoles and Blu-ray players to your soundbar and pass the signal through to the TV. Some models will also list Full HDMI in their list of available ports; this slot allows you to connect an additional sound source and can enable higher quality sound but can make it more difficult to play audio from the apps on your TV. 

Many soundbars on the market will also offer Bluetooth or Wi-Fi connectivity so you can link to other devices, like your smartphone or laptop, and stream podcasts, audiobooks, or music. Some even offer AirPlay 2, built-in Chromecast, or Alexa for enhanced connectivity and voice control. 

Audio channels 

At its most basic, a soundbar will offer stereo sound, meaning an independent left and right channel, also called a 2.0 channel system. Soundbar systems can generally incorporate between 1.0 and 7.2 channels. For models under $300, you’ll typically be capped at 5.1 channels and most will be packaged with 2.1 channels. These 2.1 channel systems add a separate subwoofer to take care of low frequencies. Moving up to 3.1 systems will incorporate a left, right, and center channel alongside the additional sub. And 5.1 systems will utilize one main soundbar, containing the left, right, and center channels, one subwoofer, and two additional speakers that act as surrounds, rears, or front fills for an even more immersive experience. As you can imagine, 5.1 systems take up more space and require more cabling, but for a 3D auditory experience, five channels are certainly better than two.

The deal with Dolby Digital, Dolby Atmos, and DTS:X

Dolby Digital is an audio codec that produces high-quality sound across a 5.1 channel scheme. It helps create immersive surround sound and has been used in film and television since 1992. Many soundbars will list Dolby Digital compatibility in their specs even if they are a 2.1 channel system; this simply means they can process the audio and often end up mixing down the signal, formatting it to fit the soundbar’s channel configuration. 

Dolby Atmos is a surround sound technology designed to create a realistic listening experience that puts you inside whatever movie you’re watching or video game you’re playing. To do this, Atmos utilizes overhead or upward-firing speakers and object-based audio, which essentially forgoes channel assignments and creates a 3-D plane that sound can move through, mimicking the object’s spatial organization on screen. For example, a plane may sound like it’s flying directly above you, a shootout will have bullets whizzing past your head, etc. You don’t need to build out a 12-speaker sound system complete with overhead units to take advantage of Dolby Atmos; you just need a soundbar equipped with Dolby Atmos technology. Atmos-equipped soundbars can effectively process the audio and some are designed with front-firing drivers that can virtually simulate projecting sound upwards. In order to experience Dolby Atmos, the content you are watching also has to be mixed with that technology, like select films on Netflix, iTunes, or UHD Blu-ray. Dolby Atmos does come at a higher cost but if you are looking for an incredible listening experience, we believe it’s worth the price. 

DTS:X, a multidimensional audio codec, can be considered the primary Dolby Atmos competitor. DTS:X doesn’t require any particular speaker set up, adapting to your system and supporting up to 11.2 channels. Unlike Dolby Atmos, DTS:X lets listeners customize their experience, with the option to manually adjust sound elements, like turning up the volume on just dialogue, lifting it above background music or effects. DTS: X-enabled content is predominantly found on Blu-ray disks, IMAXEnchanced content, or Xbox games. 

While DTS:X is completely immersive, DTS Virtual:X attempts to mimic multi-speaker surround sound using digital signal processing to simulate directionality and create a larger more detailed soundstage impacting music, dialogue, and SFX alike. 

Finding an inexpensive soundbar that supports well-developed surround sound technologies like Dolby Atmos or DTS:X can be difficult. So, if you are looking for a mind-blowing, 3D experience, consider saving a little bit more so you can invest in the necessary technology. 

4K compatibility 

It’s true that the 4K refers to screen resolution, not audio quality, but if you have a 4K television, you’ll want a soundbar with 4K compatibility or “pass-through.” This essentially means a soundbar with an HDMI input and output so you can create a streamlined, simple connection. This pass-through allows you to direct content from another media device through the soundbar and into the tv, maintaining lossless audio synchronization. 

The best soundbars under $300: Reviews & Recommendations

Best full system soundbar: Vizio M51ax-J6

VIZIO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The M51ax-J6 is the only product on our list that offers a complete surround system with two additional satellite speakers, a subwoofer, and Dolby Atmos and DTS:X audio at a very reasonable price point. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: ‎36 x 3.5 x 2.2 inches
  • Connectivity: HDMI eARC, Bluetooth, optical 
  • Audio Channels: 5.1

Pros 

  • Dolby Atmos and DTS:X processing
  • Voice Assistant 
  • 9 speaker drivers 

Cons 

  • Pricey 
  • Satellite speakers are wired 

The Vizio M51ax-J6 is a 5.1 channel surround sound system is rife with features typically found in more expensive models. The 36-inch soundbar houses six speakers: two passive radiators, woofers, and tweeters for increased frequency isolation and support resulting in a richer sound. The 5-inch subwoofer is wireless, can be placed anywhere you like, and has a frequency response range that reaches 45Hz. Two smaller satellite speakers, which connect to the subwoofer via wire, can be placed next to the soundbar for broader coverage (also called front surround mode) or behind your seating area for dual stereo mode. Plenty of connectivity options are available, so compatibility with your TV is practically guaranteed. On the right side of the bar you’ll find an HDMI input, HDMI output for eARC connections, a USB port, and an optical audio input port. The included Vizio remote controls power, input, volume, Bluetooth, and more. You can also connect your favorite voice assistant and other smart devices via aux VA port or Bluetooth respectively to create an efficient hub for at-home music, podcast, and audiobook-listening. Finally, this soundbar is fully equipped to take advantage of DTS:X and Dolby Atmos content, a rarity for most soundbars under $300. 

Best for movies and music: Polk Audio Signa S3

Polk Audio

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Signa 3 is not only a great soundbar for watching videos, but also an excellent at-home speaker for rocking out to your favorite tunes. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: ‎35.4 x 3.2 x 2.15 inches
  • Connectivity: HDMI ARC, Bluetooth, optical 
  • Audio Channels: 2.1

Pros 

  • Dedicated Music Mode
  • Powerful audio across highs and lows 
  • Built-in Chromecast

Cons 

  • LED Mode indicators can be hard to read 

The Signa 3 is a great soundbar for listeners who are looking for more when it comes to everyday, at-home listening. Not only will you get great sound for movies and TV shows, but you’ll also experience elevated audio when it comes to music.

Built-in Chromecast makes it easy to connect to apps like Spotify, TIDAL, or Amazon Music, and Wi-Fi connectivity expands those options. Bluetooth 4.0—with AAC, AptX, and SBC codecs—is also supported. There are three different listening modes available: Movie, Music, and Night; you can also use Voice Adjust Technology to tweak the level of dialogue to your liking. Two midrange drivers and two tweeters alongside the wireless 40-watt subwoofer support a frequency range of 45Hz – 20kHz. Users report distortion-free listening even at high volumes with a rich, natural sound across the mids and highs. The included remote control allows you to adjust volume, bass levels (on a 1-8 scale), input, power, listening mode, and Voice Adjust, so you’ll never need to leave the couch. 

Best 3.1 sound soundbar: Samsung HW-A650

SAMSUNG

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If investing in additional speakers (and wires for that matter) isn’t for you, but you want a little more than just a left and right channel, the Samsung 3.1 HW-A650 should do the trick. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: ‎38.6 x 2.3 x 4.1 inches
  • Connectivity: HDMI ARC, Bluetooth, optical 
  • Audio Channels: 3.1

Pros 

  • Center channel 
  • Graphic EQ
  • Overall sound quality 

Cons 

  • Pricey
  • No Dolby Atmos 
  • No Voice Control 

When it comes to sound reinforcement and system design, most, if not all, venues use a center speaker or speaker array to support vocals specifically. A 3.1 soundbar utilizes this design concept to deliver better home theater audio to your living room.  Alongside left, right, and center channels, the HW-A650 provides a balanced sound with a tested frequency response range of roughly 42Hz – 20kHz. When you’re ready to upgrade to a 5.1 surround sound experience, you can easily integrate Samsung’s satellite speakers into your system. This soundbar has several enhancement features to keep you happy even without additional units. Graphic EQ gives you total control over your sound and if you’re not sure where to start presets including Bass Boost, Game, Surround Sound, and Adaptive Sound Life will get you going. Connectivity options include HDMI Arc, HDMI output, Full HDMI input, USB, and optical audio, plus Bluetooth—however, there is no Wi-Fi playback option. The remote is simple and straightforward, controlling the soundbar and not the television itself. While the HW-A650 does not include a treasure trove of bells and whistles, it delivers excellent sound quality, giving you customizable control over audio. 

Best 2.1 sound: Yamaha ATS-2090

Yamaha Audio

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Yamaha ATS-2090 is a straightforward 2.1 unit with balanced audio designed with WiFi connectivity, voice control, and easy installation. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: ‎36 x 2.5 x 4.25 inches
  • Connectivity: HDMI ARC, Bluetooth, optical 
  • Audio Channels: 2.1

Pros 

  • Built-in Alexa 
  • EQ Presents

Cons 

  • No control display 
  • 3D mode can be overwhelming 

The ATS-2090 is a solid option for those who want the added power of a wireless subwoofer without a bunch of extra elements. It features well-balanced stereo sound, dialogue enhancement, subwoofer level control, EQ presets designed for different content, and virtual surround sound. Connectivity options include HDMI ARC, Full HDMI input, HDMI output, optical audio input, USB, and Ethernet. There is also a 4K pass-through that can support Blu-ray players, gaming consoles, and additional PC monitors. The ATS-2090 features built-in Alexa control, as well as Bluetooth and Wi-Fi to support playback from your phone or other smart devices. A universal remote is included for control over soundbar and subwoofer volume, EQ presets, listening modes, input settings, and child lock. An entry-level soundbar, this unit is an excellent option for enhancing the stereo image of any film or television program. 

Best budget: Roku Streambar Pro

Roku

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Streambar Pro is an inexpensive way to get solid sound quality with multiple options for control and connectivity. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: ‎32.2 x 3.9 x 2.8 inches 
  • Connectivity: HDMI ARC, Bluetooth, optical 
  • Audio Channels: 2.0

Pros 

  • Price 
  • Private Listening option 
  • Voice Contol 
  • AirPlay and HomeKit compatible 

Cons 

  • Bass could be better 

You don’t need to have a Roku TV to take advantage of all this powerful, compact soundbar has to offer. The Streambar Pro features four 2.5-inch full-range drivers that support powerful 2-channel stereo sound, gracefully enhancing movies and TV shows, but it might not pack a huge punch for music listening. Speech Clarity helps with clear dialogue, though. Luckily, Roku makes it easy to expand with the option to incorporate additional wireless speakers or a wireless subwoofer down the road if you want to round out your listening experience. The included remote contains typical features like control over volume and playback and provides unique additions like programmable command buttons and a headphone jack for private listening wirelessly, allowing you to experience big-screen visuals without waking up your roommates. A Night Mode also helps not disturb the neighbors. The Wi-Fi-enabled Streambar Pro works with Alexa, Siri, and Google Assistant and is also compatible with AirPlay, so you can share photos, videos, and music from your Apple device. While this soundbar supports Dolby Audio, it will mix down to virtual without any speaker expansions. This soundbar also acts as a 4K HDR Roku media streamer, providing access to apps including Hulu, Netflix, Spotify, YouTube, Amazon Prime, as well as Roku Channel exclusives, assuming you have a compatible UHD TV with an HDMI input that supports HDCP 2.2. 

FAQs

Q: Does a soundbar replace TV speakers?

Yes, a soundbar is designed to replace your television’s built-in speakers. You cannot use both the TV speakers and soundbar to create an enhanced system, it’s likely you will just create an annoying echo. Soundbars are specifically structured to be better than your built-in speakers, which are often crammed into a skinny TV and too small to produce the kind of sound that should accompany film and television. You are sure to notice a difference the next time you watch an episode of Euphoria and feel Labrinth’s score soar around you or finally dig into Dune and fear the sandworms might come through the screen and attack you thanks to immersive, elevated sound. 

Q: Is a soundbar better than a surround sound system?

While a soundbar is a great way to improve your home theater’s sound, a full surround sound system might be the best way to create an even more 3D experience. Larger drivers across at least four speakers plus a subwoofer can often provide more detail than the small units found in soundbars. However, while the audio quality may be better, surround systems are typically more expensive, harder to install, and require additional receivers. For a budget-friendly, easier-to-use option, we recommend looking at a package that includes a soundbar with a couple of supplementary speakers and a sub, like the Vizio M51ax-J6.

Q: What is the difference between 2.1 and 3.1 soundbar?

The difference between a 2.1 and 3.1 soundbar is the additional center channel in the 3.1 system. A 2.1 channel system includes a left and right channel built into the soundbar with an additional subwoofer. A 3.1-channel system will incorporate a left, right, and center channel, as well as the sub. The biggest perceivable difference will be in the clarity of dialogue, which is typically mapped to the center channel.

Final thoughts on picking the best soundbars under $300 

If you’ve decided to upgrade your TV’s audio, but you don’t want to break the bank, consider which features are non-negotiable so you can find something that fits your needs and your budget. Do you want to invest in true 5.1 surround sound? Are you satisfied with stereo but need a universal remote? Do you need multiple connectivity options? Or would you rather be able to have complete control over EQ? Once you can answer these questions, you can narrow your search and select one of the best soundbars under $300. 

The post Best soundbars under $300 of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best headphones for sleeping in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-headphones-for-sleeping/ Fri, 08 Oct 2021 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=399086
Headphones for sleep composite feature image
Tony Ware

Silence your mind or drown out the sound of snoring with the best headphones for sleeping.

The post Best headphones for sleeping in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Headphones for sleep composite feature image
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best sleep headphones headband Wireless AcousticSheep SleepPhones are the best headphones for sleeping. AcousticSheep SleepPhones
SEE IT

A comfortable headband with built-in speakers that will let you sleep in any position without pressure or pain.

Best wireless earbuds for sleeping Bose SleepBuds are the best headphones for sleeping. Bose Sleepbuds II
SEE IT

An ergonomically designed pair of earbuds that will tune out everything around you.

Best headphones for sleeping on side 1More ComfoBuds Z best headphones for sleeping product card 1More ComfoBuds Z
SEE IT

A compact set of earbuds that will let you listen to whatever helps you sleep.

An estimated 164 million Americans struggle to fall asleep at least once per week and, if you’re reading this article, chances are you’re one of them (it’s okay, so are we). While there are several things you can eliminate from your life to improve sleeping habits (smartphones, TVs in the bedroom, etc.), sometimes the answer lies in a gadget. The best headphones for sleeping will allow you to tune out the world around you, relax your mind, and gently lead you to a full night’s slumber. Whether you benefit from a little guided meditation before bed, need to silence a snoring partner, or are soothed by your favorite true crime podcast, headphones (as well as earphones and audio-equipped headbands) can be a helpful tool to reset your brain before drifting off to sleep.

How we selected the best headphones for sleeping 

When selecting the best headphones for sleeping, we paid attention to comfort above everything else. Most of us are already equipped with daily headphones but need something a little different when it comes to sleep. We searched for headbands made from breathable fabric containing thin speakers, as well as small earbuds that fit snugly and forgo extensions so sleepers in any position can stay comfortable. We then considered important features including battery life, controls, and Bluetooth compatibility to keep users connected and in command of their listening experience. While there are plenty of corded options out there, you won’t find any on our list as wired options can lead to circulation (and strangulation) issues that we feel aren’t worth the risk. Finally, while it may go without saying, we looked for models specifically designed to support healthy sleep habits. While there is one everyday model that made the cut, we insisted on selecting headphones that have been created, tested, and reviewed for sleeping.

What to consider when choosing the best headphones for sleeping 

The best headphones for sleeping allow you to comfortably listen to the music, podcasts, movies, or slumber sound of your choice. Take some time to consider your sleeping position and think about what would help you the most—perhaps it’s noise cancellation, a comfortable material, or a secure fit for frequent tossing or turning.

What side do you sleep on? 

In order to find the best pair of headphones for you, you’ll want to consider your sleeping position. If you’re one of the lucky few that can sleep on their back all night, your options are plentiful. You’ll likely be satisfied by sleep headphone headbands, earmuffs, and earbuds, so long as they fit snugly inside your ear (too big and they may fall out). You might also be comfortable sleeping in a pair of everyday headphones if they don’t protrude too far into your pillow. (If you want to know more about the differences between overear vs. IEMs vs. earbuds, check out our handy guide.)

If you’re a side sleeper, things get a little more complicated. The key to selecting a comfortable pair of headphones is flexibility and diameter. You want to choose a model that won’t stick out of your ears, causing uncomfortable pressure when placed between a pillow and your head. Look for a small earbud that can sit flush against your ears without any external tails. If you’re interested in trying out a headband, search the specs to find the thinnest drivers. While you may sacrifice booming bass, you’ll sleep better without feeling any pain. 

True face-down stomach sleepers will also encounter some challenges, namely gravity, which may pull over-ear and in-ear headphones down into your covers. We recommend finding a pair of snugly fitting earbuds or a headband that sacrifices onboard controls. While being able to hit play and pause without picking up your phone is helpful, most models place the control panel at the front of the band, which won’t feel great resting against your forearm as you try to fall asleep.

Do you need to drown out noise? 

If you’re looking to silence a snoring partner, keep out construction, or sleep through a roommate’s morning workout routine, you’ll want to select a pair of noise-canceling headphones. You can choose between passive or active noise cancelation (though, for intermittent noise, really good passive cancelation can be more successful). We recommend selecting earbuds with a soft, gummy seal, especially if they boast noise-masking capabilities in their specs. This seal will naturally block waves from entering the inner ear and cover anything that does get through with a direct audio signal playing the content you choose. You can also try a pair of over-the-ear headphones, though these can be tough to sleep in if you aren’t flat on your back. While headbands do provide some natural muffle, the fabric won’t be enough to tune out sounds within close range.

Are you looking for something to help you sleep while traveling? 

While most of the pairs we’ve chosen are particularly suited for sleeping in a bed, there are certainly options for naps on the train, slumbers on a long plane ride, and backseat brain breaks. So if you want to get some shut-eye during travel, we recommend grabbing a pair of active noise-canceling headphones. While passive cancelation can help, ANC creates a counter signal that helps silence the rumble and drone of engines and other environmental noise. And unless you’ve upgraded to a roomy travel suite, chances are you won’t be sleeping on your side, so you don’t need to worry too much about pain and pressure from earbuds or over-the-ear headphones. 

How much battery life do you need? 

If you’re looking for a constant stream of white noise throughout the night, you’ll need a pair of headphones that can support up to nine hours of continuous audio. While this may not be as important for folks who only need help to fall asleep, consider battery life and charge time if you need sound to stay asleep. You don’t want to be left with only a few minutes of battery after an hour on the charger, especially if you forgot to plug it in and bedtime is in 30 minutes. If you know you don’t want to be woken up by your music in the middle of the night, look for a model that comes with auto-shutoff. You can also explore settings on your electronic device and various apps, so you don’t cycle through an entire season of “Friends” while you sleep.

The best headphones for sleeping: Reviews & Recommendations

We’ve selected personal audio options that are designed to help you slumber peacefully no matter where you are, who you’re with, or what’s on your mind.

Best sleep headphones headband: AcousticSheep SleepPhones

AcousticSheep

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Finding a pair of headphones that are actually comfortable for side sleepers isn’t an easy task; the drivers in this SleepPhones headband are the thinnest we’ve found, roughly the size of two quarters, enhancing comfort. 

Specs:

  • Battery: Up to 12 hours 
  • Charge Time: 2 hours 
  • Frequency Response: 20Hz – 20kHz 
  • Bluetooth Range: Up to 30 feet
Pros:Cons:
  • Flexible for side-sleepers
  • No active noise cancelation
  • Available in multiple sizes
  • Price
  • Velcro closure
  • Not great for warmer (read daytime) use
  • On-board controls
  • This headband is ideal for sleepers who find earbuds and bulky over-ear models uncomfortable. Available in three sizes—small, medium, and large—the flexible material and thin speakers will be suitable for sleeping in almost any position. All the electronic components are removable, so you can machine wash the band, and a small slit allows for easy access to the USB charging port (charging cord included) and speaker insertion. The drivers are color-coded so you can get specific about your left and right channels and the Bluetooth 4.0 module includes onboard controls, so you’ll be able to adjust volume, play/pause, skip tracks, and power without exposing your eyes to the harsh, REM-ruining blue light of a screen. And if you use a run or yoga session as a pre-bedtime ritual to help wind down, this is the best sleep headphones headband perfectly suited for those activities, as well.

    Best wireless earbuds for sleeping: Bose Sleepbuds II

    Bose

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Sleepbuds II aren’t for streaming late-night movies; instead, they are specifically designed to help you fall and stay asleep with a series of relaxing sounds that will mask outside noise. 

    Specs:

    • Battery: Up to 10 hours
    • Charge Time: 6 hours 
    • Frequency Response: Unknown 
    • Bluetooth Range: Up to 30 feet
    Pros:Cons:
  • Excellent noise-cancelation
  • Cannot play music
  • Comes with Bose Sleep app
  • Price
  • Comfortable for multiple sleeping positions
  • Includes charging case
  • The Bose Sleepbuds II are the best wireless earbuds for sleeping and sleeping alone. They are essentially technologically advanced earplugs, blocking out noise by gently targeting your eardrums with soundscapes and tones. They are effective at blocking out snoring, construction, and more, so you can even have a solid sleep while your partner takes an early morning conference call. It’s important to note that while these are Bluetooth 5.0 you will not be able to play your own content with these earbuds—no Spotify “Sleep” playlist, no dulcet tones of the most recent “This American Life” episode, no calming classical music—but that’s okay. The Bose Sleep app (available for iOS and Android) comes with a small yet specifically designed library of roughly 50 sounds—including naturescapes, noise-masking sounds, and tonal sequences called “Tranquilities”—which you’ll need to select and then download onto the buds; don’t worry, you can hear samples before you buy to ensure satisfaction. The Sleepbuds are also equipped with an alarm because there is a good chance you’ll sleep right through an external wake-up call.

    Best noise-cancelling headphones for sleeping: Bose QuietComfort 35 II

    Bose

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Though the best sleep comes from a comfortable bed, we know there are times when you’ll need to sleep sitting up or against a window—enter the Bose QuietComfort 35 IIs, with impressive noise cancelation for a solid nap.

    Specs:

    • Battery: Up to 20 hours 
    • Charge Time: 15-minute quick charge for an additional 2.5 hours of playback 
    • Frequency Response: Unknown
    • Bluetooth Range: Up to 30 feet
    Pros:Cons:
  • Customizable active noise cancelation
  • Not suitable for sleeping in a bed
  • Voice assistant compatible
  • Expensive
  • Analog connection available for extended listening
  • The Bose QuietComfort 35 IIs are a great option if you’re looking to get some shut-eye in transit. While they might not be as comfortable as a soft headband, the customizable noise cancelation on these Bluetooth 4.2 headphones—the best noise-canceling headphones for sleeping—will make up for it. Using the Bose app, you can select from three levels of noise reduction, so you can tune in when you need to (hello beverage cart) and tune out all the rest. The headband and cups are made from soft, synthetic leather, so you’ll still be able to rest without issue. Once you arrive at your destination, you can make calls using the noise-rejecting dual microphone and employ Alexa or Google Assistant to help you navigate to your next stop. The wireless connection is solid and the battery can last up to 20 hours; however, if you forget to charge, you can use the included audio cable to connect to your phone, tablet, or computer manually; a blessing when it comes to faulty airline outlets.  If you want the ANC but you’re not sure over-ears are for you, check out the QuietComfort Earbuds.

    Best headphones for sleeping on side: 1MORE ComfoBuds Z

    1MORE

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The ComfoBuds Z are a new product from 1MORE designed to give you options for restful sounds. With two different Listening modes, you can connect to your own devices or choose from their library of 30 sounds to help you drift to sleep without pushing a button.

    Specs:

    • Battery: Up to 3.5 hours, 14 hours with case
    • Charge Time: 75 minutes (earbuds), 65 minutes (case)
    • Frequency Response: Unknown
    • Bluetooth Range: Up to 32 feet
    Pros:Cons:
  • 5 Auto-shutoff timers
  • A 1.0 model, so may lack some feature refinement
  • Built-in sleep sounds
  • Battery life could be better
  • Solid noise reduction
  • The new ComfoBuds Z from 1MORE promises a staggering number of features designed for maximum comfort while sleeping. These Bluetooth 5.0 buds are designed to fit snugly in your ears resulting in roughly 24 decibels of outside noise reduction. You can either listen to your own library or choose from 30 built-in sounds controlled by the 1MORE Music app, designed to lead you into a deep sleep. Weighing in at under 2.6 grams (or less than 0.006 pounds), you’ll barely notice them as you roll over, making them the best headphones for sleeping on the side. Our favorite feature is the auto-off timer, perfect for folks who don’t need to listen all night long. You can choose to have the earbuds automatically power down after 30, 60, 90, 120, or 150 minutes.

    Best Bluetooth headphones for sleeping on a budget: Perytong Wireless Sleep Headphones

    Perytong

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: There are more than a few budget-friendly sleep headphones out there, so we paid special attention to user experiences; the Perytong’s won out across the board when it came to reliability and comfort. 

    Specs:

    • Battery: Up to 10 hours 
    • Charge Time: 2.25 hours 
    • Frequency Response: Unknown 
    • Bluetooth Range: Unknown
    Pros:Cons:
  • Price
  • One size only
  • Multiple color options
  • Minimal noise cancelation
  • Breathable fabric
  • Drivers may shift
  • If you find yourself nodding off with your AirPods in your ears and want to switch to something more comfortable, but you’re not sure if you’ll enjoy a headband, these are some of the best Bluetooth headphones for sleeping on a budget to try out. Designed to double as a workout band, the breathable fabric with mesh lining keeps your ears cool while you sleep or sweat. Onboard controls on the front allow for easy navigation through your playlists and podcasts and the drivers are removable, so you can stick the headband in the wash. If you keep the headband on all night, you don’t have to worry about being awoken by a low-battery alarm, so you can rest assured knowing you’ll encounter zero beeps or buzzes. Keep in mind, these headphones aren’t designed to cancel or isolate noise, so you may still be exposed to your bedmate’s snoring and they might get a whisper of whatever you’re listening to.

    FAQs

    Q: Is it bad to sleep with earplugs every night?

    It is not bad to sleep with earplugs every night as long as you consider any adverse effects and work to abate them. For example, consistent use can result in earwax build-up, so you’ll want to make sure you regularly clean out your ears either professionally or with ear drops.

    Q: Is it OK to wear headphones while sleeping?

    It is OK to wear headphones while sleeping if you follow a few guidelines. Like earplugs, in-ear monitors/earphones can cause wax build-up, so make sure you clean your ears. You also want to make sure you are listening to quiet, soft sounds, and know there are no more audibly aggressive tracks mixed in—loud spikes in music can damage your hearing, as can higher decibels for long periods, so you shouldn’t try to use excessive volume to drown out your surroundings. Instead, look for a great pair of noise-canceling earbuds. Studies have also shown that prolonged listening can tamper with sleep quality, so you may want to adjust your settings so that your music stops playing after a couple of hours. Finally, we recommend using a pair of wireless headphones to avoid getting tangled in any cabling that could cut off circulation.

    Q: What are the best headphones to block out snoring?

    The best headphones to block out snoring will be noise-canceling or masking. While active noise-canceling headphones are great for background noise on long flights, intermittent, close-range sounds, like snoring, can poke through. So look for a pair that blocks the eardrum from the outside world and channels quiet, soothing sounds directly to the inner ear.

    The final word on shopping for the best headphones for sleeping

    A good night’s rest might just be a few tracks, episodes, or minutes of white noise away, and the best headphones for sleeping can help you get there. Before purchasing, think about your listening priorities; do you sleep next to a snorer, have trouble quieting your mind before bed, need something that will play all night, or just deserve a little bit of downtime before drifting off? Once you know what you want out of Sandman’s modern-day helpers, you’ll be able to select a pair that will help you fall asleep quickly and soundly snooze through the night.

    The post Best headphones for sleeping in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Best VR games of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-vr-games/ Wed, 21 Jul 2021 13:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-vr-games/
    black and white photo of a man with oculus vr headset on
    Lux Interaction vis Unsplash

    Discover new advances in home entertainment and boldly explore vast worlds beyond the confines of your physical reality with the best VR games on the market.

    The post Best VR games of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    black and white photo of a man with oculus vr headset on
    Lux Interaction vis Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best multiplatform VR game Star Trek: Bridge Crew Star Trek: Bridge Crew
    SEE IT

    Coordinate with your whole crew in this otherworldly galactic adventure that offers up to three players at one time.

    Best VR games for beginners Job Simulator Job Simulator
    SEE IT

    If you’re just scratching the surface of VR, a beginner’s game can ensure you don’t get lost in the trenches. This pick is easy to learn while still allowing you to learn new skills.

    Best VR game for kids Fruit Ninja VR Fruit Ninja VR
    SEE IT

    The fan-favorite iPhone game has leveled up to VR play, complete with a variety of modes, including Survival mode, which is exclusive to this version.

    Not long ago, virtual reality seemed like a loose concept that might just manifest sometime far into the future. What fools we were. As of 2016, over 230 companies started developing and producing VR technologies with no end in sight. Our visions of the future have certainly caught up with us, and you can now play VR games from the comfort of your own home. Virtual reality, at its core, is about complete immersion. Think about the number of times you’ve wished you could walk right into your favorite video game and experience that world for yourself. While tech experts, engineers, and scientists haven’t exactly figured out a way to digitize your conscious or plug you into a computer (thank you, Black Mirror, for the nightmares), they have been able to bring visual worlds to life, creating wearable headsets that surround your field of vision, follow your gaze, and respond accordingly. Game developers have also stepped up to the plate. With unparalleled designs and unbelievable ingenuity, you can get lost for hours right in your living room. As long as you’re equipped with a VR gaming headset and a safe place to play, the possibilities are endless. So whether you’re well-versed in VR or you’re just starting to build up your collection, we’ve created this comprehensive guide to help pick out your next immersive adventure with the best VR games for home entertainment.

    Things to consider when buying VR games

    There are a few things you’ll want to consider before deciding on the best VR games for you. Think about the VR type, what kind of gaming experience you have, how many players there are if you want to play with kids, and what kind of space you’ll be gaming in. There are so many games out there now; we can guarantee you’ll find something you love. Read on to learn more about how we always keep in mind when embarking on a new game purchase.

    1. Look for multiplayer compatibility (if you want)

    When searching for a new VR game, you’ll want to consider the number of players and platforms the game should support. Single-player games are super popular and provide a direct escape from the real-world. Without anyone else to interact with, you’re able to focus on the task at hand and tune out any outside noise. Single-player VR games are an excellent way to zone out but stay active after a long day of work. Multiplayer games can be equally entertaining but provide an entirely different experience. While the VR gaming world is slightly smaller than flatscreen gaming, there are still many ways to connect and play. When searching for a solid multiplayer game, you’ll want to consider compatibility, especially if you’re hoping to connect with friends. For maximum options, the game needs to function across all the major headsets and VR types, which we will talk more about later. Finding multiplatform compatible games won’t be too tricky if you know what to look for; you can even find some games that are compatible across VR and flatscreens so you can play with anyone. From there, you can choose to go with an online multiplayer, local co-op, or local options for folks in the same room. Thoroughly read all multiplayer game labels that clearly outline which VR types can connect, the ability for multiplatform play, and how many players the game can handle if you’re hoping to play with friends or family in one room.

    2. Keep your space in mind

    Unlike other video games where you need to settle onto the couch and stay there for hours, VR games give you the freedom to move around your space. There are three ways VR games can be played—but not every game is compatible with every type. Room-scale VR lets you move freely around your room and interact with virtual objects. Movements from the headset or controllers are tracked in real-time and reflected back to the player. Room-scale games need to be played on a headset that supports 6 degrees of freedom or 6DoF, which tracks movement beyond head rotation. They often come with certain space requirements, usually a minimum of 6.6 x 5 feet for an optimal gaming experience.

    Seated and standing games will ask you to stay primarily in one place while you play. You will still be able to use your headset and controllers to interact with the VR games, but movements to simulate walking or running may be inspired by a different action. Standing and seated VR supports 3 degrees of freedom, which means the system will track your head and hand movements but can’t keep up with user position changes. These types of gameplay are great for those with smaller spaces. Many room-scale VR games are also designed to support seated and standing; however, some headsets can only support 3DoF, so a room-scale experience won’t be possible.

    3. Do you need a kid-friendly VR game?

    You don’t need to be a fully-fledged adult to enjoy the beauty of the virtual world. VR games are a great way to get out some energy, get a little physical movement going on, and activate your child’s imagination. A VR game is the perfect way to pass the time on a rainy, windy, or downright chilly day. Older kids might be ready to move on to long-form, narrative RPG games, but the younger ones will probably be looking for something short, bright, with plenty of options for big motion. You can also think about games that will be good for the whole family. A game with multiplayer options, quick rounds, or teams can liven up an after-dinner activity.

    If you’re having trouble figuring out which games are appropriate for your kids, you can also check game ratings. Like movies and television, video games, including VR, are rated by a board, the Entertainment Software Rating Board, before release. The system is pretty straightforward: E is for everyone, E 10+ is for children ten and over, T is for teen (think PG-13), M for mature or 17 and older, A is for adults only. E 10+ might contain some mild, cartoonish violence or minimal suggestive themes. Rated-T games might include some crude humor, visible blood, more literal depictions of violence, or infrequent use of strong language.

    4. What type of VR games do you want to play?

    Technically, there are three types of VR that can determine what games you can or want to play. Typically when we mention VR, we think of games compatible with headsets, but not all headsets function in the same way. Now you might already have a headset, or you’re on the lookout for one—regardless it’s important to know what kind of game is going to be compatible with the headset you own. Console VR specifically applies to established gaming systems with a VR add-on like Playstation 4 or 5; there’s also an option for the Nintendo Switch called the Nintendo Labo VR. VR games for this type of virtual reality need to be purchased directly from those brands; however, many games are manufactured for multiple headsets, so don’t give up after a cursory search for a game you’re interested in.

    The second type of VR is called “standalone VR.” Standalone means you don’t need any additional equipment aside from the headset and controllers to experience the game; the gaming experience is run from the hardware itself. An Oculus Quest utilizes standalone VR technology. The experience of freely moving in your space without extra equipment is pretty breathtaking, especially with the right game. If you’re going to head in that direction, make sure you get something with truly stunning visuals built for positional tracking.

    PC VR is a headset that requires a connection to a nearby PC to function. Some PC headsets include the HTC Vive, Windows Mixed Reality, and the Oculus Rift X. If you’re already a prevalent gamer, with a PC monitor, graphics card, etc., then PC VR might be just right for you. They typically have better visual displays to support immersive gaming. PC VR headsets often need to be wired to the computer—but there are some cordless options, which typically means wearing more gear and spending more money.

    5. Consider your gaming experience level

    Just like with any game console, you’ll want to think about your general experience and affinity for video games. You know you way better than we do, so this section will be most helpful for those who are just starting out or possibly looking for a gift. Gaming experience, in general, is something to keep in mind. If you’re used to playing flatscreen games for hours at a time, you might want to grab a game that mimics that style of play you love, like Skyrim VR or Shadow Legend. If you’re new to gaming or just like something lighter in general, there are some fantastic beginning games with great effects. Check out Beat Saber, Tilt Brush, or a personal favorite of ours listed below. These beginner games are generally great for VR beginners at large, even those who have significant non-VR gaming experience. VR can be somewhat overwhelming, and newcomers might experience some mild motion sickness or balance issues. Easier games can get your mind and body accustomed to navigating space, experimenting with controllers, and monitoring your body’s overall reactions. Remember, if you start to feel nauseous, light-headed, or dizzy, pause your game, pop your VR headset off, and take a quick seat or drink some water.

    Best multiplayer VR game: Star Trek: Bridge Crew

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    You don’t have to be a Star Trek superfan to enjoy this highly-immersive multiplayer game. Bridge Crew is played seated using VR headsets, including the PSVR/PS4, Oculus Rift, HTC Vive, Valve Index, and Windows Mixed Reality. It can also be played on a flat-screen, so it’s truly perfect for almost any configuration. In the game, you are tasked with exploring an unknown space sector called the Trench, searching for a habitable new home for the Vulcan population. The key is to work as a team to command the crew and get the most out of your galactic adventure. It can support up to four players at one time.

    Best standing VR game: Superhot

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Superhot is a unique FPS (first-person shooter) game that can be played in a big way despite playing in a small space. In this game, time moves only when you move, and your only goal is to gun, slice, or chop down as many figures as you can find. Rated T, the game has won multiple awards for its bold graphics and adrenaline-pumping levels. It’s available for the PSVR/PS4, Oculus Rift, HTC Vive, Valve Index, and Windows Mixed Reality; it is played standing.

    Best family-friendly VR game: Fruit Ninja VR

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    You may recognize Fruit Ninja as the smartphone game you downloaded in 2010. It’s a surprisingly entertaining experience that requires you to slash through various fruits as they are thrown at you to win points. The game has now been adapted for VR; your hands become blades, slicing through fruit from all sides. Various game modes will work for any age, from 6 to 60. Fruit Ninja VR can be found for PSVR/PS4, Oculus Rift, HTC Vive, Valve Index, and Windows Mixed Reality; it is played standing.

    The best VR game for PC: Half-Life: Alyx

    Steam

    SEE IT

    Half-Life: Alyx finally arrived after 13 years of mystery and silence from Half-Life creators, Valve. The game was initially released in 1998 and followed “a physicist who finds himself at the center of resistance to an alien invasion that threatens the future of humanity.” Now, many years and a few more episodes later, you will be playing Alyx Vance, who’s on a mission to save humanity from a pervasive alien race. The graphics are truly stunning, and the immersive action is equally impressive, making this one of the best VR games we’ve found in general. The game can be played standing, sitting, or using a room-scale. Half-Life: Alyx can be played using Valve Index, HTC Vive, Oculus Rift, and Windows Mixed Reality headsets.

    Best beginner-friendly VR game: Job Simulator

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Job Simulator is a great game to get you started with VR. It’s 2050, aliens run the world, and your alien boss is getting on your case. Tasks include eating donuts, chugging coffee, and juggling tomatoes. The game is wacky and fun; it just might help you forget about any real-world, work-related stress you’re feeling. Job Simulator can be played using a PSVR/PS4, Oculus Rift, HTC Vive, Valve Index, or Windows Mixed Reality. It is a room-scale game (which we will talk more about later) and requires roughly 6.5 by 5 feet of playing space.

    Tips for buying and using VR games

    While the above sections are the key points to consider, here are a few other quick tips. One thing we briefly discussed was motion sickness. This happens to a large number of people, and it makes sense! It can be fairly disorienting for your body to be immersed in a new, virtual environment, especially when what you’re seeing might not precisely match up with what your body is experiencing in real-time. Taking breaks can counteract motion sickness symptoms.

    Make sure you clear your playing space of any objects that could get in your way, especially if you’re playing a room-scale game. We’re talking about toys, the shoes you just kicked off, extension cords, anything that you might accidentally step on. Similarly, you’ll want to have a clear picture in your head of where you are in the room at all times. Before you start playing, it’s a good idea to take a couple of laps to help your body remember where the boundary lines are. Think before you play. If you’re about to play a solid round of VR tennis, it’s probably not a great idea to stand next to a lamp. Additionally, you can look for games that will help map a boundary line for you, which can guide you away from any walls or other hazards.

    To summarize:

    • Take Frequent Breaks
    • Clear the floor
    • Know your boundaries (or get a game that does)

    FAQs

    Q: Is VR bad for the eyes?

    In short, VR can cause eye strain, especially during prolonged use. For families with children or teens, we recommend limiting play to a shorter amount of time to reduce exposure. With moderate use, you can still enjoy all the fun of VR without impacting your eyesight.

    Q: What VR games are cross platform?

    If you’re in search of a cross-platform game, Star Trek: Bridge Crew offers seamless playing on StreamVR, Oculus, and PlayStation Network.

    Q: Can you play all PS4 games in VR?

    PlayStation VR now offers a cinematic mode that allows you to play existing PS4 games and use video features. While the platform is a bit pricey, this option allows you to easily implement VR tech into a variety of games.

    What you get for under $30: Farpoint or Batman: Arkham

    While VR headsets themselves can put a dent in your credit card, many VR games are affordable without sacrificing quality. Some of the games we’ve listed here can be found close to the $30 price range. Game price may increase or decrease depending on the headset compatibility you need. VR game prices are, in fact, all over the place. This is partially due to their relative newness, making it more difficult to rate and measure against other game types. You can expect to spend anywhere from $3 to $60 on a VR game, and, to be honest, the gaming world isn’t necessarily sure how to decide what exactly you’ll get for each price point. VR games typically aren’t played for consecutive hours like flatscreen games, nor do they rely on the same graphics that often determine the price of other games. In the years to come, we may start to see the emergence of a more standardized pricing system. As of right now, you can find great games that will fit nicely with most budgets. Check out games like Farpoint or Batman: Arkham to get you started.

    A final word on the best VR games

    So, now you’re ready to get back out onto the internet, order your next game, polish off your headset, and get pumped to play. To find the best VR games for you, keep in mind your desired VR gaming experience, the type of headset you have, your playing space, and the kind of player or players your new game should satisfy. This world is vast—but why not start to explore other realities while you’re at it? We guarantee you can find something great for any established game lover or technology newbie.

    The post Best VR games of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Fitbit Inspire 2 review: A near-perfect introduction to fitness trackers https://www.popsci.com/reviews/fitbit-inspire-2-review/ Mon, 17 May 2021 19:03:55 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=363546
    fitbit inspire 2 review
    A fitness tracker that will help you exercise and stay on top of your daily routine. Carsen Joenk

    Need inspiration to exercise? This understated but full-featured wristband can be your accountability buddy.

    The post Fitbit Inspire 2 review: A near-perfect introduction to fitness trackers appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    fitbit inspire 2 review
    A fitness tracker that will help you exercise and stay on top of your daily routine. Carsen Joenk

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Over the past year, many of us have been remanded to our homes, binging TV shows, baking sourdough, and starting at-home workout programs. Keeping up with exercise wasn’t always easy. In fact, a study conducted by University College London during lockdown found that a majority of people across all genders and socioeconomic statuses worked out less. Rediscovering the motivation to move can be hard—it certainly has been for me—so many are turning to activity trackers to improve their fitness journeys. 

    The Fitbit Inspire 2 fitness tracker, the newest entry-level offering from the step-counting stalwart, offers a lightweight and affordable guide out of a long pandemic rut. The $100 workout tracker follows the Inspire 1 and Inspire HR with several key improvements, most notably an extended battery life of up to 10 days, silent alarms, more advanced sleep analytics, and a heart-rate-based metric called Active Zone Minutes. The second-generation workout tracker also includes an optical heart rate monitor and automatic exercise recognition, though it skips the personalized reminders found in the Inspire 1. Overall, the wealth of advancements makes up for this feature.   

    The Fitbit Inspire 2 gives you insight into your daily habits while encouraging you to move for cardiovascular health. Wearing it for roughly two weeks certainly revealed a lot about my own nutrition, sleep, and exercise patterns. 

    Fitbit Inspire 2 Fitness tracker design

    Carsen Joenk

    SEE IT

    Fitbit inspire 2 review
    A simple, straightforward design that isn’t too showy. Carsen Joenk

    Compared to other health tracker options like the Whoop Strap 3.0 or Garmin Vivoactive, the Fitbit Inspire 2 is minuscule: only 1.5-inches long, less than 1-inch wide, ½-inch tall, and weighing less than 1 ounce. If you’re wearing fitness gear almost nonstop for maximum feedback, the low profile can make a world of difference.

    The Fitbit Inspire 2 comes fitted with a small silicone band (suitable for wrists 5.5 to 7.1 inches), while a larger one (meant for wrists 7.1 to 8.7 inches) is included. Removing the band is easy: Just pull the silver quick-release lever and pull back to snap the band off. At first, my fingers couldn’t get a good grip on the pins and lever, but I was able to get the new strap in place after a few tries. The silicone bands are smooth and sit comfortably against the skin, and the plastic buckle is easy to maneuver. And, if I wanted to dress it up rather than tear it up during a workout, Fitbit sells optional metal mesh and leather bands starting at $34.95.

    The slim black body of the tracker is sleek and, dare I say, cool. This fitness tracker’s discreet size and minimalistic design made it sophisticated enough for everyday wear. The Inspire 2 looks much more expensive than its price tag might indicate. The backlit OLED display is crisp and clear, though visibility does fade a little in the sun. The touchscreen is responsive, which is handy when scrolling through features and settings. Additional touch sensors on the sides allow you to jump back to the home screen and access other settings, like water lock and sleep mod

    Getting started

    Before you dive into a workout, you’ll need to charge the Fitbit Inspire 2 and download the Fitbit app. At only 9 inches long, the USB cable leaves much to be desired: My fitness tracker had to charge on the floor. USB extension cables are available from other sites, like this one from Belkin, and run between $7 and $15 should you, like me, need a little more slack. 

    Fitbit Inspire 2 comparison to pen for size

    To set up your Fitbit account, you’ll need to sync the health tracker to a smart device via Bluetooth; it’s compatible with Apple devices running iOS 12.2 or higher and Android devices running OS 7.0 or higher. After you’re connected, you’ll fill in your height, weight, gender, and fitness goals. Setting up the profile takes less than three minutes, but diving deeper to set activity goals beyond, say, the standard 10,000 steps can be tricky. I had to consult the Fitbit help page more than once to locate a few features but, once found, making the tweaks was easy. 

    I decided to set four personal targets: exercise five days a week; sleep for 7 hours and 30 minutes each night; take 10,000 steps a day to satisfy the step counter; and complete 22 “Active Zone Minutes” per day. A Fitbit-specific metric, Active Zone Minutes equals the time you engage in heart-rate-raising exercises. I stuck with the American Heart Association-recommended 150 minutes of moderate activity or 75 minutes of vigorous activity as my overall weekly goal. You can also set target weight and weekly mindfulness sessions.

    Key features of the Fitbit Inspire 2

    Despite all the app’s deeper features, the “Today” homepage is where I spent most of my time. It tracks and displays your daily activities, resting heart rate, steps taken per hour, and proximity to reaching your daily goals. It is also where you can log water, food consumption, and menstrual health—if you choose. 

    The Inspire 2 relies chiefly on your heart rate to determine your sleep quality, calories burned, and the rigor of your daily activities. It stores heart rate data in 1-second intervals during exercise tracking and at 5-second intervals all other times, compiling weekly data about your resting heart rate (RHR), breathing rate, and heart rate variability over 30 days. Tracking your RHR helps the device actively identify and eliminate stressors (for instance, too much caffeine) and measure fitness progress. Regularly active people have lower RHRs, so if you notice a dip over time, it means you are doing all the right things to become healthier. It may take a few days to parse through all the information before deciding on any routine changes. 

    Fitbit Premium

    Along with all these included tracking features, the Inspire 2 includes a free, one-year subscription to Fitbit Premium, after which you’ll pay $9.99 a month or $80 a year. Starting with complete access can make it a bit difficult to discern which parts of the app are free and which are a part of the subscription. 

    screenshot of exercise data for a Fitbit Inspire 2 fitness tracker
    Keep an accurate record of your health data. Carsen Joenk

    Essentially, Premium gives you access to extra workouts, guided meditation sessions, advanced sleep analytics, and wellness reports (an overview of health data, stats, and charts compiled every 30 days that you can share with your doctor). While there is a small selection of free video workouts, Fitbit Premium adds 150 video or audio routines from professional trainers, searchable based on time, equipment needed, exercise type (like cardio or pilates), or target muscle group (like abs and core). I tried a few 10-minute deep muscle workouts, which left me feeling challenged yet capable. 

    My favorite Premium feature was the advanced sleep analytics, which alone may make the renewal cost worth it. Without the paid subscription, you’ll see the light, deep, and REM sleep you’re getting each night, determined by heart and breathing rates. Fitbit Premium will compile a detailed Sleep Score report with minute-by-minute data, so you can see when in the night you were in various sleep stages, your heart rate, time spent tossing and turning, as well as the times you were awake. This can help you identify areas of improvement. For example, I thought I was getting at least eight hours of sleep each night; however, it turned out I spent close to an hour, divided over several minute-long intervals, awake. Now I know it’s essential for me to get into bed earlier to compensate. I also noticed that if I had wine before bed, chances are my restorative REM or deep sleep would dip. Luckily, the battery does hit its promised 10-day lifespan, so I didn’t have to worry about charging overnight.

    Fitbit Inspire 2 day-to-day use

    Premium subscription or no, the Inspire 2 delivers on its core promise: monitoring your fitness. I wore it while running, strength training, doing HIIT workouts, and practicing yoga. The fitness tracker can also be submerged in up to 50 meters of water and log the distance you swim; I am not aquatically inclined, but it did survive my showers. 

    To provide accurate cardio analyses, Inspire 2 lets you select from more than 20 different types of exercise. Navigating to choose an activity was confusing at first: You need to swipe up from the clock face, tap “exercise,” scroll through the options and tap to start tracking. The watch size and sensor sensitivity lead to accidental selections, and I learned by trial and error that pushing the side sensors is equivalent to “going back,” and you need to press and hold “finish” on the screen to end a workout. If I forgot to select my workout type preemptively, the Inspire 2 would attempt to identify it for me. It accurately detected all my runs, but didn’t recognize at-home workouts like strength training. 

    sensors on the back of a fitbit
    Fitbit Inspire 2 back sensors. Carsen Joenk

    For those exercises I did, the Fitbit tracker logged my heart rate, Active Zone Minutes, and calories burned, which I could view on the watch face. Within the app, I could see distances I ran, real-time pace (or miles per hour), and a workout intensity map. The map identified where I put in the most or least effort, which led me to change my route, spending more time in hilly areas. Though I was regularly hitting my Zone minutes goal, this report led me to realize I was spending most of that time in the Fat Burn zone when I really needed to push myself into Cardio and Peak minutes for maximum results.  

    The Fitbit app also offers an overall cardio fitness score based on an estimate of a key fitness metric called VO2 Max, which is a measure of how much oxygen your body uses during exercise (the higher the number, the better). The app assesses this based on heart rate data during exercise and lets you know when you should shoot for more high-intensity cardio workouts.  

    Additional fitness tracker features

    Though I found the activity and sleep tracking elements of the Fitbit Inspire 2 particularly beneficial, the health tracker also provides a handy nudge to move if you’re sedentary too long. If you haven’t logged 250 steps per hour, the tracker will trigger a quick vibration and a message. You can also customize when or if you get these reminders. 

    You can also receive vibrating alerts to phone calls, texts, and calendar events. Though this system was also a bit tricky (I needed setup assistance once again from the Fitbit help boards), it was a useful way to stay connected when I didn’t have my phone in hand. I made frequent use of the tracker’s Do-Not-Disturb mode, especially during work hours. And if you need even more chill, personalized guided breathing sessions can help you lower your heart rate. 

    Finally, the Inspire 2 will give you access to the Fitbit community, in the app or online. This is where you can share experiences with other Fitbit users, find existing contacts, and join groups to share goals and passions such as weight loss or hiking. It’s basically another social network to monitor, but an easily accessible support system could give some folks a jolt of encouragement.

    Who should buy the Fitbit Inspire 2?

    The Fitbit Inspire 2 is the perfect introduction to tracking regular exercise and activity patterns. Compact and contemporary, it’s a great way to test consistent fitness watch wearing without breaking the bank. Whether you’re an exercise enthusiast or just kicking off a new routine, you’ll have all the necessary features and accountability controls once you get oriented to the Inspire 2. If you’re an advanced athlete looking for the most-accurate, best fitness tracker, Fitbit does sell more advanced models. Consider the Charge 4, retailing for $130, which is a Fitbit with GPS to track pace and distance without connecting to your phone, SpO2 sensors for blood oxygen monitoring, an altimeter to log floors climbed, and a feature called Smart Wake, which uses data analysis to wake you up at an optimal time. However, the Inspire 2 is one of the best fitness watches for the average, health-conscious person looking to stay active. You can snag it on their website here.


    Carsen Joenk is a graduate of Sarah Lawrence College and a freelance writer focusing on health, music, and technology. She has been writing for Popular Science since early 2020, contributing product reviews and recommendations. 

    The post Fitbit Inspire 2 review: A near-perfect introduction to fitness trackers appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    JBL Charge 5 review: Rugged, portable Bluetooth speaker with battery to spare https://www.popsci.com/reviews/jbl-charge-5-review/ Tue, 15 Feb 2022 18:14:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=371970
    JBL Charge 5 in teal on a bookshelf
    The compact but capable JBL Charge 5 can power your next party. Carsen Joenk

    From the backyard to the beach, the JBL Charge 5 will keep you energized.

    The post JBL Charge 5 review: Rugged, portable Bluetooth speaker with battery to spare appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    JBL Charge 5 in teal on a bookshelf
    The compact but capable JBL Charge 5 can power your next party. Carsen Joenk

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    JBL started manufacturing loudspeakers in 1946, so by the time the company decided to get into portable Bluetooth speakers it had plenty of engineering knowledge to draw on. Other than leaning on history in energetic live sound, however, JBL doesn’t look to the past for its party speakers. The JBL Charge 5 speaker is, as the name suggests, the fifth generation of a regularly refreshed speaker known for both its big sound and substantial battery. And with each iteration, JBL Bluetooth speakers are made a little more durable and dynamic. Comparable in size to a heartily stuffed burrito, the latest version of the Charge is now dustproof, has more drivers, has updated Bluetooth—all without sacrificing its impressive 20-hour battery life—but at $179 it also costs more than the $149 Charge 4, as well as similarly sized speakers. So is the Charge 5 still the best portable Bluetooth speaker for long weekends? Let’s read this JBL Charge 5 review and find out.  

    Carsen Joenk

    SEE IT

    ProsCons
    – Upgraded dustproofing– No auxiliary input 
    – Impressive battery life – Cannot adjust EQ 
    – Powerful bass – PartyBoost cannot pair with some older models
    – Easy to grip

    The JBL Charge 5’s design

    At first glance, the JBL Charge 4 and Charge 5 are similar in size, measuring around 8.7 inches by 3.8 inches by 3.7 inches and about 2.1 pounds. But as soon as you see the bold, blown-up JBL logo with its prominent exclamation points stamped on the front grille, you know the Charge 5 is about being a little extra. It’s still got a 27-watt lithium-ion battery, but that’s now pushing two 2-inch bass drivers (up from 1.9 inches) plus a new 20mm tweeter. At the ends of the rubberized cylinder are two passive bass radiators, which have traded the JBL logo for more exclamation points. I picked up on the vibe that JBL wants to say its Bluetooth waterproof speakers are exciting and it aligns with the speaker’s overall bold look, though the punctuation is a little too flashy for my taste.

    Under the logo is an LED light bar that displays battery supply: at full power, it will be completely lit up and will then drain over time, flashing red when the battery is almost dead. The back has a USB-C port (the increasingly familiar oval) for recharging the battery—a charging cable is included in the box though you’ll need to provide the power block. Under a neighboring rubber flap, there is a USB-A port (the older rectangular type) that you can use to charge other devices. This “Powerbank” feature came in handy when I needed to charge my phone during a small, outdoor party. 

    With the outdoors specifically in mind, the Charge 5’s invisible but equally impactful upgrade is a new IP67 ruggedness rating, which means it’s not only protected from SOLO-cup spills like its portable predecessors, but it won’t suffer from contact with sand or other small, solid particles. Although I am unfortunately landlocked, I can confirm its ability to withstand a few dunks in my bathtub, as well as dirt and debris from various park picnics. The Bluetooth waterproof speaker claims the ability to survive for 30 minutes submerged in 1.5 meters of water, but I didn’t press my luck. If you frequently bring your speaker outdoors (or stuff it in a sand-filled backpack from time to time), the additional dust proofing can make a world of difference when it comes to its longevity.

    Roughly the size of a water bottle, I found that the JBL Charge feels sturdy, strong, and easy to grip; you can pick it up from any angle without fearing it will slip. In fact, I tossed it over to some friends more than a few times without worrying about any damage. The rubber traction strips, which replace a flat base on the Charge 4, and caps on either end of the speaker are sleek and smooth, nodding to its water-friendly design. 

    Setting up the JBL Charge 5

    Setting up the JBL Charge is simple and straightforward. At the top of the speaker are six buttons for volume control, play/pause (which can be pushed twice to skip), power, PartyBoost, and Bluetooth. The Charge 5 uses Bluetooth 5.1 (SBC, no fancy higher-resolution audiophile codecs like aptX) to connect with devices up to 800 feet away and transfer data at two megabits per second. That’s an upgrade from the Charge 4’s Bluetooth 4.2 connection in terms of signal strength and reliability. Of course, you can only reap the benefits of this improved connection if your device is also equipped with Bluetooth 5. 

    All you need to do to pair is hold the Bluetooth button until an LED blinks and then look for the speaker on your device. I had no issue linking my iPhone or computer in both outdoor and indoor settings. Even when walking a few yards away or into another room separated by a thick wall, I never found the music to experience any glitches or pauses. 

    The Charge 5 has notably sacrificed the traditional 3.5mm auxiliary connection, which might be bothersome if you’re used to plugging a source directly into a speaker, but this shouldn’t be a problem with most smartphones now foregoing the headphone jack for wireless. You can also connect up to two devices at once, so you can easily take turns controlling the tunes at your next gathering. You’ll be able to avoid any inevitable, mood-killing awkwardness that comes with stopping a bop just to disconnect or reconnect a different phone.

    The JBL Charge 5’s key features

    Available in six colors—red, grey, black, navy, camo, and teal—the JBL Charge 5 makes itself known visually. Though, unlike the Charge 4, you can’t currently purchase the Charge 5 with custom designs and details. If you’re looking for an inconspicuous, minimalistic design, the Charge 5 may not be the one for you. But even if it’s not in your line of sight, you’ll notice it sonically.

    Sound quality 

    JBL Charge 5 bass radiator
    JBL wants you to know they design speakers to excite. Carsen Joenk

    Overall, the Charge 5 delivers a well-balanced, expansive mix. The additional tweeter provides enhanced clarity for mid-high to high frequencies, and the passive radiators provide a surprisingly powerful, thumping bass. Pushing 30 watts to the woofers and 10 to the tweeter, the Charge 5 outputs a 65 Hz- 20k response. However, the speaker does have trouble accurately expressing the lowest of the deepest sub-bass—par for the course with even the best portable speakers, party-oriented ones included. On songs like Tash Sultana’s “Big Smoke Pt. 1” or PJ Harvey’s “Down By the Water,” the guitar licks are expressive, perfectly situated in the mix, the vocals are full, and the bass comes through nicely. You’ll miss out on some of the emotionality and nuance of low end-powered songs like “Limit to Your Love” by James Blake or much of Massive Attack’s discography, which can come out sounding slightly muddy in the speaker’s attempt to overcompensate for the lack of a large sub driver. That being said, for a small, lightweight speaker, the Charge 5 has an impressive sound profile that’s both bassy and bright, with enough support across the spectrum to keep you happy.  

    The Charge 5 is impressively loud, but if I pushed it far enough the audio quality could degrade. The speaker itself doesn’t give you any indication of volume in decibels or how close you are to reaching its limit, and digital signal processing does a good job of keeping things in check, but the distortion was present if I went too far above 85dB, which is a perfectly appropriate volume for most settings. If you’re hosting a giant party, you might want to invest in something that can handle a little more, but overall you’ll get your money’s worth when it comes to volume.  

    The JBL Charge 5 life of the party

    Compared to the JBL Flip 5, its beer can-sized $120 contemporary that can go about 12 hours on a full battery, the Charge 5 has a much longer life, playing music for up to 20 hours on a four-hour charge. While you might not get a total of 20 hours if you blast it at full volume, I got a solid 17 hours of music and podcast listening in over three days with a bit of charge left to spare. So, what you trade in size you make up for in not needing to find an outlet. And, aside from a bike or backpacking trip where every square inch of space is essential, you probably won’t bemoan the amount of space it takes up, especially if you want to get off the grid without sacrificing the groove. 

    The rest of the specs

    If you want to maximize your sound, you can push the PartyBoost button (in the form of an infinity sign) to create an array of up to 100 connected JBL speakers. However, previous models that used the JBL Connect or Connect+ protocol to link other speakers are not compatible with the PartyBoost-equipped models. The trade-off is that this new way of connecting is stronger and more reliable. PartyBoost is also the only way to listen to a stereo mix of your favorite songs. Without using this feature to connect two JBL speakers (they don’t have to be the same size/model, just similarly recent generations), you’ll have to listen to a mono mix. While this might disappoint some audiophiles, it’s fairly standard practice for a portable speaker. While I haven’t had the opportunity to test out the maximum power of multiples via PartyBoost, pairing with a friend’s JBL Flip 5 took less than a minute and I appreciated the opportunity for aural improvement. The soothing stereo sound was the perfect way to relax in her backyard after a long day. 

    You can manage the PartyBoost connection using the JBL Portable app. There is also where you can monitor battery level and upgrade the speaker’s firmware. Other than those features, the app doesn’t offer much; unlike other Bluetooth waterproof speakers like the UE Megaboom, you can’t use the app to make any audio adjustments, cycle through different presets, or adjust the EQ; with the JBL Charge, what you hear is what you get. The Portable app was fairly inconsequential to my user experience, and I was already pleased with the built-in sound quality, so I didn’t mind the lack of features. I like to save the super-fancy stuff for my at-home setup and focus on the IP rating and actual portability for any outdoor use, both areas in which the Charge 5 excels. 

    So, who should buy the JBL Charge 5?

    JBL Charge 5 in a bathtub
    The Charge 5’s IP67 rating means it can fall in water and you won’t be forced to take a bath replacing it. Carsen Joenk

    The Charge 5 has all the things you want in the best portable Bluetooth speaker. It can easily handle a jaunt to the beach, camping trips, pool parties, river tubing, and so much more. If you’re going to spend most of your time listening inside, there’s a model out there with a more refined sound profile, like this set of Bluetooth shelf speakers from Edifier. And the Charge 5 doesn’t include features like auxiliary inputs or Siri/Google Assistant voice input found in a more expensive model, like the $350 JBL Extreme 3 or $299 Bose SoundLink Revolve+ II, respectively. But it’s an impressive, compact way to take your music with you without any worries, a hallmark of JBL Bluetooth speakers. If you’re looking for a lightweight, long-lasting, outdoor speaker with a straightforward setup, enhanced survivability, and a sound as bold as its looks, the JBL Charge 5 won’t disappoint. Cheers to great-sounding tunes on a superb summer evening outdoors.    

    The post JBL Charge 5 review: Rugged, portable Bluetooth speaker with battery to spare appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Best wireless headphones for everyday listening https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-wireless-headphones/ Wed, 25 Nov 2020 17:33:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-wireless-headphones/
    headphones, keyboard, and mouse on a white surface
    What you should consider if you want the best wireless headphones. Tomasz Gawłowski via Unsplash

    No more tangled wires! Wireless headphones are ready to quickly connect you to your favorite music, movies, podcasts, and people with the push of a button.

    The post Best wireless headphones for everyday listening appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    headphones, keyboard, and mouse on a white surface
    What you should consider if you want the best wireless headphones. Tomasz Gawłowski via Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Long gone are the days of tangled-up wires that take forever to undo. You shouldn’t have to attempt to undo the Gordian knot in order to get access to your favorite music and podcasts. You’d be surprised what a difference it makes when you don’t have to constantly plug and unplug your headphones. Thankfully, there are a ton of great options out there for wireless headphones. Rock out to your workout jams without worrying about ripping the buds out of your ears, answer the phone seamlessly while you’re out grocery shopping, or easily listen to the updates on the big game while cooking dinner at home. Many wireless headphones now come with long battery life, noise-canceling capabilities, and many other features to make connecting to your smartphone or computer easier than ever. The best wireless headphones are designed with your listening experience in mind; it’s pretty impressive how powerful the sound can be, with booming bass and clear high end coming from such a tiny source. We have put together a list of the things we think you should consider when picking out a new pair of wireless headphones, as well as some suggestions to get you started.

    Things to consider when buying wireless headphones

    As you begin your journey towards wireless listening, there are a few things you should keep in mind when scouring the virtual shelves. The best wireless headphones pride themselves on long-lasting battery life, noise-canceling capabilities, audio quality, portability/weight, and connectivity/range. Demonstrated excellence and the inclusion of these features is key when it comes to finding a pair of headphones that will last, live comfortably in your ears, and do the music you love justice. Most of us put on a pair of headphones every day, whether that’s for relaxation, exercise, business, or phone calls. No one wants to settle when it comes to products that get that much use; so we have put together a more in-depth guide to let you know what you can expect and what you might want to prioritize when it comes to wireless headphones.

    How much battery life do you need?

    Long battery life is one of the most important features your wireless headphones should have. Imagine trying to power through a tough workout and your pump-up playlist stops mid-run, or you are on the phone while carrying home a week’s worth of groceries and suddenly you need to go handheld. What do you do if you’re on a long flight and one hour into the trip your headphones die, your seatmate is snoring and the built-in chair outlet doesn’t work? Short battery life is an inconvenience that we don’t recommend trying to deal with. Luckily, there are plenty of great options for wireless headphones that have super impressive batteries typically lasting between 20 and 30 hours without sacrificing sound quality or other important features. The best wireless headphones will let you know in advance, either with a beeping tone or flashing light when the battery gets low, and most provide a battery monitor that will be displayed on your listening device.

    Keep in mind that unless you are specifically using Apple Airpods and an iPhone, your wireless headphones probably won’t be compatible with your phone charger. Even though the battery-life on many wireless headphones is typically long-lasting, plan to charge regularly to ensure that you never lose a charge in the midst of an important task or time. It ranges from difficult to impossible when it comes to listening while your headphones are charging—so it can’t hurt to plan ahead.

    Best long-battery life wireless headphones: Bowers & Wilkins PX7

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    The PX7′s from Bowers & Wilkins are top of the line when it comes to wireless headphones that can last forever. They boast an impressive 30 hours of battery life with a single charge, plus a 15 minute “quick charge” will give you 6 more hours of listening. These headphones are also equipped with active noise cancellation and will pause your music whenever you take your headphones off. The design is comfortable, no squashed ears, and the control panel for volume adjustments is simple and straightforward. Stay connected for the entirety of your travels (or an outdoor movie marathon).

    How important is sound quality to you?

    Overall sound quality is one of the most important things for all music listeners. We know there are so many things to listen to and so many conversations to have using your wireless headphones, but we also know that some of you are particularly excited to listen to your favorite music anytime, anywhere, doing any activity. Cutting out extra cables does not mean cutting down on clarity when it comes to your music, this is where drivers come in. A driver is essentially a small speaker found in any pair of headphones that receives the signal from your device and guides the music into your ears. There are a few different types of drivers: dynamic, planar magnetic, electrostatic, and balanced armature.

    Dynamic drivers are found frequently in over-ear wireless headphones because they sound great up to a certain volume at which distortion can occur, but there is a good chance you won’t need to blast your music loud enough to get to that point. Balanced armature drivers are frequently found in in-ear headphones. They can be a little bit more expensive than dynamic drivers, and produce really excellent treble frequencies but can leave a little to be desired when it comes to a booming bass. Planar Magnetic drivers are usually a little heavier, more expensive, and more accurately reproduce sound; they are typically found in over-ear headphones but sometimes require external power. Electrostatic drivers are pretty rare, much more expensive, and require a special amplifier to operate.

    We are primarily concerned with dynamic drivers, which you will find in a variety of sizes. Typically, the larger the driver the louder the sound can get. Some larger drivers can also support lower frequencies better than their smaller contemporaries. You probably don’t need to base your entire purchase on the size and type of driver, but it can affect your overall sound and it’s important to know as you become more familiar with what’s available.

    Best sounding wireless headphones: Sennheiser Momentum 3

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    The Sennheiser Momentum 3 headphones really do deliver beautiful sound. They include 42-millimeter drivers that can exquisitely produce detailed high treble and middle ranges with a punchy bass that isn’t overwhelming. Plus, you can customize the level of noise-cancellation you want which makes them perfect for various activities. Other special features include automatic on/off which helps to preserve battery and Smart Pause which is triggered when you remove the headphones. The design here is really sleek and the padding is extremely comfortable. Not only will you get a great sound but you’ll look good while listening.

    Do you need to filter outside noise?

    If you’re trying to tune out the rest of the world and focus on your favorite radio show or get a lot of work done remotely without being bothered by your roommate’s constant cooking you will want to prioritize a pair of headphones with noise cancellation. Chances are you’re familiar with the concept of noise cancellation, but what exactly is it? It turns out there are two kinds of noise cancellation: passive and active. Passive noise cancellation refers more to the overall design of the headphones. It cancels out sound by creating a literal barrier between the outside world and your ears, think of the little ear muffs people give babies at concerts. It’s a pretty successful way to drown out other voices. Active noise cancellation utilizes more advanced technology to analyze the incoming noise and essentially produce a counter-sound that cancels it out. While the science of waveforms and phasing can get a little complicated, what you need to know is that headphones with active noise cancellation are able to drown out most if not all environment noises along with a chatty coworker. Think about the general din of being inside an airplane or hum of an air conditioning unit, with active noise cancellation all that disappears. Many wireless headphones are now equipped with active cancellation that you can turn on and off depending on your needs. Keep in mind that it is not always safe to use noise cancellation (or headphones in general) especially when biking, driving, hiking, or walking alone at night. This is where that on/off feature becomes so important, you can customize your listening experience based on your activities.

    Best noise-canceling wireless headphones: Sony WH-1000XM4

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    The WH-1000XM4′s by Sony are the best of the best when it comes to wireless headphones. They have 30 hours of battery life, a connectivity range of roughly 98 feet, and they sound amazing. They are specifically designed for listeners, so if you are hoping to use your headphones primarily for calls or during intense activities like running, you might want to try something else. For everyone else, these are the ones for you. Sony has recently updated its noise cancellation to include a special active processor that is constantly sampling ambient audio to accurately adjust its level of cancellation. Additionally, these headphones are equipped with a touch-capacitive control panel to skip songs, adjust volume, and play/pause. It should be known that these headphones are in no way waterproof, so you won’t want to bring them to your pal’s pool party.

    Lightweight or ultra-lightweight?

    Weight and general portability can mean a lot to a frequent headphone user. Of course, you don’t want something that is going to weigh you down or make your neck cramp up and that is pretty easy to avoid. Weight is ultimately determined by style: in-ear wireless buds or pods will typically weigh significantly less than over-ear headphones. Over-ear models are still fairly light- the average weighing in at about .60 pounds. In-ear headphones are also generally more portable because they are typically stored in small cases that easily slide into coat pockets, small purses, etcetera. Over-ear headphones are a bit bulkier, though some fold up, and they are statistically harder to lose because of their size (no one wants to lose just one earbud). Over-ear styles are also typically more successful when it comes to overall audio quality and noise cancellation because many have larger drivers and employ active cancellation technologies with passive cancellation built into the design, however more and more earbuds are harnessing the powers of active cancellation. For the most part, this really does come down to personal preference; if you are looking for the most portable, lightest wireless headphones on the market, then we suggest browsing some top tier in-ear buds.

    Best lightweight wireless headphones: Bose QuietComfort Earbuds

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    The Bose QuietComfort Earbuds are super portable and deliver the same great audio quality and noise cancellation as over-ear models. Coming in at roughly .018 pounds, these earbuds can play for up to 6 hours in a single charge with 12 more hours stored in the equally portable charging case. They are sweat and weather resistant so you don’t have to worry about the effects of a big workout. Plus they have 11 modes of noise cancellation including transparency mode so you can hear your surroundings when it’s important. Manage all the earbud’s various settings using the Bose Music app and easily adjust volume, skip songs, and more by tapping the outer touch controls.

    How far do you want to roam away from your device?

    Wireless headphones typically rely on a Bluetooth connection to stream audio from your device. Bluetooth headphone technology has greatly improved over the years and chances are any model you find will have a satisfactory range and steady performance. If you know you are someone who likes to put the phone down while you take care of some chores around the house or you don’t want to pause your podcast just to take the trash out then paying attention to the range of your headphones isn’t such a bad idea. Most recommended wireless headphones can stay connected between 30 and 100 feet, so you definitely have options. When it comes to headphones, you typically will not need a connection at greater than 100 feet. Thirty-three to 50 feels like plenty for us, plus losing that connection is a great reminder if you’ve accidentally left your phone behind.

    If you obsessively check product reviews, as we do, then you might also want to see if people report dead zones or dropouts when using their headphones. Some Bluetooth technology can become overwhelmed in crowded areas where signals get crossed. We recommend checking out a few products that boast Bluetooth 5 connectivity, these are reported to deliver high-resolution audio playback with less latency.

    Best long-range wireless headphones: Plantronics Backbeat Pro

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    If an extended range is truly the most important thing to you, we recommend checking out the Plantronics Backbeat Pro. These headphones have a wireless range of up to 330 feet, the longest range we’ve seen so far. They also boast 24 hours of battery life on a single charge as well as active noise cancellation. With 40-millimeter drivers, the bass comes out sounding great and the treble/middle range comes through clear. You will be able to hear loud and clear no matter how far away you are from your device (practically).

    Brands to know

    As you start to browse for a new pair of headphones there are a few brands you should keep in mind: Sony, Sennheiser, and Bowers & Wilkins. These three companies have been pioneers in the audio industry for decades and their wireless headphones are top of the line. After years of dedicated research, we are confident that their products take into consideration all of the important features we have outlined in our guide.

    Sony

    The Sony Corporation started out as a Japanese electronic shop in 1946 and has grown to be a multinational conglomerate dedicated to producing high-end electronics, such as headphones, cameras, home theaters, video game consoles, and smartphones. They are dedicated to filling the world with stories, emotions, curiosity, and sincerity using the power of creativity and technology.

    Sennheiser

    Sennheiser is a company that is solely focused on audio. Founded in 1945 by Professor Fritz Sennheiser, the business is still family-owned and dedicated to shaping the future of audio. Their products are regularly found on film sets or recording studios and have become increasingly popular amongst individual music listeners, makers, and audiophiles. Sennheiser produces top-quality soundbars, headphones, microphones, monitors, and more.

    Bowers & Wilkins

    Bowers & Wilkins was founded in 1966 by a man named John Bowers who began his career by assembling speaker systems at an electronics shop in the southeast of England. Following an inheritance from a very satisfied customer, Bower set out on a mission to create the perfect speakers for studios and homes alike. In 2010 the company introduced its first line of headphones and later paired with some of the leading car companies, like BMW and Maserati, to upgrade their sound systems.

    Best budget wireless headphones: What you get for under $50

    There is no shortage of wireless earbuds available for $50 but many of them can’t really compete with some of the more expensive options when it comes to the features we value most. But no need to despair; if you’ve decided to go with a more budget-friendly pick, there are a couple of models that will deliver however we encourage you to think about what you want to prioritize and do your research. For example, some of these might sound pretty good but the battery-life might be lacking or the fit might be super comfortable but other smart features like touch-control could be wonky. We recommend checking out the Anker Soundcore Life P2′s or the Mpow x3′s for impressive quality and design at a lower price point.

    Final thoughts on wireless headphones

    Wireless headphones are a game-changer when it comes to easy, accessible listening that won’t get in the way of your other activities. Take the time to look for the features you value the most, whether that is audio quality, long battery life, portability, connectivity, noise-cancellation, or a combination of a few of these features. We are confident that once you leave the tangled cables and annoying wires behind, you will be jamming out to your favorite tunes all the time.

    The post Best wireless headphones for everyday listening appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Here’s what’s coming in iOS 15: SharePlay, FaceTime, Focus modes, LiveText, and more https://www.popsci.com/reviews/here-is-what-is-coming-in-ios-15/ Wed, 21 Jul 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=381667
    iOS 15 updates
    The latest iPhone beta offers lots of new features to try. Apple

    Safari, multitasking, maps, and more get an overhaul in the new iOS 15 beta.

    The post Here’s what’s coming in iOS 15: SharePlay, FaceTime, Focus modes, LiveText, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    iOS 15 updates
    The latest iPhone beta offers lots of new features to try. Apple

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    The public beta of iOS 15 is in the wild and we’ve taken a closer look at some of the new features that are set to launch officially in the fall. The update comes with a few major upgrades to your favorite Apple apps, as well as many totally new features. It’s been almost a year, and a pandemic, since iOS 14 debuted and clearly the company has been hard at work. From a more natural way to FaceTime to the redesign of Weather, iOS 15 will affect the way you use all your devices across the Apple ecosystem. The decision to update can be confusing, so here’s what’s coming in iOS 15 to help prepare you before you take the plunge.

    First things first: Who can upgrade?

    With the introduction of the public beta program, anyone with compatible hardware can test-drive the latest iOS (as well as iPad OS and macOS) from the Cupertino kingpin. Just remember that early versions of new operating systems can come with instabilities, incompatibilities, and bugs that might disrupt daily use. We strongly recommend starting off with a spare device. If you are a fearless features explorer without an extra device on hand, make sure to create a backup of any important information you don’t want to risk damaging and then proceed to your iOS download. 

    Before jumping into all the bells and whistles that come with this new iOS, it’s important to understand what hardware can support the Apple software update. If you’re already running iOS 14, you’re ready to start testing. The new iOS 15 beta support includes every device back to the iPhone 6S. Devices with the A12 Bionic Chip, however, get access to more advanced features. Those devices include the iPhone XR, XS, XS Max, 11 series (including 11 Pro and Pro Max), 12 series (including the 12 mini, Pro, and Pro Max), or iPhone SE 2020. Those devices can take advantage of iOS 15 features such as Spatial Audio, interactive maps, and Live Text, which will let you highlight and copy the text in photos. 

    With an XR or later, you’ll be able to press down on the camera button for QuickTake video with zoom in and out shortcuts. With an XS or later, you’ll be able to store virtual car, hotel, and home keys in the Wallet. Naturally, any 5G enhancements will only work with iPhone 12 models, the only devices equipped with 5G connectivity. 

    iPadOS 15 promises some ample app and feature crossovers and is compatible with most existing models, including the fifth-generation iPad, first-generation iPad Pro, third-generation iPad Air, and iPad mini 4. 

    The big iOS updates: FaceTime and SharePlay 

    What's coming in iOS 15 is updated facetime
    It has been a while since FaceTime got a refresh. Apple

    Perhaps the flashiest upgrade in the cornucopia of features brought to us by this new iOS update comes in the form of the Apple FaceTime facelift. Apple’s video chat feature debuted back in 2010, alongside the iPhone 4, as a WiFi-only app with a cellular version released in 2012. The following decade brought minimal changes. Aside from the introduction of audio-only FaceTime in 2013 and the addition of group video in 2018, the basic form and function of the app have remained the same. That changes with iOS 15. 

    The biggest change to the video chat app is the introduction of SharePlay, which you’ll also find in the new iPad and Mac software. SharePlay lets you play additional audio or video during a FaceTime call, syncing playback and allowing all parties to have the same viewing experience, regardless of location. You’ll be able to watch major sporting events, stream the TV season premieres, and listen to the latest album releases together. You’ll never have to synchronize pushing play across time zones again. While there are other, perhaps pandemic-inspired, apps that share similar features, the integration of SharePlay within FaceTime itself is significant. 

    It’s important to note that SharePlay will only work if all members on the call are Apple TV+ and Apple Music subscribers, or if each party has rented/purchased media through iTunes. It has been suggested, however, that the success of SharePlay could encourage streaming services—like Disney+, Netflix, and Hulu—to incorporate the feature down the line.  

    When you watch an episode via SharePlay, you’ll be able to control the size and scale of each window on your own device without affecting the viewing experience of others. You can also toggle back and forth between watching your friend’s reaction and tapping back onto the “big” screen to focus on the media. While SharePlay does automatically drop the volume of whatever you’re playing when someone jumps in with a comment or a conversation breaks out, you won’t be able to individually adjust the audio. When you turn up the volume on whatever you’re streaming, you’ll also be turning on the FaceTime call volume.  

    The feature does, however, support Spatial Audio. Spatial Audio officially hit the scene in June 2021 and provides the digitally generated impression of three-dimensional sound. Previously, you could only experience Spatial Audio in music mixed with Dolby Atmos, but the new upgrade means as long as you have a pair of AirPods Pro or Max and a compatible device, you can listen to songs streaming from Spotify, movie soundtracks, and more through the new and improved “Spatialize Stereo” pipeline. This also means that during FaceTime calls, you’ll hear the speaker’s voice rendered from the section of the screen where their window is. 

    Additional new FaceTime features and upgrades include the ability to screen share, blur your background, trigger grid view, and even access FaceTime via the web browser on Windows or Android devices using shareable links.  

    Brand new iOS 15 features: Focus and LiveText 

    What's coming in iOS 15 is focus mode
    Focus mode can help you hone in on a task with fewer distractions. Apple

    The new, customizable Focus feature is designed to eliminate distractions and allow users to concentrate on specific tasks. Focus has been likened to Do Not Disturb, in that its primary function is to mute possible disturbances; however, the possibilities and preferences are far greater with this new feature. 

    Instead of silencing all notifications when you’re not using your phone, Focus lets you pick and choose what to keep out when. You can set up specific modes for individual activities—like work, social time, or sleep—and include a subset of notification types that you’d like to turn off during that time. It will even allow you to assign customized home screens to each mode, displaying only the apps you need. You can also block certain contacts while allowing messages from essential personnel to come through. 

    For example, you can disappear all social networking apps during the workday while keeping Slack or Gmail up and running. When the workday is over, silence those apps and allow yourself to focus on friends and family. Regardless of which mode you’ve triggered, other iOS 15 users will be able to see when you’ve triggered Focus, so you won’t need to explain unanswered texts. 

    What's coming in iOS 15 is a better camera
    The camera can recognize your handwriting if it’s not too messy. Apple

    Our other favorite new features are LiveText and Visual Look Up. LiveText lets you take a photo or screenshot and then isolate and copy any included text, which you can then transfer to Notes or pin in an email or text message. At this point, Live Text works very well with printed pages, but it will certainly do its best with handwritten notes, too (though the quality of your handwriting plays a role in its efficacy). LiveText also means you can call phone numbers directly from an image, simply press and hold the number and a menu will pop up with options to FaceTime, call, or text. 

    Visual Lookup is a tool that analyzes your photos and uses Siri Knowledge to gather information about the subject. All you need to do is tap the “Info” icon at the bottom of the screen to pull up Visual Lookup search results. Curious about what kind of plant has popped up in your garden? Wondering what local book store carries a copy of a cool graphic novel you spotted in a friend’s apartment? Want to know more about the history of a painting hanging up on your wall? Visual Lookup will have the answers…most of the time. This feature is still new and definitely suffers from frequent cases of mistaken identity, but its future is bright. Still, Apple is already playing catch-up to Google in this arena.

    Not so tiny and definitely mighty redesigns: Safari and Maps

    Alongside brand new features and updated functions, iOS 15 brings a number of aesthetic overhauls to your favorite apps. 

    Apple’s native browser Safari has gotten a major visual overhaul. With iOS 15, you’ll find the browser’s URL bar at the bottom of the screen, which makes searching for and navigating multiple pages easier to do with one hand. As you scroll, the tab bar will disappear, popping up again with a quick tap. While this change seems small, it may take a minute to correct the muscle memory that pushes you to reach for the top of your phone. 

    This version of Safari will also introduce a grid view, so you can see an overview of all open tabs, a major improvement over the obscured stacked tabs we see now. This addition accompanies a new grouped tabs feature, that will also be found in the new macOS Monterey. Like Google Chrome’s “Group Tab” function, this feature allows you to group related tabs together and save them for future browsing—an action that Group Tab currently doesn’t allow without an extension. 

    To start a new tab group, you can swipe up from the search bar and create an empty group or compile all currently open tabs. When you want to add a tab, you can press and hold the pages’ search bar, triggering a pop-up menu, where you can select “Move to Tab Group” and place the tab accordingly. To switch between groups, press and hold on the currently viewed group, and select from other existing groups in the pop-up menu. You can also swipe left or right on the tab bar to jump back and forth between open tabs. As of the latest beta released prior to publication, jumping between grouped tabs only requires you to swipe right or left. 

    Safari isn’t the only app to get a new and improved look. While I am a loyal Google Maps user, the new Apple Maps update may convert me. Anyone with an iPhone XR or later can take advantage of an interactive globe, including a view of Earth from space and detailed imaging of mountain ranges, forests, and oceans. 

    A new 3D driving view displays lanes, roads, and buildings from the driver’s perspective for a much more practical upgrade. If you live in—or plan to visit—London, San Francisco, Los Angeles, or New York, you can make use of more detailed 3D views of each impressive city. Public transit riders will be able to find nearby stations more easily, follow detailed directions regarding route and stops, and save their frequently used lines. When walking, you’ll be able to hold your iPhone up and Maps will analyze your surroundings to deliver comprehensive walking directions that you can follow using augmented reality. That could mean more turning around in embarrassing circles trying to figure out whether or not you’re facing West. 

    Anything big coming for my iPad? 

    The rollout of iOS 15, macOS Monterey, and iPadOS 15 are, of course, intrinsically linked. We would be remiss if we didn’t mention one of the larger updates to impact both iPhones and iPads: updated multitasking. The iPad’s larger screen makes multitasking much simpler than on a phone, so iPadOS gets the bulk of the benefit. A multitasking icon, consisting of three dots that live at the top of your display, makes it easier to trigger Split View and Slide Over modes. A new menu offers a new “shelf” that shows all the open windows for any distinct app. Apps can be dragged and dropped to create new split or full screen combos and the aforementioned icon will light up to let you know which app in the split-screen you’re focusing on. While these new functions aren’t earth-shattering, they may help users organize their screens efficiently, though remark upon the distance Apple still needs to go in order to truly make multitasking user-friendly. 

    The rest of the best extras

    As mentioned, iOS 15 is jam-packed with updates, upgrades, and new features big and small. Describing in detail each and every addition would be a masterful feat, one that would take far too long to read. So here are the other additions we think are worth mentioning: 

    Weather now sports an updated design, with more detailed, moving backgrounds that reflect outdoor conditions. It also includes a full-screen weather map that mimics the background of the nightly news weather report. Colored bar charts couched in the vertical forecast to tell you about temperature range. 

    Notes now includes user-created hashtags, so you can categorize each note. Other features follow Google Docs with the ability to see the recent edit history of a shared note and to tag other members within the note itself to alert them to changes or tasks. 

    Health now features a sharing tab so family members and caregivers can stay abreast of a loved one’s stats. You’ll also be able to use the new Trends function to dive deeper into your habits and make what the company calls “meaningful changes.” 

    Alongside LiveText and Visual Lookup, the Memories feature in Photos will begin incorporating songs from Apple Music to your collections. While Memories is not my favorite iPhone feature (too many sudden reminders of pictures I keep meaning to delete), the idea of creating a virtual photo album with a custom soundtrack, adjustable filters, and more controlled playback is certainly enticing. 

    Overall, iOS 15 promises some interesting new inventions, upgrades, and Apple-specific apps that are catching up to, and perhaps surpassing already released programs from other tech giants. If you just can’t wait for the fall to try out these new features, and/or you want your voice to be heard via Apple’s Feedback and Bug Reporting platform, test-driving the beta version of iOS 15 might be the (share)play. 

    The post Here’s what’s coming in iOS 15: SharePlay, FaceTime, Focus modes, LiveText, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>